HomeMy WebLinkAbout2025-09-09; City Council; 05; Adoption of Plans, Specifications and Contract Documents and Authorization to Advertise for Bids for the El Camino Real Widening from Poinsettia Lane to Camino Vida RobleCA Review TL
Meeting Date: Sept. 9, 2025
To: Mayor and City Council
From: Geoff Patnoe, City Manager
Staff Contact: Brandon Miles, Associate Engineer
brandon.miles@carlsbadca.gov, 442-339-2745
Subject: Adoption of Plans, Specifications and Contract Documents and
Authorization to Advertise for Bids for the El Camino Real Widening from
Poinsettia Lane to Camino Vida Roble Project
District: 2
Recommended Action
Adopt a resolution adopting the plans, specifications and contract documents and authorizing
the City Clerk to advertise for bids for the El Camino Real Widening from Poinsettia Lane to
Camino Vida Roble Project.
Executive Summary
This project, Capital Improvement Program Project No. 6072, will widen the northbound
segment of El Camino Real from Poinsettia Lane to Camino Vida Roble and add a third vehicle
lane, consistent with the city’s design standards and the city’s General Plan and Growth
Management Plan. The project also includes new sidewalks, a landscaped median, streetlights
and enhanced buffered bike lanes.
The city received authorization to proceed with construction from the California Department of
Transportation on July 17, 2025, which allows the city to use approximately $1.44 million of
federal grant funding for the project. The next step is to advertise for construction bids.
The estimated construction cost including contingency, construction management and
inspection, public outreach, and engineering and administration is $3,493,521. The City
Council’s adoption of these plans, specifications and contract documents is required under
Carlsbad Municipal Code Section 3.28.080(E) because the expected value of the work exceeds
$220,000.
Staff recommend that the City Council adopt the plans, specifications and contract documents
and authorize the City Clerk to advertise for construction bids for the project.
Sept. 9, 2025 Item #5 Page 1 of 15
Docusign Envelope ID: 9F52BD35-0DDA-4261-922C-D7545BF15FA1
Explanation & Analysis
This project will widen northbound El
Camino Real for approximately 1,500 feet
from Cinnabar Way to Camino Vida Roble
and restripe the northbound segment of El
Camino Real from Poinsettia Lane to Camino
Vida Roble to add a third vehicle through
lane, improve bicycle lanes, curbs, gutters
and sidewalks to current city standards.
The project supports the city’s efforts to
improve traffic safety while improving
circulation and mobility for people using all
forms of transportation by constructing:
•New sidewalk consistent with the
Americans with Disabilities Act, or
ADA
•Enhanced bike lanes with painted
buffers
•Restriped vehicular lanes to provide
three northbound lanes from Cassia
Road to Camino Vida Roble
•A new landscaped median
Staff presented this project to the Traffic Safety & Mobility Commission (formerly known as the
Traffic & Mobility Commission), the Planning Commission and the City Council, as outlined
below:
Nov. 2, 2020 – The Traffic & Mobility Commission voted to support staff’s
recommendation to implement the project because it will provide operational
improvements consistent with the city’s General Plan Mobility Element. Staff received
and noted comments from the commission on the improvement plans. The approved
minutes of the meeting are included as Exhibit 2.
June 1, 2022 – The Planning Commission recommended that the City Council approve a
coastal development permit, special use permit - floodplain, and habitat management
plan for the project. (These permits and plans have been approved as CDP 2020-0032,
SUP 2020-0003, and HMP 2020-0007, respectively.) The approved minutes of the
meeting are included as Exhibit 3.
Oct. 3, 2022 – The Traffic & Mobility Commission voted to support staff’s
recommendation to adopt the plans, specifications and contract documents. The
approved minutes of the meeting are included as Exhibit 4.
Nov. 15, 2022 – The City Council adopted Resolution No. 2022-259, shown in Exhibit 5,
authorizing city staff and its consultant to negotiate with the owners of assessor parcel
number (APN) 213-050-16, or their agents, for acquisition of real property and a
temporary construction easement giving the city access it needs to complete the
project.
The project area. (Exhibit 9 is a more detailed project
map.)
Sept. 9, 2025 Item #5 Page 2 of 15
Docusign Envelope ID: 9F52BD35-0DDA-4261-922C-D7545BF15FA1
July 25, 2023 – The City Council adopted Resolution No. 2023-209, shown in Exhibit 6,
accepting a grant deed and a temporary construction easement with the owners of APN
213-050-16-00 and authorizing the City Manager to execute a joint use agreement and
consent agreement and covenant with San Diego Gas & Electric that is needed for
utilities and the road widening.
May 6, 2024 – The Traffic Safety & Mobility Commission voted to support staff’s
recommendation to adopt the plans, specifications and contract documents for the
project. The approved minutes of the meeting are included as Exhibit 7.
Fiscal Analysis
Project funding has been appropriated from TransNet funds1 and approximately $1.44 million
from federal earmark funds. The available funds and estimated costs for the project are shown
in the following table:
Environmental Evaluation
In accordance with the California Environmental Quality Act and the Environmental Protection
Ordinance (Title 19) of the Carlsbad Municipal Code, staff conducted an environmental impact
assessment (an initial study) for the project. Project details, including analysis of potential
environmental impacts, were described in the assessment. The Planning Commission reviewed
and adopted the final mitigated negative declaration, initial study, and mitigation monitoring
and reporting program for the proposed transportation improvements on June 1, 2022
(Planning Commission Resolution No. 7450).
The project is exempt from the National Environmental Policy Act review as outlined in the
National Environmental Policy Act Regulation 23, which applies to federally funded projects
receiving less than $5 million or with a total estimated cost of not more than $30 million.
Caltrans’ determination of exclusion is recorded in a categorical exclusion determination form
dated June 28, 2022. Additionally, the categorical exclusion determination was revalidated by
Caltrans on May 13, 2024, and May 27, 2025, to verify the environmental documents and
decisions remained valid.
El Camino Real Widening from Poinsettia Lane to Camino Vida Roble Project
Capital Improvement Program Project No. 6072
Total appropriated TransNet and federal funds to date $4,595,000
Total expenditures and encumbrances to date -$953,050
Total available funding $3,641,950
Construction contract (engineer’s estimate) -$2,293,521
Construction contingency (estimated) -$550,000
Construction management, inspection, material testing and support
services (estimated) -$650,000
Total estimated construction costs -$3,493,521
Remaining balance $148,429
Additional appropriation needed $0
Sept. 9, 2025 Item #5 Page 3 of 15
Docusign Envelope ID: 9F52BD35-0DDA-4261-922C-D7545BF15FA1
Next Steps
With the City Council’s approval, the City Clerk will advertise a request for bids to construct the
project improvements. Staff will evaluate the bids received and identify the lowest responsive
and responsible bidder. Staff will then return to the City Council with a recommendation to
award a construction contract to the identified bidder, which is expected to be in late 2025.
The construction contract documents for the project provide for 12 months to complete the
improvements. Construction is expected to begin in early 2026 and be completed by early
2027.
1 TransNet is a countywide sales tax collected to fund regional transportation projects.
Exhibits
1. City Council resolution
2. Minutes from Nov. 2, 2020, Traffic and Mobility Commission meeting (on file in the Office of
the City Clerk)
3. Minutes from June 1, 2022, Planning Commission meeting (on file in the Office of the City
Clerk)
4. Minutes from Oct. 3, 2022, Traffic and Mobility Commission meeting (on file in the Office of
the City Clerk)
5. City Council Resolution No. 2022-259 (on file in the Office of the City Clerk)
6. City Council Resolution No. 2023-209 (on file in the Office of the City Clerk)
7. Minutes from May 6, 2024, Traffic Safety & Mobility Commission meeting (on file in the
Office of the City Clerk)
8. Plans, specifications, and contract documents (on file in the Office of the City Clerk)
9. Location map
Sept. 9, 2025 Item #5 Page 4 of 15
Docusign Envelope ID: 9F52BD35-0DDA-4261-922C-D7545BF15FA1
Exhibit 1 RESOLUTION NO. 2025-197
A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF CARLSBAD,
CALIFORNIA, ADOPTING THE PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT
DOCUMENTS AND AUTHORIZING THE CITY CLERK TO ADVERTISE FOR BIDS
FOR THE EL CAMINO REAL WIDENING FROM POINSETTIA LANE TO CAMINO
VIDA ROBLE PROJECT
WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, California has determined it necessary,
desirable and in the public interest to widen and restripe El Camino Real from Poinsettia Lane to
Camino Vida Roble, Capital Improvement Program, or CIP, Project No. 6072, or Project; and
WHEREAS, in keeping with the city’s General Plan Mobility Element and Growth Management
Plan, the Project will widen and restripe the northbound segment of El Camino Real from Poinsettia
Lane to Camino Vida Roble to add a third vehicular through lane; and
WHEREAS, on Nov. 15, 2022, the City Council adopted Resolution No. 2022-259, authorizing city
staff and its consultant to negotiate with the owners of Assessor Parcel Number, or APN, 213-050-16
or their agents, for acquisition of real property and a temporary construction easement for the Project;
and
WHEREAS, on July 25, 2023, the City Council adopted Resolution No. 2023-209, accepting a
grant deed and a temporary construction easement with the owners of APN 213-050-16-00 and
authorizing the City Manager to execute a joint use agreement and consent agreement and covenant
with San Diego Gas & Electric for the Project; and
WHEREAS, on July 17, 2025, the California Department of Transportation, or Caltrans, issued
the Authorization to Proceed with Construction, which authorizes the city to utilize $1.44 million of
federal earmark funds and proceed with the construction phase of the Project that begins with
advertising for construction bids; and
WHEREAS, the plans, specifications, and contract documents for the Project have been
prepared, are on file at the City Clerk’s office and are incorporated herein by reference; and
WHEREAS, Carlsbad Municipal Code Section 3.28.080(E) requires the City Council to adopt
plans, specifications and contract documents for all construction projects that are to be formally bid
upon when the value exceeds $220,000; and
WHEREAS, the cost of the Project is estimated to be $3,493,521, which includes a construction
contingency and construction management and inspection costs; and
Sept. 9, 2025 Item #5 Page 5 of 15
Docusign Envelope ID: 9F52BD35-0DDA-4261-922C-D7545BF15FA1
WHEREAS, in addition to $1.44 million of federal grant funding, sufficient funding from TransNet
local funds is available to complete the Project.
NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED by the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, California, as
follows:
1.That the above recitations are true and correct.
2.That the City Council has determined that consistent with the California Environmental
Quality Act and the Environmental Protection Ordinance (Title 19) of the Carlsbad
Municipal Code, staff conducted an environmental impact assessment for the Project,
including an analysis of potential environmental impacts. The Planning Commission
reviewed and adopted the final mitigated negative declaration, initial study, and
mitigation monitoring and reporting program for the proposed transportation
improvements on June 1, 2022 (Planning Commission Resolution No. 7450), and the
proposed acquisitions are consistent with the findings and mitigation measures included
and adopted as part of that document.
3.That the City Council has determined that the Project is exempt from the National
Environmental Policy Act, or NEPA, review pursuant to NEPA Regulations 23 CFR
771.117(c): activity (c)(23) - federally funded projects receiving less than $5 million or
with a total estimated cost of not more than $30 million and the California Department
of Transportation's determination of exclusion is recorded in a categorical exclusion
determination form dated June 28, 2022. Additionally, the categorical exclusion
determination was revalidated on May 13, 2024, and May 27, 2025, to verify the
environmental documents and decisions remained valid.
4.That the plans, specifications and contract documents for El Camino Real Widening from
Poinsettia Lane to Camino Vida Roble, CIP Project No. 6072, are hereby adopted.
5.That the City Clerk is authorized and directed to publish in accordance with state law, a
Notice to Contractors Inviting Bids for construction of the El Camino Real Widening from
Poinsettia Lane to Camino Vida Roble Project, CIP Project No. 6072, in accordance with
the plans, specifications and contract documents referred to herein.
Sept. 9, 2025 Item #5 Page 6 of 15
Docusign Envelope ID: 9F52BD35-0DDA-4261-922C-D7545BF15FA1
PASSED, APPROVED AND ADOPTED at a Regular Meeting of the City Council of the City
of Carlsbad on the 9th day of September, 2025, by the following vote, to wit:
AYES: Bhat-Patel, Acosta, Burkholder, Shin.
NAYS:
ABSTAIN:
ABSENT:
None.
Blackburn.
None.
______________________________________
KEITH BLACKBURN, Mayor
______________________________________
SHERRY FREISINGER, City Clerk
(SEAL)
Sept. 9, 2025 Item #5 Page 7 of 15
Docusign Envelope ID: 9F52BD35-0DDA-4261-922C-D7545BF15FA1
Exhibit 2
Minutes from Nov. 2, 2020, Traffic and Mobility
Commission meeting
(on file in the Office of the City Clerk)
Sept. 9, 2025 Item #5 Page 8 of 15
Docusign Envelope ID: 9F52BD35-0DDA-4261-922C-D7545BF15FA1
Exhibit 3
Minutes from June 1, 2022, Planning Commission
meeting
(on file in the Office of the City Clerk)
Sept. 9, 2025 Item #5 Page 9 of 15
Docusign Envelope ID: 9F52BD35-0DDA-4261-922C-D7545BF15FA1
Exhibit 4
Minutes from Oct. 3, 2022, Traffic and Mobility
Commission meeting
(on file in the Office of the City Clerk)
Sept. 9, 2025 Item #5 Page 10 of 15
Docusign Envelope ID: 9F52BD35-0DDA-4261-922C-D7545BF15FA1
Exhibit 5
City Council Resolution No. 2022-259
(on file in the Office of the City Clerk)
Sept. 9, 2025 Item #5 Page 11 of 15
Docusign Envelope ID: 9F52BD35-0DDA-4261-922C-D7545BF15FA1
Exhibit 6
City Council Resolution No. 2023-209
(on file in the Office of the City Clerk)
Sept. 9, 2025 Item #5 Page 12 of 15
Docusign Envelope ID: 9F52BD35-0DDA-4261-922C-D7545BF15FA1
Exhibit 7
Minutes from May 6, 2024, Traffic Safety & Mobility
Commission meeting
(on file in the Office of the City Clerk)
Sept. 9, 2025 Item #5 Page 13 of 15
Docusign Envelope ID: 9F52BD35-0DDA-4261-922C-D7545BF15FA1
Exhibit 8
Plans, specifications and contract documents
(on file in the Office of the City Clerk)
Sept. 9, 2025 Item #5 Page 14 of 15
Docusign Envelope ID: 9F52BD35-0DDA-4261-922C-D7545BF15FA1
PROJECT
LOCATION
811
EL CAMINO REAL
ROADWAY IMPROVEMENT PLANS
FROM POINSETTIA LANE TO CAMINO VIDA ROBLE
PROJECT NO. 6072
FEDERAL NO. 5308(021) FERPL16
CITY OF CARLSBAD
CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA
CITY COUNCIL
KEITH BLACKBURN - MAYOR
PRIYA BHAT-PATEL - MAYOR PRO TEM
MELANIE BURKHOLDER - COUNCIL MEMBER
CAROLYN LUNA - COUNCIL MEMBER
TERESA ACOSTA - COUNCIL MEMBER
SCOTT CHADWICK - CITY MANAGER
VALLECITOS WATER DISTRICT
APPROVAL VALID FOR EIGHTEEN (18) MONTHS FROM DATE SIGNED
APPROVAL OF THESE IMPROVEMENT PLANS DOES NOT COMMIT DISTRICT TO
SUPPLYING WATER OR WASTEWATER SERVICES TO THIS PROJECT OR
GUARANTEE THAT WATER WILL BE AVAILABLE
EXP. 6/30/2024
DATE
BY:
JASON P. HUBBARD, P.E.
DISTRICT ENGINEER
RCE NO. 60317
1-23-24
DocuSign Envelope ID: DAFD6077-6B49-4B68-8F7A-2022D61AA23D
5/21/2024
SIGNAL
AHEAD
SIGNALSIGNALAHEADAHEAD
BIKELANE
BIKELANE
BIKE LANE
BIKELANE
BIKELANE
LANEBIKE
LANE
BIKE
LANEBIKE
LANEBIKE
LANEBIKE
LANEBIKE
LANEBIKE
AHEADAHEAD
SIGNALSIGNAL
AHEAD
SIGNAL
LANEBIKE
LANEBIKE
LANEBIKE
AHEA
D
SIGN
A
L
AHE
A
D
SIGNA
L
SIGNAL
AHEAD
SIGNALSIGNAL
AHEADAHEAD
BIKELANE
BIKELANE
BIKELANEBIKELANE
BIKELANE
LANEBIKE
LANEBIKE
LANEBIKE
LANEBIKE
LANEBIKE
LANEBIKE
LANEBIKE
AHEADAHEAD
SIGNALSIGNAL
AHEAD
SIGNAL
LANEBIKE
LANEBIKE
LANEBIKE
AHEAD
SIGNAL
AHEAD
SIGNAL
811
DocuSign Envelope ID: DAFD6077-6B49-4B68-8F7A-2022D61AA23D
5/21/2024
811
DocuSign Envelope ID: DAFD6077-6B49-4B68-8F7A-2022D61AA23D
5/21/2024
811
APN 213-050-16
APN 213-110-16
APN 213-310-11
APN 213-050-16
DocuSign Envelope ID: DAFD6077-6B49-4B68-8F7A-2022D61AA23D
5/21/2024
811
APN 213-050-16
APN 213-310-11
COASTAL
ZONE
DocuSign Envelope ID: DAFD6077-6B49-4B68-8F7A-2022D61AA23D
5/21/2024
811
APN 213-050-16
APN 213-110-16
DocuSign Envelope ID: DAFD6077-6B49-4B68-8F7A-2022D61AA23D
5/21/2024
811
DocuSign Envelope ID: DAFD6077-6B49-4B68-8F7A-2022D61AA23D
5/21/2024
811
APN 213-050-16
VALLECITOS WATER DISTRICT
APPROVAL VALID FOR EIGHTEEN (18) MONTHS FROM DATE SIGNED
APPROVAL OF THESE IMPROVEMENT PLANS DOES NOT COMMIT DISTRICT TO
SUPPLYING WATER OR WASTEWATER SERVICES TO THIS PROJECT OR
GUARANTEE THAT WATER WILL BE AVAILABLE
EXP. 6/30/2024
DATE
BY:
JASON P. HUBBARD, P.E.
DISTRICT ENGINEER
RCE NO. 60317
1-23-24
DocuSign Envelope ID: DAFD6077-6B49-4B68-8F7A-2022D61AA23D
5/21/2024
811
APN 213-050-16
DocuSign Envelope ID: DAFD6077-6B49-4B68-8F7A-2022D61AA23D
5/21/2024
811
DocuSign Envelope ID: DAFD6077-6B49-4B68-8F7A-2022D61AA23D
5/21/2024
811
DocuSign Envelope ID: DAFD6077-6B49-4B68-8F7A-2022D61AA23D
5/21/2024
AH
E
A
D
AH
E
A
D
SIG
N
A
L
SIG
N
A
L
AH
E
A
D
SIG
N
A
L
SIG
N
A
L
SIG
N
A
L
AH
E
A
D
AH
E
A
D
AH
E
A
D
SI
G
N
A
L
811
ONE WAY
TRUCK
ROUTE
DocuSign Envelope ID: DAFD6077-6B49-4B68-8F7A-2022D61AA23D
5/21/2024
AH
E
A
D
AH
E
A
D
SI
G
N
A
L
SI
G
N
A
L
AH
E
A
D
SI
G
N
A
L
SIG
N
A
L
AH
E
A
D
AH
E
A
D
SIG
N
A
L
AH
E
A
D
SIG
N
A
L
811
ONE WAY
ONLY
TURN
RIGHT
STOPTRUCK
ROUTE
SPEED
LIMIT
55 CROSSWALK
USE
DocuSign Envelope ID: DAFD6077-6B49-4B68-8F7A-2022D61AA23D
5/21/2024
811
DocuSign Envelope ID: DAFD6077-6B49-4B68-8F7A-2022D61AA23D
5/21/2024
SIG
N
A
L
AHE
A
D
SIG
N
A
L
SIG
N
A
L
AHE
A
D
AHE
A
D
BIKE LAN
E
BIK
E
LA
N
E
BIK
E
LA
N
E
BI
K
E
LA
N
E
BIK
ELAN
E
LA
N
E
BI
K
E
811
WORK
ROAD
AHEADCLOSED
SHOULDER
CLOSED
SHOULDER
RIGHT
AHEADCLOSED
SIDEWALK SHOULDER
NO
M P H
45SIDEWALK CLOSED
AHEAD
CROSS HERE
LANE
BIKE
CLOSED CLOSED
AHEAD
BIKE LANE
MAY USE
FULL LANE
DocuSign Envelope ID: DAFD6077-6B49-4B68-8F7A-2022D61AA23D
5/21/2024
811
ROAD WORK
END SIDEWALK CLOSED
CROSS HERE
DocuSign Envelope ID: DAFD6077-6B49-4B68-8F7A-2022D61AA23D
5/21/2024
AH
E
A
D
AH
E
A
D
SI
G
N
A
L
SI
G
N
A
L
AH
E
A
D
SI
G
N
A
L
SIG
N
A
L
AH
E
A
D
AH
E
A
D
SIG
N
A
L
AH
E
A
D
SIG
N
A
L
811
DocuSign Envelope ID: DAFD6077-6B49-4B68-8F7A-2022D61AA23D
5/21/2024
811
DocuSign Envelope ID: DAFD6077-6B49-4B68-8F7A-2022D61AA23D
5/21/2024
DocuSign Envelope ID: 78A739AE-E378-4C88-AA3E-69F13B0C0BA9
5/20/2024
Dave Padilla
DocuSign Envelope ID: DAFD6077-6B49-4B68-8F7A-2022D61AA23D
5/21/2024
DocuSign Envelope ID: 78A739AE-E378-4C88-AA3E-69F13B0C0BA9DocuSign Envelope ID: DAFD6077-6B49-4B68-8F7A-2022D61AA23D
5/21/2024
DocuSign Envelope ID: 78A739AE-E378-4C88-AA3E-69F13B0C0BA9DocuSign Envelope ID: DAFD6077-6B49-4B68-8F7A-2022D61AA23D
5/21/2024
DocuSign Envelope ID: 78A739AE-E378-4C88-AA3E-69F13B0C0BA9DocuSign Envelope ID: DAFD6077-6B49-4B68-8F7A-2022D61AA23D
5/21/2024
DocuSign Envelope ID: 78A739AE-E378-4C88-AA3E-69F13B0C0BA9DocuSign Envelope ID: DAFD6077-6B49-4B68-8F7A-2022D61AA23D
5/21/2024
DocuSign Envelope ID: 78A739AE-E378-4C88-AA3E-69F13B0C0BA9DocuSign Envelope ID: DAFD6077-6B49-4B68-8F7A-2022D61AA23D
5/21/2024
DocuSign Envelope ID: 78A739AE-E378-4C88-AA3E-69F13B0C0BA9DocuSign Envelope ID: DAFD6077-6B49-4B68-8F7A-2022D61AA23D
5/21/2024
DocuSign Envelope ID: 78A739AE-E378-4C88-AA3E-69F13B0C0BA9
Dave Padilla
5/20/2024
DocuSign Envelope ID: DAFD6077-6B49-4B68-8F7A-2022D61AA23D
5/21/2024
DocuSign Envelope ID: 78A739AE-E378-4C88-AA3E-69F13B0C0BA9DocuSign Envelope ID: DAFD6077-6B49-4B68-8F7A-2022D61AA23D
5/21/2024
DocuSign Envelope ID: 78A739AE-E378-4C88-AA3E-69F13B0C0BA9DocuSign Envelope ID: DAFD6077-6B49-4B68-8F7A-2022D61AA23D
5/21/2024
DocuSign Envelope ID: 78A739AE-E378-4C88-AA3E-69F13B0C0BA9DocuSign Envelope ID: DAFD6077-6B49-4B68-8F7A-2022D61AA23D
5/21/2024
DocuSign Envelope ID: 78A739AE-E378-4C88-AA3E-69F13B0C0BA9DocuSign Envelope ID: DAFD6077-6B49-4B68-8F7A-2022D61AA23D
5/21/2024
DocuSign Envelope ID: 78A739AE-E378-4C88-AA3E-69F13B0C0BA9DocuSign Envelope ID: DAFD6077-6B49-4B68-8F7A-2022D61AA23D
5/21/2024
DocuSign Envelope ID: 78A739AE-E378-4C88-AA3E-69F13B0C0BA9DocuSign Envelope ID: DAFD6077-6B49-4B68-8F7A-2022D61AA23D
5/21/2024
TABLE OF CONTENTS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
City of Carlsbad
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
FOR:
El Camino Real Widening from Poinsettia Lane to Camino Vida Roble
FERPL-5308(021) FUNDED PROJECT
Project No. 6072
<INSERT CONTRACT NUMBER>
THIS PROJECT IS A FEDERAL PREVAILING WAGE JOB
Federal Wage Determination Applies
THIS CONTRACT WILL BE SUBJECT TO THE FOLLOWING:
o PREVAILING WAGE RATES: STATE
o FEDERAL TRAINEE REQUIREMENT OF (4) FOUR
o APPRENTICESHIP
o CALTRANS DIVISION OF LOCAL ASSISTANCE (DLA)
o LOCAL ASSISTANCE PROCEDURES MANUAL (LAPM)
1635 Faraday Ave, Carlsbad, CA 92008
Email: PWContractAdmin@carlsbadca.gov
TABLE OF CONTENTS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Table of Contents
SECTION 1 .................................................................................................................................... 1
00 11 10 NOTICE INVITING BIDS .................................................................................................. 1
1. RECEIPT OF BIDS. ................................................................................................................. 1
2. DESCRIPTION OF WORK. ...................................................................................................... 1
3. COMPLETION OF WORK. ..................................................................................................... 1
4. OPENING AND AWARD OF BIDS. ......................................................................................... 1
5. PERIOD FOR AWARD. ........................................................................................................... 1
6. BIDDER QUALIFICATIONS..................................................................................................... 1
7. PRE-BID CONFERENCE. ........................................................................................................ 2
8. OBTAINING CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. ................................................................................ 2
9. BID GUARANTEE AND BONDS. ............................................................................................ 2
10. CALIFORNIA AIR RESOURCES BOARD ADVANCED CLEAN FLEETS REGULATIONS. ............ 3
11. PREVAILING WAGE RATES AND LABOR COMPLIANCE. ..................................................... 3
12. PROJECT ADMINISTRATION/QUESTIONS. ......................................................................... 3
00 21 10 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS .......................................................................................... 4
1. SECURING CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. .................................................................................. 4
2. EXAMINATION OF SITE AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. ...................................................... 4
3. INTERPRETATION OF DRAWINGS AND DOCUMENTS. ........................................................ 4
4. QUESTIONS. ......................................................................................................................... 5
5. PRE-BID CONFERENCE. ........................................................................................................ 5
6. ADDENDA. ............................................................................................................................ 6
TABLE OF CONTENTS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
7. ALTERNATE BIDS. ................................................................................................................. 6
8. COMPLETION OF BID FORMS. ............................................................................................. 6
9. GOVERNING GENERAL PROVISIONS. ................................................................................... 7
10. MODIFICATIONS OF BIDS. .................................................................................................. 7
11. BID GUARANTEE. ............................................................................................................... 8
12. LABOR & MATERIAL BOND AND PERFORMANCE & WARRANTY BOND REQUIREMENTS. 8
13. SUBSTITUTION OF SECURITY. ............................................................................................ 9
14. OPTIONAL ESCROW FOR SECURITY DEPOSIT. ................................................................... 9
15. INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS. ............................................................................................ 9
16. LICENSING REQUIREMENTS. ............................................................................................ 10
17. SUBCONTRACTORS. ......................................................................................................... 10
18. BIDDER INFORMATION AND EXPERIENCE FORM. ........................................................... 11
19. NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT. .......................................................................................... 12
20. IRAN CONTRACTING ACT OF 2010. .................................................................................. 12
21. PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACTOR REGISTRATION CERTIFICATION. ..................................... 12
22. PREVAILING WAGES. ........................................................................................................ 13
23. DEBARMENT OF CONTRACTORS AND SUBCONTRACTORS. ............................................ 13
24. SIGNING OF BIDS. ............................................................................................................ 13
25. SUBMISSION OF SEALED BIDS. ........................................................................................ 14
26. OPENING OF BIDS. ........................................................................................................... 14
27. WITHDRAWAL OF BID. ..................................................................................................... 15
28. BIDDERS INTERESTED IN MORE THAN ONE BID. ............................................................. 15
TABLE OF CONTENTS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
29. SALES AND OTHER APPLICABLE TAXES, PERMITS, LICENSES, AND FEES. ........................ 15
30. PERMIT AND INSPECTION FEE ALLOWANCE. .................................................................. 15
31. BASIS OF AWARD; BALANCED BID. .................................................................................. 16
32. AWARD PROCESS. ............................................................................................................ 16
33. EXECUTION OF CONTRACT. ............................................................................................. 16
34. BUSINESS LICENSE ........................................................................................................... 16
35. PARTICIPATION OF MINORITY AND WOMEN-OWNED BUSINESSES. .............................. 16
36. USE OF RECYCLED MATERIALS ......................................................................................... 17
37. STATUTORY REFERENCES ................................................................................................ 17
00 41 00 BID FORM .................................................................................................................... 18
1. BID SCHEDULE ................................................................................................................ 19
2. TOTAL BID PRICE ............................................................................................................ 20
3. RECITALS ........................................................................................................................ 21
00 43 10 BID BOND FORM ......................................................................................................... 27
00 43 20 BID SECURITY............................................................................................................... 29
00 43 30 PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS FORM ........................................................................ 30
00 43 40 BIDDER INFORMATION AND EXPERIENCE FORM ....................................................... 32
1. INFORMATION ABOUT BIDDER ...................................................................................... 32
2. LIST OF CURRENT PROJECTS (BACKLOG) ....................................................................... 34
3. VERIFICATION AND EXECUTION ..................................................................................... 38
00 45 10 NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT ....................................................................................... 39
00 45 15 IRAN CONTRACTING ACT CERTIFICATION ................................................................... 40
TABLE OF CONTENTS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
00 45 20 PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACTOR REGISTRATION CERTIFICATION .................................. 41
00 45 25 CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE ....................................................................................... 42
00 45 30 STATEMENT REGARDING DEBARMENT ...................................................................... 43
00 45 35 DISCLOSURE OF DISCIPLINE RECORD .......................................................................... 44
00 52 00 CONTRACT ................................................................................................................... 46
00 61 10 LABOR AND MATERIALS BOND ................................................................................... 50
00 61 20 FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE AND WARRANTY BOND .................................................... 54
00 61 30 OPTIONAL ESCROW AGREEMENT ............................................................................... 58
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS ....................................................... 62
INTRODUCTION ..................................................................................................................... 62
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS TO GREENBOOK .......................................... 177
INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................... 177
PART 2 CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS ................................................................................... 178
PART 3 CONSTRUCTION METHODS ..................................................................................... 210
PART 4 EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS ...................................................................................... 223
PART 5 PIPELINE SYSTEM REHABILITATION......................................................................... 229
PART 6 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL ............................................................................. 240
PART 7 STREET LIGHTING AND TRAFFIC SIGNALS ............................................................... 241
PART 8 LANDSCAPING AND IRRIGATION ............................................................................. 255
SECTION 2 ................................................................................................................................ 286
01 11 00 SUMMARY OF WORK ................................................................................................ 286
PART 1 GENERAL .................................................................................................................. 286
TABLE OF CONTENTS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
APPENDICES
Appendix A – Vallecitos Water District Technical Specifications ............................................... 287
Appendix B – Grant Deed and Temporary Construction Easement .......................................... 287
Appendix C – Geotechnical Investigation Report Prepared by Earth Mechanics, Inc. .............. 287
Appendix D – Storm Water Quality Technical Memo ................................................................. 287
Appendix E – Resident Notification Example .............................................................................. 287
Appendix F – CALTRANS Local Area Procedures Manual Exhibit 12-G ....................................... 287
Appendix G – FHWA 1273 ........................................................................................................... 287
Appendix H – CARB Fleet Compliance Certification ................................................................... 287
00 11 10 NOTICE INVITING BIDS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 1 of 284
SECTION 1
00 11 10 NOTICE INVITING BIDS
1. RECEIPT OF BIDS.
The City of Carlsbad / Carlsbad Municipal Water District (“Agency”) will accept Bids via electronic
format via the City of Carlsbad Electronic Bidding Site up to and no later than <insert Date and
Time> through the online bidding portal (Contracting & Purchasing | Carlsbad, CA
(carlsbadca.gov)) for the construction of the Work entitled:
El Camino Real Widening From Poinsettia Lane to Camino Vida Roble
<insert contract number>
Project No. 6072
2. DESCRIPTION OF WORK.
The Work includes the provision of all equipment, labor, materials, tools, services,
transportation, permits, utilities, and all other items necessary to complete the construction of
the following, as specified and shown in the Construction Documents: widen northbound El
Camino Real for approximately 1,400 linear feet with adjacent curb, gutter, and sidewalk
between Cinnabar Way and Camino Vida Roble, which includes median improvements.
The Work Site is located in the City of Carlsbad, in the County of San Diego, California.
3. COMPLETION OF WORK.
The Contract Time is established as two hundred sixty (260) Days. The Contract Time shall begin
on the date of receipt of the Notice to Proceed. The Engineers’ estimate for this Project is
$2,085,019.00.
4. OPENING AND AWARD OF BIDS.
Agency shall consider awarding the Contract for the Project to the lowest, responsive,
responsible Bidder as determined by the Agency from the base Bid alone. The Agency has the
right to reject any or all Bids or to waive any irregularities or informalities in any Bids or in the
Bidding process.
5. PERIOD FOR AWARD.
A period of ninety (90) Calendar Days from the time of Bid opening may be required to award the
Contract. No Bidder may withdraw its Bid or Bid Guarantee during this period. Bidders shall
assume full responsibility for their Bid Price during this period and shall make certain that such
delay does not restrict the Bid Guarantee.
6. BIDDER QUALIFICATIONS.
Bidders shall be licensed contractors pursuant to Business and Professions Code Sections 7000 et
seq. under the classification of A – General Engineering as of the date of submittal of the Bid
00 11 10 NOTICE INVITING BIDS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 2 of 284
Documents and shall maintain such license until final acceptance of the Work. Additional
qualifications are included in the Contract Documents.
7. PRE-BID CONFERENCE.
The Agency will not conduct a pre-Bid Conference
8. OBTAINING CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
Bidders may obtain a copy of the Contract Documents from Agency’s website (Contracting &
Purchasing | Carlsbad, CA (carlsbadca.gov)). To the extent required by Public Contract Code
Section 20103.7, upon request from a contractor plan room service, the Agency shall provide an
electronic copy of the Contract Documents at no charge to the contractor plan room. It is the
responsibility of each prospective Bidder to download and print all Bid Documents for review and
to verify the completeness of Bid Documents before submitting a Bid. All Addenda will be posted
on the online bidding portal. It is the responsibility of each prospective Bidder to check the online
bidding portal on a daily basis through the close of the bidding period for any applicable Addenda.
The Agency does not assume any liability or responsibility for any defective or incomplete
copying, excerpting, scanning, faxing, downloading or printing of the Bid Documents. Information
on the online bidding portal may change without notice to prospective Bidders. The Contract
Documents shall supersede any information posted or transmitted by the online bidding portal.
No time extensions or other consideration will be given for non-receipt or other circumstance
associated with the review or acquisition of Contract Documents. Bids must be submitted on the
Agency’s Bid Forms in the Contract Documents.
9. BID GUARANTEE AND BONDS.
Each Bid shall be accompanied by cash, a certified or cashier’s check or Bid Bond secured from a
surety company satisfactory to the Agency, the amount of which shall not be less than 10% of
the submitted Total Bid Price, made payable to the Agency as bid security. The bid security shall
be provided as a guarantee that within 10 Working Days after the Agency provides the successful
bidder the Notice of Award, the successful Bidder will enter into a contract and provide the
necessary bonds and certificates of insurance. The bid security will be declared forfeited if the
successful Bidder fails to comply within these 10 Working Days. No interest will be paid on funds
deposited with the Agency.
All Bidders must upload Bidder’s Bond to the online bidding portal. The original Bid Bond for the
3 apparent low Bidders must be submitted to the city within 2 Business Days of Bid opening.
The successful Bidder will be required to furnish a Faithful Performance Bond and a Labor and
Material Bond each in an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Price. Each bond shall be in the
forms set forth in the Contract Documents, shall be secured from a surety company that meets
all State of California bonding requirements, as defined in Code of Civil Procedure Section
995.120, and that is a California admitted surety insurer. Pursuant to Public Contract Code
Section 22300, the successful Bidder may substitute certain securities for funds withheld by
Agency to ensure its performance under the Contract.
00 11 10 NOTICE INVITING BIDS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 3 of 284
10. PREVAILING WAGE RATES AND LABOR COMPLIANCE.
This Project is subject to prevailing wages and labor compliance per the Labor Code. To this end,
Bidder shall sign and submit with its Bid the California Department of Industrial Relations (DIR)
Public Works Contractor Registration Certification on the form 00 45 00 provided. Failure to
submit this form may render the bid non-responsive. In addition, each Bidder shall provide the
registration number for each listed Subcontractor in the space provided in the Proposed
Subcontractors form. In bidding this Project, it shall be the Bidder’s sole responsibility to evaluate
and include the cost of complying with all labor compliance requirements under this Contract
and applicable law in its Bid. A copy of the prevailing wage rates may be obtained via the internet
at: www.dir.ca.gov/dlsr/.
11. CALIFORNIA AIR RESOURCES BOARD ADVANCED CLEAN FLEETS REGULATIONS
Contractor’s vehicles with a gross vehicle weight rating greater than 8,500 lbs. and light-duty
package delivery vehicles operated in California may be subject to the California Air Resources
Board (CARB) Advanced Clean Fleets regulations. Such vehicles may therefore be subject to
requirements to reduce emissions of air pollutants. For more information, please see Attachment E
and visit the CARB Advanced Clean Fleets webpage at https://ww2.arb.ca.gov/our-
work/programs/advanced-clean-fleets.
11. PROJECT ADMINISTRATION/QUESTIONS.
Requests for Information (RFI) or interpretations of Bid Documents during the bid period shall be
submitted via Online Q&A in the online bidding portal.
The cutoff date and time to submit questions or substitution request regarding this Project via
Online Q&A in the online bidding portal is ENTER DATE, at TIME. No questions will be entertained
after that date.
The answers to questions submitted during the bidding period will be published in an addendum
and provide to those bidding on the Project no later than DATE.
For further information, see the online bidding portal.
END OF SECTION
00 21 10 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 4 of 284
00 21 10 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
1. SECURING CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
Bids must be submitted to the Agency on the Bid Forms which are a part of the Contract
Documents for the Project. The Contract Documents may be obtained from the Agency’s online
bidding portal (Contracting & Purchasing | Carlsbad, CA (carlsbadca.gov)). Prospective bidders
are encouraged to communicate with the Agency well in advance of the date and time bids are
due to the Agency (“Bid Submission Deadline”) to determine the availability of Contract
Documents.
The Agency may also make the Contract Documents available for review at one or more plan
rooms. Prospective Bidders who choose to review the Contract Documents at a plan room must
contact the Agency to obtain the required Contract Documents if they decide to submit a Bid for
the Project.
Addenda will be posted on the online bidding portal. Failure to acknowledge all Addenda may
make a Bid nonresponsive and ineligible for award of the Contract. Bidders are advised to verify
the issuance of all Addenda and receipt of them 1 Working Day prior to bidding. Failure to
acknowledge all Addenda may make a Bid nonresponsive and ineligible for award of the Contract.
2. EXAMINATION OF SITE AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
At its own expense and before submitting its Bid, each Bidder shall visit the Site of the proposed
Work and fully acquaint itself with the conditions relating to the construction and labor required
so that the Bidder may fully understand the Work, including but not limited to, difficulties and
restrictions attending the execution of the Work under the Contract. Each Bidder shall carefully
examine the Drawings, and shall read the Specifications, Contract Documents, and all other
referenced documents. Each Bidder shall also determine the local conditions which may in any
way affect the performance of the Work, including local tax structure, contractors’ licensing
requirements, availability of required insurance, the prevailing wages and other relevant cost
factors. Each Bidder shall also familiarize itself with all federal, state and local laws, ordinances,
rules, regulations and codes affecting the performance of the Work, including the cost of permits
and licenses required for the Work, and shall make such surveys and investigations, including
investigations of subsurface or latent physical conditions at the Site or where Work is to be
performed as may be required. Bidders are responsible for consulting the standards referenced
in the Contract. The failure or omission of any Bidder to receive or examine any contract
documents, forms, instruments, addenda, or other documents, or to visit the Site and acquaint
itself with conditions there existing shall in no way relieve any Bidder from any obligation with
respect to its Bid or to the Contract and no relief for error or omission will be given except as
required under California law. The submission of a Bid shall be taken as conclusive evidence of
compliance with this Section.
3. INTERPRETATION OF DRAWINGS AND DOCUMENTS.
Prospective Bidders unclear as to the true meaning of any part of the Drawings, Specifications or
other parts of the Contract Documents, or discrepancies in or omissions from the Drawings and
00 21 10 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 5 of 284
Specifications, may promptly submit a written request for information, interpretation,
clarification, or correction (“RFI”) to the Bid Administrator, the Agencies designated
representative for soliciting and conducting bids on the Agencies online ebidding portal. (defined
below). The Agency may not respond to RFIs submitted past the Q&A Submission Deadline. The
Bidder submitting the RFI is responsible for prompt delivery to the Bid Administrator.
Responses to RFIs will be made only by duly issued written Addenda. The Agency shall not provide
verbal responses to RFIs. Copies of written Addenda will be posted on the online bidding portal
for each prospective Bidder who has downloaded a set of Contract Documents. The Agency will
not be responsible for any other explanation or interpretations of the Drawings, Specifications or
other parts of the Contract Documents. If any Prospective Bidder becomes aware of any errors
or omissions in any part of the Contract Documents, the Prospective Bidder must promptly notify
the Agency of such error or omission.
Before award of the Contract, no addition to, modification of, or interpretation of any provision
in the Contract Documents will be given by any agent, employee or contractor of the Agency
except as otherwise specified in these Instructions to Bidders. No bidder may rely on verbal
directions given by any agent, employee or contractor of the Agency except as specified in these
Instructions to Bidders.
4. QUESTIONS.
Questions regarding this Project must be submitted through the online ebidding portal.
Questions shall be definite and certain, and shall reference applicable drawing sheets, notes,
details or specification sections. The deadline to submit questions is identified in the Notice
Inviting Bids. Questions received after the deadline may not be answered. Responses to
questions submitted during the bidding period will be published in an Addendum and provided
to those bidding on the Project no later than the date specified in the Notice Inviting Bids.
Except for the Agency’s Bid Administrator, no other members of the Agency’s staff or Board
should be contacted about this procurement during the bidding process. All inquiries and
comments from Prospective Bidders regarding a proposed Bid must be communicated in writing,
unless otherwise instructed by the Agency. The Agency may, in its sole discretion, disqualify any
Prospective Bidder who engages in any prohibited communications.
5. PRE-BID CONFERENCE.
The Notice Inviting Bids shall state whether a Pre-Bid Conference will be held and, if so, whether
attendance is mandatory. Bids will not be accepted from any bidder who did not attend a
Mandatory Pre-Bid Conference. The Conference will commence at the specified start time and
the Site visit will begin at the conclusion of the Conference. Prospective Bidders who arrive late
and who do not sign the “Sign-In” or attendance sheet, may be disqualified from the bidding
process.
Representatives of the Agency and its consultants, if any, will be present to the extent possible.
Questions asked by Bidders at the Pre-Bid Conference not specifically addressed within the
00 21 10 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 6 of 284
Contract Documents shall be answered in writing and shall be sent to all Bidders present at the
Pre-Bid Conference.
A Pre-Bid Conference may include a Project Site visit. Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is
required of all Job Walk attendees. Attendees are required to wear closed toe shoes, long pants,
no sleeveless shirts, safety glasses (may be prescription with side shields if in process areas),
safety vests and hard hats. Only those possessing such attire will be allowed on the Job Site. The
Agency will not provide personal protective equipment to Job Walk attendees.
6. ADDENDA.
The Agency may revise the Contract Documents before the Bid Submission Deadline. Revisions,
if any, shall be made by written Addenda. All Addenda will be posted on the online bidding portal.
All Addenda issued by the Agency shall be acknowledged by the Bidder on the online bidding
portal and made part of the Contract Documents. The Bidder shall acknowledge the Addenda
before submitting its Bid. Bidders are responsible for the receipt of all Addenda. The Agency may
reject a Bid if the Bidder fails to acknowledge all Addenda.
Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 4104.5, if the Agency issues an Addendum which
includes material changes to the Project less than 72 hours before the Bid Submission Deadline,
the Agency will extend the Bid Submission Deadline by no less than 72 hours. The Agency may
determine, in its sole discretion, whether an Addendum warrants postponement of the Bid
Submission Deadline.
7. ALTERNATE BIDS.
If alternate Bid items are called for in the Notice Inviting Bids and the Contract Documents, the
time required for completion of the Work for the alternate Bid items is factored into the Contract
duration and no additional Contract time will be awarded. The Agency may elect to include one
or more of the alternate Bid items, or to otherwise remove certain work from the Project scope
of work. Accordingly, each Bidder must ensure that each Bid item contains a proportionate share
of profit, overhead, and other costs or expenses which will be incurred by the Bidder.
If the Agency utilizes alternate Bid items as described above, the Notice Inviting Bids will prescribe
predetermined criteria for the Bid package selection or a selection process in which price
information and Bidder identities are not revealed to the Agency before the Bid Submission
Deadline.
8. COMPLETION OF BID FORMS.
Bids shall only be prepared using the Bid Forms which are included in the Contract Documents.
The use of substitute Bid Forms other than legible and correct photocopies of those provided by
the Agency are prohibited. Bids shall be executed by an authorized signatory as described in these
Instructions to Bidders. In addition, Bidders shall fill in all blank spaces (including inserting “N/A”
where applicable), and initial all interlineations, alterations, or erasures to the Bid Forms. Bidders
shall neither delete, modify, nor supplement the printed matter on the Bid Forms nor make
00 21 10 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 7 of 284
substitutions thereon. Use of black or blue ink, indelible pencil, or a typewriter is required.
Deviations from these instructions may result in the Bid being deemed non-responsive.
The following documents must be completed and properly executed including notarization,
where indicated, and submitted as a part of the complete Bid Package:
1. Bid Form (00 41 00)
2. Bid Bond (00 43 10) or Bid Security (00 43 20) with check/cash
3. Proposed Subcontractors Form (00 43 30)
4. Bidder Information and Experience Form (00 43 40)
5. Non-Collusion Affidavit (00 45 10)
6. Iran Contracting Act Certification (00 45 15)
7. Public Works Contractor Registration Certification (00 45 20)
8. Certificate of Insurance (00 45 25)
9. Statement Regarding Debarment (00 45 30)
10. Disclosure of Discipline Record (00 45 35)
11. Acknowledgement of ALL Addenda on the online bidding portal.
12. Optional Escrow Agreement, as applicable (00 61 30)
All Bids shall be computed on the basis of the given estimated quantities of work, as indicated in
the Bid, multiplied by the unit price as submitted by the Bidder.
When paper copies are submitted, all prices must be written in ink or typewritten. Changes or
corrections may be crossed out and typed or written in with ink and must be initialed in ink by a
person authorized to sign for the Contractor.
9. GOVERNING GENERAL PROVISIONS.
The Specifications contained in the Agency Supplemental General Provisions (00 73 00) take
precedence over the specification language contained in the Standard Specifications for Public
Works Construction, “the Greenbook” latest edition and all errata. The Supplemental General
Provisions address the unique conditions in the City of Carlsbad that are not addressed in the
Greenbook. Therefore, if there is a conflict between the two, the Supplemental Provisions shall
control over the Greenbook.
The Greenbook may be purchased at Bidder’s/Contractor’s local technical bookstore, online or
directly from the publisher. The Supplemental Provisions are available only for download from
the online bidding portal with Contract Documents. The Agency does not provide hard copies.
10. MODIFICATIONS OF BIDS.
Each Bidder shall submit its Bid in strict conformity with the requirements of the Contract
Documents. Unauthorized additions, modifications, revisions, conditions, limitations, exclusions,
or provisions attached to a Bid may render it non-responsive and may cause its rejection. Bidders
shall not delete, modify, or supplement the printed matter on the Bid Forms, or make
substitutions thereon. Oral, telephonic, and electronic modifications will not be considered.
00 21 10 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 8 of 284
11. BID GUARANTEE.
Each Bid shall be accompanied by: (a) a cashier’s check; or, (b) a certified check made payable to
Agency; or, (c) a Bid Bond secured from a surety company satisfactory to the Board, the amount
of which shall not be less than 10% of the total bid price, made payable to Agency as bid security.
Personal sureties and unregistered surety companies are unacceptable. The surety insurer shall
be a California admitted surety insurer, as defined in Code of Civil Procedure Section 995.120.
The bid security shall be provided as a guarantee that within 10 Working Days after the Agency
provides the successful Bidder the Notice of Award, the successful Bidder will enter into a
contract and provide the necessary bonds and certificates of insurance. The bid security may be
declared forfeited if the successful Bidder fails to enter into a contract and provide the necessary
bonds and certificates of insurance. Any Bid received that does not comply with these Bid
Guarantee instructions may be rejected as non-responsive, and Agency may enter into a contract
with the next lowest, responsive, responsible Bidder, or may call for new Bids. No interest shall
be paid on funds deposited with the Agency. Copies of Bid Bonds submitted to the Agency shall
have the same force and effect as the original.
The Bidder’s security of the second and third next lowest responsive Bidders may be withheld
until the Contract has been fully executed. The security submitted by all other unsuccessful
Bidders shall be returned to them, or deemed void, within 10 Working Days after the Contract is
awarded
The proceeds of the Bidder’s security may also become property of the Agency if the Bidder
withdraws its Bid within 15 Calendar Days after the Bid opening date, unless otherwise required
by law, including Public Contract Code Section 5100 et. seq., and notwithstanding the award of
the Contract to another Bidder.
The Bidder shall submit Bid Bond (00 43 10) or Bid Security (00 43 20) with properly certified
check with the Bid Package.
12. LABOR & MATERIAL BOND AND PERFORMANCE & WARRANTY BOND
REQUIREMENTS.
The successful Bidder shall furnish Agency with a Labor and Material Payment Bond and a
Performance and Warranty Bond, each in an amount equal to 100% of the Contract price. Each
bond shall be secured from a surety company that meets all State of California bonding
requirements, as defined in Code of Civil Procedure Section 995.120 and is admitted by the State
of California, and whose assets exceed their liabilities in an amount equal to or in excess of the
amount of the bond. The Agency shall not accept personal sureties and unregistered surety
companies. Each bond shall be accompanied, upon the request of Agency, with all documents
required by Code of Civil Procedure Section 995.660 to the extent required by law. All bonding
and insurance requirements shall be completed and submitted to Agency within 10 Working Days
from the date the Agency provides the successful Bidder with the Notice of Award.
These bonds shall be kept in full force and effect during the course of this Project, and shall
extend in full force and effect and be retained by the Agency until they are released as stated in
00 21 10 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 9 of 284
the Contract. The Bonds are to be accompanied by an original, or a certified copy, of the
unrevoked appointment, power of attorney, by laws, or other instrument entitling or authorizing
the person who executed the bond to do so.
13. SUBSTITUTION OF SECURITY.
The Contract Documents call for monthly progress payments based upon the percentage of the
Work completed. The Agency will retain a percentage of each progress payment as provided by
the Contract Documents. At the request and expense of the successful Bidder, the Agency will
substitute securities for the amount so retained in accordance with Public Contract Code Section
22300.
14. OPTIONAL ESCROW FOR SECURITY DEPOSIT.
Pursuant to applicable provisions of law (i.e., Public Contract Code Section 10263), appropriate
securities may be substituted for any obligation required by these instructions or for any monies
withheld by the Agency to ensure performance under the Contract. Public Contract Code Section
10263 requires monies or securities to be deposited with the Agency or a state or federally
chartered bank in California as the escrow agent. The escrow agent shall maintain insurance to
cover negligent acts and omissions of the agent in connection with the handling of retentions
under this section in an amount not less than $100,000 per contract.
15. INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS.
Before commencing the Work, the successful Bidder shall purchase and maintain insurance as
set forth in the Agency General Conditions. If the Bid is accepted, and if requested by the Agency,
Contractor shall provide Agency or preferred vendor copies of the insurer’s most recent annual
statement and quarterly statement filed with the Department of Insurance pursuant to Insurance
Code Section 900 et seq. within 10 Calendar Days of the insurer’s receipt of a request to submit
the statements.
In accordance with the provisions of Labor Code Section 3700, Contractor shall secure the
payment of compensation to its employees. Contractor shall sign and file with the Agency the
following certificate before performing the Work under the Contract:
I am aware of the provisions of Labor Code Section 3700, which require every employer
to be insured against liability for workers’ compensation or to undertake self-insurance
in accordance with the provisions of that code, and I will comply with such provisions
before commencing the performance of the work of the Contract.
The form of such, Certificate of Insurance (00 45 25), shall be submitted as a part of the Bid
Package.
Insurance must be placed with insurers that:
1) Have a rating in the most recent Best’s Key Rating Guide of at least A-:VII, or
2) Appear on the List of Approved Surplus Line Insurers, (“LASLI”) with a Best’s Key Rating
Guide of at least A: X.
00 21 10 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 10 of 284
3) Are admitted to conduct the business of insurance in the State of California by the
Insurance Commissioner.
4) Otherwise comply with all other aspects of City Council Policy No. 70.
Auto policies offered to meet the specification of this Contract must:
1) Meet the conditions stated above for all insurance companies.
2) Cover any vehicle used in the performance of the Contract, used onsite or offsite,
whether owned, non-owned or hired, and whether scheduled or non-scheduled.
Workers’ compensation insurance required under this Contract must be offered by a company
meeting the above standards with the exception that the Best’s rating condition may be waived.
The Agency does accept policies issued by the State Compensation Fund meeting the
requirement for workers’ compensation insurance.
The Contractor shall be required to maintain insurance as specified in the Contract. Any
additional cost of the insurance shall be included in the Bid price.
The award of the Contract by the Board is contingent upon the Contractor submitting the
required bonds and insurance, as described in the Contract Documents, within 10 Working Days
of bid opening. If the Contractor fails to comply with these requirements, the Agency may award
the Contract to the second or third lowest Bidder and the bid security of the lowest Bidder may
be forfeited.
16. LICENSING REQUIREMENTS.
Pursuant to Business and Professions Code Section 7028.15 and Public Contract Code Section
3300, all Bidders must possess proper licenses for performance of the Contract. Subcontractors
must possess the appropriate licenses for each specialty subcontracted. Pursuant to Business and
Professions Code Section 7028.5, the Agency shall consider any Bid submitted by a contractor
not currently licensed in accordance with California law and pursuant to the requirements found
in the Contract Documents to be nonresponsive, and the Agency shall reject the Bid. The Agency
shall have the right to request, and Bidders shall provide within 10 Calendar Days, evidence
satisfactory to the Agency of all valid license(s) currently held by that Bidder and each of the
Bidder’s Subcontractors, before awarding the Contract.
Notwithstanding anything contained in this Contract, if the Work involves federal funds, the
Contractor shall be properly licensed by the time the Contract is awarded, pursuant to the
provisions of Public Contract Code Section 20103.5.
17. SUBCONTRACTORS.
Bidder shall set forth the name, address of the place of business, and contractor license number
of each Subcontractor who will perform work, labor, furnish materials or render services to the
bidder on the Contract. This requirement includes each Subcontractor licensed by the State of
California who, under subcontract to Bidder, specially fabricates and installs a portion of the
Work described in the Drawings and Specifications in an amount in excess of one-half of one
00 21 10 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 11 of 284
percent (0.5%) of the total Bid price. Additionally, the Bidder shall indicate the portion of the
Work to be done by each Subcontractor in accordance with Public Contract Code Section 4104.
Bidder shall submit Proposed Subcontractors Form (00 43 30) with the Bid Package.
This form will be used by the Agency to determine the percentage of work that the Bidder
proposes to perform. Bidders are cautioned that failure to provide complete and correct
information may result in rejection of the Bid as non-responsive. Any Bid that proposes
performance of more than 50 percent of the Work by Subcontractors or performance by forces
other than the Bidder’s own organization will be rejected as non-responsive. Specialty items of
work that may be so designated on the Proposed Subcontractors Form (00 43 30) “Contractor’s
Bid” will not be included in computing the percentage of work proposed to be performed by the
Bidder.
Suppliers of materials from sources outside the limits of Work are not Subcontractors. The value
of materials and transport of materials from sources outside the limits of Work, as shown on the
plans, shall be assigned to the Contractor or the Subcontractor, as the case may be, that the
Bidder proposes as installer of the materials. The value of material incorporated in any
Subcontractor-installed Bid item that is supplied by the Bidder shall be included as a part of the
Work that the Bidder proposes to be performed by the Subcontractor installing the item.
When the Bidder proposes to use a Subcontractor to construct or install less than 100 percent of
a Bid item, the Bidder shall attach an explanation sheet to the Proposed Subcontractor Form (00
43 30). The explanation sheet shall clearly apprise the Agency of the specific facts that show the
Bidder proposes to perform no less than fifty percent (50%) of the Work with its own forces.
Determination of the subcontract amounts for purposes of award of the Contract shall be
determined by the Board in conformance with the provisions of the Contract Documents. The
decision of the Board shall be final.
Contractor is prohibited from performing any Work on this Project with a Subcontractor who is
ineligible to perform work on a public works project pursuant to Labor Code Section 1771.1 or
1777.7.
Bidders shall make copies of the disclosure forms as may be necessary to provide the required
information to Subcontractors. The page number and total number of additional form pages shall
be entered in the location provided on each type of form so duplicated.
18. BIDDER INFORMATION AND EXPERIENCE FORM.
Each Bidder shall complete the provided questionnaire and shall submit the questionnaire along
with its Bid. Failure to provide all information requested within the questionnaire along with the
Bid may cause the Bid to be rejected as non-responsive. The Agency may reject any Bid if an
investigation of the information submitted does not satisfy the Agency that the Bidder is qualified
to properly carry out the terms of the Contract.
00 21 10 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 12 of 284
The Bidder shall submit Bidder Information and Experience Form (00 43 40) with the Bid Package.
19. NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT.
Bidders on all public works contracts are required to submit an affidavit of non-collusion with
their Bid. This form (00 45 10 Non-Collusion Affidavit) is included with the Bid Package and must
be signed and dated under penalty of perjury.
20. IRAN CONTRACTING ACT OF 2010.
In accordance with Public Contract Code Section 2200 et seq., the Agency requires that any
person that submits a bid or proposal or otherwise proposes to enter into or renew a contract
with the Agency with respect to goods or services of $1,000,000 or more, certify at the time the
bid is submitted or the contract is renewed, that the person is not identified on a list created
pursuant to subdivision (b) of Public Contract Code Section 2203 as a person engaging in
investment activities in Iran described in subdivision (a) of Public Contract Code Section 2202.5,
or as a person described in subdivision (b) of Public Contract Code Section 2202.5, as applicable.
The form of such Iran Contracting Certificate is included with the Bid Package and must be signed
and dated under penalty of perjury.
21. PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACTOR REGISTRATION CERTIFICATION.
Pursuant to Labor Code Section 1773, the Agency has obtained the prevailing rate of per diem
wages and the prevailing wage rate for holiday and overtime work applicable in San Diego County
from the Director of the Department of Industrial Relations for each craft, classification, or type
of worker needed to execute this Contract. A copy of these prevailing wage rates may be
obtained via the internet at www.dir.ca.gov/dlsr/.
In addition, a copy of the prevailing rate of per diem wages is available at the Agency and shall
be made available to interested parties upon request. The successful Bidder shall post a copy of
the prevailing wage rates at each job site. It shall be mandatory upon the Bidder to whom the
Contract is awarded, and upon any Subcontractors, to comply with all Labor Code provisions,
which include but are not limited to the payment of not less than the specified prevailing wage
rates to all workers employed by them in the execution of the Contract, employment of
apprentices, hours of labor and debarment of contractors and subcontractors.
Pursuant to Labor Code Sections 1725.5 and 1771.1, all contractors and subcontractors that wish
to bid on, be listed in a bid, or enter into a contract to perform public work must be registered
with the Department of Industrial Relations. No bid will be accepted nor any contract entered
into without proof of the contractor’s and subcontractors’ current registration with the
Department of Industrial Relations to perform public work. If awarded the Contract, the Bidder
and its Subcontractors, of any tier, shall maintain active registration with the Department of
Industrial Relations for the duration of the Project.
00 21 10 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 13 of 284
This Project is subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by the Department of
Industrial Relations. In bidding on this Project, it shall be the Bidder’s sole responsibility to
evaluate and include the cost of complying with all labor compliance requirements under the
Contract and applicable law in its Bid.
To this end, Bidder shall sign and submit with its Bid the Public Works Contractor Registration
Certification on the form provided, attesting to the facts contained in the registration certificate.
Failure to submit this certificate may render the Bid non-responsive. In addition, each Bidder shall
provide the registration number for each listed Subcontractor in the space provided in the
Proposed Subcontractors Form (00 43 30).
22. PREVAILING WAGES.
Pursuant to Labor Code Sections 1720, et. seq. and 1770, et. seq., Contractor shall pay prevailing
wages for all Work performed under the Contract. The Agency has obtained from the Director of
the Department of Industrial Relations the general prevailing rate of per diem wages in the
locality in which the Work will be performed for each craft or type of worker needed to execute
the Contract. These rates are available at the Agency or may be obtained online at
http://www.dir.ca.gov. Bidders are advised that a copy of these rates must be posted by the
successful Bidder at the job site(s).
23. DEBARMENT OF CONTRACTORS AND SUBCONTRACTORS.
In accordance with the provisions of the Labor Code, contractors or subcontractors may not
perform work on a public works project with a subcontractor who is ineligible to perform work
on a public project pursuant to Labor Code Section 1777.1 or 1777.7. Any contract on a public
works project executed between a contractor and a debarred subcontractor is void as a matter
of law. A debarred subcontractor may not receive any public money for performing work as a
subcontractor on a public works contract. Any public money that is paid to a debarred
subcontractor by the Contractor for the Project shall be returned to the Agency. The Contractor
shall be responsible for the payment of wages to workers of a debarred Subcontractor who has
been allowed to work on the Project.
The Agency may disqualify a Contractor or Subcontractor from participating in bidding when a
Contractor or Subcontractor has been debarred by the Agency or another jurisdiction in the State
of California as an irresponsible bidder.
24. SIGNING OF BIDS.
All Bids submitted shall be executed by the Bidder or its authorized representative. Bidders may
be asked to provide evidence in the form of an authenticated resolution of its Board of Directors
or a Power of Attorney evidencing the capacity of the person signing the Bid to bind the Bidder
to each Bid and to any Contract arising therefrom.
If a Bidder is a joint venture or partnership, it may be asked to submit an authenticated Power of
Attorney executed by each joint venturer or partner appointing and designating one of the joint
venturers or partners as a management sponsor to execute the Bid on behalf of Bidder. Only that
00 21 10 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 14 of 284
joint venturer or partner shall execute the Bid. The Power of Attorney shall also: (1) authorize
that particular joint venturer or partner to act for and bind Bidder in all matters relating to the
Bid; and (2) provide that each venturer or partner shall be jointly and severally liable for any and
all of the duties and obligations that the Bidder assumes under the Bid and under any Contract
arising therefrom. The Bid shall be executed by the designated joint venturer or partner on behalf
of the joint venture or partnership in its legal name.
25. SUBMISSION OF SEALED BIDS.
Once the Bid and supporting documents have been completed and signed as set forth in these
Instructions to Bidders, they shall be uploaded, along with other required materials, to the online
bidding portal before the deadline for submitting bids.
At the time of Bid submission, whether in the form of a cashier’s check, a properly certified check
or an approved corporate surety bond payable to the Agency, Bidders must upload an electronic
Portable Document Format (PDF) copy of the Bid Guarantee to the online bidding portal. The first
3 apparent low Bidders must provide the Agency with the original Bid Guarantee within 2
Business Days after the Bid opening date.
Failure to submit the electronic version of the Bid Guarantee at time of bid submission shall cause
the bid to be rejected and deemed non-responsive. Failure to provide the original within 2
business days may deem the bidder non-responsive.
Original Bid Bond shall be submitted to:
Public Works Contract Administration
Attention: «ContractAdmin», Contract Administrator
1635 Faraday Avenue
Carlsbad, California, 92008
No oral or telephonic Bids will be considered. Pursuant to Public Contract Code Sections 1600
and 1601, only where expressly permitted in these Instructions to Bidders and the Notice Inviting
Bids may Bidders submit their Bids via electronic transmission (the online bidding portal). Bids
received after the Bid Submission Deadline will not be accepted. Agency may reject any Bid not
strictly complying with Agency’s designated methods for delivery.
26. OPENING OF BIDS.
Bids submitted on the online bidding portal will be reviewed by the Agency. Once the Bid
Submission Deadline has passed, Bidders, proposers, the general public, and Agency staff are
able to immediately see the results online. Agency shall consider award of the Contract to the
lowest, responsive, responsible Bidder as determined by the Agency consistent with Section 32
below. In case of a discrepancy between the line item entries submitted in the online bidding
portal and the Bid Form, the online bidding portal shall prevail. In the event of any discrepancies,
written numbers (e.g., fifty, hundred) will govern over numerical numbers (e.g., 50, 100) on the
Bid Form.
00 21 10 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 15 of 284
In the event of any discrepancies, written numbers (e.g., fifty, hundred) will govern over
numerical numbers (e.g., 50, 100) on the Price Proposal Form. Also, the sum of all lump sum line
items will govern over the “Total Proposed Lump Sum Price” line item. The Agency may reject
any or all Bids or waive any irregularities or informalities in any Bids or in the Bidding process.
The Bid and the terms of the Contract Documents constitute an irrevocable offer that shall
remain valid and in full force for a period of 90 Calendar Days from the Bid Submission Deadline
and such additional time as may be mutually agreed upon by the Agency and the Bidder.
27. WITHDRAWAL OF BID.
Any Bid may be withdrawn via written letter, incurring no penalty, at any time before the
scheduled closing time for receipt of Bids. Requests to withdraw Bids shall be worded to not
reveal the amount of the original Bid. Withdrawn Bids may be resubmitted until the Bid
Submission Deadline, provided that resubmitted Bids are in conformance with these Instructions
to Bidders.
Bids may be withdrawn after bid opening only by providing written notice to Agency within five
(5) Working Days of the bid opening and in compliance with Public Contract Code Section 5100
et seq., or as otherwise may be allowed with the consent of the Agency.
28. BIDDERS INTERESTED IN MORE THAN ONE BID.
No Bidder shall be allowed to make, file or be interested in more than 1 Bid for the same work
unless alternate Bids are specifically called for. If the Notice Inviting Bids provides for alternate
Bids, a person, firm or corporation that has submitted a sub-proposal to a Bidder, or that has
quoted prices of materials to a Bidder, is not disqualified from submitting a sub-proposal or
quoting prices to other Bidders. No person, firm, corporation, or other entity may submit a sub-
proposal to a Bidder, or quote prices of materials to a Bidder, when also submitting a prime Bid
on the same Project.
29. SALES AND OTHER APPLICABLE TAXES, PERMITS, LICENSES, AND FEES.
Contractor and its Subcontractors performing work under the Contract will be required to pay
California sales tax and other applicable taxes, and to pay for permits, licenses and fees required
by the agencies with authority in the jurisdiction in which the Work will be located, unless
otherwise expressly provided by the Contract Documents.
30. PERMIT AND INSPECTION FEE ALLOWANCE.
Notwithstanding anything contained in these Instructions to Bidders, the Bid Form contains an
allowance for the Contractor’s cost of acquiring traffic control permits and for construction
inspection fees that may be charged to the Contractor by the Agency. The allowance is included
within the Bid Form to eliminate the need by Bidders to research or estimate the costs of traffic
control permits and construction inspection fees before submitting a Bid. The allowance is
specifically intended to account for the costs of traffic control permits and construction
inspection fees charged by the Agency. No other costs payable by Contractor to the Agency are
included within the allowance.
00 21 10 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 16 of 284
If such cost is not contained or specified in the Bid Form, the Contractor shall include the costs in
the other Bid items on the Bid Form.
31. BASIS OF AWARD; BALANCED BID.
The Agency shall award the Contract to the lowest responsible Bidder submitting a responsive
Bid. The lowest Bid will be determined on the basis of the total Bid price. In the event of any
discrepancies, written numbers (e.g., fifty, hundred) will govern over numerical numbers (e.g.,
50, 100) on the Price Proposal Form. Also, the sum of all lump sum line items will govern over the
“Total Proposed Lump Sum Price” line item.
The Agency may reject any Bid which, in its opinion when compared to other Bids received or to
the Agency’s internal estimates, does not accurately reflect the cost to perform the Work. The
Agency may reject as non-responsive any Bid which unevenly weights or allocates costs, including
but not limited to overhead and profit to 1 or more particular Bid items or otherwise violates
Public Contract Code Section 9203.
32. AWARD PROCESS.
Once all Bids are opened and reviewed to determine the lowest responsive and responsible
Bidder, the Board may award the Contract. Once notified by Agency staff, the apparent successful
Bidder should begin to prepare the following documents: (1) the Labor and Materials Bond; (2)
the Performance and Warranty Bond; and (3) the required insurance certificates and
endorsements. Once the Agency notifies the Bidder of the award, the Bidder will have 10 Working
Days from the date of this notification to execute the Contract and supply the Agency with all of
the required documents and certifications or the Bidder may forfeit the Bid security and the
Agency may pursue award of the Contract to the next lowest, responsive, responsible Bidder.
Once the Agency receives all properly drafted and executed documents and certifications from
the Bidder, the Agency shall issue a Notice to Proceed to that Bidder.
33. EXECUTION OF CONTRACT.
As required in these Instructions to Bidders, the Bidder to whom an award is made shall execute
the Contract in the amount determined by the Contract Documents. The Agency may require
appropriate evidence that the persons executing the Contract are duly empowered to do so. The
Contract and bond forms to be executed by the successful Bidder are included within these
Specifications and shall not be detached.
34. BUSINESS LICENSE
The prime Contractor and all Subcontractors are required to have and maintain a valid City of
Carlsbad Business License for the duration of the Contract.
35. PARTICIPATION OF MINORITY AND WOMEN-OWNED BUSINESSES.
The Agency encourages the participation of minority and women-owned businesses.
00 21 10 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 17 of 284
36. USE OF RECYCLED MATERIALS
The Agency encourages Bidders, suppliers, manufacturers, fabricators and contractors to utilize
recycled and recyclable materials when available, appropriate and approved by the Agency’s
Engineer.
37. STATUTORY REFERENCES
All references in these Instructions to Bidders (00 21 10) to any statute, rule or regulation are to
the statute, rule or regulation as amended, modified, supplemented or replaced from time to
time by the corresponding legislative or regulatory body.
END OF SECTION
00 41 10 BID FORM Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 18 of 284
00 41 00 BID FORM
NAME OF PROJECT: El Camino Real Widening From Poinsettia Lane to Camino Vida Roble
CONTRACT NO.: 6072
BID NO.:PWS25-XXXXTRAN
NAME OF BIDDER:
AGENCY: City of Carlsbad
1635 Faraday Ave
Carlsbad, CA 92008
The undersigned declares that we have carefully examined the location of the proposed Work,
and have read and examined the Contract Documents, including all Plans, Specifications, and
Addenda, if any, for the above-mentioned Project. The undersigned has acknowledged receipt,
understanding, and full consideration of ANY and ALL Addenda to the Contract Documents via
the online bidding portal.
We propose to furnish all labor, materials, equipment, tools, transportation, and services, and to
discharge all duties and obligations necessary and required to perform and complete the Project,
as described and in strict conformity with the Drawings, and these Specifications for TOTAL BID
PRICE.
Attached is the required Bid Bond (00 43 10) or Bid Security (00 43 20) in the amount of
not less than 10% of the Total Bid Price.
Attached is the completed Proposed Subcontractors form (00 43 30).
Attached is the completed Bidder Information and Experience form (00 45 40)
Attached is the fully executed Non-collusion Affidavit (00 45 10).
Attached is the completed Iran Contracting Act Certification form (00 45 15).
Attached is the completed Public Works Contractor Registration Certification form (00 45
20).
Attached is the completed Certificate of Insurance form (00 45 25).
Attached is the Statement of Regarding Debarment form (00 45 30)
Attached is the Disclosure of Discipline Record (00 45 35)
Attached is the Optional Escrow Agreement (if applicable) (00 61 30)
00 41 10 BID FORM Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 19 of 284
1. BID SCHEDULE
Item No. Item
Description
Unit
Of
Measure
Quantity Unit
Price
Total
1 MOBILIZATION 1 LS
2 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 1 LS
3 EROSION CONTROL AND WATER
POLLUTION CONTROL 1 LS
4 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL 1 LS
5 CLEARING AND GRUBBING 1 LS
6 ASPHALT CONCRETE 829 TON
7 COLORED STAMPED CONCRETE 11,088 SQFT
8 AGGREGATE BASE 1,297 CY
9 SLURRY SEAL 47,900 SY
10 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION 4,392 CY
11 CONCRETE SIDEWALK 95 CY
12 CONCRETE DRIVEWAY 4 CY
13 CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER 960 LF
14 MODIFIED CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER 482 LF
15 COLD MILL ASPHALT CONCRETE 490 SQYD
16 GRAVITY RETAINING WALL 1 CY
17 TEMPORARY HIGH-VISIBILITY FENCE 1,418 LF
18 18" RCP (1350-D) 166 LF
19 24" RCP (1350-D) 4 LF
20 PIPE COLLAR 1 EA
21 STRAIGHT HEADWALL 1 EA
22 BIOFILTRATION BMP 2,160 SQFT
23 8" PVC (PERFORATED) 390 LF
24 8" PVC (NON-PERFORATED) 4 LF
25 CURB INLET - TYPE C-2 (L=15') 1 EA
26 24"x24" CLEANOUT 1 EA
27 8" SUBDRAIN CLEANOUT 6 EA
28 OBSERVATION WELL 1 EA
29 STRIPING AND MARKINGS 1 LS
30 STRIPING REMOVAL 1 LS
31 SIGNING 1 LS
32 ADJUST SEWER MANHOLE TO GRADE AND REPLACE MANHOLE FRAME AND COVER WITH NEW LOCKING COMPOSITE FRAME AND COVER
1 EA
33 REPLACE MANHOLE FRAME AND COVER WITH NEW LOCKING 3 EA
00 41 10 BID FORM Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 20 of 284
COMPOSITE FRAME AND COVER
AND INSTALL CONCRETE SEWER REINFORCEMENT
34 RELOCATE FIRE HYDRANT 1 EA
35 RELOCATE WATER METER 2 EA
36 LIGHTING SYSTEM 1 LS
37 FIBER OPTIC CABLE SYSTEMS 1 LS
38 TRAFFIC SIGNAL 1 LS
39 IRRIGATION 1 LS
40 PLANTING 1 LS
41 120 DAY MAINTENANCE 1 LS
42 STAGING 1 LS 1 $2500
The costs for any Work shown or required in the Contract Documents, but not specifically
identified as a line item are to be included in the related line items and no additional
compensation shall be due to Contractor for the performance of the Work.
The estimated quantities for Unit Price items are for purposes of comparing Bids only and the
Agency makes no representation that the actual quantities of Work performed will not vary from
the estimates. Final payment shall be determined by the Engineer from measured quantities of
Work performed based upon the Unit Price.
2. TOTAL BID PRICE
The undersigned agrees that this Bid Form constitutes a firm offer to the Agency which cannot
be withdrawn for ninety (90) Calendar Days from and after the Bid opening, or until a Contract
for the Work is fully executed by the Agency and the lowest responsible Bidder, whichever is
later.
The Undersigned has carefully checked all the above figures and understands that the Agency
will not be responsible for any error or omission on the part of the Undersigned in preparing this
Bid.
The TOTAL BID PRICE on Bid Schedule total of Unit Prices:
Total Bid Price in Numbers:
Total Bid Price in Written Form:
In case of discrepancy between the written price, the numerical price, or the price as
submitted via the online bidding portal, the online bidding portal price shall prevail.
00 41 10 BID FORM Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 21 of 284
3. RECITALS
The successful Bidder agrees to sign the Contract and furnish the necessary bonds and certificates
of insurance within 10 Working Days after the Agency issues the Notice of Award to the successful
Bidder.
The Undersigned agrees that in case of failure to execute the required Contract with necessary
bonds and insurance policies within this time period, the Agency may pursue awarding the
Contract to the next lowest responsible Bidder and the Bid Security of the lowest Bidder may be
forfeited.
Upon receipt of the signed Contract and other required documents, the Agency will proceed to
execute the Contract and issue a purchase order and the Notice to Proceed. The time of
completion shall commence on the date of the Notice to Proceed, unless otherwise specified.
The undersigned agrees to begin the Work within 10 Working Days of the date of the Notice to
Proceed, unless otherwise specified.
The Undersigned is aware of the provisions of Labor Code Section 3700, which requires every
employer to be insured against liability for workers' compensation or to undertake self-insurance
in accordance with the provisions of that code, and agrees to comply with such provisions before
commencing the performance of the Work of this Contract and continue to comply until the
Contract is complete.
The Undersigned is aware of the provisions of Labor Code Section 1770 et seq. relative to the
general prevailing rate of wages for each craft or type of worker needed to execute the Contract
and agrees to comply with its provisions.
The Undersigned Bidder declares, under penalty of perjury, that the undersigned is licensed to
do business or act in the capacity of a contractor within the State of California and that this
statement is true and correct and has the legal effect of an affidavit. The following are the
Bidder’s applicable license number(s), with their expiration date(s) and class of license(s):
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
If the Bidder is a joint venture, each member of the joint venture must include the required
licensing information.
A Bid submitted to the Agency by a Contractor who is not licensed as a Contractor pursuant to
the Business and Professions Code shall be considered nonresponsive and shall be rejected by
the Agency. In all contracts where federal funds are involved, no Bid submitted shall be
invalidated by the failure of the Bidder to be licensed in accordance with California law. However,
at the time the Contract is awarded, the Contractor shall be properly licensed.
00 41 10 BID FORM Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 22 of 284
The Undersigned Bidder represents as follows:
1. That no elected or appointed official, officer, agent, or employee of the Agency is
personally interested, directly or indirectly, in this Contract, or the compensation to be
paid under it; that no representation, oral or in writing, of the Agency, its officers, agents,
or employees has induced Bidder to enter into this Contract, excepting only those
contained in this form of Contract and the papers made a part of this Contract by its
terms; and
2. That this Bid is made without connection with any person, firm, or corporation making a
Bid for the same Work, and is in all respects fair and without collusion or fraud.
Accompanying this Bid is _________________________________ (Cash, Certified Check,
Bidder’s Bond or Cashier's Check) for 10% of the amount Bid, payable to Agency as Bid Security
and which is given as a guarantee that the undersigned will enter into a Contract and provide the
necessary bonds and certificates of insurance if awarded the Contract.
Organized under the laws of the State of ________________________.
an individual
a partnership
a corporation
(Signatures continued on next page)
00 41 10 BID FORM Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 23 of 284
IF A SOLE OWNER OR SOLE CONTRACTOR SIGN HERE:
I certify under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that all of the
information submitted in connection with this Bid and all of the representations made in this Bid
are true and correct.
1 Name under which
business is
conducted
______________________________________________________
2 Signature (given and
surname) of
proprietor
Printed/Typed Name
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
3 Place of Business
(Full Address: street,
number, city, state,
zip)
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
4 Telephone Number ______________________________________________________
5 Email ______________________________________________________
NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF EXECUTION BY ALL SIGNATORIES MUST BE ATTACHED
00 41 10 BID FORM Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 24 of 284
IF A PARTNERSHIP, SIGN HERE:
I certify under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that all of the
information submitted in connection with this Bid and all of the representations made in this Bid
are true and correct.
1 Name under which
business is
conducted
______________________________________________________
2 Signature (given and
surname and role)
(Note: Signature
must be made by a
general partner)
Printed/Typed Name
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
3 Place of Business
(Full Address: street,
number, city, state,
zip)
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
4 Telephone Number ______________________________________________________
5 Email ______________________________________________________
NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF EXECUTION BY ALL SIGNATORIES MUST BE ATTACHED
00 41 10 BID FORM Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 25 of 284
IF A CORPORATION, SIGN HERE:
I certify under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that all of the
information submitted in connection with this Bid and all of the representations made in this Bid
are true and correct.
1 Name under which
business is
conducted
______________________________________________________
2 Signature (given and
surname and Title)
(Note: Signature
must be made by a
someone who can
bind the
corporation)
Printed/Typed Name
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
3 Place of Business
(Full Address: street,
number, city, state,
zip)
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
4 Telephone Number ______________________________________________________
5 Email ______________________________________________________
NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF EXECUTION BY ALL SIGNATORIES MUST BE ATTACHED
00 41 10 BID FORM Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 26 of 284
List below names of president, vice president, CFO, secretary and assistant secretary, if a
corporation; if a partnership, list names of all general partners, and managing partners:
Approved as to form this ___________________day of _____________________ 20_______.
______________________________________________
Attorney for Agency
END OF SECTION
00 43 10 BID BOND FORM Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 27 of 284
00 43 10 BID BOND FORM
(Note: This form is not required when other form of Bidder’s Security, e.g. cash, certified check
or cashier’s check, accompanies Bid. In that case, use form 00 43 20 Bid Security)
NAME OF PROJECT: El Camino Real Widening From Poinsettia Lane to Camino Vida Roble
CONTRACT NO.: 6072
BID NO.:PWS25-XXXXTRAN
NAME OF BIDDER:
The makers of this bond are, as Principal,
and , as Surety and are held and
firmly bound unto the City of Carlsbad (“Agency”) in the penal sum of 10% OF THE TOTAL BID
PRICE of the Principal submitted to the Agency for the Work described below, for the payment
of which sum in lawful money of the United States, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves,
our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these
presents.
THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH that whereas the Principal has submitted the
accompanying Bid dated .
If the Principal does not withdraw its Bid within the time specified in the Contract Documents;
and if the Principal provides all required documents to the Agency and is awarded the Contract;
then this obligation shall be null and void. Otherwise, this bond will remain in full force and effect.
Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or
addition to the terms of the Contract Documents shall affect its obligation under this bond, and
Surety waives notice of any such changes.
In the event a lawsuit is brought upon this bond by the Agency and judgment is recovered, the
Surety shall pay all litigation expenses incurred by the Agency in such suit, including reasonable
attorneys’ fees, court costs, expert witness fees and expenses.
///
///
///
///
///
00 43 10 BID BOND FORM Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 28 of 284
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the above-bound parties have executed this instrument under their
several seals this_____________ day of _____________________________, 20______, the
name and corporate seal of each corporation.
PRINCIPAL:
___________________________________
(Name of Principal)
By:
___________________________________
(sign here)
___________________________________
(Print name here)
___________________________________
(Title and Organization of Signatory)
Executed by SURETY
this ______day of ________________, 20____
SURETY:
_____________________________________
(name of Surety)
_____________________________________
(address of Surety)
_____________________________________
(telephone number of Surety)
By:
_____________________________________
(signature of Attorney-in-Fact)
_____________________________________
(printed name of Attorney-in-Fact)
Required Attachments:
Corporate resolution showing current power of attorney.
Proper execution by PRINCIPAL.
Proper notarial acknowledgment of execution by SURETY.
President or vice-president and CFO, secretary or assistant secretary must sign for
corporations. If only 1 officer signs, the corporation must attach a resolution certified by
the secretary or assistant secretary under corporate seal empowering that officer to bind
the corporation.
END OF SECTION
00 43 20 BID SECURITY Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 29 of 284
00 43 20 BID SECURITY
(Note: This form is required when cash, certified check or cashier’s check, accompanies Bid. If
Bid Bond is being provided, use form 00 43 10 Bid Bond)
NAME OF PROJECT: El Camino Real Widening From Poinsettia Lane to Camino Vida Roble
CONTRACT NO.: 6072
BID NO.:PWS25-XXXXTRAN
NAME OF BIDDER:
Accompanying this proposal is a Certified / Cashier’s check payable to the order of the City of
Carlsbad (“Agency”), in the sum of
dollars ($___________________), this amount being 10% of the total amount of the Bid. The
proceeds of this check shall become the property of the Agency, provided this proposal shall be
accepted by the Agency through action of its legally constituted contracting authorities and the
Undersigned shall fail to execute a Contract and furnish the required Performance, Warranty and
Payment Bonds and proof of insurance coverage within the stipulated time; otherwise, the check
shall be returned to the Undersigned. The proceeds of this check shall also become the property
of the Agency if the Undersigned shall withdraw his or her Bid within the period of 15 Calendar
Days after the date set for the opening of the Bid, unless otherwise required by law, and
notwithstanding the award of the Contract to another Bidder.
_______________________________________
BIDDER
Required Attachments:
Certified Check or Cashier’s Check
END OF SECTION
00 43 30 PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS FORM Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 30 of 284
00 43 30 PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS FORM
NAME OF PROJECT: El Camino Real Widening From Poinsettia Lane to Camino Vida Roble
CONTRACT NO.: 6072
BID NO.:PWS25-XXXXTRAN
NAME OF BIDDER:
In compliance with the Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act (Public Contract Code
Section 4100 et seq.), Bidder shall set forth below: (a) the name and the location of the place of
business, (b) the California contractor license number, (c) the DIR public works contractor
registration number, and (d) the portion of the Work which will be done by each Subcontractor
who will perform work or labor or render service to the Bidder in or about the construction of
the Work or improvement to be performed under this Contract in an amount in excess of one-
half of one percent (0.5%) of the Bidder’s Total Bid Price. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the
Work involves the construction of streets and highways, then the Bidder shall list each
Subcontractor who will perform work or labor or render service to the Bidder in or about the
Work in an amount in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the Bidder’s Total Bid Price or
$10,000, whichever is greater. No additional time shall be granted to provide the below
requested information.
If a Bidder fails to specify a Subcontractor or if a Contractor specifies more than one
Subcontractor for the same portion of Work, then the Bidder shall be deemed to have agreed
that it is fully qualified to perform that portion of Work and that it shall perform that portion
itself. No changes in the Subcontractor’s listed Work will be made without the prior approval of
the Agency.
Attach additional pages as required.
(Signature of Bidder)
00 43 30 PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS FORM Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 31 of 284
Name of
Subcontractor
Location of
Business
CSLB
Contractor
License
No./ Exp
Date
DIR
Registration
Number /
Exp. Date
Type of Work
to be done by
Subcontractor
% of
Work
Amount of
Work by
Subcontractor
in Dollars*
Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 4104, subdivision (a)(3)(A), receipt of the information
preceded by an asterisk (*) may be submitted by the Bidder up to 24 hours after the deadline for
submitting bids contained in the “Notice Inviting Bids.”
END OF SECTION
00 43 40 BIDDER INFORMATION AND EXPERIENCE FORM Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 32 of 284
00 43 40 BIDDER INFORMATION AND EXPERIENCE FORM
NAME OF PROJECT: El Camino Real Widening From Poinsettia Lane to Camino Vida Roble
CONTRACT NO.: 6072
BID NO.:PWS25-XXXXTRAN
NAME OF BIDDER:
1. INFORMATION ABOUT BIDDER
(Indicate not applicable (“N/A”) where appropriate.)
NOTE: Where Bidder is a joint venture, pages shall be duplicated, and information provided for
all parties to the joint venture.
1. Type, if Entity:
2. Bidder Address:
a. Facsimile Number
b. Telephone Number
c. Email Address
3. How many years has Bidder’s organization been in business as a contractor?
4. How many years has Bidder’s organization been in business under its present name?
a. Under what other or former names has Bidder’s organization operated?
5. If Bidder’s organization is a corporation, answer the following:
a. Date of Incorporation:
b. State of Incorporation:
c. President’s Name:
d. Vice-President’s Name(s):
e. Secretary’s Name:
f. Treasurer’s Name:
00 43 40 BIDDER INFORMATION AND EXPERIENCE FORM Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 33 of 284
g. CFO’s Name:
6. If an individual or a partnership, answer the following:
a. Date of Organization:
b. Name and address of all partners (state whether general or limited partnership):
7. If other than a corporation or partnership, describe organization and name principals:
8. List other states in which Bidder’s organization is legally qualified to do business.
9. What type of work does the Bidder normally perform with its own forces?
10. Has Bidder ever failed to complete any work awarded to it? If so, note when, where, and why:
11. Within the last 5 years, has any officer or partner of Bidder’s organization ever been an officer
or partner of another organization when it failed to complete a contract? If so, attach a
separate sheet of explanation:
12. List Trade References:
13. List Bank References (Bank and Branch Address):
14. Name of Bonding Company and Name and Address of Agent:
[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
00 43 40 BIDDER INFORMATION AND EXPERIENCE FORM Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 34 of 284
2. LIST OF CURRENT PROJECTS (BACKLOG)
[**Duplicate or attach additional pages if needed for listing current projects.**]
Project Name
Sub or Prime?
Description of Bidder’s Work Client
Name
Completion
Date
Cost of
Bidder’s Work
00 43 40 BIDDER INFORMATION AND EXPERIENCE FORM Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 35 of 284
LIST OF COMPLETED PROJECTS (LAST 3 YEARS)
[**Duplicate or attach additional pages if needed for listing completed projects. **]
Please include only those projects which are similar enough to demonstrate Bidder’s ability to
perform the required Work.
Project Name
Sub or Prime?
Description of Bidder’s Work Client
Name
Completion
Date
Cost of
Bidder’s Work
00 43 40 BIDDER INFORMATION AND EXPERIENCE FORM Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 36 of 284
EXPERIENCE AND TECHNICAL QUALIFICATIONS QUESTIONNAIRE
Personnel:
The Bidder shall identify the key personnel to be assigned to this Project in a management,
construction supervision or engineering capacity. Add additional pages to identify ALL key
personnel. Bidder may submit a 2-page resume of each key personnel mentioned above.
Bidder agrees that personnel named in this Bid will remain on this Project until completion of all
relevant Work, unless substituted by personnel of equivalent experience and qualifications
approved in advance by the Agency.
Job Title
Name
% time on this
Project
Specialized
Education
Years of
construction
experience
relevant to the
Project
Summarize the
experience
00 43 40 BIDDER INFORMATION AND EXPERIENCE FORM Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 37 of 284
Additional Bidder’s Statements:
If the Bidder feels that there is additional information which has not been included in the
questionnaire above, and which would contribute to the qualification review, it may add that
information in a statement here or on an attached sheet, appropriately marked:
00 43 40 BIDDER INFORMATION AND EXPERIENCE FORM Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 38 of 284
3. VERIFICATION AND EXECUTION
These Bid Forms shall be executed only by a duly authorized official of the Bidder:
I declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing
information is true and correct:
Name of Bidder:
Signature ________________________________________________________________
Name ______________________________________________________________________
Title ______________________________________________________________________
Date ______________________________________________________________________
END OF SECTION
00 45 10 NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 39 of 284
00 45 10 NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT
NONCOLLUSION DECLARATION TO BE EXECUTED BY BIDDER AND SUBMITTED WITH BID
NAME OF PROJECT: El Camino Real Widening From Poinsettia Lane to Camino Vida Roble
CONTRACT NO.: 6072
NAME OF BIDDER:
Consistent with Public Contract Code Section 7106, the undersigned declares:
I am the of , the
party making the foregoing Bid.
The Bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any undisclosed person, partnership,
company, association, organization, or corporation. The Bid is genuine and not collusive or sham.
The Bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other Bidder to put in a false or
sham bid. The Bidder has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with
any Bidder or anyone else to put in a sham bid, or to refrain from bidding. The Bidder has not in
any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement, communication, or conference with
anyone to fix the Bid Price of the Bidder or any other Bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit, or cost
element of the Bid Price, or of that of any other Bidder. All statements contained in the Bid are
true. The Bidder has not, directly or indirectly, submitted his or her Bid Price or any breakdown
of it, or the contents of it, or divulged information or data relative to it, to any corporation,
partnership, company, association, organization, bid depository, or to any member or agent of
these, to effectuate a collusive or sham bid, and has not paid, and will not pay, any person or
entity for such purpose.
Any person executing this declaration on behalf of a Bidder that is a corporation, partnership, joint
venture, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, or any other entity, represents
that he or she has full power to execute, and does execute, this declaration on behalf of the
Bidder.
I declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing
is true and correct and that this declaration is executed ________________ 20 ____ at
_______________ [city], _____ [state].
Signature
Name _________________________________
Title
END OF SECTION
00 45 15 IRAN CONTRACTING ACT CERTIFICATION Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 40 of 284
00 45 15 IRAN CONTRACTING ACT CERTIFICATION
NAME OF PROJECT: El Camino Real Widening From Poinsettia Lane to Camino Vida Roble
CONTRACT NO.: 6072
BID NO.:PWS25-XXXXTRAN
NAME OF BIDDER:
As required by Public Contract Code Section 2204, the Contractor certifies subject to penalty of
perjury that the option checked below relating to the Contractor’s status in regard to the Iran
Contracting Act of 2010 (Public Contract Code Section 2200 et seq.) is true and correct:
The Contractor is not:
1) identified on the current list of persons and entities engaged in investment activities
in Iran prepared by the California Department of General Services in accordance with
subdivision (b) of Public Contract Code Section 2203; or
2) a financial instruction that extends, for 45 days or more, credit in the amount of
$20,000,000 or more to any other person or entity identified on the current list of
persons and entities engaging in investment activities in Iran prepared by the
California Department of General Services in accordance with subdivision (b) of Public
Contract Code Section 2203, if that person or entity uses or will use the credit to
provide goods or services in the energy sector in Iran.
The Agency has exempted the Contractor from the requirements of the Iran Contracting Act
of 2010 after making a public finding that, absent the exemption, the Agency will be unable
to obtain the goods and/or services to be provided pursuant to the Contract.
The amount of the Contract payable to the Contractor for the Project does not exceed
$1,000,000.
Signature: Date:
Name: Title:
Note: In accordance with Public Contract Code Section 2205, false certification of this form shall
be reported to the California Attorney General and may result in civil penalties equal to the
greater of $250,000 or twice the Contract amount, termination of the Contract and/or ineligibility
to bid on contracts for 3 years.
END OF SECTION
00 45 20 PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACTOR REGISTRATION CERTIFICATION Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 41 of 284
00 45 20 PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACTOR REGISTRATION CERTIFICATION
NAME OF PROJECT: El Camino Real Widening From Poinsettia Lane to Camino Vida Roble
CONTRACT NO.: 6072
BID NO.:PWS25-XXXXTRAN
NAME OF BIDDER:
Pursuant to Labor Code Sections 1725.5 and 1771.1, all Contractors and Subcontractors that
wish to Bid on, be listed in a Bid proposal, or enter into a Contract to perform public work must
be registered with the Department of Industrial Relations. See Public Works (ca.gov) for
additional information.
No Bid will be accepted, nor any Contract entered into without proof of the Contractor’s and
Subcontractors’ current registration with the Department of Industrial Relations to perform
public work.
Bidder certifies that it is aware of the registration requirements set forth in Labor Code Sections
1725.5 and 1771.1 and is currently registered as a Contractor with the Department of Industrial
Relations.
Name of Bidder:
DIR Registration Number:
DIR Registration Expiration:
Bidder further certifies:
1. Bidder shall maintain a current DIR registration for the duration of the Project.
2. Bidder shall include the requirements of Labor Code Sections 1725.5 and 1771.1 in its
Contract with Subcontractors and ensure that all Subcontractors are registered at the
time of Bid opening and maintain registration status for the duration of the Project.
3. Failure to submit this form or comply with any of the above requirements may result in
a finding that the Bid is non-responsive.
Signature: Date:
Name: Title:
END OF SECTION
00 45 25 CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 42 of 284
00 45 25 CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE
NAME OF PROJECT: El Camino Real Widening From Poinsettia Lane to Camino Vida Roble
CONTRACT NO.: 6072
BID NO.:PWS25-XXXXTRAN
NAME OF BIDDER:
Bidder must attach either of the following to this page.
Certificates of insurance showing conformance with the requirements for each of:
a. Comprehensive General Liability
b. Automobile Liability
c. Workers Compensation
d. Employer’s Liability
Statement with an insurance carrier’s notarized signature stating that the carrier can, and
upon payment of fees and/or premiums by the Bidder, will issue to the Bidder the required
policies of insurance for Comprehensive General Liability, Automobile Liability, Workers
Compensation and Employer’s Liability in conformance and the required Certificates of
insurance to the Agency.
END OF SECTION
00 45 30 STATEMENT REGARDING DEBARMENT Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 43 of 284
00 45 30 STATEMENT REGARDING DEBARMENT
NAME OF PROJECT: El Camino Real Widening From Poinsettia Lane to Camino Vida Roble
CONTRACT NO.: 6072
BID NO.:PWS25-XXXXTRAN
NAME OF BIDDER:
1. Have you or any of your Subcontractors ever been debarred as an irresponsible Bidder by
another public agency in the State of California?
YES
NO
2. If yes, what was/were the name(s) of the public agency(ies) and what was/were the period(s)
of debarment(s)? Attach additional copies of this page to accommodate more than 2
debarments.
__________________________________
party debarred
__________________________________
public agency
__________________________________
period of debarment
___________________________________
party debarred
___________________________________
public agency
___________________________________
period of debarment
BY CONTRACTOR:
By: __________________________________
(sign here)
___________________________________
(print name/title)
Page _____ of _____ pages of this Statement Regarding Debarment form
END OF SECTION
00 45 35 DISCLOSURE OF DISCIPLINE RECORD Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 44 of 284
00 45 35 DISCLOSURE OF DISCIPLINE RECORD
NAME OF PROJECT: El Camino Real Widening From Poinsettia Lane to Camino Vida Roble
CONTRACT NO.: 6072
BID NO.:PWS25-XXXXTRAN
NAME OF BIDDER:
Contractors are required by law to be licensed and regulated by the Contractors’ State License
Board which has jurisdiction to investigate complaints against contractors if a complaint
regarding a latent act or omission is filed within 4 years of the date of the alleged violation. A
complaint regarding a latent act or omission pertaining to structural defects must be filed within
10 years of the date of the alleged violation. Any questions concerning a Contractor may be
referred to the Registrar, Contractors’ State License Board, P.O. Box 26000, Sacramento,
California 95826.
1. Have you ever had your contractor’s license suspended or revoked by the California
Contractors’ State license Board 2 or more times within an 8-year period?
YES
NO
2. Has the suspension or revocation of your contractor’s license ever been stayed?
YES
NO
N/A
3. Have any Subcontractors that you propose to perform any portion of the Work ever had their
contractor’s license suspended or revoked by the California Contractors’ State License Board
2 or more times within an 8-year period?
YES
NO
4. Has the suspension or revocation of the license of any Subcontractors that you propose to
perform any portion of the Work ever been stayed?
YES
NO
N/A
00 45 35 DISCLOSURE OF DISCIPLINE RECORD Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 45 of 284
5. If the answer to either of 1 or 3 above is “yes,” fully identify, in each and every case, the party
disciplined, the date of and violation that the disciplinary action pertains to, the nature of the
violation and disciplinary action taken.
(If needed attach additional sheets to provide full disclosure.)
6. If the answer to either of 2 or 4 above is “yes,” fully identify, in each and every case, the party
whose discipline was stayed, the date of and the violation that the disciplinary action pertains
to, the nature of the violation and the condition (if any) upon which the disciplinary action
was stayed.
(If needed attach additional sheets to provide full disclosure.)
BY CONTRACTOR:
By: __________________________________
(sign here)
__________________________________
(print name and title)
END OF SECTION
00 52 00 CONTRACT Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 46 of 284
00 52 00 CONTRACT
This Project No. 6072 (“Contract”) is made and entered into this ____________ day of
________________________________, 20___, by and between the City of Carlsbad (“Agency”)
and ____________________________________ (“Contractor”), whose principal place of
business is _______________________________________________________.
The parties agree:
1. SCOPE OF WORK.
The Contractor shall perform all Work within the time stipulated in the Contract, and shall
provide all labor, materials, equipment, tools, utility services, and transportation to complete all
the Work required in strict compliance with the Contract Documents for the following Project:
NAME OF PROJECT: El Camino Real Widening From Poinsettia Lane to Camino Vida Roble
CONTRACT NO.: 6072
BID NO.:PWS25-XXXXTRAN
The Contractor and its surety shall be liable to the Agency for any damages arising as a result of
the Contractor’s failure to comply with the obligation described in this Section 1.
2. TIME OF COMPLETION.
Time is of the essence in the performance of the Work. The Work shall be commenced on the
date stated in the Agency’s Notice to Proceed. The Contractor shall complete all Work required
by the Contract Documents within one hundred thirty (130) Days from the commencement date
stated in the Notice to Proceed. Contractor agrees the time for completion set forth above is
adequate and reasonable to complete the Work.
3. CONTRACT PRICE.
The Agency shall pay to the Contractor as full compensation for the performance of the Contract,
subject to any additions or deductions made in accordance with the Contract Documents, and
including all applicable taxes and costs, the sum of ___________________________________
Dollars ($ _____________________________). Payment shall be made as set forth in the General
Conditions.
The Engineer will close the estimate of work completed for progress payments on the last
working day of each month. The Agency shall withhold retention as required by Public Contract
Code Section 9203.
4. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES.
In accordance with Government Code Section 53069.85, it is agreed that the Contractor will pay
the Agency the sum set forth in Section 00 73 00 Supplemental General Provisions for each and
every Calendar Day of delay beyond the time of completion prescribed in this Contract as
Liquidated Damages and not as a penalty or forfeiture. If this sum is not paid, the Contractor
00 52 00 CONTRACT Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 47 of 284
agrees the Agency may deduct that amount from any money due or that may become due the
Contractor under the Contract. This Section does not exclude recovery of other damages
specified in the Contract Documents.
5. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
The “Contract Documents” include the following:
● 00 11 10 Notice Inviting Bids
● 00 21 10 Instructions to Bidders
● 00 41 00 Bid Form
● 00 42 10 Bid Bond or 00 43 20 Bid Security
● 00 43 30 Proposed Subcontractors
● 00 43 40 Bidder Information and Experience
● 00 45 10 Non-Collusion Affidavit
● 00 45 15 Iran Contracting Act Certification
● 00 45 20 Public Works Contractor Registration Certification
● 00 45 30 Statement of Regarding Debarment
● 00 45 35 Disclosure of Discipline Record
● 00 52 10 Contract
● 00 61 10 Labor and Materials Bond
● 00 61 20 Faithful Performance and Warranty Bond
● 00 61 30 Optional Escrow Agreement (if applicable)
● 00 73 00 Supplemental Provisions to Part 1 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works
Construction “Greenbook,” latest edition and including all errata
● Technical Specifications for the Project
● All Addenda
● Plans and Drawings
● Permits
● 00 74 00 Supplemental Provisions to Parts 2-8 of the Standard Specifications for Public
Works Construction “Greenbook,” latest edition and including all errata
● “City of Carlsbad Engineering Standard Drawings and Specifications,” as last revised
● Standard Plans for Public Works Construction, latest edition and including all errata
● Applicable Local Agency Standards and Specifications, as last revised
● Approved and fully executed change orders
● Any other documents contained in or incorporated by reference into the Contract
Documents
00 52 00 CONTRACT Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 48 of 284
The Contractor shall complete the Work in strict accordance with the Contract Documents. The
requirements of the various sections or documents comprising the Contract Documents are
intended to be complementary. Work required by 1 of the Contract Documents and not by others
shall be done as if required by all. This Contract shall supersede any prior agreement of the
parties.
6. PROVISIONS REQUIRED BY LAW AND CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE.
Every provision of law required to be included in these Contract Documents shall be deemed to
be included in these Contract Documents. The Contractor shall comply with all requirements of
applicable federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations, including, but not limited to, the
provisions of the Labor Code and Public Contract Code which are applicable to the Work.
7. INDEMNIFICATION.
Contractor shall provide indemnification and defense as set forth in the 00 73 00 Agency
Supplemental General Provisions.
8. PREVAILING WAGES.
Contractor shall be required to pay the prevailing rate of wages in accordance with the Labor
Code which such rates may be obtained online at http://www.dir.ca.gov and which must be
posted at the job site.
///
///
///
///
///
///
00 52 00 CONTRACT Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 49 of 284
NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF EXECUTION BY ALL SIGNATORIES MUST BE ATTACHED
(CORPORATE SEAL)
CONTRACTOR City of Carlsbad
By: By:
(sign here)
[INSERT TITLE OF PERSON AUTHORIZED TO
SIGN]
(print name/title)
ATTEST:
By:
(sign here) for Sherry Freisinger, City Clerk
(print name/title)
If required by the Agency, proper notarial acknowledgment of execution by contractor must be
attached. If a corporation, the Contract must be signed by 1 corporate officer from each of the
following 2 groups.
Group A Group B
Chairman, Secretary,
President, or Assistant Secretary,
Vice-President CFO or Assistant Treasurer
Otherwise, the corporation must attach a resolution certified by the secretary or assistant
secretary under corporate seal empowering the officer(s) signing to bind the corporation.
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
CINDIE K. McMAHON, City Attorney
BY: _____________________________
Assistant City Attorney
END OF SECTION
00 61 10 LABOR AND MATERIALS BOND Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 50 of 284
00 61 10 LABOR AND MATERIALS BOND
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS THAT:
WHEREAS, the City of Carlsbad ( “Agency”) has awarded to
(“Principal,”) a Contract for the Work described as follows:
NAME OF PROJECT: El Camino Real Widening From Poinsettia Lane to Camino Vida Roble
CONTRACT NO.: 6072
BID NO.:PWS25-XXXXTRAN
in strict conformity with the drawings and specifications, and other Contract Documents now
on file in the Office of the City Clerk of the City of Carlsbad and all of which are incorporated by
this reference; and
WHEREAS, Principal is required to furnish a bond in connection with the Contract providing that
if Principal or any of its Subcontractors fail to pay (1) for any materials, provisions, provender,
equipment, or other supplies used in, upon, for or about the performance of the Work contracted
to be done, (2) for any Work or labor of any kind performed under the Contract, (3) for amounts
due under the Unemployment Insurance Code for any Work or labor of any kind performed under
the Contract, or (4) for any amounts required to be deducted, withheld, and paid over to the
Employment Development Department under Unemployment Insurance Code Section 13020 or
to the Franchise Tax Board under Revenue and Taxation Code Section 18663 from the wages of
employees of Principal and its Subcontractors with respect to the Work or labor, the Surety on
this bond will pay for the same to the extent set forth below.
NOW THEREFORE, we, Principal and , as Surety, are held
and firmly bound unto the Agency in the penal sum of
Dollars ($___________), for the payment of which sum being an amount equal to 100% of the
total amount payable under the terms of the Contract by the Agency, and for which payment
well and truly to be made we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors,
or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH that if Principal, or its Subcontractors, heirs,
executors, administrators, successors or assigns, shall fail to pay any of the persons named in Civil
Code Section 9100; fail to pay for any materials, provisions, provender, equipment, or other
supplies, used in, upon, for or about the performance of the Work contracted to be done; fail to
pay for any Work or labor of any kind performed under the Contract; fail to pay amounts due
under the Unemployment Insurance Code for any Work or labor of any kind performed under
the Contract; or fail to pay for any amounts required to be deducted, withheld, and paid over to
the Employment Development Department or Franchise Tax Board from the wages of employees
of Principal or its Subcontractors pursuant to Unemployment Insurance Code Section 13020 or
Revenue and Taxation Code Section 18663, with respect to the Work or labor, then the Surety
will pay for the same, in an amount not exceeding the penal sum specified above, and also, in
00 61 10 LABOR AND MATERIALS BOND Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 51 of 284
case suit is brought upon this bond, all litigation expenses incurred by the Agency in the suit,
including reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, expert witness fees and investigation expenses
to be fixed by the court consistent with Civil Code Section 9554.
This bond shall inure to the benefit of any of the persons named in Civil Code Section 9100 so as
to give a right of action to such persons or their assigns in any suit brought upon this bond. The
Surety stipulates and agrees that this bond shall not be exonerated or released from the
obligation of this bond by:
1. Any change, extension of time for performance, addition, alteration or modification
in, to, or of any Contract, Plans, Specifications, or agreement pertaining or relating to
any scheme or Work of improvement described above, or the furnishing of labor,
materials, or equipment pertaining or relating to any scheme or Work of improvement
described above.
2. Any change or modification of any terms of payment or extension of the time for any
payment pertaining or relating to any scheme or Work of improvement described
above.
3. Any rescission or attempted rescission or attempted rescission of the Contract,
agreement or bond.
4. Any conditions precedent or subsequent in the bond attempting to limit the right of
recovery of claimants otherwise entitled to recover under any such Contract or
agreement or under the bond.
5. Any fraud practiced by any person other than the claimant seeking to recover on the
bond.
The Surety also stipulates and agrees that this bond shall be construed most strongly against the
Surety and in favor of all persons for whose benefit such bond is given, and under no
circumstances shall Surety be released from liability to those for whose benefit this bond has
been given by reason of any breach of contract between the Agency and Principal or on the part
of any obligee named in this bond. Finally, the Surety waives notice of any such change, extension
of time, addition, alteration or modification mentioned in this bond, including but not limited to
the provisions of Civil Code Sections 2819 and 2845.
If Principal is an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such Principal shall not exonerate
the Surety from its obligations under this bond.
00 61 10 LABOR AND MATERIALS BOND Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 52 of 284
[REMAINDER OF PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK]
00 61 10 LABOR AND MATERIALS BOND Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 53 of 284
Executed by PRINCIPAL this _________
day of _______________________, 20____.
PRINCIPAL:
____________________________________
(name of Contractor)
By:_________________________________
(sign here)
____________________________________
(print name here)
____________________________________
(title and organization of signatory)
Executed by SURETY this ____________ day
of _______________________, 20____.
SURETY:
____________________________________
(name of Surety)
____________________________________
(address of Surety)
____________________________________
(telephone number of Surety)
By:
____________________________________
(signature of Attorney-in-Fact)
____________________________________
(printed name of Attorney-in-Fact)
(attach corporate resolution showing current
power of attorney)
(Proper notarial acknowledgment of execution by CONTRACTOR and SURETY must be attached.)
(President or vice-president and secretary or assistant secretary must sign for corporations. If
only 1 officer signs, the corporation must attach a resolution certified by the secretary or
assistant secretary under corporate seal empowering that officer to bind the corporation.)
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
CINDIE K. McMAHON, City Attorney
BY: _____________________________
Assistant City Attorney
END OF SECTION
00 61 20 FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE AND WARRANTY BOND Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 54 of 284
00 61 20 FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE AND WARRANTY BOND
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS THAT:
WHEREAS, the City of Carlsbad ( “Agency”) has awarded to ________________ (“Principal,”) a
Contract for the Work described as follows:
NAME OF PROJECT: El Camino Real Widening From Poinsettia Lane to Camino Vida Roble
CONTRACT NO.: 6072
BID NO.:PWS25-XXXXTRAN
in strict conformity with the drawings and specifications, and other Contract Documents now on
file in the Office of the City Clerk of the City of Carlsbad and all of which are incorporated by this
reference; and
WHEREAS, the Work to be performed by the Principal is more particularly set forth in the Contract
Documents for the Project dated ____________, (“Contract Documents”), the terms and
conditions of which are incorporated by reference; and
WHEREAS, the Principal is required by the Contract Documents to perform the terms of them
and to furnish a bond for the faithful performance and warranty of the Contract Documents.
NOW THEREFORE, we, Principal, and
,as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the Agency in the penal
sum of dollars ($ ____________),
which is equal to 100% of the total amount of the Contract, for which amount well and truly to
be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors and assigns,
jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that, if Principal, its heirs, executors,
administrators, successors or assigns, shall in all things stand to and abide by, and well and truly
keep and perform the covenants, conditions and agreements in the Contract Documents and any
alteration of the Contract Documents made as provided in the Contract Documents, on its part,
to be kept and performed at the time and in the manner specified in the Contract Documents,
and in all respects according to their true intent and meaning; and shall indemnify and save
harmless the Agency, its Board, members of the Board, officers, directors, managers, employees,
agents, and authorized volunteers, as stipulated in the Contract Documents, then this obligation
shall become null and void; otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and effect.
As a part of the obligation secured by this bond and in addition to the face amount specified in
this bond, there shall be included costs and reasonable expenses and fees, including reasonable
attorneys’ fees, incurred by Agency in enforcing such obligation, all to be taxed as costs and
included in any judgment rendered.
00 61 20 FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE AND WARRANTY BOND Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 55 of 284
As a condition precedent to the satisfactory completion of the Work unless otherwise provided
for in the Contract Documents, the above obligation shall hold good for a period of 1 year after
the acceptance of the Work by the Agency. During this 1-year period, if Contractor fails to make
full, complete, and satisfactory repair and replacements and totally protect the Agency from loss
or damage resulting from or caused by defective materials or faulty workmanship in connection
with Contractor’s Work on the Project, the obligations of Surety under this bond shall continue
so long as any obligation of Principal remains to the Agency. Nothing in this bond shall limit the
Agency’s rights or the Principal’s or Surety’s obligations under the Contract, law or equity,
including, but not limited to, Code of Civil Procedure Section 337.15.
Whenever Principal shall be, and is declared by the Agency to be, in default under the Contract
Documents, the Surety shall remedy the default pursuant to the Contract Documents, or shall
promptly, at the Agency’s option:
i. Take over and complete the Project in accordance with all terms and conditions in the
Contract Documents;
ii. Obtain a bid or bids for completing the Project in accordance with all terms and conditions
in the Contract Documents and upon determination by Surety of the lowest responsive
and responsible bidder, arrange for a contract between such bidder, the Surety and the
Agency, and make available as Work progresses sufficient funds to pay the cost of
completion of the Project, less the balance of the Contract Price, including other costs and
damages for which Surety may be liable. The term “balance of the Contract Price” as used
in this paragraph shall mean the total amount payable to Principal by the Agency under
the Contract and any modification to the Contract, less any amount previously paid by
the Agency to the Principal and any other set offs pursuant to the Contract Documents.
Or
iii. Permit the Agency to complete the Project in any manner consistent with Applicable Law
and make available as Work progresses sufficient funds to pay the cost of completion of
the Project, less the balance of the Contract Price, including other costs and damages for
which Surety may be liable. The term “balance of the Contract Price” as used in this
paragraph shall mean the total amount payable to Principal by the Agency under the
Contract and any modification to the Contract, less any amount previously paid by the
Agency to the Principal and any other set offs pursuant to the Contract Documents.
Surety expressly agrees that the Agency may reject any contractor or subcontractor which may
be proposed by Surety in fulfillment of its obligations in the event of default by the Principal.
Surety shall not utilize Principal in completing the Project, nor shall Surety accept a bid from
Principal for completion of the Project, if the Agency, when declaring the Principal in default,
notifies Surety of the Agency’s objection to Principal’s further participation in the completion of
the Project.
00 61 20 FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE AND WARRANTY BOND Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 56 of 284
The Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration
or addition to the terms of the Contract Documents or to the Project to be performed under the
Contract Documents shall in any way affect Surety’s obligations on this bond, and Surety waives
notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract
Documents or to the Project.
If Principal is an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such Principal shall not exonerate
the Surety from its obligations under this bond.
[REMAINDER OF PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK]
00 61 20 FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE AND WARRANTY BOND Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 57 of 284
Executed by PRINCIPAL this _________ day of
________________________, 20___.
PRINCIPAL:
____________________________________
(name of Contractor)
By:_________________________________
(sign here)
____________________________________
(print name here)
____________________________________
(title and organization of signatory)
Executed by SURETY this ____________ day
of ________________________, 20___.
SURETY:
____________________________________
(name of Surety)
____________________________________
(address of Surety)
____________________________________
(telephone number of Surety)
By: _________________________________
(signature of Attorney-in-Fact)
____________________________________
(printed name of Attorney-in-Fact)
(attach corporate resolution showing current
power of attorney)
(Proper notarial acknowledgment of execution by CONTRACTOR and SURETY must be attached.)
(President or vice-president and secretary or assistant secretary must sign for corporations. If
only 1 officer signs, the corporation must attach a resolution certified by the secretary or
assistant secretary under corporate seal empowering that officer to bind the corporation.)
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
CINDIE K. McMAHON, City Attorney
BY: _____________________________
Assistant City Attorney
END OF SECTION
00 61 30 OPTIONAL ESCROW AGREEMENT Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 58 of 284
00 61 30 OPTIONAL ESCROW AGREEMENT
NAME OF PROJECT: El Camino Real Widening From Poinsettia Lane to Camino Vida Roble
CONTRACT NO.: 6072
BID NO.:PWS25-XXXXTRAN
NAME OF BIDDER:
This Escrow Agreement is made and entered into by and between the 1200 Carlsbad Village
Drive, Carlsbad, California, 92008 ("Agency"), whose
address is
("Contractor") and whose address is
("Escrow Agent").
Agency, Contractor and Escrow Agent agree as follows:
1. Pursuant Public Contract Code Section 22300, Contractor has the option to deposit securities
with Escrow Agent as a substitute for retention earnings required to be withheld by Agency
pursuant to the construction contract entered into between Agency and Contractor for El
Camino Real Widening From Poinsettia Lane to Camino Vida Roble in the amount of
___________ dated __________ ("Contract"). Alternatively, on written request of
Contractor, Agency shall make payments of the retention earnings directly to Escrow Agent.
When the Contractor deposits the securities as a substitute for Contract earnings, Escrow
Agent shall notify Agency within 10 Calendar Days of the deposit. The market value of the
securities at the time of the substitution shall be at least equal to the cash amount then
required to be withheld as retention under the terms of the Contract. Securities shall be held
in Agency’s name and shall designate Contractor as the beneficial owner.
2. Agency shall make progress payments to Contractor for those funds which otherwise would
be withheld from progress payments pursuant to the Contract provisions, provided that
Escrow Agent holds securities in the form and amount specified above.
3. When Agency makes payment of retentions earned directly to Escrow Agent, Escrow Agent
shall hold them for the benefit of Contractor until the time that the escrow created under
this Escrow Agreement is terminated. The Contractor may direct the investment of the
payments into securities. All terms and conditions of this Escrow Agreement and the rights
and responsibilities of the parties shall be equally applicable and binding when Agency pays
Escrow Agent directly.
4. Contractor shall be responsible for paying all fees for the expenses incurred by Escrow Agent
in administering the Escrow Account and all expenses of Agency. These expenses and
payment terms shall be determined by Agency, Contractor, and Escrow Agent.
5. The interest earned on the securities or the money market accounts held in escrow and all
interest earned on that interest shall be for the sole account of Contractor and shall be subject
to withdrawal by Contractor at any time and from time to time without notice to Agency.
6. Contractor shall have the right to withdraw all or any part of the principal in the Escrow
Account only by written notice to Escrow Agent accompanied by written authorization from
00 61 30 OPTIONAL ESCROW AGREEMENT Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 59 of 284
Agency to Escrow Agent that Agency consents to the withdrawal of the amount sought to be
withdrawn by Contractor.
7. Agency shall have a right to draw upon the securities in the event of default by the Contractor.
Upon 7 Calendar Days' written notice to Escrow Agent from Agency of a default, Escrow Agent
shall immediately convert the securities to cash and shall distribute the cash as instructed by
Agency.
8. Upon receipt of written notification from the Agency certifying that the Work required by the
Contract is final and complete and that Contractor has complied with all requirements and
procedures applicable to the Contract, Escrow Agent shall release to Contractor all securities
and interest on deposit less escrow fees and charges of Escrow Account. The escrow shall be
closed immediately upon disbursement of all moneys and securities on deposit and payments
of fees and charges.
9. Escrow Agent shall rely on the written notifications from Agency and Contractor pursuant to
Sections (5) to (8), inclusive, of this Escrow Agreement and Agency and Contractor shall hold
Escrow Agent harmless from Escrow Agent's release, conversion and disbursement of the
securities and interest as set forth above.
10. The names of the persons who are authorized to give written notices or to receive written
notice on behalf of Agency and on behalf of Contractor in connection with the foregoing, and
exemplars of their respective signatures are as follows:
For Agency
(Finance
Director)
Title _________________________________________________________
Name
_____________________________________________________________
Signature
_____________________________________________________________
Address
_____________________________________________________________
For Contractor
Title
_____________________________________________________________
Name
_____________________________________________________________
Signature
_____________________________________________________________
00 61 30 OPTIONAL ESCROW AGREEMENT Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 60 of 284
Address
_____________________________________________________________
For Escrow
Agent
Title
_____________________________________________________________
Name
_____________________________________________________________
Signature
_____________________________________________________________
Address
_____________________________________________________________
At the time the Escrow Account is opened, Agency and Contractor shall deliver to the Escrow
Agent a fully executed counterpart of this Escrow Agreement.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Escrow Agreement by their proper officers
on the date first set forth above.
For Agency Title
______________________________________________________________
Name
______________________________________________________________
Signature
______________________________________________________________
Address
______________________________________________________________
For Contractor
Title
______________________________________________________________
00 61 30 OPTIONAL ESCROW AGREEMENT Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 61 of 284
Name
______________________________________________________________
Signature
______________________________________________________________
Address
______________________________________________________________
For Escrow
Agent
Title
______________________________________________________________
Name
______________________________________________________________
Signature
______________________________________________________________
Address
______________________________________________________________
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
CINDIE K. McMAHON, City Attorney
BY: _____________________________
Assistant City Attorney
END OF SECTION
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 62 of 284
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
INTRODUCTION
The specifications contained in this 00 73 00 Agency Supplemental General Provisions take
precedence over the specification language contained in the Standard Specifications for Public
Works Construction, “The Greenbook,” latest edition and all errata. This specification addresses
the unique conditions in Carlsbad that are not addressed in The Greenbook. Therefore, if there
is a conflict, these specifications shall control.
The Greenbook may be purchased at Bidder’s/Contractor’s local technical bookstore or directly
from the publisher. These Supplemental General Provisions are available only for download from
the online bidding portal with Contract Documents. The Agency does not provide hard copies.
When used in the Contract Documents, statements, or command phrases (active voice and
imperative mood) refer to and are directed at the “Bidder” or “Contractor” as applicable. The
specifications are written to the “Bidder” before award and the “Contractor” after award. Before
award, interpret sentences written in the imperative mood as starting with “The Bidder shall.”
Interpret the term “you” as “the Bidder” and interpret the term “your” as “the Bidder’s.” After
award, interpret sentences written in the imperative mood starting with “The Contractor shall.”
Interpret the term “you” as “the Contractor” and interpret the term “your” as “the Contractor’s.”
PART 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS
SECTION 1 – GENERAL
1-1 GENERAL
ADD the following:
1. The word “provide” shall mean “furnish and install,” unless otherwise stated.
2. In reference to Drawings, where words “shown,” “indicated,” “detailed,” “noted,”
“scheduled,” or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that reference is
made to the Plans accompanying these provisions, unless stated otherwise.
3. Where the words “equal,” “approved equal,” “equivalent,” and words of similar import
are used, it shall be understood such words are followed by the expression “in the opinion
of the Engineer,” unless otherwise stated.
4. The word “perform” shall be understood to mean that the Contractor, at its expense, shall
“perform all operations and furnish labor, tools and equipment,” and further, “furnish
and install materials that are indicated, specified or required” shall be understood to
mean that the Contractor, at its expense, shall “furnish and install the Work, complete in
place and ready to use, including furnishing of necessary labor, materials, tools,
equipment, and transportation.”
5. Where words “directed,” “designated,” “selected,” or words of similar import are used, it
shall be understood that the direction, designation, or selection of the Engineer is
intended, unless stated otherwise. The word “required” and words of similar import shall
be understood to mean “as required to properly complete the Work as required and as
approved by the Engineer,” unless stated otherwise.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 63 of 284
Where the words “approved,” “approval,” “acceptance,” or words of similar import are used, it
shall be understood that the approval, acceptance, or similar import of the Engineer is
intended.
1-2 TERMS AND DEFINITIONS
Where applicable ADD/REPLACE the following:
Agency - The City of Carlsbad or the Carlsbad Municipal Water District, the owner of the
Project.
Agency Approval - Except where stated in this Contract to the contrary, the phrases “Agency
approval,” and “Agency’s written approval” or such similar phrases shall mean approval by
the City Manager for the City of Carlsbad or the Executive Manager for the Carlsbad Municipal
Water District, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.
Agency Forces – City of Carlsbad or Carlsbad Municipal Water District employees who
perform construction work.
Agency Supplement - 00 73 00 Agency Supplemental General Provisions; and 00 74 00 Agency
Supplemental Technical Provisions.
Allowance (AL) - Payment under Allowance Bid items, denoted as “AL,” shall be based on the
actual expenditures and for pre-authorized items of the Work in accordance with the
Contract Documents. The unused portions of the Allowances shall revert to the Agency upon
acceptance of the Project or Work.
Apparent Low Bidder - The Bidder whose Bid having been publicly opened, initially meets the
material requirements of the Bid Documents and whose Bid price is the lowest received.
Applicable Laws - Laws, statutes, ordinances, rules, orders, and regulations of governmental
authorities and courts having jurisdiction over the Project.
As-Builts - The CADD drawings prepared from the approved Red-lines for record keeping
purposes.
Award of Contract (Award) - The date on which the Board or designee executes the Contract.
Bid - Any proposal submitted to the Agency in competitive bidding for the construction,
alteration, repair, or improvement of any structure, building, road or other improvement of
any kind.
Board – The officer or body constituting the awarding authority of the Agency, which is the
City Council for the City of Carlsbad or the Board of Directors for the Carlsbad Municipal
Water District.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 64 of 284
Board of Directors for the Carlsbad Municipal Water District – The legislative body that
governs the Carlsbad Municipal Water District and has the authority to pass ordinances and
appropriate funds.
Business Day - See Working Day.
Calendar Day – Every day on the calendar, including weekends and holidays.
City - The term “City” or “the City” means, City of Carlsbad. See also Agency.
City Council - The legislative body that governs the City of Carlsbad and has the authority to
pass ordinances and appropriate funds.
City Engineer - The term “City Engineer” is defined as the Transportation Director, or
designee, and is the person authorized to perform the functions of the City Engineer as
defined in Government Code Section 66416.5. The City Engineer is the City's "duly authorized
officer" for the purposes of Public Contract Code Sections 4107 and 4107.5.
City Manager – The appointed official who directs the administration of the City of Carlsbad.
Construction Documents - Plans and details, including Plans showing installation of major
systems, equipment, fixed furnishings and graphics, the technical specifications and all other
technical drawings, schedules, diagrams and specifications, accepted Shop Drawings,
Working Drawings, and submittals that are necessary to set forth in detail the requirements
for the Project.
Construction Manager – The Project Inspector’s immediate supervisor and the Engineer’s
designated representative for the first level of appeal for informal dispute resolution.
Construction Work - The portion of the Work to construct the Project as set forth in the
Contract Documents in conformance with 2-1, “WORK TO BE DONE.”
Contract – The written agreement between the Agency and the Contractor covering the
Work.
Contract Documents - Contract Documents include the following: The signed Contract,
Addenda, Notice Inviting Bids, funding agency provisions, Bid including documentation
accompanying the Bid and any post-Bid documentation submitted prior to the Notice of
Award when attached as an exhibit to the Contract, Bonds, Permits, CEQA documents,
Standard Specifications (the “Greenbook”), Agency Supplement, Plans, Standard Plans,
Construction Documents, Reference Specifications, and Change Orders. Contract Documents,
when applicable, shall also include Site and Coastal development permits, NEPA documents,
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 65 of 284
re-vegetation plans, biological letters or technical reports, habitat mitigation plans, storm
water documents, and local, state, and federal resource agency permits.
Contract Time - The number of Working Days to complete the Work as specified in the
Contract Documents.
Contractor – The individual, partnership, corporation, joint venture, or other legal entity
having a Contract with the Agency to perform the Work. In the case of Work being done under
permit issued by the Agency, the permittee shall be constructed to be the Contractor. The
term “prime contractor” shall mean Contractor.
Critical Path – In the Construction Schedule, the sequence of activities that represents the
longest path through the Project network of activities and the shortest possible Project
duration.
Days – Days shall mean consecutive calendar days unless otherwise specified in this Contract.
Defective Work - Work that does not conform to the Contract Documents.
Delay Factor - The Delay Factor may be the basis for compensation for idle equipment time
on an excusable delay. The factor has been calculated to include the ownership costs without
including operating costs. The Delay Factor recovers all the Contractor’s non-operating costs
in an 8-hour day. If payment is made for equipment on an excusable delay, it is limited to 8
hours per day or 40 hours per week maximum.
Deputy City Engineer – The Engineering Manager of the Construction Management &
Inspection Division and the Construction Manager’s immediate supervisor and the Engineer’s
designated representative for the second level of appeal for informal dispute resolution.
Dispute Board – Persons designated by the City Manager of the City of Carlsbad or Executive
Manager of the Carlsbad Municipal Water District, to hear and advise the City Manager or
Executive Manager on claims submitted by the Contractor. The City Manager for the City of
Carlsbad or the Executive Manager for the Carlsbad Municipal Water District is the last appeal
level for informal dispute resolution.
Drawings - See Plans.
D-size Sheet - “D” size paper for engineering design applications refers to 22” x 34” paper.
Engineer - The Deputy City Manager, Public Works of the City of Carlsbad acting either directly
or through designated representatives and the third level of appeal for informal dispute
resolution.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 66 of 284
Engineer of Record/Design Engineer – A registered Professional Engineer licensed in the
State of California who is qualified to act as an agent of a Project Owner or to prepare Plans
for facilities to be accepted by the City of Carlsbad or the Carlsbad Municipal Water District.
The term includes persons licensed in the State of California as Civil Engineers or Structural
Engineers, as well as other licensed professionals like Architects and Landscape Architects.
Executive Manager – The appointed official who directs the administration of the Carlsbad
Municipal Water District.
Field Book - The Agency field maps showing sewer and water facilities.
Field Order - A Field Order is a written agreement by the Engineer to compensate the
Contractor for work items in accordance with 2-8, “EXTRA WORK” or 2-9, “CHANGED
CONDITIONS.” A Field Order does not change the Contract Price or Contract Time or the
intent of the Contract. The unused portions of the Field Orders shall revert to the Agency
upon acceptance of the Work.
Final Environmental Document - The CEQA and/or NEPA document issued for the Project,
such as certified environmental impact reports, mitigated negative declarations (MNDs),
negative declarations, or exemptions.
Final Payment - The last payment for the Contract made to the Contractor, excluding
Retention.
Float – The number of days by which an activity in the Construction Schedule may be delayed
from either its earliest start date or earliest completion date without extending the Contract
Time (total float). Total float belongs to the Project and to any Party to accommodate
changes in the Work or to mitigate the effect of events which may delay completion.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 67 of 284
Holiday - Holidays observed by the Agency are listed below:
Holiday Observed On
New Year’s Day January 1
Martin Luther King Day 3rd Monday in January
Presidents’ Day 3rd Monday in February
Juneteenth June 19
Memorial Day Last Monday in May
Independence Day July 4
Labor Day 1st Monday in September
Indigenous Peoples’ Day 2nd Monday in October
Veteran’s Day November 11
Thanksgiving Day 4th Thursday/Friday in
November
Christmas Day December 25
If any Holiday listed falls on a Saturday, the Saturday and the preceding Friday are
both legal Holidays. If the Holiday falls on a Sunday, both Sunday and the following
Monday shall be legal Holidays. Unless specified otherwise in the Contract
Documents or authorized by the Engineer, do not work on Holidays.
Limited Notice to Proceed (LNTP) - A written notice given from the Agency that authorizes
the Contractor to start a limited amount of work that, as described in the notice, is not
Construction Work.
Minor Bid Item – a single contract item constituting less than 10 percent (10%) of the original
Contract Price bid.
Night Work - See Working Night.
Normal Working Hours - Unless specified otherwise, Normal Working Hours core periods
shall be 8:00 AM to 4:00 PM, Monday through Friday, inclusive. Saturdays, Sundays, and
Agency Holidays are excluded. For Traffic Control Permits, Normal Working Hours are defined
as 8:30 AM to 3:30 PM, unless specified otherwise.
Notice of Completion (NOC) - A document recorded with the County of San Diego to signify
that the Work has been completed and accepted by the Agency.
Party or Parties - The Agency, the Contractor, or both, their respective permitted successors
or assigns, and any other future signatories to the Contract.
Plans – The drawings, profiles, cross sections, Standard Plans, working drawings, and shop
drawings, or reproductions thereof, approved by the City Engineer, which show the location,
character, dimensions or details of the Work.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 68 of 284
Prime Contractor - See Contractor.
Project Inspector – the Engineer’s designated representative for inspection, Contract
administration and the first level for informal dispute resolution.
Project Site (Site) - Areas where the Work is performed pursuant to the Contract.
Punchlist - A list of items of Work or corrections generated after a Walk-through that is
conducted when the Contractor considers that the Work and Services are complete.
Quality Control Standards and Procedures - The standards and procedures that are stated in
a written manual that can be furnished to the Engineer upon request. The standards and
procedures are followed by the Supplier in the production of materials supplied for the Work
Site.
Red-lines - Plans with annotations of changes made during construction to reflect the actual
improvements or facilities built during construction whether concealed or visible.
Retention - The amount withheld from the money due to the Contractor in accordance with
7-3.2, “PARTIAL AND FINAL PAYMENT.”
Samples - Physical examples of the materials, equipment, or workmanship specified or
required and which conform with the standards and specifications in the Contract Documents
and by which the Work shall be evaluated.
Schedule - A Critical Path Method (CPM) schedule of construction activities and their
durations to be performed during the Contract Time and prepared by the Contractor in
accordance with 6-1, “CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF THE WORK,”
and accepted by the Engineer.
Scope of Work (SOW) - Labor, materials, equipment, facilities, and services required to be
performed or provided by the Contractor to complete the entire Project or the various
separately identifiable parts of the Project pursuant to the provisions of the Contract
Documents.
Services - Work performed in connection with the layout, construction, testing, inspection,
and commissioning of the Work or administration of the Contract and which may include
professional services such as engineering, surveying, construction management and legal
services that are required in accordance with the Contract Documents. Services are incidental
to the Work.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 69 of 284
Separate Contractors - Those individuals or entities that have entered into arrangements
with the Agency for the provision of labor, materials, or other services in connection with the
Project who are not under contract with the Contractor.
Signal Pre-Check - The procedure that the City uses to evaluate traffic signal systems prior to
Signal Turn-On and generating a Punchlist.
Signal Turn-On - The day the City activates new traffic signals.
SMARTS - Stormwater Multiple Application and Report Tracking System (SMARTS) Resources
provides a platform where dischargers, regulators, and the public can enter, manage, and
view storm water data including permit registration documents, compliance, and monitoring
data associated with California's Storm Water General Permits.
Supplemental Provisions – See Agency Supplement.
Tonne – Also referred to as “metric ton.” Represents a unit of measure in the International
System of Units equal to 1,000 kilograms.
Walk-through - The procedure the Agency uses to evaluate the status of the Project and to
generate a Punchlist prior to acceptance of the Work.
Work – All labor, materials, equipment, tools, and services and other requirements of the
Contract Documents as modified by Change Order, whether completed or partially
completed, provided or to be provided by Contractor to fulfill Contractor’s obligations. The
Work may constitute the whole or a part of the Project.
Working Day - Any day within the period between the start of the Contract time as defined
in Section 6-1 and the date provided for completion, or upon field acceptance by the Engineer
for all work provided for in the Contract, whichever occurs first, other than:
• Saturday;
• Sunday;
• any day designated as a holiday by the Agency;
• any other day designated as a holiday in a Master Labor Agreement entered into by
the Contractor or on behalf of the Contractor as an eligible member of a contractor
association;
• any day the Contractor is prevented from working at the beginning of the workday for
cause as defined in Section 6-6.1; or
• any day the Contractor is prevented from working during the first 5 hours with at least
60 percent of the normal work force for cause as defined in Section 6-6.1.
Working Night (Night Work) - A period of nighttime work, allowed only on Sunday through
Thursday, excluding Holidays.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 70 of 284
Work Site - See Project Site (Site).
1-3 ABBREVIATIONS
1-3.2 Common Usage.
ADD the following:
AML Approved Material List
CADD Computer Aided Design and Drafting
CA MUTCD California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices
CCT Correlated Color Temperature
CEQA California Environmental Quality Act.
CFR Code of Federal Regulations
CGP Construction General Permit
CIPM Cured-In-Place-Manhole
CL Centerline
CMS Content Management System Database
CNC Computer Numerical Control
CRI Color Rendering Index
CSA Canadian Standards Association
DBE Disadvantaged Business Enterprise
DCE Data Computer Equipment
DG Decomposed Granite
DVBE Disabled Veteran Business Enterprise
DWT Detectable Warning Tiles
EOW Engineer of Work
ESL Environmentally Sensitive Lands
ESO Electrical Service Orders
FRP Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic
GFE Good Faith Effort
GMT Greenwich Mean Time
GPS Global Positioning System
IDA International Dark Sky Association
IP Ingress Protection
LCD Liquid Crystal Display
LD Laser Diode
LER Luminaire Efficiency Rating
MBE Minority Business Enterprise
MDFT Minimum Dry Film Thickness
MHPA Multiple Habitat Planning Area
MH Manhole
MIL Military
MJ Mechanical Joint
M&M Maintenance and Monitoring
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 71 of 284
MMC Mitigation and Monitoring Coordination
MOV Metal Oxide Varistor
NA Numerical Aperture
NC Not Connected, Normally Closed
NEPA National Environmental Policy Act of 1969
NEXT Near End Crosstalk
NCHRP National Cooperative Highway Research Program
NOC Notice of Completion
NPDES National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System
NTP Notice to Proceed
OC On Center
ODP Open Drip Proof
OFNR Optical Fiber Nonconductive Riser
OTDR Optical Time Domain Reflectometer
PB Pull Box
PCMS Portable Changeable Message Signs
PCU Photoelectric Control Unit
PEP Plant Establishment Period
PIC Polyethylene Insulated Cable
PL Property Line
RFP Request for Proposal
RFI Request for Information
RPMS Rubber Polymer Modified Slurry
SIC Standard Industry Classification
SMS Short Message Service
SMTP Simple Mail Transfer Protocol
SOW Statement of Work, Scope of Work
SOV Schedule of Values
SPDT Single Pole Double Throw
SSD Surge Suppression Devices
TDR Time Domain Reflectometer
TEES Transportation Electrical Equipment Specifications
TFFN Thermoplastic Flexible Fixture Wire Nylon Jacketed
TIG Tungsten Inert Gas
UF Underground Feeder
UPRR Union Pacific Railroad Company
VAC Volts AC
VPC Vitrified Polymer Composite
WBE Women Business Enterprise
1-3.3 Institutions.
ADD the following:
AMTRACK American Track National Railroad Passenger Corp.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 72 of 284
ANSI American National Standards Institute
AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials
AISC American Institute of Steel Construction
ANSI American National Standards Institute
API American Petroleum Institute
AREA American Railway Engineering Association
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials
AWPA American Wood Preservers Association
AWS American Welding Society
AWWA American Water Works Association
BNSF Burlington Northern Santa Fe Railway
DSD Development Services Department
FHWA Federal Highway Administration
GRI Geosynthetic Research Institute
IPCEA Insulated Power Cable Engineers Association
IES Illuminating Engineering Society (Photometric Data)
ISO International Organization for Standardization
MTS San Diego Metropolitan Transit System
NACE National Association of Corrosion Engineers
NAFP National Association of Pipe Fabricators
NCTD North County Transit District
NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association
NOAA National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (Dept. of Commerce)
NFPA National Fire Protection Association
PCI Prestressed Concrete Institute
SANDAG San Diego Association of Governments
SD&AE San Diego & Arizona Eastern Railroad
SDTI San Diego Trolley, Inc.
UL Underwriters’ Laboratories Inc.
USGS United States Geological Survey
UPRR Union Pacific Railroad Company
1-6 BIDDING AND SUBMISSION OF THE BID
1-6.2 Subcontractor Listing.
ADD the following:
Each Bidder shall comply with the Chapter of the Public Contract Code including Sections 4100
through 4113. The use of Subcontractors in no way relieves the Contractor of any obligations or
responsibilities under the Contract.
The following excerpts or summaries of some of the requirements of this Chapter are included
below for information:
The Bidder shall set forth in the Bid, as provided in Section 4104:
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 73 of 284
“(a) The name and location of the place of business of each Subcontractor who will perform Work
or Labor or render service to the prime Contractor in or about the construction of the Work or
improvements, or a Subcontractor licensed by the State of California who, under Subcontract to
the prime Contractor, specially fabricates and installs a portion of the Work or improvement
according to detailed Drawings contained in the Plans and Specifications, in an amount in excess
of one-half of 1 percent of the prime Contractor’s total Bid, or, in the case of Bids or offers for
the construction of streets or highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of 1 percent of
the prime Contractor’s total Bid or ten thousand dollars ($10,000), whichever is greater.”
“(b) The portion of the Work which will be done by each such Subcontractor under this act. The
prime Contractor shall list only one Subcontractor for each such portion as is defined by the prime
Contractor in his Bid.”
If the Contractor fails to specify a Subcontractor or specifies more than one Subcontractor for the
same portion of the Work to be performed under the Contract (in excess of one-half of 1 percent
of the Contractor’s total Bid), the Contractor shall be qualified to perform that portion itself, and
shall perform that portion itself, except as otherwise provided in the Code.
As provided in Section 4107, no Contractor whose Bid is accepted shall substitute any person as
Subcontractor in place of the Subcontractor listed in the original Bid, except for causes and by
procedures established in Section 4107.5. This section provides procedures to correct a clerical
error in the listing of a Subcontractor.
Section 4110 provides that a Contractor violating any of the provisions of the Chapter violates
the Contract and the Board may exercise the option either to cancel the Contract or assess the
Contractor a penalty in an amount of not more than 10 percent of the Subcontract involved, after
a public hearing.
1-7 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF THE CONTRACT
1-7.1 General.
DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following:
1-7.1 Standard Contract Provisions.
1-7.1.1 Successor’s Obligations.
All grants, covenants, provisions and claims, rights, powers, privileges and abilities
contained in the Contract Documents shall be read and held as made by and with, and
granted to and imposed upon, the Contractor, the Agency, and the Contractor’s and the
Agency’s respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns.
1-7.1.2 Waiver of Legal Rights.
1. The Agency’s failure to insist, in any 1 or more instances, upon the performance of
any provision of the Contract, or to exercise any right therein, shall not be construed
as a waiver or relinquishment of such provisions or rights.
2. Any waiver of any breach of the Contract shall not be held to be a waiver of any other
or subsequent breach.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 74 of 284
3. Any waiver the Agency issues to any provision of the Contract shall only be effective
if it is agreed upon in writing by the Agency and if it is specific to the matter concerned.
1-7.1.3 Requests for Information (RFI).
1. Inquiries from the Contractor seeking clarification of the requirements of the Contract
Documents shall be submitted in writing to the Agency as a Request for Information
(RFI).
1-7.1.4 Assignment to Awarding Body.
1. In accordance with subdivision (b) of Public Contract Code Section 7103.5, the
Contractor and the Contractor’s Subcontractors shall conform to the following
requirements:
a. In entering into a public works contract or a subcontract to supply goods,
services, or materials pursuant to a public works contract, the Contractor or
the Contractor’s Subcontractor offer and agree to assign to the awarding body
all rights, title, and interest in and to all causes of action it may have under
Section 4 of the Clayton Act (15 U.S.C. Sec. 15) or under the Cartwright Act
(Business and Professions Code Section 16700 et seq.) arising from purchases
of goods, services, or materials pursuant to the public works contract or the
subcontract.
b. This assignment shall be made and become effective at the time the awarding
body tenders to the Contractor, without further acknowledgment by the
Parties.
1-7.2 Contract Bonds.
ADD the following:
1. Before execution of the Contract, the Bidder shall file surety bonds with the Agency to be
approved by the Board in the amounts and for the purposes noted below. Bonds issued by a
Surety, who is authorized to issue bonds in California, and whose bonding limitation shown
in the circular is enough to provide bonds in the amount required by the Contract shall be
deemed approved unless specifically rejected by the Agency. Bonds from all other sureties
shall be accompanied by all documents enumerated in Code of Civil Procedure Section
995.660 (a). The Bidder shall pay all bond premiums, costs, and incidentals.
2. Each bond shall incorporate, by reference, the Contract and be signed by both the Bidder and
Surety and the signature of the authorized agent of the Surety shall be notarized.
3. The faithful performance/warranty bond will be reduced to 25 percent of the original amount
30 Calendar Days after recordation of the Notice of Completion and will remain in full force
and effect for the 1-year warranty period and until all warranty repairs are completed to the
satisfaction of the Engineer. The bond to secure payment of laborers and materials suppliers
shall be released 6 months plus 30 Calendar Days after recordation of the Notice of
Completion if all claims have been paid.
4. All bonds are to be placed with a Surety insurance carrier admitted and authorized to transact
the business of insurance in California and whose assets exceed its liabilities in an amount
equal to or in excess of the amount of the bond. The bonds are to contain the following
documents:
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 75 of 284
a. An original, or a certified copy, of the unrevoked appointment, power of attorney,
bylaws, or other instrument entitling or authorizing the person who executed the
bond to do so.
b. A certified copy of the certificate of authority of the insurer issued by the insurance
commissioner.
5. If the Bid is accepted, the Agency may require a financial statement of the assets and liabilities
of the Surety for the quarter calendar year preceding the date of the execution of the bond.
The financial statement shall be made by an officer’s certificate as defined in Corporations
Code Section 173. In the case of a foreign Surety, the financial statement may be verified by
the oath of the principal officer or manager residing within the United States.
6. If the Surety on any bond furnished by the Contractor is declared bankrupt, becomes
insolvent, or its right to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project
is located, immediately notify the Engineer; and immediately substitute another bond and
Surety acceptable to the Agency.
7. The Contractor shall require the Surety to mail its standard “Bond Status” form to the Agency.
ADD 1-7.2.1 Payment.
1. If enumerated in the Contract Documents, the Bid item for “Bonds (Payment and
Performance)” includes full compensation for actual costs of payment and performance
bonds. The Contractor may submit a request for payment of actual invoiced costs up to the
Bid amount, but not to exceed 2.5% of the Contract Price, no less than 10 Working Days after
the award of the Contract.
2. If enumerated in the Contract Documents, if the Bid item for “Bonds (Payment and
Performance)” exceeds actual invoiced costs, any such differential amount up to the Bid
amount shall be paid as a part of the Final Payment.
SECTION 2 – SCOPE OF THE WORK
2-1 WORK TO BE DONE
ADD the following:
1. Where approval or acceptance by the Agency is required, only a general approval is required.
However, such approval does not relieve the Contractor from the Contractor’s responsibility
for complying with all applicable laws, codes, and best industry practices. Contractor has its
obligation to fulfill all conditions of the Contract.
2. In accordance with the provisions of California Law, the Contractor shall possess or require
the Contractor’s Subcontractor(s) to possess valid appropriate license(s) for the Work being
performed as conveyed in the Bidding Documents.
2-2 PERMITS
DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following:
2-2 PERMITS, FEES, AND NOTICES
1. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all business taxes, business licenses, permits, and
fees required for constructing the Project and licenses and inspections necessary for the
proper execution and completion of the Work, unless specified otherwise in the Contract
Documents.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 76 of 284
a. Resource Agency Permits. (None)
b. To the extent that there is a change in the type or cost of any of such permits, fees,
licenses, or inspection occurring after Award of Contract, there shall be an
equitable adjustment in the Contract Price on account of such change under the
Extra Work provisions.
c. The Contractor shall comply with and give notices required by applicable laws. The
Contractor is not entitled to damages or additional payment for delays
attributable to the acquisition of permits.
d. The Contractor shall pay the Agency for regulatory fees, fines, or penalties
imposed on the Agency arising from the Contractor’s failure to complete the Work
in accordance with the Contract Documents.
2. Contractor shall not begin work until all permit’s incidental to the Work are obtained. This
includes, and is not limited to, encroachment, right-of-way, grading and building permits
necessary to perform Work for this Contract on Agency property, streets, or other rights-
of-way. Permits for night work, overload, blasting, demolition, and disposal of all
materials removed from the Project are also Contractor’s responsibility.
3. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all permits for the disposal of all materials
removed from the Project. The cost of the permit(s) shall be included in the price Bid for
the appropriate Bid item and the Agency shall not pay additional compensation for
Contractor to obtain such permits.
4. Permits shall be maintained in valid status until acceptance of the Work by the Agency.
2-2.1 (Intentionally Omitted).
2-2.2 COUNTY OF SAN DIEGO AIR POLLUTION CONTROL DISTRICT (APCD). Diesel-engine driven
generators, pumps, or other equipment regulated by air pollution control authorities shall have
a valid permit or registration in accordance with the California Air Resources Board (CARB) and
the San Diego County Air Pollution Control District (SDAPCD) regulations prior to mobilization to
the site.
The Contractor shall pay for and secure an “Authority to Construct” permit from the SDAPCD
prior to construction.
2-2.3 TRAFFIC CONTROL PLANS
a. The Contractor shall prepare Project specific traffic control plans, and haul route plan and
use such plans to obtain a traffic control permit from the City of Carlsbad Development
Services Department.
2-2.4 OTHER PERMITS
The following permits are applicable to the project:
a. CDP 2020-0032
b. SUP 2020-0003
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 77 of 284
c. HMP 2020-0007
d. PUB 2020-0007
2-3 RIGHT-OF-WAY
ADD the following:
1. The Contractor shall coordinate access to private property with the property owners and the
timing of accessing private property when the Agency has already obtained rights of entry.
Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor shall coordinate, pay for, and assume all
responsibility for acquiring using, and disposing of additional work areas and facilities
temporarily required. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold the Agency harmless from all
claims for damages caused by such actions. The Contractor shall protect any private and
public improvements.
2-4 COOPERATION AND COLLATERAL WORK
ADD the following:
1. The Contractor shall coordinate and cooperate with all the utility companies during the
relocation or construction of their lines. The Contractor may be granted a time extension if,
in the opinion of the Engineer, a delay is caused by the utility company. No additional
compensation will be made to the Contractor for any such delay.
2. If work to be performed by the Agency or its separate Contractors is not shown or specified
in the Contract Documents, the Engineer shall notify the Contractor in writing 10 Working
Days prior to the start of such work and make available Plans or Specifications for work to be
performed by others that may be pertinent to Contractor’s Work. If Contractor determines
that the work to be performed by the Agency or its separate Contractors may interfere with
or cause damage or delays to Contractor’s Work, notify the Engineer in writing within 3
Working Days of the Engineer’s notice. The Contractor shall diligently pursue with the
Engineer resolution of potential conflicts with the work of others.
3. The Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer for approval a plan and schedule to
integrate the work of Contractor or its Subcontractors, Agency or the work of others. The plan
shall conform to the tasks identified in the Construction Schedule and identify additional tasks
as necessary and the sequencing of interrelated activities.
2-5 THE CONTRACTOR’S EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES
2-5.2 Temporary Utility Services.
ADD the following:
1. The Contractor shall furnish, install, maintain, and remove all temporary utility services, such
as light, power, electrical, gas, and water, at its own expense for construction and
maintenance activities until acceptance of Work. These include piping, wiring, lamps, and
other equipment necessary for the Work.
2. The Contractor shall obtain a construction meter for water used for the construction, testing,
disinfection and flushing of new water or sewer facilities, vegetation establishment and
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 78 of 284
maintenance, site maintenance, landscaping, cleanup, and all other work requiring water.
The Contractor shall contact the water agency that serves the Project Site for requirements.
3. The Contractor shall pay all costs of temporary light, power and water including hookup,
service, meter, and any, and all, other charges, deposits and/or fees. The costs shall be
considered incidental to the items of Work that they are associated with and no additional
payment will be made for them.
2-5.4 Haul Routes.
DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following:
1. Haul routes shall be determined by the Contractor and permits shall be submitted to the
Agency for approval, in accordance with Section 2-2 ‘Permits, Fees and Notices’.
2-6 CHANGES REQUESTED BY THE CONTRACTOR
ADD the following:
1. Any plan or method of work suggested to the Contractor by the Agency, but not specified or
required by the Contract or Change Order, which is adopted or followed by the Contractor in
whole or in part shall be done at the Contractor’s sole risk and responsibility.
2. The Contract Price is not subject to adjustment for any type of tax increases after the Award.
ADD the following:
2-6.1 Cost Reduction Proposal.
1. The Contractor may submit to the Engineer in writing, proposals for modifying the Plans,
Specifications, or other requirements of the Contract for the sole purpose of reducing the
total cost of construction.
2. The cost reduction proposal shall not impair, in any manner, the essential functions or
characteristics of the Project such as service life, economy of operation, ease of maintenance,
quality, desired appearance, or design and safety standards.
3. The following information must be included in the cost reduction proposal:
a. A description of both the existing Contract requirements for performing the Work and
the proposed changes.
b. An itemization of the Contract requirements that shall be changed if the proposal is
adopted.
c. A detailed estimate of the cost of performing the Work under the existing Contract
and under the proposed change.
d. A statement of the time within which the Engineer shall act on the cost reduction
proposal.
e. The Contract items of Work affected by the proposed changes, including any quantity
variation attributable thereto.
4. This subsection does not require the Engineer to consider any cost reduction proposal. The
Agency shall not be liable to the Contractor for not approving or acting upon any cost
reduction proposal the Contractor submitted nor for any delays to the Work attributable to
the cost reduction proposal.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 79 of 284
5. If a cost reduction proposal is similar to the information included in the Contract Documents
or adopted by the Agency after the advertisement and prior to Award of the Contract, the
Engineer will not accept such proposal and reserves the right to make such changes without
compensation to the Contractor under the provisions of this subsection.
6. The Contractor shall continue to perform the Work in accordance with the requirements of
the Contract until a Change Order incorporating the cost reduction proposal has been issued.
7. The Engineer is the sole judge of the acceptability of a cost reduction proposal and the
estimated net savings. In determining the estimated net savings, the Agency has the right to
disregard the Contract Bid prices if, in the judgment of the Engineer, such prices do not
represent a fair measure of the value of the Work to be performed or to be deleted.
8. The Agency reserves the right to require the Contractor to share in the Agency’s costs of
investigating the Contractor’s cost reduction proposal. When this is required, the Contractor
shall indicate the Contractor’s acceptance in writing allowing the Agency to deduct amounts
payable to the Contractor.
9. If the Engineer accepts the Contractor’s cost reduction proposal in whole or in part, the
Engineer shall issue a Change Order to incorporate the changes in the Plans and Specifications
which are necessary to permit the cost reduction proposal or such part of it as has been
accepted to be put into effect. If the Engineer’s approval is conditional, the Change Order
shall include any conditions upon which the Engineer’s approval is based.
10. The Change Order also includes the estimated net savings in the cost of performing the Work
due to the accepted cost reduction proposal and provides that the Contract cost be adjusted
by crediting the Agency with 50% of estimated net savings amount.
11. The Contract Time shall not be extended by the acceptance of the cost reduction proposal
and the performance of the Work unless specified otherwise in the Change Order.
12. The amount specified as payable to the Contractor in the Change Order is full compensation
for the cost reduction proposal and the performance of the Work.
13. The Agency expressly reserves the right to adopt a cost reduction proposal for general use on
contracts administered by the Agency when it determines that the proposal is suitable for
application to other contracts. When an accepted cost reduction proposal is adopted for
general use, only the Contractor who first submitted such proposal shall be eligible for
compensation subject to this subsection, and in that case, only for contracts awarded prior
to submission of the accepted cost reduction proposal.
14. The cost reduction proposals identical or similar to previously submitted proposals shall be
eligible for consideration and compensation under the provisions of this subsection if the
identical or similar previously submitted proposals were not adopted for general application
to other contracts administered by the Agency.
15. Subject to the provisions contained in the Contract, the Agency or any other public agency
shall have the right to use all or any part of any submitted cost reduction proposal without
obligation or compensation of any kind to the Contractor.
16. The Contractor shall bear all costs to revise bonds for the Project to include the cost reduction
incentive proposal work.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 80 of 284
2-7 CHANGES INITIATED BY THE AGENCY
2-7.1 General.
ADD the following:
Unless expressly set forth in writing in a Change Order signed by the Agency and the
Contractor, changes initiated by the Agency shall not be construed as the Agency directing
the Contractor’s mean-and-methods in the execution of the Work.
2-8 EXTRA WORK
ADD the following:
1. New or unforeseen Work will be classified as “Extra Work” when the Engineer determines
that it is not covered by Contract Unit Prices or stipulated unit prices.
2. Any request by the Contractor for Extra Work shall be in writing to the Engineer and shall
include itemized estimates and in accordance with Section 7-4. The Contractor shall fully
itemize the Extra Work cost estimates such as labor and payroll costs, quantities, crew
composition, production rates, material costs, Subcontractor and Supplier costs, equipment
costs, supplemental costs, and time impact.
2-9 CHANGED CONDITIONS
ADD the following:
The Contractor shall promptly notify the Engineer of the following Work Site conditions
(“Changed Conditions”), in writing, upon their discovery and before they are disturbed:
1. Subsurface or latent physical conditions differing materially from those
represented in the Contract;
2. Unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature differing materially from those
ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the
character being performed; and
3. Material differing from that represented in the Contract which the Contractor
believes may be hazardous waste, as defined in Health and Safety Code Section
25117, that is required to be removed to a Class I, Class II, or Class III disposal site
in accordance with provisions of existing law.
The Engineer will promptly investigate conditions which appear to be Changed Conditions. If the
Engineer determines that conditions are Changed Conditions and they will materially affect
performance time, the Contractor, upon submitting a written request, will be granted an
extension of time subject to Section 6-4.2.
If the Engineer determines that the conditions do not justify an adjustment in compensation, the
Contractor will be notified in writing. This notice will also advise the Contractor of its obligation
to notify the Engineer in writing if the Contractor disagrees.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 81 of 284
The Contractor’s failure to give notice of Changed Conditions promptly upon their discovery and
before they are disturbed shall constitute a waiver of all claims in connection with them.
1. The Contractor shall not be entitled to the payment of any additional compensation for any
act, or failure to act, by the Engineer, including failure or refusal to issue a Change Order, or
for the occurrence of any event or other cause, unless the Contractor shall have first given
the Engineer written notice of potential claim as specified in this Section 2-9. Compliance with
this section shall not be required as a prerequisite to notice provisions in Section 6-4.2(4)
Extensions of Time, nor to any claim that is based on differences in measurement or errors
of computation as to Contract quantities.
2. The Contractor shall provide the Agency with a written document containing a description of
the particular circumstances giving rise to the potential claim, the reasons for which the
Contractor believes additional compensation may be due and the nature of any and all costs
involved within 20 Working Days of the date of service of the written notice of potential claim
for Changed Conditions. Verbal notifications will not be accepted.
3. The potential claim shall include the following certification relative to the California False
Claims Act, Government Code Sections 12650-12656.
“The undersigned certifies that the above statements are made in full awareness of the
California False Claims Act, Government Code Sections 12650-12656. The undersigned
further understands and agrees that this potential claim, unless resolved, must be
restated as a claim in response to the Agency’s proposed final estimate for it to be further
considered.”
By: Title:
Date:
Company Name:
4. The Contractor’s estimate of costs may be updated when actual costs are known. The
Contractor shall submit proof of its actual costs to the Engineer within 20 Working Days after
the affected Work is completed. Failure to do so shall be cause to deny any later-filed claim
regarding a potential claim described in this Section 2-9.
5. The intent of this Section 2-9 is to have differences between the parties arising under the
Contract brought to the attention of the Engineer at the earliest possible time so that such
matters can be settled, if possible, or other appropriate action promptly taken.
2-10 DISPUTED WORK
ADD 2-10.1 Claims.
1. A Claim is a written demand by the Contractor that seeks an adjustment in the Contract Price,
Contract Time, or other relief associated with a dispute arising under or relating to the
Contract, including a breach of any Contract provision. A voucher, invoice, or other routine
request for payment is not a Claim.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 82 of 284
2. A Claim shall conform to these specifications and may be considered after the Agency has
previously denied a request by the Contractor for a Change Order seeking the demanded
relief.
3. The Contractor shall submit a Claim to the Engineer if a dispute occurs that arises from or
relates to the Contract. The Claim shall seek all relief to which the Contractor asserts the
Contractor is entitled as a result of the event(s) giving rise to the dispute. The Contractor’s
failure to process a Claim in accordance with these specifications shall constitute a waiver of
all relief associated with the dispute. Claims are subject to 6-10, “Right to Audit.”
4. The Contractor shall continue to perform the Services and Work and shall maintain the
Schedule during any dispute proceedings. The Engineer will continue to make payments for
undisputed Services and Work.
5. The Agency’s Claims process specified in the Agency Supplement shall not relieve the
Contractor of the Contractor’s statutory obligations to present Claims prior to any action
under the Government Code.
6. Except for those final payment items disputed in the written statement required in Section
7-3.2, all Claims of any dollar amount shall be submitted in a written statement by the
Contractor no later than the date of receipt of the final payment estimate. Those final
payment items disputed in the written statement required in Section 7-3.2 shall be submitted
no later than 30 Calendar Days after receipt of the Final Payment estimate. No Claim will be
considered that was not included in this written statement, nor will any Claim be allowed for
which written notice or protest is required under any provision of this Contract, including
Sections 2-9 Changed Conditions, 2-10 Disputed Work, 4-1(22) Protection, 6-4.4 Written
Notice and Report, or 6-4.2(4) Extensions of Time, unless the Contractor has complied with
notice or protest requirements.
7. The Engineer will consider Contractor’s filed Claims, which must be detailed enough so the
Engineer can determine the basis and amount of the Claims. Contractor shall provide the
Engineer additional information to determine the facts or contentions involved in a Claim if
requested by the Engineer. If additional information is needed, Contractor must provide
Engineer with this information within a reasonable time of being asked for additional
information. Failure to submit such information and details will be sufficient cause for
denying the Claims.
8. Payment for Claims shall be processed by the next payment application of their resolution for
those Claims approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall proceed with informal dispute
resolution under Section 2-10, Disputed Work, for those Claims remaining in dispute.
2-10.1.1 Initiation of Claim.
1. A Claim is a written demand by the Contractor that seeks an adjustment in the Contract Price,
Contract Time, or other relief associated with a dispute arising under or relating to the
Contract, including a breach of any provision of the Contract. A voucher, invoice, payment
application or other routine request for payment is not a Claim. A Claim shall conform to
these specifications and may be considered after the City has previously denied a request
from the Contractor for a Change Order seeking the demanded relief. The Contractor shall,
consistent with 2-10.1.2, give the Agency written notice of Claim prior to commencing any
Disputed Work. Failure to give the notice shall constitute a waiver of all Claims in connection
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 83 of 284
with the Disputed Work. If the Contractor and the Agency are unable to reach agreement on
Disputed Work, the Agency may direct the Contractor to proceed with the Work and such
direction shall not be construed as the Agency directing the Contractor’s mean-and-methods
in the execution of the Work. After the Agency has rejected a Change Order request and prior
to proceeding with dispute resolution pursuant to the Public Contract Code, applicable
provisions of which are specified below, the Contractor shall attempt to resolve all disputes
informally through the following dispute resolution chain of command:
For claims with a monetary value of $50,000 or less:
i. Project Inspector
ii. Construction Manager
iii. Deputy City Engineer/Engineering Manager
For claims with a monetary value greater than $50,000:
iv. Project Inspector
v. Construction Manager
vi. Deputy City Engineer/Engineering Manager
vii. City Engineer
viii. City Manager or Executive Manager
2. Consistent with Section 2-10.1.2, the Contractor shall submit a complete report within 20
Working Days after completion of the Disputed Work stating its position on the Claim, the
contractual basis for the Claim, along with all documentation supporting the costs, Contract
Time, and all other evidentiary materials. At each level of Claim or appeal of Claim the Agency
will, within 10 Working Days of receipt of the Claim or appeal of Claim, review the
Contractor’s report and respond with a position, request additional information or request
that the Contractor meet and present its report. When additional information or a meeting
is requested the Agency will provide its position within 10 Working Days of receipt of the
additional information or Contractor’s presentation of its report. The Contractor may appeal
each level’s position up to the Deputy City Engineer/Engineering Manager for claims less than
$50,000 and/or up to the City Manager for the City of Carlsbad or Executive Manager for the
Carlsbad Municipal Water District for claims greater than $50,000 after which the Contractor
may proceed under the provisions of the Public Contract Code. The Agency’s failure to state
a position or otherwise respond to a Claim within the timeframes set forth above shall be
deemed a rejection of the Claim by the Agency.
3. The authority within the dispute resolution chain of command is limited to recommending a
resolution to a Claim to the City Manager for the City of Carlsbad or Executive Manager for
the Carlsbad Municipal Water District. Actual approval of the Claim is subject to the Change
Order provisions in the Contract.
4. Any remaining Claims not resolved by the informal dispute resolution process described
above shall be resolved in accordance with Public Contract Code Section 9204, the relevant
portion of which is included below:
(d)(1)(A) Upon receipt of a Claim pursuant to this section, the public entity to which
the Claim applies shall conduct a reasonable review of the Claim and, within a period
not to exceed 45 days, shall provide the Claimant a written statement identifying what
portion of the Claim is disputed and what portion is undisputed. Upon receipt of a
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 84 of 284
Claim, a public entity and a Contractor may, by mutual agreement, extend the time
period provided in this subdivision.
(B) The Claimant shall furnish reasonable documentation to support the Claim.
(C) If the public entity needs approval from its governing body to provide the Claimant
a written statement identifying the disputed portion and the undisputed portion of
the Claim, and the governing body does not meet within the 45 days or within the
mutually agreed to extension of time following receipt of a Claim sent by registered
mail or certified mail, return receipt requested, the public entity shall have up to three
days following the next duly publicly noticed meeting of the governing body after the
45-day period, or extension, expires to provide the Claimant a written statement
identifying the disputed portion and the undisputed portion.
(D) Any payment due on an undisputed portion of the Claim shall be processed and
made within 60 days after the public entity issues its written statement. If the public
entity fails to issue a written statement, paragraph (3) shall apply.
(2)(A) If the Claimant disputes the public entity's written response, or if the public
entity fails to respond to a Claim issued pursuant to this section within the time
prescribed, the Claimant may demand in writing an informal conference to meet and
confer for settlement of the issues in dispute. Upon receipt of a demand in writing
sent by registered mail or certified mail, return receipt requested, the public entity
shall schedule a meet and confer conference within 30 days for settlement of the
dispute.
(B) Within 10 business days following the conclusion of the meet and confer
conference, if the Claim or any portion of the Claim remains in dispute, the public
entity shall provide the Claimant a written statement identifying the portion of the
Claim that remains in dispute and the portion that is undisputed. Any payment due
on an undisputed portion of the Claim shall be processed and made within 60 days
after the public entity issues its written statement. Any disputed portion of the Claim,
as identified by the Contractor in writing, shall be submitted to nonbinding mediation,
with the public entity and the Claimant sharing the associated costs equally. The
public entity and Claimant shall mutually agree to a mediator within 10 business days
after the disputed portion of the Claim has been identified in writing. If the parties
cannot agree upon a mediator, each party shall select a mediator and those mediators
shall select a qualified neutral third party to mediate with regard to the disputed
portion of the Claim. Each party shall bear the fees and costs charged by its respective
mediator in connection with the selection of the neutral mediator. If mediation is
unsuccessful, the parts of the Claim remaining in dispute shall be subject to applicable
procedures outside this section.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 85 of 284
(C) For purposes of this section, mediation includes any nonbinding process, including,
but not limited to, neutral evaluation or a dispute review board, in which an
independent third party or board assists the parties in dispute resolution through
negotiation or by issuance of an evaluation. Any mediation utilized shall conform to
the timeframes in this section.
(D) Unless otherwise agreed to by the public entity and the Contractor in writing, the
mediation conducted pursuant to this section shall excuse any further obligation
under Section 20104.4 to mediate after litigation has been commenced.
(E) This section does not preclude a public entity from requiring arbitration of disputes
under private arbitration or the Public Works Contract Arbitration Program if
mediation under this section does not resolve the parties' dispute.
(3) Failure by the public entity to respond to a Claim from a Contractor within the time
periods described in this subdivision or to otherwise meet the time requirements of
this section shall result in the Claim being deemed rejected in its entirety. A Claim that
is denied by reason of the public entity's failure to have responded to a Claim, or its
failure to otherwise meet the time requirements of this section, shall not constitute
an adverse finding with regard to the merits of the Claim or the responsibility or
qualifications of the Claimant.
(4) Amounts not paid in a timely manner as required by this section shall bear interest
at 7 percent per annum.
(5) If a Subcontractor or a lower tier Subcontractor lacks legal standing to assert a
Claim against a public entity because privity of Contract does not exist, the Contractor
may present to the public entity a Claim on behalf of a Subcontractor or lower tier
Subcontractor. A Subcontractor may request in writing, either on their own behalf or
on behalf of a lower tier Subcontractor, that the Contractor present a Claim for work
which was performed by the Subcontractor or by a lower tier Subcontractor on behalf
of the Subcontractor. The Subcontractor requesting that the Claim be presented to
the public entity shall furnish reasonable documentation to support the Claim. Within
45 days of receipt of this written request, the Contractor shall notify the
Subcontractor in writing as to whether the Contractor presented the Claim to the
public entity and, if the original Contractor did not present the Claim, provide the
Subcontractor with a statement of the reasons for not having done so.
(e) The text of this section or a summary of it shall be set forth in the Plans or
Specifications for any Public Works Project that may give rise to a Claim under this
section.
(f) A waiver of the rights granted by this section is void and contrary to public policy,
provided, however, that (1) upon receipt of a Claim, the parties may mutually agree
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 86 of 284
to waive, in writing, mediation and proceed directly to the commencement of a civil
action or binding arbitration, as applicable; and (2) a public entity may prescribe
reasonable Change Order, Claim, and dispute resolution procedures and
requirements in addition to the provisions of this section, so long as the contractual
provisions do not conflict with or otherwise impair the timeframes and procedures
set forth in this section.
(g) This section applies to contracts entered into on or after January 1, 2017.
(h) Nothing in this section shall impose liability upon a public entity that makes loans
or grants available through a competitive application process, for the failure of an
awardee to meet its contractual obligations.
(i) This section shall remain in effect only until January 1, 2027, and as of that date is
repealed, unless a later enacted statute that is enacted before January 1, 2027,
deletes, or extends that date.
In addition, all Claims by Contractor for $375,000 or less shall be resolved in accordance with
the procedures in the Public Contract Code Section 20104 et seq., applicable provisions of
which are included below:
20104.2 For any Claim subject to this article, the following requirements apply:
(a) The Claim shall be in writing and include the documents necessary to substantiate
the Claim. Claims must be filed on or before the date of final payment. Nothing in this
subdivision is intended to extend the time limit or supersede notice requirements
otherwise provided by contract for the filing of Claims.
(b)(1) For Claims of less than fifty thousand dollars ($50,000), the local agency shall
respond in writing to any written Claim within 45 days of receipt of the Claim, or may
request, in writing, within 30 days of receipt of the Claim, any additional
documentation supporting the Claim or relating to defenses to the Claim the local
agency may have against the Claimant.
(2) If additional information is thereafter required, it shall be requested and provided
pursuant to this subdivision, upon mutual agreement of the local agency and the
Claimant.
(3) The local agency's written response to the Claim, as further documented, shall be
submitted to the Claimant within 15 days after receipt of the further documentation
or within a period of time no greater than that taken by the Claimant in producing the
additional information, whichever is greater.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 87 of 284
(c)(1) For Claims of over fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) and less than or equal to
three hundred seventy-five thousand dollars ($375,000), the local agency shall
respond in writing to all written Claims within 60 days of receipt of the Claim, or may
request, in writing, within 30 days of receipt of the Claim, any additional
documentation supporting the Claim or relating to defenses to the Claim the local
agency may have against the Claimant.
(2) If additional information is thereafter required, it shall be requested and provided
pursuant to this subdivision, upon mutual agreement of the local agency and the
Claimant.
(3) The local agency's written response to the Claim, as further documented, shall be
submitted to the Claimant within 30 days after receipt of the further documentation,
or within a period of time no greater than that taken by the Claimant in producing the
additional information or requested documentation, whichever is greater.
(d) If the Claimant disputes the local agency's written response, or the local agency
fails to respond within the time prescribed, the Claimant may so notify the local
agency, in writing, either within 15 days of receipt of the local agency's response or
within 15 days of the local agency's failure to respond within the time prescribed,
respectively, and demand an informal conference to meet and confer for settlement
of the issues in dispute. Upon a demand, the local agency shall schedule a meet and
confer conference within 30 days for settlement of the dispute.
(e) Following the meet and confer conference, if the Claim or any portion remains in
dispute, the Claimant may file a Claim as provided in Chapter 1 (commencing with
Section 900) and Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 910) of Part 3 of Division 3.6 of
Title 1 of the Government Code. For purposes of those provisions, the running of the
period of time within which a Claim must be filed shall be tolled from the time the
Claimant submits his or her written Claim pursuant to subdivision (a) until the time
that Claim is denied as a result of the meet and confer process, including any period
of time utilized by the meet and confer process.
(f) This article does not apply to tort Claims and nothing in this article is intended nor
shall be construed to change the time periods for filing tort Claims or actions specified
by Chapter 1 (commencing with Section 900) and Chapter 2 (commencing with
Section 910) of Part 3 of Division 3.6 of Title 1 of the Government Code.
20104.4 The following procedures are established for all civil actions filed to resolve
Claims subject to this article:
(a) Within 60 days, but no earlier than 30 days, following the filing or responsive
pleadings, the court shall submit the matter to nonbinding mediation unless waived
by mutual stipulation of both parties. The mediation process shall provide for the
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 88 of 284
selection within 15 days by both parties of a disinterested third person as mediator,
shall be commenced within 30 days of the submittal, and shall be concluded within
15 days from the commencement of the mediation unless a time requirement is
extended upon a good cause showing to the court or by stipulation of both parties. If
the parties fail to select a mediator within the 15-day period, any party may petition
the court to appoint the mediator.
(b)(1) If the matter remains in dispute, the case shall be submitted to judicial
arbitration pursuant to Chapter 2.5 (commencing with Section 1141.10) of Title 3 of
Part 3 of the Code of Civil Procedure, notwithstanding Section 1141.11 of that code.
The Civil Discovery Act (Title 4 (commencing with Section 2016.010) of Part 4 of the
Code of Civil Procedure) shall apply to any proceeding brought under this subdivision
consistent with the rules pertaining to judicial arbitration.
(2) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, upon stipulation of the parties,
arbitrators appointed for purposes of this article shall be experienced in construction
law, and, upon stipulation of the parties, mediators and arbitrators shall be paid
necessary and reasonable hourly rates of pay not to exceed their customary rate, and
such fees and expenses shall be paid equally by the parties, except in the case of
arbitration where the arbitrator, for good cause, determines a different division. In no
event shall these fees or expenses be paid by state or county funds.
(3) In addition to Chapter 2.5 (commencing with Section 1141.10) of Title 3 of Part 3
of the Code of Civil Procedure, any party who after receiving an arbitration award
requests a trial de novo but does not obtain a more favorable judgment shall, in
addition to payment of costs and fees under that chapter, pay the attorney's fees of
the other party arising out of the trial de novo.
(b) The court may, upon request by any party, order any witnesses to participate in
the mediation or arbitration process.
20104.6 Payment on undisputed portion of Claim; interest on arbitration awards or
judgments:
(a) No local agency shall fail to pay money as to any portion of a Claim which is
undisputed except as otherwise provided in the Contract.
(b) In any suit filed under Section 20104.4, the local agency shall pay interest at the
legal rate on any arbitration award or judgment. The interest shall begin to accrue on
the date the suit is filed in a court of law.
5. Although not to be construed as proceeding under Extra Work provisions, the Contractor shall
keep and furnish records of disputed Work in accordance with Section 2-10.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 89 of 284
2-10.1.2 Claim Certification Submittal.
1. If the Contractor’s Claim seeks an increase in the Contract Price, the Contract Time, or both,
submit with the Claim an affidavit certifying the following:
a. The Claim is made in good faith and covers all costs and delays to which the Contractor
is entitled as a result of the event(s) giving rise to the Claim.
b. The amount Claimed accurately reflects the adjustments in the Contract Price, the
Contract Time, or both to which the Contractor believes the Contractor is entitled.
c. All supporting costs and pricing data are current, accurate, and complete to the best
of the Contractor’s knowledge. The Contractor shall supply a cost breakdown per item
of Work.
d. The Contractor shall ensure that the affidavit is executed by an official who has the
authority to legally bind the Contractor.
2-10.1.3 Agency’s Final Determination.
1. If the Contractor disagrees with the City Manager or Executive Manager’s final determination,
as described in 2-10.1.1(1-2), Contractor must notify the Engineer in writing of the
Contractor’s objection within 15 Working Days after receipt of the written determination and
file a “Request for Mediation” in accordance with 2-10.2, “Dispute Resolution Process.”
2. Failure to give notice of objection within the 15 Working Days period shall waive the
Contractor’s right to pursue the Claim.
2-10.1.6 Mandatory Assistance.
1. If a third-party dispute, litigation, or both, arises out of or relates in any way to the Services
provided under the Contract, upon the Agency’s request, the Contractor shall assist in
resolving the dispute or litigation. The Contractor’s assistance includes, but is not limited to
the following:
a. Providing requested documents in a timely manner.
b. Providing professional consultations.
c. Attending mediations, arbitrations, depositions, trials, or any event related to the
dispute resolution and litigation.
2-10.1.6.1 Compensation for Mandatory Assistance.
1. The Agency will reimburse the Contractor for reasonable fees and expenses incurred by the
Contractor for any required assistance rendered in accordance with 2-10.1.6, “Mandatory
Assistance” as Extra Work.
2. The Engineer will determine whether these fees and expenses were necessary due to the
Contractor’s conduct or failure to act.
3. If the Engineer determines that the basis of the dispute or litigation in which these fees and
expenses were incurred were the result of the Contractor’s conduct or the Contractor’s
failure to act in part or in whole, the Contractor shall reimburse the Agency for any payments
made for these fees and expenses.
Reimbursement may be through any legal means necessary, including the Agency’s withholding
of the Contractor’s payment.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 90 of 284
ADD 2-10.2 Dispute Resolution Process
2-10.2.1 Mandatory Non-binding Mediation.
1. If a dispute arises out of or relates to the Contract, or the breach of it, and if the dispute
cannot be settled through those procedures described in Section 2-10.1.1, the parties
must attempt to settle the dispute in an amicable manner, using mandatory mediation
under the Construction Industry Mediation Rules of the American Arbitration Association
before having recourse in a court of law.
2. To initiate mediation, the initiating party shall serve a Request for Mediation at the
American Arbitration Association (AAA).
2-10.2.2 Mandatory Mediation Costs.
1. The expenses of witnesses for either side shall be paid by the party producing such
witnesses. All other expenses of the mediation, including required traveling and other
expenses of the mediator and the cost of any proofs or expert advice produced at the
direct request of the mediator, shall be borne equally by the parties, unless they agree
otherwise.
2-10.2.3 Selection of Mediator.
1. A single mediator, knowledgeable in construction aspects and acceptable to both parties,
shall be used to mediate the dispute.
2. If AAA is used, the initiating party shall concurrently file with AAA a “Request for
Mediation” along with the appropriate fees, a copy of requested mediators marked in
preference order, and a preference for available dates.
3. If AAA is selected to coordinate the mediation (Administrator), within 10 Working Days
from the receipt of the initiating party’s Request for Mediation, the opposing party shall
file the following:
a. A copy of the list of the preferred mediators listed in preference order after
striking any mediators to which they have any objection.
b. A preference for available dates.
c. Appropriate fees.
4. If the parties cannot agree on a mediator, then each party shall select a mediator and
those mediators shall select the neutral third party to mediate the matter.
2-10.2.4 Conduct of Mediation Sessions.
1. Mediation hearings shall be conducted in an informal manner and discovery shall not be
allowed.
2. Discussions, statements, or admissions shall be confidential to the proceedings and shall
not be used for any other purpose regarding the party’s legal position. The parties may
agree to exchange any information they deem necessary.
3. Both parties shall have an authorized representative attend the mediation. Each
representative shall have the authority to recommend entering into a settlement. Either
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 91 of 284
party may have attorney(s), witnesses, or expert(s) present. Either party may request a
list of witnesses and notifications of whether attorney(s) shall be present.
4. Any resulting agreements from mediation shall be documented in writing. Mediation
results and documents, by themselves, shall be “non-binding” and inadmissible for any
purpose in any legal proceeding, unless such admission is otherwise agreed upon in
writing by both parties. Mediators shall not be subject to any subpoena or liability and
their actions shall not be subject to discovery.
ADD 2-10.3 Governing Law & Forum for Litigation.
1. This Contract shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of
California. Any lawsuits, at law or in equity, between the parties arising out of this Contract
shall be filed in a court of competent jurisdiction in the County of San Diego. With respect to
venue, the parties agree that this Contract is made in and will be performed in the County of
San Diego. The parties waive all provisions of law providing for a change of venue in these
proceedings to any other county.
ADD 2-10.4 Pre-judgment Interest.
1. The parties stipulate that if a judgment is entered against a party for breaching this Contract,
the pre-judgment interest shall be 2% per annum.
SECTION 3 – CONTROL OF THE WORK
3-2 SELF-PERFORMANCE
ADD the following:
1. If Contractor fails to satisfy the provisions requiring the Contractor to complete Work
amounting to at least 50 percent of the Contract price with its own organization unless
stipulated otherwise in the Contract Documents, the Agency may at its sole discretion elect
to cancel the Contract or deduct an amount equal to 10 percent of the value of the Work
performed in excess of 50 percent of the Contract Price by other than the Contractor’s own
organization. The Board shall be the sole body for determination of a violation of these
provisions. In any proceedings under this section, the Contractor, or prime Contractor, shall
be entitled to a public hearing before the Board and shall be notified 10 Calendar Days in
advance of the time and location of the hearing. The determination of the Board shall be final.
3-3 SUBCONTRACTORS
ADD the following:
1. The Contractor shall incorporate these Specifications in the Contractor’s subcontracts for the
work being performed by the Contractor’s Subcontractor.
2. The Contractor shall obtain or require that each Subcontractor obtains insurance policies in
accordance with 5-4, “INSURANCE” which shall be kept in full force and effect for the duration
of the Contract and in any attached supplemental agreements.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 92 of 284
3. In any dispute between the Contractor and the Contractor’s Subcontractors, the Agency shall
not be made a party to any judicial or administrative proceeding to resolve the dispute.
4. The Contractor shall ensure that the Contractor’s Subcontractors are appropriately licensed
for the duration of the work that is performed under the Subcontracts in accordance with 2-
1, “WORK TO BE DONE.” If a Subcontractor is not properly licensed, the Contractor shall cease
payment to the Subcontractor for all work performed when the Subcontractor was not
properly licensed. The Contractor shall return to the Agency any payment the Contractor
made to a Subcontractor for work performed when the Subcontractor was not licensed.
5. Subcontractors shall be considered employees of the Contractor, and the Contractor shall be
responsible for their work.
6. Where the Contract Documents require that a particular product be installed or applied by
an applicator approved by the manufacturer, ensure the Subcontractor or Supplier employed
for such work is approved by the manufacturer.
7. Before the work of any Subcontractor is started, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer
for approval a written statement showing the Work to be subcontracted giving the name and
business of each Subcontractor and description and value of each portion of the Work to be
so subcontracted. This submittal will confirm the Subcontractor’s commitments in the Bid.
3-4 AUTHORITY OF THE ENGINEER
ADD the following:
1. The Engineer shall be the single point of contact and shall be included in all communications
between Contractor and any Agency representative.
3-5 INSPECTION
ADD the following:
1. Contractor shall make available to the Engineer accurate books and accounting records
regarding all its activities. Contractor shall contractually require all Subcontractors to this
Contract to do the same. The Engineer shall have access to the Contractor’s, and any
Subcontractors documents described in this Section 3-5(1) within San Diego County. The
Engineer shall have the right to monitor, assess, and evaluate Contractor’s and its
Subcontractor’s performance pursuant to this Contract. The Engineer’s monitoring,
assessments, and evaluations will include, but shall not be limited to, audits, inspection of
premises, reports, contracts, subcontracts and interviews of Contractor’s staff and the staff
of all Subcontractors to this Contract. Upon reasonable advance notice, Contractor shall make
available to the Engineer for examination, all of its, and all Subcontractors to this Contract,
records with respect to all matters covered by this Contract. Contractor shall also permit the
Engineer to audit, examine, copy and make excerpts or transcripts from such data and
records, and to make audits of all invoices, materials, payrolls, records of personnel, and
other data relating to all matters covered by this Contract. Any inspection described in this
Section 3-5(1) shall occur as often as the Engineer deems necessary and during normal
business hours. However, any such inspection shall not unreasonably interfere with
Contractor’s ongoing business operations. Contractor and all Subcontractors to this Contract
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 93 of 284
shall maintain such data and records for as long as may be required by applicable laws and
regulations.
2. The Agency may utilize consultants to assist the Engineer during construction in observing
the Contractor’s performance. The consultant shall be the Agency’s Representative on the
Site assisting the Engineer and must not be confused with a building inspector with the
Agency or with a Special Inspector.
3. The Agency may utilize a Special Inspector for inspection of specialty work and materials,
whose costs the Agency will pay for unless the Contractor fails inspection. If inspections or
tests reveal non-compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the
Contractor shall pay for all corrective measures deemed necessary by the Engineer and also
pay the cost of the Agency’s subsequent re-inspection and re-testing.
4. Inspections required by codes or ordinances are the Contractor’s responsibility.
5. The Contractor’s quality control testing and inspections are the Contractor’s responsibility.
Contractor shall coordinate and schedule all inspections and tests. The Contractor shall give
the Engineer notice of tests and inspections made by others. At least 5 Working Days of notice
shall be given for offsite inspections. The Contractor shall wait until the Engineer has
responded and agreed to Contractor’s schedule before scheduling test or inspections.
6. The Agency shall schedule any inspections and tests as the Agency deems necessary to ensure
the Work is accomplished in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents
(other than inspections for work performed in accordance with a permit). The Contractor is
responsible for the inspection of all Work performed in accordance with the Contract
Documents.
7. Contractor shall provide access in accordance with Cal-OSHA Standards as necessary.
8. Contractor shall remove and replace any items of Work performed without the required
permit or inspection. For required subsequent inspection, the Contractor shall remove and
replace Work at the discretion of Engineer at no additional cost to the Agency. Inspection of
the Work does not relieve the Contractor of full compliance with the Contract Documents.
9. Contractor shall not conceal the Work prior to inspection, testing, or approval required by
the Contract Documents, the Engineer’s prior written request, or by other agencies. If any
item of Work is done prior to obtaining the required approvals when requested by the
Engineer, Contractor shall expose the Work for inspection, testing, and/or approval. Upon
successful completion of the inspection, testing, or approval, the Contractor shall proceed
with the Work. The Contractor shall bear all direct and indirect costs and damages of such
uncovering and re-covering and shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or
the Contract Time, unless the Contractor has given the Engineer and any other affected
agencies written notice of the Contractor’s intention to cover the Work and the Engineer has
not acted in response to such notice.
10. When specified, Contractor shall make arrangements for tests, inspections, and approvals
with an independent testing laboratory or entity acceptable to the Engineer, or with the
appropriate public authority. The payment for such tests, inspections, and approvals are
included in the Contract Price.
11. Unless specified otherwise, the Contractor shall pay the cost of inspections and tests. If
inspections or tests reveal non-compliance with the requirements of the Contract
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 94 of 284
Documents, the Contractor shall bear the cost of corrective measures deemed necessary by
the Engineer and the cost of the Agency’s subsequent re-inspection and re-testing.
12. The Contractor shall, at no charge to the Agency, provide copies of all records in the
Contractor’s or Subcontractor’s possession pertaining to the Work that the Engineer may
request.
3-6 THE CONTRACTOR’S REPRESENTATIVE
ADD the following:
1. Both the representative and alternative representative shall be the Contractor’s employees
and shall not be assigned to a Subcontractor unless otherwise approved by the Agency in
writing.
2. The Contractor’s Project team shall attend scheduled construction meetings as required by
the Engineer. If any of Contractor’s staff cannot attend, the Contractor shall notify the
Engineer a minimum of 24 hours in advance, prior to the start of the scheduled meeting. If
the Contractor does not provide the required notification, the Contractor shall pay for the
costs of the Agency’s staff, consultants, or both that attended. The Contractor shall be
charged a minimum of 2 hours of the attendee’s time.
3. The payment for the Contractor’s attendance at Project meetings is included in the Contract
Price. The Engineer shall deduct costs assessed to the Contractor for not attending the
meetings from the monthly progress payment via Change Order.
3-7 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
3-7.1 General.
ADD the following:
1. Specifications and Plans are divided into groups by engineering discipline for the Agency’s
convenience. These divisions are not for the purpose of apportioning the Work or
responsibility for the Work among Subcontractors and Suppliers.
2. The Contractor shall supply any Work that may reasonably be inferred from the Specifications
or Plans as being required to produce the intended result whether or not it is specifically
called for, at no additional cost to the Agency.
3. If referenced documents have been discontinued or updated by the issuing organization, the
replacement documents issued or otherwise identified by that organization shall be used or,
if there are no replacement documents, the last version of the document before it was
discontinued.
4. Scaled dimensions on Contract Documents are approximate. Before ordering materials or
commencing the Work, the Contractor shall measure the Site for proper size and fit and verify
dimensions and quantities by taking measurements in the field. The Contractor shall be
responsible for their accuracy.
5. The Contractor shall verify any conditions affecting the cost of the Work through a reasonable
examination of the Work Site prior to submitting the Bid.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 95 of 284
6. Existing improvements visible at the Work Site, for which no specific disposition is made on
the Plans, but which interfere with the completion of the Work, shall be removed, and
disposed of by the Contractor.
7. The Plans, Specifications, and other Contract Documents shall govern the Work. The Contract
Documents are intended to be complementary and cooperative. Anything specified in the
Specifications and not shown on the Plans or shown on the Plans and not specified in the
Specifications, shall be as though shown on or specified in both.
8. The Contractor shall ascertain the existence of any conditions affecting the cost of the Work
through a reasonable examination of the Work Site prior to submitting the Bid.
9. Existing improvements visible at the Work Site, for which no specific disposition is made on
the Plans, but which interfere with the completion of the Work, shall be removed, and
disposed of by the Contractor.
3-7.2 Precedence of the Contract Documents.
DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following:
1. If there is a conflict between any of the Contract Documents, the document highest in the
order of precedence, and most recent in edition, shall control. The order of precedence, from
highest to lowest, shall be as follows:
a. Permits (issued by jurisdictional regulatory agencies including environmental
documents).
b. Change Orders and supplemental agreements; whichever occurs last.
c. Contract Addenda, whichever occurs last.
d. The signed written Contract.
e. City of Carlsbad General Provisions (00 73 00)
f. Technical Specifications
g. City of Carlsbad Supplemental Provisions (00 74 00)
h. Project Plans.
i. Standard Plans
i. City of Carlsbad Standard Drawings.
ii. Carlsbad Municipal Water District Standard Drawings.
iii. City of Carlsbad modifications to the San Diego Area Regional Standard
Drawings.
iv. San Diego Standard Regional Standard Drawings.
v. Traffic Signal Design Guidelines and Standards.
vi. State of California Department of Transportation Standard Plans.
vii. California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (CA MUTCD).
j. “Greenbook” (Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction).
k. Reference Specifications.
l. Manufacturer’s Installation Recommendations
2. When additional small business/minority/women-owned/veteran or other special
requirements by funding sources are included in the Contract Documents, the funding
source’s requirements shall govern.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 96 of 284
3. When a conflict exists between the ADA requirements of Title 24, and the Agency
Supplemental Provisions, the most restrictive requirement shall be followed.
ADD: 3-7.3 Red-lines and Record Documents.
3-7.3.1 General.
1. The Contractor shall, at no charge to the Agency, provide copies of all records in the
Contractor’s or Subcontractor’s possession pertaining to the Work that the Engineer may
request.
2. The Contractor shall keep the Red-lines current with entries checked by the Engineer
before the Work is covered. Contractor’s failure to update and deliver Red-lines
information monthly to the Engineer for review and approval may result in the
withholding of monthly progress payments.
3. The Contractor shall note the source identification, such as RFI numbers and Change
Order numbers, as required identifying the source of the change to the Contract
Documents.
4. The Contractor shall deliver the Red-lines to the Engineer upon completion of the
Construction Work.
5. The Contractor shall legibly annotate a full-size set of Plans daily, in red ink, to record
additions, deletions or changes to the Work and changes in location, elevation or
character of the Work not otherwise shown or noted in the Contract Documents. This
“redline” set of drawings shall be kept on the Job Site, shall be used only as a record set.
Contractor shall immediately give written notice of any conflicts between these
documents to the Engineer.
6. The draft final red line set shall be submitted to the Engineer within five (5) Calendar Days
of the final walk-through meeting. The Contractor shall review the redline changes with
the engineer during this meeting. The engineer will provide submittal review transmittal
noting if the red line set has been accepted or requires revision. The Contractor shall
revise per the requested changes and corrections noted and resubmit within ten (10)
calendar days upon receipt of the submittal review transmittal.
7. As-built information shall represent field measurements, approved Shop Drawings,
Working Drawings, samples, product data, and other pertinent data discovered during
the performance of the Work. The Contractor shall note the source of the change such as
RFI or Change Order numbers, as required. The Contractor shall clearly record additions
or changes in the Work and depth of underground facilities by dimensioning from 2,
known, fixed points.
8. Payment for Record Drawings and Documents shall be included in the various Bid items
and no additional payment will be made therefore.
3-7.3.2 Asset Specific Red-lines.
1. Irrigation System Red-lines: Red-lines shall clearly record by dimension from 2 known
fixed points and by depth of underground facilities all deviations, modifications, and
changes in the Work. Records, deviations, modifications, and changes on the day the
Work is performed shall reflect the actual Work location and shall be marked in red at the
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 97 of 284
scale of the Plan sheet on which they are recorded. Red-lines shall show any changes to
the Plans for the equipment locations and associated information for the following:
a. Potable water mainline and size
b. Water Meter - Size, type of water (potable or reclaimed), and water meter
address.
c. Backflow Device - Size, available static pressure in psi, the psi and flow in gallons
per minutes for which the irrigation system is designed, and device serial number.
d. Master Control Valve.
e. Flow Sensor.
f. Pressure Regulator Valve.
g. Isolation Valves.
h. Remote Control Valves - Size, irrigation controller, valve station number, and flow
demand in gallons per minute.
i. Quick Coupling Valves and Size.
j. Electrical Meter, including meter address.
k. Remote Control Valve Wiring.
l. Communication Cables.
m. Pull Boxes.
n. Rain Shut Off Switch.
o. Electrical lines from electrical meter to irrigation controller, including the power
disconnect switch.
p. Irrigation Mainline and Size.
q. Irrigation Lateral Line and Size.
r. Irrigation Sleeves and Size.
s. Irrigation Controller - Location, number of stations, identifying call-out.
t. Irrigation sprinkler heads which have been added or deleted from the approved
Plans. Changes in manufacturer nozzle size shall be noted on the red-lined
Drawings including operating pressure, gallons per minute, and radius of throw.
2. Re-vegetation Red-lines:
a. Within 4 weeks of the end of the Plant Establishment Period, as determined and
accepted by the Project Biologist or Landscape Architect, furnish and submit to
the Engineer 1 full scale Red-lines set showing field changes to grade, erosion
control, and seeding for the re-vegetated areas.
3. Utility Red-lines: Utility Red-lines shall show any changes from the Plan for the following:
a. Horizontal and vertical bends
b. Changes in pipe material or pressure class
c. Isolation valves
d. Insulating joints
e. Blow off valves by stationing and offsets.
f. Air vacuum valves by stationing and offsets.
g. Water and recycled water meter boxes replaced.
h. Water sampling stations
i. Cathodic test stations
j. Locations of all sewer laterals and cleanouts.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 98 of 284
k. Items abandoned in place following dewatering operation.
4. Building Red-lines: Building Red-lines shall show any changes from the Plans for the
following:
a. Location by dimension and the depth by elevation of underground lines, valves,
plugged tees, and capped ends.
b. By dimension or scale Plans, wiring, conduits, and pull boxes as installed.
c. Information necessary to maintain and service concealed items of Work.
d. Dimensional changes to the Drawings.
e. Revisions to details shown on the Drawings.
f. Depths of foundations below the first floor.
g. Locations and depths of underground utilities.
h. Revisions to the routing of piping and conduits.
i. Revisions to electrical circuitry.
j. Actual equipment locations.
k. Duct size and routing.
l. Locations of concealed internal utilities.
m. Changes made by Change Orders.
n. Details not shown on original Plans.
5. Traffic Signals and Street Lighting:
a. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a cable route diagram indicating
the actual cable route and meter marks for all intersections, directional change
points in the cable routing, and all termination points. The Contractor shall record
these points during cable installation, provide cable system Red-lines showing the
accurate cable route to the Engineer, and record information such as the location
of slack cable and its quantity in the cable route diagram.
b. The Contractor shall provide 3 copies of D-Sheet sized Red-lines.
6. SWPPP:
a. Upon completion of construction, the Contractor shall submit the SWPPP and all
its appendices, records, reports, maps and records of permanent BMPs to the
Engineer with the Red-lines.
7. Slurry Seal and Asphalt Concrete Overlay:
a. The Contractor shall clearly record on the forms the Agency provides in MS Excel
format the actual dates and quantity of each Bid item applied to each street
segment and comments regarding each segment and record reasons if no work is
performed.
8. Fiber Optic and Wi-Fi Device Red-lines: Fiber Optic and Wi-Fi Device Red-lines shall clearly
record by dimension from 2 known fixed points and by depth of underground facilities all
deviations, modifications, and changes in the Work. Records, deviations, modifications,
and changes on the day the Work is performed shall reflect the actual Work location and
shall be marked in red at the scale of the Plan sheet on which they are recorded. Red-
lines shall show the equipment locations and associated information for the following:
a. Locations and depths of underground utilities.
b. Revisions to the routing of piping and conduits.
c. Actual equipment locations.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 99 of 284
d. Pull Boxes.
e. Electrical Meter, including meter address.
f. Items abandoned in place.
3-7.3.3 Payment.
1. The payment for Red-lines Drawings shall be included in the Contract Price.
ADD 3-7.4 Measurement and Dimensions.
1. Scaled dimensions are approximate. Before ordering materials or commencing the Work, the
Contractor shall measure the Site for proper size and fit and verify dimensions and quantities
by taking measurements in the field. Contractor shall be responsible for their accuracy.
3-8 SUBMITTALS
3-8.1 General
Add the following:
a. Shop Drawings and engineering data (submittals) covering all equipment and all fabricated
components and building materials which will become a permanent part of the Goods and
Special Services under this Contract shall be submitted to Engineer for review, as required.
Submittals shall verify compliance with the Contract Documents and shall include Drawings
and descriptive information in sufficient detail to show the kind, size, arrangement, and the
operation of component materials and devices; the external connections, anchorages, and
supports required; the performance characteristics; and dimensions needed for installation
and correlation with other materials and equipment.
b. Each submittal shall cover items from only one section of the specification unless the item
consists of components from several sources. Contractor shall submit a complete initial
submittal including all components. When an item consists of components from several
sources, Contractor's initial submittal shall be complete including all components.
c. All submittals, regardless of origin, shall be approved by Contractor and clearly identified with
the name and number of this Contract, Contractor's name, and references to applicable
specification paragraphs and Contract Drawings. Each copy of all submittals, regardless of
origin, shall be stamped or affixed with an approval statement of Contractor. Each submittal
shall indicate the intended use of the item in the Goods and Special Services. When catalog
pages are submitted, applicable items shall be clearly identified and inapplicable data crossed
out. The current revision, issue number, and date shall be indicated on all Drawings and other
descriptive data.
d. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the completeness of each submittal. Contractor's
stamp or affixed approval statement of a submittal, is a representation to Engineer that
Contractor accepts sole responsibility for determining and verifying all quantities,
dimensions, field construction criteria, materials, catalog numbers, and similar data, and that
Contractor has reviewed and coordinated each submittal with the requirements of the Goods
and Special Services and the Contract Documents.
e. All deviations from the Contract Documents shall be identified as deviations on each
submittal and shall be tabulated in Contractor's letter of transmittal. Such submittals shall, as
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 100 of 284
pertinent to the deviation, indicate essential details of all changes proposed by Contractor
(including modifications to other facilities that may be a result of the deviation) and all
required piping and wiring diagrams.
f. Engineer will not accept submittals from anyone but Contractor. Submittals shall be
consecutively numbered in direct sequence of submittal and without division by subcontracts
or trades.
g. For electronic submittals, drawings and the necessary data shall be submitted electronically
to Engineer as specified below. Submittal documents shall be in black and white unless color
is required for the review of the submittal. All electronic files shall be in PDF as generated by
Adobe Acrobat Professional latest version. The PDF file(s) shall be fully indexed using the
Table of Contents, searchable with thumbnails generated. PDF images must be at a readable
resolution. For most documents, they should be scanned or generated at 300 dots per inch
(dpi). Optical Character Recognition (OCR) capture must be performed on these images so
that text can be searched, selected and copied from the generated PDF file. The PDF
documents shall have a bookmark created in the navigation frame for each major entry
(“Section” or “Chapter”) in the Table of Contents. Thumbnails shall be generated for each
page or graphic in the PDF file. The opening view for each PDF document shall be as follows:
1. Initial View: Bookmarks and Page
2. Magnification: Fit In Window
3. The file shall open to the Contractor’s transmittal letter, with bookmarks to the left.
The first bookmark shall be linked to the Table of Contents.
PDF document properties shall include the submittal number for the document title and
the Contractor’s name for the author.
h. Electronic submittal file sizes shall be limited to 10 MB. When multiple files are required for
a submittal the least number of files possible shall be created.
i. The Contractor shall post submittals and retrieve the Engineer’s submittal review comments
through the Engineer’s (Consulting Engineer’s) Project website accessible through the
Internet. Instruction on procedures for posting and retrieving submittals will be provided
after award of the Contract.
j. Facsimiles (fax) will not be acceptable. Engineer will not accept submittals from anyone but
Contractor. Submittals shall be consecutively numbered in direct sequence of submittal and
without division by subcontracts or trades.
3.8.1.2 Resubmittal of Drawings and Data
1. Contractor shall accept full responsibility for the completeness of each resubmittal.
Contractor shall verify that all corrected data and additional information previously
requested by Engineer are provided on the resubmittal.
2. When corrected copies are resubmitted, Contractor shall direct specific attention to all
revisions in writing and shall list separately any revisions made other than those called for by
Engineer on previous submittals. Requirements specified for initial submittals shall also apply
to resubmittals. Resubmittals shall bear the number of the first submittal followed by a letter
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 101 of 284
(A, B, etc.) or a unique identification that indicates the initial submittal and correct sequence
of each resubmittal.
3. If more than 1 resubmittal is required because of failure of Contractor to provide all
previously requested corrected data or additional information, Contractor shall reimburse
Agency for the charges of Engineer for review of the additional resubmittals. This does not
include initial submittal data such as shop tests and field tests that are submitted after initial
submittal.
4. Resubmittals shall be made within 30 Calendar Days of the date of the letter returning the
material to be modified or corrected, unless within 14 Calendar Days Contractor submits an
acceptable request for an extension of the stipulated time period, listing the reasons the
resubmittal cannot be completed within that time.
5. The need for more than 1 resubmittal, or any other delay in obtaining Engineer's review of
submittals, will not entitle Contractor to extension of the Contract Times unless delay of the
Work is the direct result of a change in the Work authorized by a Change Order or failure of
Engineer to review and return any submittal to Contractor within the specified review period.
3-8.1.3 Color Selection
a. Contractor shall submit samples of colors and finishes for all accepted products before
Engineer will coordinate the selection of colors and finishes with Agency. Engineer will
prepare a schedule of finishes that include the colors and finishes selected for both
manufactured products and for surfaces to be field painted or finished and will furnish this
schedule to Contractor within 60 Calendar Days after the date of acceptance of the last color
or finish sample.
3-8.1.4 Operations and Maintenance Data and Manuals
1. Adequate operation and maintenance information shall be supplied for all equipment
requiring maintenance or other attention. The equipment supplier shall prepare a Project
specific operation and maintenance manual for each type of equipment indicated in the
individual equipment sections or the equipment schedule.
2. Parts lists and operating and maintenance instructions shall be furnished for other equipment
not listed in the individual equipment sections or the equipment schedule.
3. Operation and maintenance manuals shall include the following:
a) Equipment function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions.
b) Assembly, installation, alignment, adjustment, and checking instructions.
c) Operating instructions for startup, routine and normal operation, regulation and
control, shutdown, and emergency conditions.
d) Lubrication and maintenance instructions.
e) Guide to troubleshooting.
f) Parts lists and predicted life of parts subject to wear.
g) Outline, cross section, and assembly drawings; engineering data; and wiring diagrams.
h) Test data and performance curves, where applicable.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 102 of 284
4. The operation and maintenance manuals shall be in addition to any instructions or parts lists
packed with or attached to the equipment when delivered, or which may be required by
Contractor.
5. Manuals shall be submitted in electronic format to the Engineer prior to the date of shipment
of the equipment. The manuals shall be submitted and the Engineer’s review comments
retrieved, through the Project website accessible through the Internet. Instruction on
procedures for posting and retrieving O&M submittals and review comments will be provided
after award of the Contract. When the O&M manuals are reviewed "RETURNED FOR
CORRECTION,” the corrections shall be made as instructed by the Engineer or Consulting
Engineer, and corrected manuals resubmitted to the Engineer or Consulting Engineer. When
review by the Engineer is complete, 3 copies of each electronic O&M manual shall be
delivered on CD-ROM to the Engineer. Each CD shall contain only 1 copy of 1 manual. Delivery
of the final O&M shall be made 30 Calendar Days prior to placing the equipment in operation.
6. All material shall be marked with Project identification, and inapplicable information shall be
marked out or deleted.
7. Shipment of equipment will not be considered complete until all required manuals and data
have been received.
3-8.1.5 Electronic Operations and Maintenance Manuals
1. Electronic manuals shall be in Adobe Acrobat’s PDF and shall be prepared at a resolution
between 300 and 600 dpi, depending on document type. OCR capture shall be performed on
these documents. OCR settings shall be performed with the “original image with hidden text”
option in Adobe Acrobat Exchange.
2. File size shall be limited to 10 MB. When multiple files are required the least number of files
possible shall be created. File names shall be in the format OMXXXXX-YYYZ-V.pdf, where
XXXXX is the 5-digit number corresponding to the specification section, YYY is a 3-digit O&M
manual number, e.g., 001, Z is the letter signifying a resubmittal, A, B, C, etc, and V is a number
used only when more than one 10 MB file is required for an O&M manual.
3. Documents prepared in PDF format shall be processed as follows:
Pages shall be searchable (processed for optical character recognition) and indexed when
multiple files are required.
a) Of material to update the manual provided by the manufacturer. Pages shall be
rotated for viewing in proper orientation.
b) A bookmark shall be provided in the navigation frame for each entry in the Table of
Contents.
c) Embedded thumbnails shall be generated for each completed PDF file.
d) The opening view for PDF files shall be as follows:
e) Initial View: Bookmarks and Page
f) Page Number: Title Page (usually Page 1)
g) Magnification: Set to Fit in Window
h) Page: Single Page
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 103 of 284
i) Where the bookmark structure is longer than 1 page, the bookmarks shall be
collapsed to show the chapter headings only.
j) When multiple files are required the first file of the series (the parent file) shall list
every major topic in the Table of Contents. The parent file shall also include minor
headings bookmarked based on the Table of Contents. Major headings, whose
content is contained in subsequent files (children) shall be linked to be called from the
parent to the specific location in the child file. The child file shall contain bookmark
entries for both major and minor headings contained in the child file. The first
bookmark of any child file shall link back to the parent file and shall read as follows
"Return to the Equipment Name Table of Contents," e.g., Return to the Polymer Feed
System Table of Contents.
k) Drawings shall be bookmarked individually.
l) Files shall be delivered without security settings to permit editing, insertion and
deletion
3-8.1.6 Labeling
a. At a minimum, the following information shall be included on all final O&M manual materials,
including thumb drives and hard copy manuals:
a) Equipment name and/or O&M title spelled out in complete words.
b) Project Name.
c) Agency Project/Contract Number.
d) Specification Section Number. Example: “Section 15 55 00”
e) Manufacturer’s name.
f) File Name and Date.
3-8.2 Working Drawings.
ADD the following:
1. Working Drawings shall be submitted electronically to the Agency.
DELETE Table 3-8.2 in its entirety and REPLACE with following:
Item Section/
Drawing
No.
Title Subject
1 3-12.5.2 Sewage Bypass and Pumping
Plan
Sanitary Sewers
2 3-12.8.2 Dewatering Plan Water Pollution Control
3 5-7.2.2 Shoring Plan Safety
4 300-3.2
Cofferdams Structure Excavation & Backfill
5 303-1.6.1 General Falsework
6 303-1.7.1 General Placing Reinforcement
7 303-3.1 General Prestressed Concrete Construction
8 304-1.1.2 Falsework Plans Structural Steel
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 104 of 284
9 306-8.8
SDW-
154*
Valves, Hydrants, and
Appurtenances
Water Valve Bypass Details for
Mainlines 16-Inch and Larger
10 306-8.8.3 Thrust Blocks and Anchor
Blocks
Unless specified otherwise, design of all
size water main thrust blocks and
anchor blocks
11 307-1.1
General Jacking Operations
12 307-2.1
General Tunneling Operations
13 308-3 Submittals Microtunneling
14 601-2.1.2 Engineered Traffic Control Plan
(TCP)
Temporary Traffic Control for
Construction and Maintenance Work
Zones
15 1001-3 Storm Water Pollution
Prevention Plan (SWPPP)
Water Pollution Control
16 1001-4 Water Pollution Control Plan
(WPCP)
Water Pollution Control
* Note: The distance dimensions shown between the bypass pipes and the mainlines are subject
to change to field conditions.
Items listed in Table 3-8.2, except for items 1, 2 and, 5, shall be prepared by a Civil or Structural
Engineer registered by the State of California. Item 15 shall be prepared by a Qualified SWPPP
Developer (QSD) in accordance with 1001 3, “Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP).”
Item 16 shall be prepared in accordance with 1001-4, “Water Pollution Control Plan (WPCP).”
3-8.3 Shop Drawings.
ADD the following:
1. Shop Drawings shall be submitted electronically to the Agency.
2. Additional Shop Drawings may be required by the Special Provisions and technical
specifications.
DELETE Table 3-8.3 in its entirety and REPLACE with following:
TABLE 3-8.3
Item Subsection Title Subject
1 207-2.5 Joints Reinforced Concrete Pipe
2 207-8.4 Joints Vitrified Clay Pipe
3 209-2.2.2 Shop Drawings Steel Pipe and Fittings
4 216-1 General Precast Reinforced Concrete Box
5 218-1 General Precast Vault
6 304-1.1.1 Shop Drawings Structural Steel
7 304-2.1 General Metal Hand Railings
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 105 of 284
3-8.4 Supporting Information.
ADD the following:
1. The Contractor shall submit samples of the materials with cut sheets of the products. The
Contractor shall organize cut sheets for review and approval by the Engineer prior to use on
the Project and identify deviation from any of the specified material clearly, including cut
sheets and samples of both the specified material and basis for the substitution. Included
should be the Agency’s Project Name, Project Number, and the Engineer’s name, Contractor
Name, and Submittal Number and clearly indicate the specific product to be used.
2. When photos of material are required, they shall be clear in resolution, identify the specific
item for review, and shall indicate the name of the item, source, and date taken. The material
shown in the photo shall be currently available for use on the Project.
3. For landscaping and irrigation materials, the Contractor shall submit samples and test results
to the Engineer within 15 Working Days of the Notice to Proceed.
4. Test sections (“Mock ups”) of materials as required in the Special Provisions shall be accepted
by the Engineer before proceeding with the Work.
5. The Contractor shall provide and keep up-to-date a complete “As-Built” record set of blue-
line prints, which shall be corrected in red daily and show every change from the original
Drawings and Specifications and the exact “As-Built” locations, sizes and kinds of equipment,
underground piping, valves, and all other Work not visible at surface grade. Prints for this
purpose may be obtained from the Agency at cost. This set of Drawings shall be kept on the
job and shall be used only as a Record Set and shall be delivered to the Engineer within 10
Calendar Days of completion of the Work. Payment for performing the Work required by
Section 2-5.4 shall be included in the various Bid items and no additional payment will be
made therefore.
3-8.6 Manufacturer’s Operation, Maintenance, and Warranty Instructions.
To sentence (1), DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following:
For each pre-manufactured product covered by a manufacturer’s warranty, Contractor shall
submit 1 electronic copy and 3 bound original or legal copies prior to acceptance of the Contract.
3-9 SUBSURFACE DATA
DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following:
3-9 TECHNICAL STUDIES AND SUBSURFACE DATA
1. If reports of explorations and tests of Site conditions are referenced in the Contract
Documents, Contractor is encouraged to inspect the Site, acquire, and review these
reports, and take other necessary steps to thoroughly familiarize oneself with the Site
conditions. If a review of the documents and Site inspection indicate an obstruction or
utility conflict with the proposed work, immediately notify the Engineer.
2. Subsurface data shall include geotechnical reports, groundwater elevations, soil analyses
and characterization, and other information included or referenced in the Special
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 106 of 284
Provisions and shall apply only at the location of the test holes and to the depths
indicated.
3. Contractor is encouraged to review subsurface data, examine the Site and assess the Site
conditions pertaining to the Work. If a review of the documents and Site inspection
indicate an obstruction or utility conflict with the proposed work, immediately notify the
Engineer.
4. Soil test reports for test holes which have been drilled are available for review at the office
of the Engineer. Additional exploration may be performed at Contractor’s own expense.
5. The indicated groundwater elevation is that which existed on the date specified in the
data. It shall be Contractor’s responsibility to determine and allow for the groundwater
elevation on the date the Work is performed. A difference in groundwater elevation
between what is shown in soil boring logs and what is encountered during construction
shall not be considered as a basis for Extra Work in accordance with 2-8, “Extra Work.”
3-10 SURVEYING
DELETE this Section in its entirety and replace with the following:
3-10.1 Permanent Survey Markers.
The Contractor shall not cover or disturb permanent survey monuments or benchmarks without
the consent of the Engineer. Where the Engineer concurs, in writing, with the Contractor that
protecting an existing monument in place is impractical, the Contractor shall employ a licensed
land surveyor or a registered civil engineer authorized to practice land surveying within the State
of California, hereinafter Surveyor, to establish the location of the monument before it is
disturbed. The Contractor shall have the monument replaced by the Surveyor no later than thirty
(30) days after construction at the site of the replacement is completed. The Surveyor shall file
corner record(s) as required by §§ 8772 and 8773, et seq. of the California Business and
Professions Code.
When a change is made in the finished elevation of the pavement of any roadway in which a
permanent survey monument is located, the Contractor shall adjust the monument frame and
cover to the new grade within 7 days of paving unless the Engineer shall approve otherwise.
Monument frames and covers shall be protected during street sealing or painting projects or be
cleaned to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
3-10.2 Survey Service.
The Contractor shall hire and pay for the services of a Surveyor, hereinafter Surveyor to perform
all work necessary for establishing control, construction staking, records research and all other
surveying work necessary to construct the work, provide surveying services as required herein
and provide surveying, drafting and other professional services required to satisfy the
requirements of the Land Surveyors Act. Surveyor shall be resident on the site during all surveying
operations and shall personally supervise and certify the surveying work.
3-10.2.1 Submittal of Surveying Data.
All surveying data submittals shall conform to the requirements of Section 3-8, “Submittals”,
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 107 of 284
herein. The Contractor shall submit grade sheets to the Engineer before commencing work in the
area affected by the grade sheets. The Contractor shall submit field notes for all surveying
required herein to the Engineer within ten days of performing the survey. All surveying field notes,
grade sheets and survey calculations shall be submitted in bound form on 215mm by 280 mm
(81/2” by 11”) paper. The field notes, calculations and supporting data shall be clear and complete.
Supporting data shall include all maps, affidavits, plats, field notes from earlier surveys and all
other evidence used by the Surveyor to determine the location of the monuments set. The field
notes and calculations will be labeled with name of the Surveyor, the party chief, the field
crewmembers and the author of the field notes or calculations. They shall be annotated with the
date of observation or calculation, be numbered with consecutive page numbers and shall be
readable without resort to any electronic aid, computer program or documentation for any
computer program. The field notes shall be prepared in conformance with the CALTRANS
“Surveys Manual”. The Contractor shall have a Record of Survey prepared by the Surveyor and
file it in conformance with §§ 8700 - 8805 of the State of California Business and Professions Code
when the Surveyor performs any surveying that such map is required under §§ 8762 of the State
of California Business and Professions Code and whenever the Surveyor shall establish, set or
construct any permanent survey monument. SDRS drawing M-10 type monuments, bolts, spikes,
leaded tacks and nails (when set in concrete), iron pipes, reinforcing steel and all monuments and
marks that are at, or accessory to, property corners and street centerlines are permanent survey
monuments. The Record of Survey shall show all monuments set, control monuments used, the
basis of bearings and all other data needed to determine the procedure of survey and the degree
of accuracy attained by the field surveying including the unadjusted ratio of closure. The
unadjusted ratio of closure shall not exceed 1 part in 40,000. The record of survey shall show the
location and justification of location of all permanent monuments set and their relation to the
street right-of-way. Record(s) of Survey(s) shall be submitted for the Engineer’s review and
approval before submittal to the County Surveyor and before submittal to the County Recorder.
3-10.2.2 Survey Requirements.
Stakes shall be set at offsets approved by the Engineer at no greater intervals than specified in
TABLE 3-10.2.2(A) as measured along the project stationing. Stakes shall be set to show the
location and grade of future curbs adjacent to traffic signal locations where the curb is not being
built as a part of this contract. Staking and marking shall be completed by the Surveyor and
inspected and approved by the Engineer before the start of construction in the area marked.
Centerline monument shall have the disk stamped with the date the monument was set and the
registration number of the Surveyor. Habitat mitigation sites and other areas to be preserved that
are shown on the plans shall be staked and flagged prior to the start of any other activities within
the limits of the work. When curb and gutter does not exist and is not being installed as a part of
the project the location of adjacent facilities being constructed as a part of the contract the
Contractor shall place stakes defining the horizontal and vertical location of such adjacent utility
vaults, poles or other facilities that are being installed as parts of, or adjunct to, the project either
by the Contractor and/or those noted on the plans as to be installed by others.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 108 of 284
TABLE 3-10.2.2(A)
Survey Requirements for Construction Staking
Feature Staked Stake
Description
Centerline or Parallel to Centerline Spacing,
Lateral Spacing
,
Setting Tolerance
(Within)
Street Centerline SDRS M-10
Monument
≤1000’, Street Intersections, Begin and end of
curves, only when shown on the plans
on street
centerline
0.02’
Horizontal, also see
Section 2-9.2.1 herein
Clearing Lath in soil,
painted line
on PCC & AC
surfaces
lath - Intervisible, ≤ 50’ on tangents
& ≤ 25’ on curves, Painted line - continuous
at clearing line 1’ Horizontal
Slope RP + Marker
Stake
Intervisible and ≤ 50’ Grade Breaks &
≤ 25’
0.1’ Vertical &
Horizontal
Fence RP + Marker
Stake
≤ 200’ on tangents, ≤ 50’ on curves when
R≥ 1000’ & 25’ on curves when R≤ 1000’
N/A
( constant
offset)
0.1’ Horizontal
Rough Grade Cuts
or Fills ≥ 10 m (33’)
RP + Marker
Stake
≤ 50’ N/A 0.1’ Vertical &
Horizontal
Final Grade
(includes top of:
Basement soil,
subbase and base)
RP + Marker
Stake, Blue-
top in grading
area
≤ 50’ on tangents & curves when R≥ 1000’ &
≤ 25’ on curves when R ≤ 1000’
≤ 22’ 3/8” Horizontal & 1/4”
Vertical
Asphalt Pavement
Finish Course
RP, paint on
previous
course
≤ 25’ or as per the intersection grid points
shown on the plan whichever provides the
denser information
edge of
pavement,
paving pass
width, crown
line & grade
breaks
3/8” Horizontal & 1/4”
Vertical
Drainage
Structures, Pipes &
similar Facilities,
RP + Marker
Stake
intervisible & ≤ 25’, beginning and end, BC & EC
of facilities, Grade breaks, Alignment breaks,
Junctions, Inlets & similar facilities, Risers &
similar facilities (except plumbing), Skewed cut-
off lines
as appropriate 3/8” Horizontal & 1/4”
Vertical
Curb RP + Marker
Stake
≤ 25’, BC & EC, at ¼∆, ½∆ & ¾∆ on curb returns
& at beginning & end
( constant
offset)
3/8” Horizontal & 1/4”
Vertical
Traffic Signal Vertical locations shall be based on the
ultimate elevation of curb and sidewalk
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 109 of 284
Feature Staked Stake
Description
Centerline or Parallel to Centerline Spacing,
Lateral Spacing
,
Setting Tolerance
(Within)
Signal Poles &
Controller
RP + Marker
Stake
at each pole & controller location as appropriate 3/8” Horizontal & 1/4”
Vertical
Junction Box RP + Marker
Stake
at each junction box location as appropriate 3/8” Horizontal & 1/4”
Vertical
Conduit RP + Marker
Stake
≤ 50’ on tangents & curves when R≥ 1000’ &
≤ 25’ on curves when R ≤ 1000’ or where grade
≤ 0.30%
as appropriate 3/8” Horizontal & when
depth cannot be
measured from existing
pavement 1/4” Vertical
Minor Structure RP + Marker
Stake + Line
Stake
for catch basins: at centerline of box, ends of
box & wings & at each end of the local
depression
as appropriate 3/8” Horizontal & 1/4”
Vertical (when vertical
data needed)
Abutment Fill RP + Marker
Stake + Line
Stake
≤ 50’ & along end slopes & conic transitions as appropriate 0.1’ Vertical &
Horizontal
Wall RP + Marker Stake + Line Point +Guard Stake
≤ 50’ and at beginning & end of: each wall, BC & EC, layout line angle points, changes in footing dimensions &/or elevation & wall height
as appropriate 1/4” Horizontal & 1/4” Vertical
Major Structure
Footings, Bents, Abutments & Wingwalls
RP + Marker Stake + Line Point +Guard Stake
10’ to 33’ as required by the Engineer, BC & EC, transition points & at beginning & end. Elevation points on footings at bottom of columns
as appropriate 3/8” Horizontal & 1/4” Vertical
Superstructures RP 10’ to 33’ sufficient to use string lines, BC & EC, transition points & at beginning & end. Elevation points on footings at bottom of columns
as appropriate 3/8” Horizontal & 1/4” Vertical
Miscellaneous
Contour Grading RP + Marker Stake ≤ 50’ along contour line 0.1’ Vertical & Horizontal
Utilities , RP + Marker Stake ≤ 50’ on tangents & curves when R≥ 1000’ &
≤ 25’ on curves when R ≤ 1000’ or where grade ≤ 0.30%
as appropriate 3/8” Horizontal & 1/4” Vertical
Channels, Dikes & Ditches RP + Marker Stake intervisible & ≤ 100’, BC & EC of facilities, Grade breaks, Alignment breaks, Junctions, Inlets & similar facilities
as appropriate 0.1’ Horizontal & 1/4” Vertical
Signs RP + Marker Stake + Line Point +Guard Stake
At sign location Line point 0.1’ Vertical & Horizontal
Subsurface Drains RP + Marker Stake intervisible & ≤ 50’, BC & EC of facilities, Grade breaks, Alignment breaks, Junctions, Inlets & similar facilities, Risers & similar facilities
as appropriate 0.1’ Horizontal & 1/4” Vertical
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 110 of 284
Feature Staked Stake
Description
Centerline or Parallel to Centerline Spacing,
Lateral Spacing
,
Setting Tolerance
(Within)
Overside Drains RP + Marker Stake longitudinal location At beginning & end 0.1’ Horizontal & 1/4” Vertical
Markers RP + Marker Stake for asphalt street surfacing ≤ 50’ on tangents &
curves when R≥ 1000’ & ≤ 25’ on curves when R ≤ 1000’.
At marker location(s)
1/4” Horizontal
Railings & Barriers RP + Marker Stake At beginning & end and ≤ 50’ on tangents & curves when R ≥ 1000’ & ≤ 25’ on curves when R ≤ 1000’
at railing & barrier location(s)
3/8” Horizontal & Vertical
AC Dikes RP + Marker Stake At beginning & end as appropriate 0.1’ Horizontal & Vertical
Box Culverts 10’ to 33’ as required by the Engineer, BC & EC, transition points & at beginning & end. Elevation points on footings & at invert
as appropriate 3/8” Horizontal & 1/4” Vertical
Pavement Markers RP 200’ on tangents, 50’ on curves when R ≥ 1000’ & 25’ on curves when R ≤ 1000’. For PCC surfaced streets lane cold joints will suffice
at pavement marker location(s)
1/4” Horizontal
Staking for feature may be omitted when adjacent marker stakes reference the offset and elevation of those features and the accuracy requirements of the RP meet the requirements for the feature
Reference points shall be sufficiently durable and set securely enough to survive with accuracy intact throughout the installation & inspection of the features or adjacent facilities for which they provide control. RP means reference point for the purposes of this table
Perpendicular to centerline.
Some features are not necessarily parallel to centerline but are referenced thereto
Multi-plane surfaced features shall be staked so as to provide line & grade information for each plane of the feature
≥ means greater than, or equal to, the number following the symbol. ≤ means less than, or equal to, the number following the symbol.
The cut datum for storm drainage & sanitary sewer pipes & similar structures shall be their invert. The cut datum for all other utilities shall be the top of their pipe or conduit.
All guard stakes, line stakes and lath shall be flagged. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer
flagging, paint and marking cards shall be the color specified in TABLE 3-9.2.2(B)
TABLE 3-10.2.2(B)
Survey Stake Color Code for Construction Staking
Type of Stake Description Color*
Horizontal Control Coordinated control points, control lines, control reference points, centerline,
alignments, etc.
White/Red
Vertical Control Bench marks
White/Orange
Clearing Limits of clearing Yellow/Black
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 111 of 284
Grading Slope, intermediate slope, abutment fill, rough grade, contour grading, final
grade, etc.
Yellow
Structure Bridges, sound and retaining walls, box culverts, etc. White
Drainage, Sewer, Curb Pipe culverts, junction boxes, drop inlets, headwalls, sewer lines, storm drains,
slope protection, curbs, gutters, etc.
Blue
Right-of-Way Fences, R/ W lines, easements, property monuments, etc. White/Yellow
Miscellaneous Signs, railings, barriers, lighting, etc. Orange
* Flagging and marking cards, if used.
3-10.3 Private Engineers.
Surveying by private engineers on the Work shall conform to the quality and practice required by
the Engineer.
3-10.4 Line and Grade.
All work shall conform to the lines, elevations, and grades shown on the Plans.
Three consecutive points set on the same slope shall be used together so that any variation from
a straight grade can be detected. Any such variation shall be reported to the Engineer. In the
absence of such report, the Contractor shall be responsible for any error in the grade of the
finished work.
Grades for underground conduits will be set at the surface of the ground. The Contractor shall
transfer them to the bottom of the trench.
3-10.5 Payment for Survey.
Payment for work performed to satisfy the requirements of Sections 3-10.1 through 3-10.4 shall
be included in the actual bid items requiring the survey work and no additional payment will be
made. Extension of unit prices for extra work shall include full compensation for attendant survey
work and no additional payment will be made. Payment for the replacement of disturbed
monuments and the filing of records of survey and/or corner records, including filing fees, shall
be incidental to the work necessitating the disturbance of said monuments and no additional
payment will be made.
3-12 CONTRACT INFORMATION SIGNS
ADD the following:
Signs shall not be posted until approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall complete and
submit a Review for Sign Permit (form P-11), available at:
https://www.carlsbadca.gov/departments/community-development/permits-applications-
forms
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 112 of 284
3-12 WORK SITE MAINTENANCE
3-12.1 General.
ADD the following:
1. Maintain Site improvements including any temporary facilities, equipment, or other
materials. Remove graffiti encountered on the Site within 24 hours. See also SECTION 400 -
PROTECTION AND RESTORATION.
2. As a condition of Final Payment, the Contractor shall submit a signed and notarized affidavit
stating that all brush, trash, debris, and surplus materials resulting from this Project have
been disposed of in a legal manner. The cost of disposal is the Contractor’s responsibility.
3. The Contractor shall provide and maintain enclosed toilets for the use of their employees.
Toilets must be kept in a neat and sanitary condition and ensure that they comply with all
applicable laws, ordinances, and regulations pertaining to public health and sanitation of
dwellings and camps. The cost of such is the Contractor’s responsibility.
4. If required in the Special Provisions, the Contractor shall provide and maintain enclosed
toilets for the use of the Agency’s and Contractor’s officers, employees, or agents. Toilets
must be kept in a neat and sanitary condition and ensure that they comply with all applicable
laws, ordinances, and regulations pertaining to public health and sanitation of dwellings and
camps. The cost of such is the Contractor’s responsibility.
5. The Contractor shall maintain drainage within and through the work areas. Earth dams will
not be permitted in paved areas. Temporary dams of sandbags, asphaltic concrete, or other
acceptable material will be permitted, when necessary, by the SWPPP and/ or BMP plan. Such
dams shall be removed from the Site as soon as their use is no longer necessary.
6. Work Site maintenance shall be conducted on non-workdays when increased levels of
maintenance are deemed necessary, in the opinion of the Engineer, to preserve the health
safety or welfare of the public and or to comply with applicable regulations.
7. Disposal of all rubbish and surplus materials is incidental to Work Site maintenance. Disposal
shall be made off the Site and shall be in accordance with:
a. Local codes and ordinances that govern locations and methods of disposal.
b. All applicable safety laws.
c. Requirements of Subpart H, Section 1926.252 of the OSHA Safety and Health
Standards for Construction.
8. Work Site maintenance is considered incidental to the items of work that they are associated
with and no additional payment will be made.
9. Cleanup and Dust Control. Throughout all phases of construction, including suspension of the
Work, and until the final acceptance, the Contractor shall keep the Site clean and free from
rubbish and debris. The Contractor shall also abate dust nuisance by cleaning, sweeping, and
sprinkling with water, or other means as necessary. The use of water resulting in mud on
public streets will not be permitted as a substitute for sweeping or other methods.
3-12.2 Air Pollution Control.
ADD the following:
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 113 of 284
1. Contractor shall carry out effective measures whenever and as often as necessary to prevent
Contractor’s operation from producing dust in amounts damaging to property, cultivated
vegetation, domestic animals, or causing a nuisance to persons living or occupying buildings
in the vicinity. Contractor shall be responsible for any damage resulting from any dust
originating from Contractor’s operations. The dust abatement measures shall be continued
until Contractor is relieved of further responsibility by the Engineer.
2. Contractor shall adhere to Air Pollution Control District County of San Diego regulations for
equipment used on the Job Site.
3-12.3 Noise Control.
ADD the following:
1. All internal combustion engines used in the Work shall be equipped with mufflers in good
repair and are subject to the City Noise Control Ordinance, Carlsbad Municipal Code Chapter
8.48.
2. Site mustering is not allowed prior to and after the allowable working hours.
3. The following shall be implemented to control noise and vibration during construction:
Do not exceed 86 dBA Lmax at 50 feet from the job site from 9:00 p.m. to 6:00 a.m.
3-12.4 Storage of Equipment and Materials.
3-12.4.1 General.
ADD the following:
1. Equipment and material storage shall be confined to areas approved by the Engineer.
Disposal of all rubbish and surplus materials shall be at the Contractor’s expense.
2. The Contractor shall order, purchase, transport, coordinate delivery, accept delivery, confirm
the quantity and quality received, prepare storage area(s), store, handle, protect, move,
relocate, remove and dispose excess of all materials used to accomplish the Work.
3. Materials shall be delivered to the Work Site only during Working Hours, and shall be
accompanied by bills of lading that shall clearly state for each delivery: the name of the
Contractor as consignee, the Project name and number, address of delivery and name of
consignor and a description of the material(s) shipped.
4. Prior to storage of any materials which have been shipped to or by the Contractor to any
location within the City’s boundaries the Contractor shall provide the Engineer a copy of lease
agreements for each property where such materials are stored. The lease agreement shall
clearly state the term of the lease, the description of materials allowed to be stored and shall
provide for the removal of the materials and restoration of the storage site within the time
allowed for the Work.
5. All such storage shall conform to all laws and ordinances that may pertain to the materials
stored and to preparation of the storage site and the location of the site on which the
materials are stored. Storage of hazardous wastes, construction equipment material, and
parking and fueling of equipment shall not occur in biologically sensitive areas.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 114 of 284
6. Loss, damage or deterioration of all stored materials shall be the Contractor’s responsibility.
Conformance to the requirements of this section, both within and outside the limits of work
is a part of the Work. The Engineer shall have the right to verify the suitability of materials
and their proper storage at any time during the Work.
7. The Contractor shall furnish and maintain in good condition all equipment and facilities as
required for the proper execution and inspection of the Work. Such equipment and facilities
shall meet all requirements of applicable ordinances and laws.
8. Restore the storage area to an equal or better condition as deemed necessary by the Engineer
and at no additional cost to the Agency.
10. When required by the Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish and operate a self-loading motor
sweeper with spray nozzles at least once each Working Day for the purpose of keeping paved
areas acceptably clean wherever construction, including restoration, is incomplete.
11. Care shall be taken to prevent spillage on haul routes. Any such spillage shall be removed
immediately, and the area cleaned.
12. Excess excavation material from catch basins or similar structures shall be removed from the
Site immediately. Sufficient material may remain for use as backfill if permitted by the
Specifications. Forms and form lumber shall be removed from the Site as soon as practicable
after stripping.
13. Failure of the Contractor to comply with the Engineer’s cleanup orders may result in an order
to suspend Work until the condition is corrected. No additional compensation will be allowed
because of such suspension.
14. Cleanup and dust control required in the Contract shall also be executed on weekends and
other non-Working Days when needed to preserve the health safety or welfare of the public.
The Contractor shall conduct effective cleanup and dust control throughout the duration of
the Contract. The Engineer may require increased levels of cleanup and dust control that, in
his/her sole discretion, are necessary to preserve the health, safety and welfare of the public.
Cleanup and dust control shall be considered incidental to the items of Work that they are
associated with and no additional payment will be made for them.
15. Vermin Control. At the time of acceptance, structures entirely constructed under the Contract
shall be free of rodents, insects, vermin, and pests. Necessary extermination work shall be
arranged and paid for by the Contractor as part of the Work within the Contract time and
shall be performed by a licensed exterminator in accordance with requirements of governing
authorities. The Contractor shall be liable for injury to persons or property and responsible
for the elimination of offensive odors resulting from extermination operations.
16. Temporary Light, Power, and Water. The Contractor shall furnish, install, maintain, and
remove all temporary light, power, and water at its own expense. These include piping,
wiring, lamps, and other equipment necessary for the Work. The Contractor shall not draw
water from any fire hydrant (except to extinguish a fire), without obtaining permission from
the water agency concerned. The Contractor shall obtain a construction meter for water used
for the construction, plant establishment, maintenance, cleanup, testing and all other work
requiring water related to this Contract. The Contractor shall contact the appropriate water
agency for requirements. The Contractor shall pay all costs of temporary light, power and
water including hookup, service, meter and any, and all, other charges, deposits and/or fees
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 115 of 284
for them. These costs shall be considered incidental to the items of Work that they are
associated with and no additional payment will be made for them.
3-12.4.2 Storage in Public Streets.
DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following:
1. Construction materials shall not be stored in streets, roads, or highways for more than 5
Calendar Days after unloading. All materials not installed or used in construction within 5
Calendar Days after unloading shall be stored at a location approved by the Engineer.
2. Construction equipment shall not be stored at the Work Site before its actual use nor for
more than 5 Calendar Days after it is no longer needed. Time necessary for repair or assembly
of equipment may be authorized by the Engineer.
3. Excavated material, except that which is to be used as backfill in the adjacent trench, shall
not be stored in public streets unless otherwise permitted. Immediately after placing backfill,
all excess material shall be removed.
4. The Contractor shall not store equipment for traffic control in right of way.
ADD 3-12.4.3 Storage and Staging Areas.
1. Storage and staging areas are the Contractor’s responsibility. If the Plans designate a staging
location within the Project or in close proximity, the Contractor may utilize such area for their
use. The storage and staging areas shall be as close as possible to the Site. Contractor is
responsible for obtaining any permits, leases, or any other items necessary to obtain staging
areas.
2. Storage of hazardous wastes, construction equipment material, and parking and fueling of
equipment shall not be allowed in the MHPA or other biologically sensitive areas. Ensure the
fueling of vehicles occurs only within designated staging areas using appropriate catch basins
and devices.
3. Return the storage and staging area and the adjacent area to an equal or better condition as
deemed necessary by the Engineer, at no additional cost to the Agency.
4. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer a copy of the lease agreement for any property to
be used for the storage of materials or equipment prior to delivery or storage of any materials
or equipment. Each lease agreement shall clearly state the term of the lease and a description
of the materials or equipment allowed to be stored and shall provide for the removal of the
materials or equipment and restoration of the storage site within the time allowed for the
Work.
5. Construction equipment shall not be stored at the Work Site before its actual use on the Work
nor for more than 5 Calendar Days after it is no longer needed. Time necessary for repair or
assembly of equipment may be authorized by the Engineer.
3-12.6 Water Pollution Controls
3-12.6.2 Best Management Practices (BMPs).
ADD the following:
1. Contractor shall submit a BMP plan as a submittal to the Agency.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 116 of 284
3-12.6.3 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP).
ADD the following:
1. The Contractor shall evaluate the requirements for the preparation of a SWPPP for Work
within the City’s boundary by reviewing the Determination of SWPPP Tier Level and
Construction Threat Level (form E-32), which may be obtained at:
https://www.carlsbadca.gov/departments/community-development/permits-applications-
forms
2. The Contractor shall review the criteria requiring the preparation of a SWPPP conforming
with the State Water Resources Control Board Order No. 2022-0057-DWQ, NPDES General
Permit No. CAS000002, Waste Discharge Requirements for Discharges of Storm Water Runoff
Associated with Construction and Land Disturbance Activities (the Construction General
Permit or CGP). The CGP and other information are available at:
https://www.waterboards.ca.gov/water_issues/programs/stormwater/construction/ge
neral_permit_reissuance.html
3. If a SWPPP has been prepared specifically for the Project and is included as a part of the
Contract Documents, the Contractor shall use the SWPPP as a baseline document and shall
amend the SWPPP, with the Engineer’s approval, as necessary to include the Contractor’s
proposed Construction Schedule, construction operations, and the Site conditions
encountered or created during the Work.
4. If the Agency has not prepared a SWPPP for the Project and the Project is subject to coverage
under the CGP, the Contractor shall prepare and implement the SWPPP conforming with the
CGP requirements.
5. The Contractor shall comply with all requirements of the approved SWPPP and the CGP
including implementation during construction by a QSP, The Contractor shall provide all
information necessary for the Agency to obtain coverage under the CGP during the electronic
submittal of Permit Registration Documents and supporting data necessary for the filing of
the storm water Notice of Intent and Notice of Termination. The Contractor shall be
responsible for conducting all monitoring and inspections and filing all reports required by
and in accordance with the CGP.
3-12.6.3.1 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) Tier 1 or Tier 2 Project.
Not applicable
3-12.6.3.2 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) Tier 3 Project.
PROJECTS GREATER THAN ONE ACRE (TIER 3) – Not Maintenance Only Projects
Water Pollution Prevention. The Contractor shall plan for and implement temporary
construction BMPs to mitigate the water quality impacts of land disturbance and non-storm
water discharges related to construction activities. BMPs are the schedules of activities,
prohibitions of practices, maintenance procedures and other management practices employed
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 117 of 284
during construction activities to prevent or reduce pollution of bodies of water protected by the
federal Clean Water Act (33 U.S.C. § 1251, et seq.) and the state Porter-Cologne Water Quality
Control Act (Water Code, § 13000, et seq.), which include oceans, lagoons, lakes, streams and
other sensitive water bodies and water courses. Construction BMPs also include physical devices
and structural construction control measures designed to prevent soil erosion from occurring on
the Work Site, or that are designed to prevent sediment from leaving the Work Site, both of
which are referred to hereafter as “Water Pollution.” BMPs are also intended to protect the
health, safety and welfare of the public and to prevent damage to adjoining public and private
property resulting from construction.
This Project, and all Project Work, requires compliance with Carlsbad Municipal Code Chapter
15.12 and coverage under the California Storm Water Discharges Associated with Construction
and Land Disturbance Activities, Order No. 2022-0057-DWQ, NPDES No. CAS000002, or
subsequent order, and any amendment, revision or re-issuance of it (Construction General
Permit).
STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN DEVELOPMENT AND IMPLEMENTATION
The Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer a SWPPP in accordance with the current
requirements established by the Construction General Permit. As used in this section, “Engineer”
shall have the same meaning as “Construction Manager.” The Contractor shall not initiate any
land disturbance activities, until the final SWPPP has been accepted by the Engineer. At least 1
copy of the final SWPPP shall be kept at the construction Site and shall be available upon request
of a representative of the Regional Water Quality Control Board, State Water Resources Control
Board, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency or local storm water management agency.
Requests for a copy of the final SWPPP by members of the public shall be forwarded to the
Engineer.
SWPPP Template Availability. A model SWPPP, if available, is provided to the Contractor, for use
in preparing the Project SWPPP for approval by the Agency. The Contractor shall be responsible
for the preparation and implementation of the SWPPP and coordination with the Agency and the
Regional Water Quality Control Board. All costs for preparing and implementing the Storm Water
Pollution Prevention and Monitoring Plans and coordination with the Agency and the Regional
Water Quality Control Board shall be included as part of the contract bid price.
SWPPP Delivery. Within 15 Calendar Days after the execution of the Contract, the Contractor
shall submit 3 copies of the SWPPP to the Engineer. Contractor will be provided the digital format
for SWPPP to complete required sections. If revisions are required, as determined by the
Engineer, the Contractor shall revise and resubmit the SWPPP within 15 Calendar Days of receipt
of the Engineer’s comments and shall allow 5 Calendar Days for the Engineer to review the
revisions. Upon the Engineer’s acceptance of the SWPPP, 3 additional copies of the SWPPP,
incorporating the required changes, shall be submitted to the Engineer. To allow construction
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 118 of 284
activities to proceed, the Engineer may conditionally approve the SWPPP while minor revisions
are being completed.
QSD/QSP Designation. The Contractor shall designate a QSD and a QSP who has satisfied the
certification requirements and received approval by the SWRCB as specified in Construction
General Permit. The QSD and QSP shall provide and maintain levels of insurance, and comply
with all other insurance-related requirements, as required in Agency Supplemental General
Provisions Section 5-4.
SWPPP Amendments. All amendments to the SWPPP shall be completed by the Contractor's QSD
in a timely manner and provided to the Engineer within 7 Calendar Days. All amendments must
be signed and dated by the Contractor's QSD and directly attached to the SWPPP once accepted
by the Engineer.
Accepted amendments shall be dated and logged in the SWPPP. Upon acceptance of the
amendment, the Contractor shall implement the additional control measures or revised
operations. The SWPPP amendment log in the SWPPP shall be maintained by the Contractor's
QSD.
The SWPPP shall also be amended if it violates any condition or has not effectively achieved the
objective of reducing pollution in storm water discharges. Amendments shall show additional
control measures or revised operations, including those in areas not shown in the initially
accepted SWPPP, which are required on the Project to control Water Pollution effectively.
Amendments to the SWPPP shall be submitted for review and acceptance by the Engineer in the
same manner specified for the initially accepted SWPPP.
SWPPP Implementation. Upon acceptance of the SWPPP, the Contractor shall be responsible
throughout the duration of the Project for installing, constructing, inspecting and maintaining the
control measures included in the SWPPP and any amendments thereto and for removing and
disposing of temporary control measures. Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer or specified
in these supplemental provisions, the Contractor's responsibility for SWPPP implementation shall
continue throughout any temporary suspension of Work ordered in accordance with Section 6-
6, “Suspension of the Work.” Requirements for installation, construction, inspection,
maintenance, removal and disposal of control measures are specified in the “Handbook” and
these supplemental provisions.
Permit Registration Documents. The Contractor's QSD shall then complete final SWPPP, and
other required Permit Registration Documents (PRDs), and submit them to the Engineer for
review and subsequent submittal to the SWRCB via the Stormwater Multi-Application, Reporting,
and Tracking System (SMARTS System).
PRD Item Responsible Party Notes
NOI Filing Agency Project Engineer/MPM
NOI Fee Agency Project Engineer/MPM
Annual Permit Fee Agency Project Engineer/MPM
Legally Responsible Person Agency Project Engineer/MPM
Assigned Signatory Agency Project Engineer/MPM
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 119 of 284
Data Submitter Contractor/QSD/QSP
SWPPP QSD
Risk Determination QSD
SWPPP Certification
Statement
QSD
SWPPP Amendments QSD Must be approved by the
Project Engineer/MPM
Site Map Contractor/QSD
BMP Exhibit/Erosion Control
Notes
Contractor/QSD
Inspections/Training Records QSP
Water Quality Monitoring
Reports
QSP
NOT Preparation and
Submittal
Contractor/QSD Submitted as part of Project
Completion Tasks. No later
than 90 Calendar Days after
Project
completion
NOT Certification Agency Project Engineer/MPM
Annual Report Preparation
and Submittal to SMARTS
Contractor/QSD By July 15th for prior year
period of July 1st through
June 30th
Annual Report Certification Agency Project Engineer/MPM. No
later than September 1st
Non-Compliance. The Engineer may suspend the Work, as provided in Agency Supplemental
General Provisions Section 6-6, at the Contractor’s cost, if the Engineer determines that the
Contractor has failed to satisfy all requirements of this Section. If the Contractor violates any
provisions of this subsection, or if Water Pollution occurs in the Work Site for any reason, the
Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer.
The Contractor shall also submit a written report to the Engineer describing the incident and
corrective actions taken within 24 hours of the occurrence of the incident. If for any reason the
Engineer detects Water Pollution before notification by the Contractor, the required written
report shall also include an explanation of why the Contractor had not timely notified the
Engineer.
Implementation Costs. Preparation, implementation and management of Water Pollution
prevention activities are incidental to the items of Work and Agency shall not make additional
payment to Contractor for these costs.
Project Completion. Within 7 Calendar Days of Project completion, the Project-specific SWPPP
shall be relinquished to the Agency. In addition, the Contractor shall submit the NOT to the
SWRCB. The NOT shall be submitted to the Agency at the same time it is submitted to the SWRCB.
The Contractor shall only submit the NOT once the Project has been accepted by the Agency. If
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 120 of 284
the Contractor fails to submit the NOT to the SWRCB, the Contractor shall continue to be
responsible for paying the annual fee associated with the “General Permit” until the NOT is
submitted and accepted by the SWRCB.
3-12.6.5 Payment.
DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following:
1. Unless otherwise specified, payment for water pollution control, including implementation
and maintenance of BMPs, shall be considered as included in the Contract Unit Price for each
item in the Bid.
Payment for dewatering shall be as specified in the Special Provisions.
ADD 3-12.7 Vermin Control.
1. The Site and structures constructed under the Contract shall be kept free of rodents, insects,
vermin, and pests. Necessary extermination work shall be arranged and paid for by the
Contractor as part of the Work within the Contract time and shall be performed by a licensed
exterminator in accordance with requirements of governing authorities. The Contractor shall
be liable for injury to persons or property and responsible for the elimination of offensive
odors resulting from extermination operations.
3-13 COMPLETION, ACCEPTANCE, AND WARRANTY
3-13.1 Completion.
DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following:
1. The Contractor shall comply with the following prior to requesting a Pre-Final inspection of
the Work and filing of a written assertion that the Work has been completed:
a. Provide completed and signed redline drawings and record documents including
installation, maintenance and operation instructions, manuals and/or tools for
installed equipment.
b. Provide and properly label all keys for existing facilities or new permanent work.
c. Provide all items specified to be supplied as extra stock and spare parts. Wrap, seal,
or place in a container all items as necessary to allow for storage by the Agency for
future use. Verify the specified quantities.
d. Provide all final Special Inspection reports and certifications required by equipment
manufacturers to demonstrate compliance with applicable codes and standards.
e. Obtain any required certifications from the Engineer of Record for permanent BMPs.
f. Comply with all requirements of permits issued by jurisdictional agencies.
g. Remove temporary facilities from the Site.
h. Thoroughly clean the Site and remove all mark-outs and construction staking.
2. The Agency Inspector will schedule the Pre-Final inspection within 5 Working Days of receipt
of the Contractor’s request. The Inspector will generate a list of deficiencies (Punchlist) within
5 Working Days after the Pre-Final inspection.
3. The Contractor shall have 30 Working Days to correct the deficiencies and provide a written
response to each Punchlist item. The Inspector will review the corrective work within 5
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 121 of 284
Working Days of receipt of the Contractor’s written response to each Punchlist item. Any
outstanding deficiencies will be considered incomplete Work and the Punchlist will be
returned to Contractor. Full payment will not be made for any Bid item with outstanding
deficiencies and a Final Inspection will not be scheduled until all deficiencies are completed
to the satisfaction of the Inspector.
4. The Contractor shall submit a request for Final Inspection which shall include a written
assertion that the Work has been completed in accordance with the Contract Documents and
a written response describing the corrective Work completed for all punch list items
identified in the Pre-Final inspection(s). The request for Final Inspection will not be
considered without the Contractor’s written response to the punch list items. The Inspector
will schedule the Final Inspection within 10 Working Days of receipt of the Contractor’s
request and invitees will include the Construction Manager, Engineer and representatives
from agencies or utility companies having jurisdiction over the Work. The Contractor’s
attendance is mandatory.
5. If, in the Engineer’s judgment, the Work has been completed in accordance with the Contract
Documents, the Engineer will set forth in writing the date the Work was completed. This will
be the date when the Contractor is relieved from responsibility to protect and maintain the
Work, and to which liquidated damages will be computed.
ADD 3-13.1.1 Requirements Before Requesting a Walk-through.
1. The following items are required prior to requesting a Walk-through:
a. Remove temporary facilities from the Site.
b. Thoroughly cleaning the Site and removing all mark outs and construction staking.
c. Submit proposed red-line record drawings in accordance with Contract Document
requirements.
d. Provide all material and equipment maintenance and operation instructions and/or
manuals.
e. Provide all tools which are a permanent part of the equipment installed in the Project.
f. Provide and properly identify all keys for construction and all keys for permanent
work.
g. Provide all final Special Inspection reports required by the applicable building code.
h. Provide all items specified to be supplied as extra stock. Wrap, seal, or place in a
container all items as necessary to allow for storage by the Agency for future use.
Verify the specified quantities.
i. Ensure that all specified equal opportunity (if applicable) and certified wage rate
documentations covering the Contract Time have been submitted.
j. Provide the spare parts for the proposed irrigation system as specified in the Special
Provisions.
2. Contractor shall notify the Engineer to arrange a final inspection of permanent BMPs
installed and shall obtain the completed, signed, and stamped DS-563 Form 30 Calendar Days
prior to the issuance of the Notice of Completion.
ADD 3-13.1.2 Walk-through and Punchlist Procedure.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 122 of 284
1. When Contractor considers that the Work and Services are complete, notify the Engineer in
writing that the Project is complete and request that the Contractor and the Engineer perform
a Walk-through for the generation of a Punchlist. Contractor shall request the final
walkthrough at least 7 Working Days in advance.
2. The Engineer will first determine if the Project is ready for a Walk-through by verifying
whether the Contractor have completed all items as required by 3-13.1.1, “Requirements
Before Requesting a Walk-through.”
3. If the Work includes sewer and storm drain installations, the inspection shall include
televising in accordance with the requirements in the Contract Documents.
4. The Engineer shall facilitate the Walk-through.
5. Contractor shall make Plans, specifications, and technical data, such as submittals and
equipment manuals, available at the Site for the Walk-through attendees.
6. The Engineer will provide the Contractor with the Punchlist within 15 Working Days after the
date of the Walk-through and submit it to the Contractor. The Agency shall not provide a
preliminary Punchlist.
7. If the Engineer finds that the Project is not substantially complete as defined in the Contract,
the Engineer will terminate the Walk-through and notify the Contractor in writing.
8. If, at any time during the Engineer’s evaluation of the corrective Work required by the
Punchlist, the Engineer discovers that additional corrective Work is required, the Engineer
may include that corrective Work in the Punchlist. Contractor shall remain solely responsible
for the Project Site until the Project is completely operational, all Punchlist items have been
corrected, and all operation and maintenance manuals have been accepted by the Agency.
9. The Engineer shall meet with the Contractor until all Punchlist items are corrected. If
Contractor takes longer than 30 Working Days to complete the corrective Work, the Project
shall be subject to re-evaluation.
10. Upon acceptance of the Work, Contractor shall assemble and deliver to the Engineer all
records, documents, warranties, material certifications, bonds, guarantees, maintenance and
service agreements, and maintenance and operating manuals. Written warranties, except
manufacturer’s standard printed warranties, shall be on a letterhead addressed to the
Contractor. Warranties shall be submitted in the format described in this section, modified
as approved by the Agency, to suit the conditions pertaining to the warranty.
3-13.2 Acceptance
DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following:
1. Acceptance of the Work will occur after all the requirements of the Contract Documents have
been fulfilled. If, in the Engineer’s judgment, the Contractor has fully performed the Contract,
the Engineer will recommend to the City Manager for the City of Carlsbad or Executive
Manager for the Carlsbad Municipal Water District that the Contractor’s performance of the
Contract be accepted. Upon such certification by the Engineer, the City Manager or Executive
Manager may accept the Work. Upon the acceptance of the Work by the City Manager or
Executive Manager, a “Notice of Completion” will be filed in the office of the San Diego
County Recorder. The date of recordation shall be the date of acceptance of the Work.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 123 of 284
3-13.3 Warranty.
DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following:
1. Contractor shall warranty and repair all defective materials and workmanship for a period of
1 year. This warranty period shall start on the date the Work was recorded by the “Notice of
Completion” unless the Agency has beneficial use of the Project (excluding water, sewer, and
storm drain projects). In addition, Contractor shall warranty the Work against all latent and
patent defects for a period of 10 years.
2. The warranty period for specific items covered under manufacturers’ or suppliers’ warranties
shall commence on the date they are placed into service at the direction of or as approved
by the Engineer in writing.
3. All warranties, express or implied, from Subcontractors, manufacturers, or suppliers, of any
tier, for the materials furnished and work performed shall be assigned, in writing, to the
Agency, and shall be delivered to the Engineer prior to the acceptance of the Contractor’s
performance of the Contract.
4. Replace or repair defective materials and workmanship in a manner satisfactory to the
Engineer after notice to do so from the Engineer and within the time specified in the notice.
If Contractor fails to make such replacements or repairs within the time specified in the
notice, the Agency may perform the replacement or repairs at Contractor’s expense. If
Contractor fails to reimburse the Agency for the actual costs, Contractor’s Surety shall be
liable for the cost.
5. The warranty period shall be extended with respect to portions of the Work corrected under
warranty. Items that shall be warrantied free from defective workmanship and materials for
a period longer than 1 year are as follows:
Specified Item Minimum Warranty Period
Detectable Warning Tile
Construction
3 Years of Manufacturer’s Warranty
All Work Under SECTION 500 – PIPELINE
REHABILITATION
3 Years
Fiber Optic Interconnect Cables 2 Years
Luminaires1 10 Years of Manufacturer’s Warranty
LED Signal Modules 3 Years of Manufacturer’s Warranty
1 Provide documentation verifying that the induction luminaire models being offered for the
Project are covered by the 10-year warranty.
6. Contractor shall provide the Agency a copy of the manufacturer’s warranty for private sewer
pumps, including the alarm panel and all other accessories.
a. Contractor shall involve the manufacturer in the installation and startup as needed to
secure any extended warranty required.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 124 of 284
b. This section is not intended to limit any manufacturer’s warranty which provides the
Agency with greater warranty rights than set forth in this section or the Contract
Documents.
c. The warranty shall include all components. The form of the warranty shall be
approved by the Engineer in accordance with 3-13.3.2, “Warranty Format
Requirements.”
7. If, during the warranty period, any item of the Work is found to be Defective Work, Contractor
shall correct it promptly after receipt of written notice from the Agency to do so. The
warranty period shall be extended with respect to portions of the Work corrected as part of
the warranty requirements.
ADD 3-13.3.1 Defective Work.
1. If the Engineer finds any part of the Work, to be defective or not in compliance with the
Contract Documents, the Contractor shall correct the Defective Work in accordance with the
Engineer’s written instructions and within the specified time limits.
2. The Engineer may order Contractor to stop all or part of the Project if, upon notice, Contractor
fails to immediately correct the Defective Work in conformance with the Contract
Documents. The Contractor bears all direct and indirect costs and damages that result from
the Agency’s Stop Work notice.
3. The Engineer may determine in its sole discretion to accept Defective Work instead of having
the Contractor correct the Defective Work. However, the Contractor will still be financially
responsible for the Defective Work. The Engineer shall issue a deductive Change Order and
will incorporate the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents for the Defective Work,
the diminished value to the Project, or for the cost to repair the Defective Work.
4. If the Contractor fails to correct Defective Work within the specified time limits, the Engineer
may correct the Contractor’s Defective Work. The Agency has the right to correct any
Defective Work without notice in the event of an emergency. Contractor shall bear all direct
and indirect costs of the Defective Work that the Agency corrects.
5. When undertaking remedial action under this section, the Agency may exclude Contractor
from all or part of the Site, take possession of all or part of the Work and suspend Contractor’s
Work and or services, and incorporate into the Project all materials and equipment stored at
the Site or for which the Agency has paid but Contractor has stored elsewhere.
6. For Building Projects which require a certificate of occupancy, not including sewer and water
facilities, if the Contractor fails to correct the Defective Work listed on the Agency’s Punchlist
within 30 Working Days in accordance with 6-1.1, “Construction Schedule,” the Contractor
shall reimburse the Agency for all costs to provide inspection services required to monitor
the Contractor’s Work beyond the 30 Working Days. The Agency shall bill the Contractor for
the additional inspection at the Agency’s established rates.
7. If the Contractor completes the Project or portions of the Project prior to NOC, the Contractor
shall preserve equipment by developing and implementing a preventive maintenance
program in compliance with manufacturer’s recommendations.
ADD 3-13.3.2 Warranty Format Requirements.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 125 of 284
1. Written warranties, except manufacturer’s standard printed warranties, shall be on the
Contractor’s and Contractor’s agents’, material suppliers’, installers’, or manufacturers’ own
letterhead, addressed to and for the Agency’s benefit. Submit warranties in the format
described in this section, modified as approved by Engineer to suit the conditions pertaining
to the warranty.
2. The Contractor shall obtain warranties, executed in triplicate by responsible Subcontractors
and Suppliers, within 10 Working Days after completion of the applicable item of Work.
Except for items put into use with the Engineer’s permission with date mutually agreed upon
in writing, ensure that the beginning time of the warranty is the Project completion date.
3. The Contractor shall verify that the documents are in proper form, contain full information,
and are notarized.
4. The Contractor shall verify that warranties are signed by both the Contractor and the
appropriate party.
5. The Contractor shall provide warranties to the Engineer with a neatly typed table of contents,
identifying each warranty with the number and title of the applicable specification section
requiring the warranty and the name of the product or work item.
6. The Contractor shall separate each warranty with index tab sheets keyed to the table of
contents listing. Provide complete information using separate typed sheets as necessary. The
information shall include a list of Subcontractors and Suppliers with the name, address, and
telephone number of the responsible principals.
3-13.3.3 Long-Term Warranty Contract (LTWC).
1. If specified in the Special Provisions and when a LTWC is included in the Contract Documents,
the Contractor shall execute and submit the supplemental agreement for the extended
Project warranty (the LTWC covering the workmanship and materials).
2. The first 3 years of warranty protection after installation shall be secured by the faithful
performance and payment bonds in accordance with 1-7.2, “Contract Bonds.”
3. At the conclusion of the initial 3-year bonded warranty period, an “n”-year subsequent
manufacturer’s warranty for labor and materials shall commence and run concurrently with
the LTWC, where “n” is the number of additional years beyond the initial 3 years as specified
in the Special Provisions. Alternatively, and with respect to the 3-year bonded warranty, the
Contractor may submit a 2-year bond followed by 1-year bond. If the alternate option is
selected, the 1-year bond shall be submitted to the Agency at least 90 Calendar Days before
the expiration of the original 2-year bond. Contractor shall clearly inform the Contract
Specialist of the option selected. The protection provided shall not be for less than 3 + “n”
years continuously.
4. The manufacturer’s warranty for parts and labor shall secure performance of the LTWC by
the Contractor. Additional security in the form of bonds for both the LTWC and the
manufacturer’s extended “n”-year warranty (in years 4 and on following Acceptance) for
labor and materials may, but is not required to be, provided per the compensation provisions
of the LTWC.
5. The manufacturer warranty shall extend to performance of the LTWC by the Contractor,
including without limitation the performance of periodic inspections, preparation of periodic
reports, and performance of repairs or replacements including parts and labor. If the
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 126 of 284
manufacturer warranty does not expressly extend to the LTWC or is qualified in any way to
exclude warranty of the performance of the LTWC by the Contractor, the surety bond shall
be provided for the LTWC in accordance with 1-7.2, “Contract Bonds.”
6. If the Contractor is unable to obtain a bond which extends the “n”-year term of the LTWC, to
obtain a manufacturer warranty or both which clearly and unambiguously extends to secure
performance of the LTWC by the Contractor for the “n”- year term, the Agency shall accept
either form of security provided that at least 1 of these forms is provided before award.
7. Provision of the manufacturer’s warranty, bonds, or both as specified is a pre-condition to
award of the Contract.
8. Refer to the LTWC for additional information. The provisions of 3-3, “SUBCONTRACTORS”
shall not apply to LTWC.
ADD 3-14 PARTNERING
1. Contractor may request the formation of a formal partnering relationship (Partnering) by
submitting a request in writing to the Engineer after approval of the Contract. If Contractor’s
request for Partnering is approved by the Engineer, scheduling of a Partnering workshop,
selecting the Partnering facilitator and workshop, selecting the Partnering facilitator and
workshop site, and other administrative details shall be as agreed to by both Parties.
2. The establishment of a Partnering shall not change or modify the terms and conditions of the
Contract and shall not relieve either party of the legal requirements of the Contract.
3. The goals of Partnering include the following:
a. The Engineer and Contractor’s representatives, including Contractor’s
Subcontractors, actively working together as partners.
b. Avoidance of destructive confrontation and litigation among the parties.
c. Mutual understanding on how the Work is to be conducted.
d. Establishment of mutual key results to facilitate Project success.
e. Establishment of an atmosphere of teamwork, trust, and open communication.
3-14.1 Payment.
1. The payment for providing a facilitator and a workshop site shall be borne equally by the
Agency and Contractor. Contractor shall pay in advance all compensation for the costs of the
facilitator and for the costs of obtaining the workshop site.
2. Unless a Bid item has been provided for “Partnering,” the Agency’s share of such costs shall
be reimbursed to Contractor as Extra Work. Markups shall not be added. Other costs
associated with the Partnering relationship shall be borne separately by the party incurring
the costs.
ADD 3-15 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE
1. The Contractor shall provide and maintain safe and adequate pedestrian and vehicular access
to fire hydrants; hospitals; police and fire stations; commercial and industrial establishments
including churches, schools and parking lots; service stations; public transportation;
pedestrian crossing; motels and establishments of similar nature. Access shall be continuous
and unobstructed unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 127 of 284
2. The Contractor shall provide access for emergency vehicles and mail delivery and trash
collection services. The trash hauling schedule can be obtained by contacting Republic
Services at Customer Support | Republic Services.
3. During paving operations, the Contractor shall provide paved parking within 800 feet of the
affected residences or businesses unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.
4. The Contractor shall provide notification 72 hours prior to the start of construction in the
public right-of-way that affects vehicular traffic, parking, or pedestrian routes. For a full street
closure, all residences and/or businesses on the affected street or alley shall be notified. For
partial street closures or for curb, sidewalk or driveway repairs, the residences and/or
businesses directly affected by the Work shall be notified. The notice shall:
a. Be written and hand delivered.
b. State the date and time the Work will begin and its anticipated duration.
c. Provide a brief description of the Work and simple instructions to the home or
business owner on actions to facilitate the construction.
d. List 2 telephone numbers to obtain additional information. One number shall be the
Contractor’s permanent office or field office and the other number shall be a 24-hour
number answered by someone who is knowledgeable about the Project. An
answering machine shall not be connected to either number.
e. For residences, be prepared on 65-lb. brightly colored card stock or equivalent
durability with contrasting, 12-point font or larger printing; pre-cut in a manner for
hanging on a doorknob; and minimum size of 3-1/2 inches wide by 8-1/2 inches long
(refer to the appendices for an example).
f. Be approved by the Engineer prior to distribution.
5. The Contractor shall post “No Parking” signs 72 hours in advance of the Work. The signs shall
state the date and time of parking restriction for a duration not to exceed the time necessary
to complete the Work at that location. If the Work is delayed or rescheduled, the signs shall
be removed and re-posted 72 hours in advance of the rescheduled Work.
6. Payment for public convenience shall be considered as included in the Contract Price for each
item in the Bid and no additional payment will be made.
ADD 3-16 SITE ACTIVITIES BY THE AGENCY OR SEPARATE CONTRACTORS
3-16.1 The Agency’s Right to Award Separate Contracts.
1. The Agency reserves the right to perform work or operations outside the Scope of Work of
the Contract related to the Project with Agency Forces, Separate Contractors, or both. If work
to be performed by another party was not noted in the Contract, the Agency shall give written
notice to Contractor 10 Working Days prior to the start of any Work. If Contractor determines
that the work being performed by the Agency or others may interfere with or cause damage
to Work being performed by Contractor, notify the Engineer in writing within 3 Working Days
of the Engineer’s notice.
3-16.2 Integration of the Work with Separate Contractors.
1. When specified in the Contract Documents, prepare a plan to integrate the work performed
by Separate Contractors, Agency Forces, or both with the performance of the Work and
submit the plan to the Engineer for approval. The plan shall be fair and reasonable for
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 128 of 284
Contractor and the Separate Contractors. Work with Separate Contractors to reach an
agreement for the prepared plan. Arrange the performance of the work so that the Work and
the work of the Separate Contractors are, to the extent applicable, properly integrated and
jointed in a manner that avoids any damage to the Work or to the work of the Separate
Contractors.
3-16.3 Coordination.
1. Coordinate Contractor’s activities and the Schedule with the activities and schedules of the
Separate Contractors and make any revisions to the Schedule deemed necessary to avoid any
disruption to the Work or to the work of the Separate Contractors.
2. NCTD requests that the contractor provide notice two (2) weeks prior to starting work so that
they may send a supervisor to meet with the construction crew to determine if traffic control
methods affect NCTD’s stops. Notice should be provided via e-mail to detours@nctd.org.
3-16.4 Use of Site.
1. Provide the Agency and the Separate Contractors reasonable opportunities for the storage of
materials and equipment and performance of their work. Connect and coordinate work and
operations with the work and operations of the Agency and the Separate Contractors as
required by the Contract Documents.
2. Coordinate traffic control with the Separate Contractors for other projects and minimize the
impact to the community. Prior to the start of construction, submit Contractor’s plan for
coordination.
3-16.5 Deficiency in Work of Separate Contractors.
1. If part of Contractor’s Work depends on proper execution or results upon construction or
operations by the Agency or a Separate Contractor, prior to proceeding with that portion of
the Work, promptly report to the Separate Contractor and the Engineer any apparent
discrepancies or defects in construction that would render it unsuitable for proper execution
and results. Use good faith efforts to resolve any such discrepancies or defects or any related
disagreements. Contractor’s failure to report constitutes Contractor’s acceptance of the
Work of Separate Contractors as fit, proper, and coordinated with the Work.
3-16.6 Payment.
1. Payment for reporting deficiencies, coordinating, and resolving discrepancies shall be
included in the Contract Price.
SECTION 4 – CONTROL OF MATERIALS
4-2 PROTECTION
ADD the following:
1. The Contractor shall repair or replace any equipment and materials in the event of vandalism,
damage, or theft at no additional cost to the Agency.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 129 of 284
2. The Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of public and private property adjacent
to the Work and shall exercise due caution to avoid damage to such property.
3. All costs to the Contractor for protecting, removing, and restoring existing improvements
shall be included in the Bid.
4. The Agency and affected utility companies have, by a search of known records, endeavored
to locate and indicate on the Plans, all utilities which exist within the limits of the Work.
However, the accuracy and/or completeness of the nature, size and/or location of utilities
indicated on the Plans is not guaranteed.
5. The Contractor shall determine the location and depth of all utilities, including service
connections, which have been marked by the respective owners and which may affect or be
affected by its operations. If no pay item is provided in the Contract for this Work, full
compensation for such Work shall be considered as included in the prices Bid for other items
of Work.
6. The Contractor shall not interrupt the service function or disturb the support of any utility
without authority from the owner or order from the Agency. All valves, switches, vaults, and
meters shall be maintained readily accessible for emergency shutoff.
7. Where protection is required to ensure support of utilities located as shown on the Plans or
in accordance with Section 402, the Contractor shall, unless otherwise provided, furnish, and
place the necessary protection at its expense.
8. Upon learning of the existence and location of any utility omitted from or shown incorrectly
on the Plans, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer in writing. When
authorized by the Engineer, support or protection of the utility will be paid for.
9. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer and the utility owner if any utility is
disturbed or damaged. The Contractor shall bear the costs of repair or replacement of any
utility damaged if located.
10. When placing concrete around or contiguous to any non-metallic utility installation, the
Contractor shall at its expense:
a. Furnish and install a 2-inch cushion of expansion joint material or other similar
resilient material; or
b. Provide a sleeve or other opening which will result in a 2-inch minimum-clear annular
space between the concrete and the utility; or
c. Provide other acceptable means to prevent embedment in or bonding to the
concrete.
11. Where concrete is used for backfill or for structures which would result in embedment, or
partial embedment, of a metallic utility installation; or where the coating, bedding or other
cathodic protection system is exposed or damaged by the Contractor’s operations, the
Contractor shall notify the Engineer and arrange to secure the advice of the affected utility
owner regarding the procedures required to maintain or restore the integrity of the system.
12. Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall remove all interfering portions of utilities
shown on the Plans or indicated in the Bid documents as “abandoned” or “to be abandoned
in place.” Before starting removal operations, the Contractor shall ascertain from the Agency
whether the abandonment is complete, and the costs involved in the removal and disposal
shall be included in the Bid for the items of Work necessitating such removals.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 130 of 284
13. When feasible, the owner is responsible for utilities within the area affected by the Work will
complete their necessary installations, relocations, repairs, or replacements before
commencement of Work by the Contractor. When the Plans or Specifications indicate that a
utility installation is to be relocated, altered, or constructed by others, the Agency will
conduct all negotiations with the owners and work will be done at no cost to the Contractor,
except for manhole frame and cover sets to be brought to grade as provided in the Contract
Documents. Utilities which are relocated to avoid interference shall be protected in their
position and the cost of such protection shall be included in the Bid for the items of Work
necessitating such relocation.
14. After award of the Contract, portions of utilities which are found to interfere with the Work
will be relocated, altered, or reconstructed by the owners, or the Engineer may order changes
in the Work to avoid interference. Such changes will be paid.
15. When the Plans or Specifications provide for the Contractor to alter, relocate, or reconstruct
a utility, all costs for such Work shall be included in the Bid for the items of Work necessitating
such Work. Temporary or permanent relocation or alteration of utilities requested by the
Contractor for its convenience shall be its responsibility and it shall make all arrangements
and bear all costs.
16. The utility owner will relocate service connections as necessary within the limits of the Work
or within temporary construction or slope easements. When directed by the Engineer, the
Contractor shall arrange for the relocation of service connections as necessary between the
meter and property line, or between a meter and the limits of temporary construction or
slope easements. The relocation of such service connections will be paid and will include the
restoration of all existing improvements which may be affected by the relocation. The
Contractor may agree with the owner of any utility to disconnect and reconnect interfering
service connections. The Agency will not be involved in any such agreement.
17. Contractor shall coordinate the Work with utility agencies and companies. Prior to the
installation of any and all utility structures within the limits of work by any utility agency or
company, or its contractor, the Contractor shall place all curb or curb and gutter that is a part
of the Work and adjacent to the location where such utility structures are shown on the Plans
and are noted as being located, relocated or are otherwise shown as installed by others. In
order to minimize delays to the Contractor caused by the failure of other parties to relocate
utilities that interfere with the construction, the Contractor, upon the Engineer’s approval,
may be permitted to temporarily omit the portion of Work affected by the utility. If such
temporary omission is approved by the Engineer, the Contractor shall place survey or other
physical control markers sufficient to locate the curb or curb and gutter to the satisfaction of
the utility agency or company. Such temporary omission shall be for the Contractor’s
convenience and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore or for additional
work, materials or delay associated with the temporary omission. The portion thus omitted
shall be constructed by the Contractor immediately following the relocation of the utility
involved unless otherwise directed by the Engineer.
18. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of its Construction Schedule insofar as it affects the
protection, removal, or relocation of utilities. The notification shall be included as a part of
the Construction Schedule. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing of any
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 131 of 284
subsequent changes in the Construction Schedule which will affect the time available for
protection, removal, or relocation of utilities.
19. The Contractor will not be entitled to damages or additional payment for delays attributable
to utility relocations or alterations if correctly located, noted, and completed.
20. The Contractor may be given an extension of time for unforeseen delays attributable to
unreasonably protracted interference by utilities in performing the Work correctly shown on
the Plans.
21. The Agency will assume responsibility for the timely removal, relocation, or protection of
existing main or trunkline utility facilities within the area affected by the Work if such utilities
are not identified in the Contract Documents. The Contractor will not be assessed liquidated
damages for any delay caused by failure of Agency to provide for the timely removal,
relocation, or protection of such existing facilities.
22. The Contractor will be compensated for damages incurred due to delays for which the Agency
is responsible or for delays attributable to interferences, relocations, or alterations not
covered by the Contract Documents. These damages for delay will be determined by the
Engineer. The Agency shall not be liable for damages which could have been avoided by the
judicious handling of forces, equipment, or plant. These avoidable damages will be
determined by the Engineer. The Engineer may grant Contractor an extension of time for
damages due to delay.
23. When necessary, the Contractor shall so conduct its operations as to permit access to the
Work Site and provide time for utility work to be accomplished during the progress of the
Work.
4-3 INSPECTION
4-3.1 General
ADD the following:
1. All costs of inspection at the source, including salaries and mileage costs, shall be paid by the
Contractor.
2. Materials typically accepted by Certificate of Compliance shall not require inspection at the
source unless specified in the Contract Documents. For a list of these items or materials,
Contractor may refer to the Summary of Work.
3. Location changes to the source of materials requiring inspection without the required 24-
hour notification may result in non-compliant material subject to rejection. Contractor shall
be responsible for staff charges resulting from last minute changes or cancellations once staff
has been deployed. The Engineer shall issue a deductive Field Order for a minimum of 2 hours
of staff time to reimburse the Agency for misdirected staff charges. The Contractor shall be
notified in writing of the additional staff charges incurred.
4. Steel pipe in sizes larger than 18 inches shall require inspection at the source of production.
5. Agency staff or a qualified inspection agency approved by the Engineer shall witness all
welding, lining, coating, and testing. Contractor shall incur additional inspection costs
outlined in 4-2.3, “Inspection of Items Not Locally Produced.”
6. All parts of production (including but not limited to product fabrication, welding, testing,
lining, and coating of straight pieces and specials) shall be performed or produced in the
United States.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 132 of 284
7. Welding and all testing shall be performed by certified welders and testing staff with
credentials traceable in the United States.
8. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer free and safe access to any and all parts of Work at
any time. Such free and safe access shall include means of safe access and egress, ventilation,
lighting, shoring, dewatering and all elements pertaining to the safety of persons as contained
in the California Code of Regulations, Title 8, Industrial Relations, Chapter 4, Division of
Industrial Safety, Subchapter 4, Construction Safety Orders and such other safety regulations
as may apply. Contractor shall furnish Engineer with such information as may be necessary
to keep the Engineer fully informed regarding progress and manner of work and character of
materials. Inspection or testing of the whole or any portion of the Work or materials
incorporated in the Work shall not relieve Contractor from any obligation to fulfill this
Contract.
4-3.2 Inspection by the Agency.
DELETE this section in its entirety and replace with the following:
Inspection and testing laboratory services shall be proposed by the Contractor and subject to
the approval of the engineer.
ADD 4-3.4 Specialty Inspection Paid for by the Contractor
1. Contractor shall employ and pay for the services of a qualified inspection agency to perform
specialty inspection services as required by the Contract Documents.
2. The payment for the specialty inspection service Work shall be included under the Bid item
for “Specialty Inspection Paid For By the Contractor.”
3. When an Allowance Bid item for “Specialty Testing Under the Direction of the Engineer” is
provided, Contractor shall employ and pay for the services of a qualified third party
independent laboratory to perform the required testing. Contractor shall be reimbursed for
the cost of testing under this Bid item.
4. The cost for specialty inspections shall be included in the Contractor’s bid price for the item
requiring the specialty inspection.
4-4 TESTING
ADD the following:
1. Except as specified in these Special Provisions, the Agency will bear the cost of testing of
locally produced materials and/or on-site workmanship where the results of such tests meet
or exceed the requirements indicated in the Standard Specifications, Technical Specification,
and any Supplemental Provisions. The cost of all other tests shall be borne by the Contractor.
2. At the option of the Engineer, the source of supply of each of the materials shall be approved
by the Engineer before the delivery is started. All materials proposed for use may be
inspected or tested at any time during their preparation and use. If, after incorporating such
materials into the Work, it is found that sources of supply that have been approved do not
furnish a uniform product, or if the product from any source proves unacceptable at any time,
the Contractor shall furnish approved material from other approved sources. If any product
proves unacceptable after improper storage, handling or for any other reason it shall be
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 133 of 284
rejected, not incorporated into the Work and shall be removed from the Project Site all at the
Contractor’s expense.
3. Compaction tests may be made by the Engineer and all costs for tests that meet or exceed
the requirements of the specifications shall be borne by the Agency. The tests may be made
at any place along the Work as deemed necessary by the Engineer. The costs of any retests
made necessary by noncompliance with the specifications shall be borne by the Contractor.
4-6 TRADE NAMES
ADD the following:
1. Whenever materials or equipment are indicated in the Contract Documents by using the
name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular supplier, the naming of the item is
intended to establish the type, function, and quality required.
2. Unless stated otherwise, materials or equipment of other suppliers may be accepted if
sufficient information is submitted to the Engineer for review to determine whether the
material or equipment proposed is equivalent or equal to that named.
3. For reviews prior to Bid:
a. The Engineer shall respond to Contractor’s substitution proposal by the last date for
issuing an Addendum for the Contract. If the Engineer fails to respond to Contractor’s
substitution proposal before the Bid due date, the substitution proposal shall be
deemed denied.
b. Contractor may bring forward a substitution proposal after Award that was denied
based on the Engineer’s failure to respond by submitting a Cost Reduction Proposal
in accordance with 2-6.1, “Cost Reduction Proposal.”
4. For reviews prior to Bid:
a. The Engineer shall respond to Contractor’s substitution proposal by the last date for
issuing an Addendum for the Contract. If the Engineer fails to respond to Contractor’s
substitution proposal before the Bid due date, the substitution proposal shall be
deemed denied.
b. Contractor may bring forward a substitution proposal after Award that was denied
based on the Engineer’s failure to respond by submitting a Cost Reduction Proposal
in accordance with 2-6.1, “Cost Reduction Proposal.”
5. Include the following information in the request for substitution:
a. Whether or not acceptance of the substitute for use in the Work shall require a change
in any of the Contract Documents to adopt the design to the proposed substitute.
b. Whether or not incorporation or use of the substitute in connection with the Work is
subject to the payment of any license fee or royalty.
c. All variations of the proposed substitute from the items originally specified shall be
identified.
d. Available maintenance, repair, and replacement service requirements. The
manufacturer shall have a local service agency within 50 miles (80.5 km) of the Site
which maintains properly trained personnel and adequate spare parts and is able to
respond and complete repairs within 24 hours.
e. Certifications from the manufacturer or service provider that the proposed substitute
shall perform the intended function adequately under the expected service
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 134 of 284
conditions, achieve the results called for by the general design, and be similar and of
equal substance to that indicated.
6. There is no guaranteed time frame for the Engineer’s review of the substitution requests. Any
lack of action on the Engineer’s side within Contractor’s requested time does not constitute
acceptance of the substitution.
7. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, substitute items are determined to be unsatisfactory in
performance, appearance, durability, compatibility with existing equipment or systems,
availability of repair parts and suitability of application, the Contractor shall remove the
substituted item and replace it with the originally specified item at no cost to the Agency.
8. The burden of proof as to the type, function, and quality of any such substitute product,
material or equipment shall be upon Contractor. The Engineer may require at Contractor’s
expense additional data about the proposed substitute.
9. Acceptance by the Engineer of a substitute item does not relieve Contractor of the
responsibility for full compliance with the Contract Documents. If the Engineer takes no
exceptions to the proposed substitution, it shall not relieve Contractor from Contractor’s
responsibility to the efficiency, sufficiency, quality, and performance of the substitute
material or equipment in the same manner and degree as the material and equipment
specified by name.
10. The Bid submittal shall be based on the material and equipment specified by name in the
Contract. If the proposal is rejected by the Engineer, Contractor shall not be entitled to either
an extension in Contract Time, an increase in the Contract Price, or both.
11. As applicable, no Shop Drawing or Working Drawing submittals shall be made for a substitute
item nor shall any substitute item be ordered, installed, or utilized without the Engineer’s
prior written approval.
12. The Contractor is responsible for the satisfactory performance of substituted items. If, in the
sole opinion of the Engineer, the substitution is determined to be unsatisfactory in
performance, appearance, durability, compatibility with associated items, availability of
repair parts and suitability of application the Contractor shall remove the substituted item
and replace it with the originally specified item at no cost to the Agency.
4-7 WEIGHING AND METERING EQUIPMENT
REPLACE the first paragraph with the following:
All scales and metering equipment used for proportioning materials shall be inspected for
accuracy and certified within the past 12 months by the State of California Bureau of Weights
and Measures, by the County Director or Sealer of Weights and Measures, or by a scale mechanic
registered with or licensed by the County.
SECTION 5 – LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES
5-1 LAWS AND REGULATIONS
ADD the following:
1. Each worker shall be paid subsistence and travel as required by the collective bargaining
agreement on file with the State of California Department of Industrial Relations.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 135 of 284
2. Municipal ordinances that affect this Work include Chapter 11.06. Excavation and Grading. If
this notice specifies locations or possible materials, such as borrow pits or gravel beds, for
use in the proposed construction Project which would be subject to Fish and Game Code
Section 1601 or 1603, the conditions established in Fish and Game Code Section 1601 et seq.
shall become conditions of the Contract.
5-3.3 Payroll Records.
ADD the following:
1. The Contractor and its Subcontractors shall maintain and furnish to the Agency, at a
designated time, a certified copy of each weekly payroll reflecting the wages containing all of
Contractor’s and Subcontractors’ employees engaged in the Work and a statement of
compliance signed under penalty of perjury.
5-3.4 Hours of Labor
ADD the following:
1. Unless otherwise approved in writing by the Engineer, the hours of work shall be between
the hours of 7:00 AM and 4:00 PM on Mondays through Fridays, excluding Agency holidays.
The Contractor shall obtain the written approval of the Engineer if the Contractor desires to
work outside these hours or at any time during weekends and/or holidays. This written
permission must be obtained at least 48 hours prior to such work. The Engineer may approve
work outside the stated hours and/or days when, in his/her sole opinion, such work
conducted by the Contractor is beneficial to the best interests of the Agency. The Contractor
shall pay the inspection costs of such work.
5-4 INSURANCE
5-4.1 General.
ADD the following:
1. Contractor shall procure and maintain for the duration of the Contract insurance against
claims for injuries to persons or damage to property which may arise from or in connection
with the performance of the Work by the Contractor, his or her agents, representatives,
employees or Subcontractors. The insurance shall meet the City’s policy for insurance as
stated in City Council Policy No. 70.
a. Coverages and Limits: Contractor shall maintain the types of coverages and minimum
limits specified in these Agency Supplemental General Provisions (00 73 00):
b. Additional Provisions: Contractor shall ensure that the policies of insurance required
under this Contract with the exception of Workers’ Compensation and Business
Automobile Liability Insurance contain, or are endorsed to contain, the following
provisions.
i. The Agency, its officials, employees and volunteers must be covered as
additional insured as respects: liability arising out of activities performed by or
on behalf of the Contractor; products and completed operations of the
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 136 of 284
Contractor; premises owned, leased, hired or borrowed by the Contractor. The
coverage shall contain no special limitations on the scope of protection
afforded to the Agency, its officials, employees or volunteers. All additional
insured endorsements must be evidenced using separate documents attached
to the certificate of insurance; 1 for each company affording general liability,
and employers’ liability coverage.
ii. The Contractor’s insurance coverage shall be primary insurance as respects
the Agency, its officials, employees and volunteers. Any insurance or self-
insurance maintained by the Agency, its officials, employees or volunteers
shall be in excess of the Contractor's insurance and shall not contribute with
it.
iii. Any failure to comply with reporting provisions of the policies shall not affect
coverage provided to the Agency, its officials, employees or volunteers.
iv. Coverage shall state that the Contractor’s insurance shall apply separately to
each insured against whom claim is made or suit is brought, except with
respect to the limits of the insurer’s liability.
c. Notice of Cancellation. Each insurance policy required by this Contract shall be
endorsed to state that coverage shall not be nonrenewed, suspended, voided,
canceled, or reduced in coverage or limits except after 10 Calendar Days’ prior written
notice has been sent to the Agency by certified mail, return receipt requested.
d. Deductibles and Self-Insured Retention (S.I.R.) Levels. Any deductibles or self-
insured retention levels must be declared to and approved by the Agency. At the
option of the Agency, either: the insurer shall reduce or eliminate such deductibles or
self-insured retention levels as respects the Agency, its officials and employees; or the
Contractor shall procure a bond guaranteeing payment of losses and related
investigation, claim administration and defense expenses.
e. Waiver of Subrogation. All policies of insurance required under this Contract shall
contain a waiver of all rights of subrogation the insurer may have or may acquire
against the Agency or any of its officials or employees.
f. Subcontractors. Contractor shall include all Subcontractors as insured under its
policies or shall furnish separate certificates and endorsements for each
Subcontractor. Coverages for Subcontractors shall be subject to all of the
requirements stated in these Agency Supplemental General Provisions (00 73 00).
g. Acceptability of Insurers. Insurance must be placed with insurers that have a rating
in Best’s Key Rating Guide of at least A-:VII. Insurers must also be authorized to
transact the business of insurance by the State of California Insurance Commissioner
as admitted carriers as evidenced by a listing in the official publication of the
Department of Insurance of the State of California and/or under the standards
specified by City Council Policy No. 70.
h. Verification of Coverage. Contractor shall furnish the Agency with certificates of
insurance and original endorsements affecting coverage required by this clause. The
certificates and endorsements for each insurance policy are to be signed by a person
authorized by that insurer to bind coverage on its behalf. The certificates and
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 137 of 284
endorsements are to be in forms approved by the Agency and are to be received and
approved by the Agency before the Contract is executed by the Agency.
i. Coverage and Limits. Contractor will maintain the types of coverage and minimum
limits indicated below unless the Risk Manager or City Manager or Executive Manager
approves a lower amount. These minimum amounts of coverage will not constitute
any limitations or cap on Contractor’s indemnification obligations under this Contract.
Agency, its officers, agents, and employees make no representation that the limits of
the insurance specified to be carried by Contractor pursuant to this Contract are
adequate to protect Contractor. If Contractor believes that any required insurance
coverage is inadequate, Contractor will obtain such additional insurance coverage, as
Contractor deems adequate, at Contractor’s sole expense. The full limits available to
the named insured shall also be available and applicable to the Agency as an
additional insured.
j. Cost of Insurance. The Cost of all insurance required under this Contract shall be
included in the Contractor’s Bid.
5-4.2 General Liability Insurance.
ADD the following:
Commercial General Liability (CGL) Insurance: Insurance written on an “occurrence” basis,
including products-completed operations, personal & advertising injury, with limits no less than
$2,000,000 per occurrence. If a general aggregate limit applies, either the general aggregate limit
shall apply separately to this project/location or the general aggregate limit shall be twice the
required occurrence limit.
5-4.3 Worker’s Compensation Insurance.
ADD the following:
Workers’ Compensation and Employers’ Liability Insurance: Workers’ compensation limits as
required by the Labor Code and Employers’ Liability limits of $1,000,000 per incident. Workers’
compensation offered by the State Compensation Insurance Fund is acceptable to the City.
5-4.4 Auto Liability Insurance.
ADD the following:
Business Automobile Liability Insurance: $2,000,000 combined single limit per accident for
bodily injury and property damage. In addition, the auto policy must cover any vehicle used in
the performance of the Contract, used onsite or offsite, whether owned, non-owned or hired,
and whether scheduled or non-scheduled.
5-6 PATENTS FEES AND ROYALTIES.
DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following:
1. Contractor shall pay, at no additional cost to the Agency, all applicable royalties and license
fees arising from the Work. Contractor shall indemnify and defend all claims and lawsuits for
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 138 of 284
infringement of patent, trademark, and copyright against the Agency and shall hold the
Agency harmless from any loss.
5-7 SAFETY
5-7.1.1 General.
ADD the following:
1. When conducting grading or excavation, place Contractor’s name and emergency telephone
number adjacent to the Work at intervals and locations approved by the Engineer. The
method of posting shall be approved by the Engineer.
2. The Contractor shall respond and initiate corrective action in accordance with OSHA and
within 24 hours of the notice of the nonconforming Work that poses an imminent threat to
person or property.
3. The Contractor shall erect and properly maintain at all times, as required by the conditions
and progress of the Work, all necessary safeguards for the protection of workers and public,
and shall use danger signs warning against hazards created by such features of construction
as protruding nails, hoists, well holes, and falling materials.
ADD: 5-7.1.3 Health and Safety Plan (HSP).
1. The Contractor is ultimately responsible for the health and safety of Contractor’s employees.
These specifications shall not be construed to limit Contractor’s liability nor to assume that
the Agency, its employees, or designees shall assume any of Contractor’s liability associated
with Site safety considerations.
2. Contractor shall have a HSP in effect at least 1 week prior to the commencement of the Work.
The HSP shall comply with all OSHA and other applicable requirements.
3. The HSP shall specifically address procedures and protocols that shall be followed to monitor
for or respond to the presence of hazardous atmosphere, possibility for engulfment, gasses
due to organic soils or proximity to landfills, exposure to hazardous products such as may be
released when grinding, cutting, or torching galvanized or painted surfaces or asbestos
containing materials, contaminated soil, and groundwater. Identify response actions that
shall be taken when these conditions are encountered.
4. The Agency shall not assume any role in determining the adequacy of the HSP on Contractor’s
behalf.
5-7.3 Use of Explosives.
ADD the following:
1. Explosives may be used only when authorized in writing by the Engineer. The Contractor shall
prepare and submit an application for blasting permit to the City of Carlsbad Engineering
Department and comply with the City’s blasting policy.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 139 of 284
5-7.7 Security and Protective Devices.
5-7.7.1 General.
DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following:
1. Security and protective devices shall consist of fencing, railing, steel plates, or other devices
for the protection of workers or the public from hazards posed by open excavations or any
work in progress. Security and protective devices shall remain in place until the Work is
accepted.
2. Unless otherwise specified, no separate or additional payment will be made for security and
protective devices. Payment shall be included in the Contract price for the various Bid items
requiring such devices.
ADD: 5-7.7.3 Playground Safety.
1. Provide a secured fence around the playground to prevent use or access. Do not remove the
fence until the independent Playground Safety Audit has been done by the Contractor and
the Engineer, the Engineer has accepted the playground design and installation, and the
Punchlist items have been completed.
2. Provide certification by a NPSI certified playground inspector that confirms that the installed
equipment is compliant with all applicable codes.
3. The payment for the fencing around the playground and the playground safety audit is
included in the Contract Price.
5-7.7.2 Security Fencing
1. The payment for security fencing Work for open excavations shall be included in the Contract
Price.
5-7.8 Steel Plate Covers
5-7.8.1 General.
ADD the following:
1. The Contractor shall protect transverse or longitudinal cuts, voids, trenches, holes, and
excavations in the right-of-way that cannot be properly completed within 1 Working Day by
adequately designed barricades and structural steel plates (plates) that shall support legal
vehicle loads in such a way as to preserve unobstructed traffic flow.
2. For trench widths exceeding those in Table 5-7.8.2, a structural design shall be prepared by a
California registered civil or structural engineer regularly engaged in the design of shoring
systems.
3. The Contractor shall secure approval in advance from authorities concerning the use of any
bridging proposed on the Work.
4. The Contractor shall shore the trench adequately to support the bridging and traffic loads.
5. The Contractor shall design plates for HS 20-44 truck loading in accordance with Caltrans
Bridge Design Specifications Manual and evaluate soil conditions and ensure that the plate
extends enough beyond the trench walls to support traffic loads.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 140 of 284
6. The Contractor shall use the plates skid-resistant with a nominal COF of 0.35 as determined
by California Test Method 342. If a different test method is used, the Contractor may utilize
standard test plates with known coefficients of friction available from each Caltrans District
Materials Engineer to correlate skid resistance results to California Test Method 342.
7. Plates shall provide complete coverage to prevent any person, bicycle, motorcycle, or motor
vehicle from being endangered due to plate movement causing separations or gaps.
8. Alternative installation methods may be submitted in accordance with 3-8, “SUBMITTALS”
for the Engineer’s approval.
9. Contractor shall install signage and postings with a 2 inch (50.8 mm) minimum letter height
indicating the steel plate cover load limit, the Company’s name, and a 24-hour emergency
contact phone number. See 601-1, “GENERAL.”
10. Contractor is responsible for the maintenance of the plates, shoring, and asphalt concrete
ramps or any other approved device used to secure the plates. Contractor shall immediately
mobilize necessary personnel and equipment after being notified by the Engineer, the
Agency, or a member of the public of a repair needed for such items as plate movements,
noise, anchors, and asphalt ramps. Failure to respond to the emergency request within 2
hours shall be grounds for the Agency to perform necessary repairs that shall be invoiced at
the actual cost including overhead or $500 per incident, whichever is greater. Failure may
also result in a “Stop Work” notice.
11. When plates are removed, Contractor shall repair any damage to the pavement with fine
graded asphalt concrete mix or slurry seal satisfactory to the Engineer.
5-7.8.3 Installation.
ADD the following:
The pavement shall be cold planed to a depth equal to the thickness of the plate and to a width
and length equal to the dimensions of the plate. The cold milling shall produce a flat surface that
the plate shall rest on with no horizontal or vertical movement. Horizontal gaps between the
unmilled pavement and the plate shall not exceed 25 mm (1 ") and shall be filled with elastomeric
sealant material which may, at the contractor's option, be mixed with no more that 50%, by
volume, of Type I aggregate conforming to the requirements of tables 203-5.2 and 203-5.3
DELETE method 2 in its entirety. Only method 1 is acceptable within city streets.
ADD 5-8 INDEMNIFICATION AND HOLD HARMLESS AGREEMENT
1. Contractor agrees to defend, indemnify, and hold harmless Agency, its affiliated and
subsidiary entities, and its elected and appointed officials, officers, directors, managers,
employees and agents (“Indemnified Parties”) from and against all claims asserted, liability
established, or judgments for damages or injuries to any person or property, including to
Contractor’s officers, employees, agents, or subcontractors, arising directly or indirectly out
of the Work, which arise from, are connected with, or are caused or claimed to be caused by
the acts or omissions of Contractor, its officers, employees, agents or subcontractors.
Contractor’s duty to defend, indemnify, and hold harmless shall not include any claims or
liabilities arising from the sole negligence or sole willful misconduct of the Indemnified
Parties.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 141 of 284
Contractor further agrees that its duty to defend includes all attorney fees and costs
associated with enforcement of this indemnification provision, defense of any claims arising
from this Contract, and, where a conflict of interest exists or may exist between Contractor
and Agency, the reasonable value of attorney fees and costs if Agency chooses, at its own
election, to conduct its own defense or participate in its own defense of any claim related to
this Contract.
2. Contractor shall also defend and indemnify the Indemnified Parties against any challenges to
the Award of the Contract to Contractor, and Contractor will pay all costs, including defense
costs for the Agency. Defense costs include the cost of separate counsel for the Indemnified
Parties, if the Indemnified Parties request separate counsel.
3. Contractor shall also defend and indemnify the Indemnified Parties against any challenges to
the Award of the Contract to Contractor, arising in whole or in part from alleged inaccuracies
or misrepresentation by the Contractor, whether intentional or otherwise, and Contractor
will pay all costs, including defense costs for the Agency. Defense costs include the cost of
separate counsel for the Indemnified Parties, if the Indemnified Parties request separate
counsel.
4. Contractor shall defend, indemnify, protect and hold the Indemnified Parties harmless from
and against any dispute between Contractor and Contractor’s Subcontractors if the
Indemnified Parties are made a party to any judicial or administrative proceeding.
ADD 5-9 CONFLICT OF INTEREST
1. Establish and make known to Contractor’s employees appropriate safeguards to prohibit
employees from using their positions for a purpose that is or gives the appearance of being
motivated by desire for private gain for themselves or others and particularly those with
whom they have family, business, or other relationships. Project personnel shall not accept
gratuities or any other favors from Subcontractors or potential Subcontractors.
2. Contractor is subject to all federal, state, and local conflict of interest laws, regulations, and
policies applicable to public contracts and procurement practices (Government Code Sections
1090 et. seq. and 81000 et. seq., the Agency’s Ordinances, and the City of Carlsbad Municipal
Code). If, in performing the Work, Contractor makes or participates in a “governmental
decision” in accordance with Title 2, Section 18701, subdivision (a)(2) of the California Code
of Regulations, or performs the same or substantially all the same duties for Agency that
would otherwise be performed by an Agency employee holding a position specified in the
Agency’s conflict of interest code, Contractor shall be subject to a conflict of interest code
requiring the completion of 1 or more statements of economic interests disclosing
Contractor’s relevant financial interests.
3. Statements of economic interests shall be made on Fair Political Practices Commission Form
700 and filed with the City of Carlsbad’s City Clerk. Contractor shall file a Form 700 (Assuming
Office Statement) within 30 Calendar Days of the Agency’s written determination that
Contractor shall be subject to a conflict of interest code and file a Form 700 (Annual
Statement) on or before April 1st disclosing any financial interests held during the previous
calendar year for which Contractor was subject to a conflict of interest code.
4. If the Agency requires Contractor to file a statement of economic interests as a result of the
Work performed, Contractor shall be considered an “Agency Official” for conflict of interest
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 142 of 284
purposes, including the prohibition against lobbying the Agency for 1 year following the
expiration or termination of the Contract.
5. Contractor’s personnel employed on the Project shall not accept gratuities or any other favors
from any Subcontractors or potential Subcontractors. Contractor shall not recommend or
specify any product, supplier, or other Contractor with whom Contractor has a direct or
indirect financial or organizational interest or relationship that would violate conflict of
interest laws, regulations, or policies.
6. If Contractor violates any conflict of interest laws or any of these conflict of interest
provisions, the violation shall be grounds for immediate termination of this Contract. Further,
the violation subjects Contractor to liability to the Agency for all damages sustained as a result
of the violation.
ADD the following: 5-10 STATUTORY REFERENCES
1. All references in these Agency Supplemental General Provisions (00 73 00) to any statute,
rule or regulation are to the statute, rule or regulation as amended, modified, supplemented,
or replaced from time to time by the corresponding legislative or regulatory body.
ADD the following: 5-11 RIGHT TO AUDIT
5-11.1 General.
1. The Agency retains the right to review, audit, reasonably access Contractor’s and all
Contractor’s Subcontractor’s premises to review and audit Contractor’s compliance with the
provisions of the Contract. This includes the right to inspect, photocopy, and retain copies,
outside of Contractor’s premises, of all records with appropriate safeguards if such retention
is deemed necessary by the Agency in its sole discretion. The Agency will keep this
information in strictest confidence.
2. Contractor shall include the Agency’s right to audit in its subcontracts and ensure that these
specifications are binding upon all Subcontractors.
5-11.2 Audit.
1. The right to audit includes the right to examine any and all books, records, documents, and
any other evidence of procedures and practices that the Agency determines is necessary to
discover and verify that Contractor are in compliance with all requirements under the
Contract.
2. If there is a claim for additional compensation or for changes in Work, the right to audit also
includes the right to verify all direct and indirect costs which are claimed to have been
incurred, anticipated to be incurred, or for which a claim for additional compensation or for
changes in the Work have been submitted.
3. Contractor shall maintain complete and accurate records in accordance with generally
accepted accounting practices in the construction industry. Contractor shall also make
available to the Engineer for review and audit all Project-related accounting records and
documents and any other financial data. Upon the Engineer’s request, Contractor shall
submit exact duplicates of originals of all requested records to the Engineer.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 143 of 284
5-11.3 Compliance Required Before Mediation and Litigation.
1. As a condition precedent to proceeding with mandatory mediation and further litigation
under 2-10.2, “Dispute Resolution Process” Contractor shall comply with the audit
specifications within 60 Calendar Days of the Engineer’s notice to review and audit
compliance. See 5-2, “SPECIAL NOTICES.”
5-11.4 Access to Records on Federally Funded Projects.
1. Contractor shall retain all records, books, papers, and documents directly pertinent to the
Contract for a minimum of 5 years after the Agency makes final payments and all other
pending matters are closed and shall allow access to those records to the Agency, the Federal
grantor agency, the Comptroller General of the United States, or any duly authorized
representatives.
SECTION 6 – PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK
6-1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF THE WORK
ADD the following:
1. A Payment for the Construction Schedule shall be included in the Contract Price and no
separate payment will be made, therefore.
2. The Contractor shall incorporate the dates, areas and types of work prohibited in this section
in the Construction Schedule. No additional payment, adjustment of bid prices or adjustment
of contract time of completion will be allowed as a consequence of the prohibition of work
being performed within the dates, areas and/or types of work prohibited in this section.
ADD the following subsection: 6-1.3 Pre-Construction Meeting
After, or upon, notification of Contract award, the Engineer will set the time and location for the
Preconstruction Meeting. Attendance of the Contractor’s management personnel responsible for
the management, administration, and execution of the Project is mandatory for the meeting to
be convened. Failure of the Contractor to have the Contractor’s responsible Project personnel
attend the Preconstruction Meeting will be grounds for default by Contractor per Supplemental
General Provisions Section 6-7. No separate payment will be made for the Contractor’s
attendance at the meeting. The Notice to Proceed will only be issued on or after the completion
of the Preconstruction Meeting.
ADD the following subsection: 6-1.3.1 Baseline Construction Schedule.
Prior to the start of any work, the Contractor shall submit its Baseline Construction Schedule to
the Engineer for approval and shall present the schedule at the Preconstruction Meeting. The
Contractor shall prepare the schedule as a Critical Path Method (CPM) schedule in the
precedence diagram method (activity-on-node) format and submit the schedule in accordance
with 3-8. The schedule shall:
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 144 of 284
1. Be prepared using commercially available, Windows compatible scheduling software
program such as, Primavera, Microsoft Project, or approved equal.
2. Be prepared in hard copy (paper) and electronic (Adobe PDF) format and free of file
locking, encryption or any other protocol that would impede full access to the data.
Identify the project name and number, the Contractor’s name and the date of preparation
or revision.
3. Begin with the date of the Notice to Proceed and conclude with the date of final
completion conforming with the Contract time.
4. Depict a time-scaled network diagram of all activities, logic relationships of
interdependent activities, and milestones comprising the complete period of Work with
tasks on the vertical axis and their durations on the horizontal axis. Use distinctive texture
patterns or line types to show the critical path within the Contract time. Include a tabular
listing of each activity and its identification number, description, duration, early start,
early finish, late start, late finish, total float, and all predecessor and successor activities.
The number of activities will communicate the Contractor’s plan for project execution,
accurately describe the project work and allow monitoring and evaluation of progress and
time impacts. Activity descriptions shall accurately define the work planned for the
activity. Activity durations shall not be shorter than 1 working day or longer than 15
working days unless approved by the Engineer.
5. Include detail of all project phasing including all milestones necessary to define the
beginning and end of each phase and constraints which may impact any activity. Include
time allowances for coordination with utility companies and other agencies, pre-
construction surveys and investigations, equipment and material deliveries, submittal
reviews and approvals, traffic control setup and phasing, Work performed by others,
inspections, testing and commissioning, corrective work, and any non-work periods.
Float or slack time within the schedule is available without charge or compensation to the party
or contingency that first exhausts it. A schedule which shows a project duration longer than the
Contract time will not be accepted by the Engineer.
If the Baseline Construction Schedule does not meet the requirements of these specifications,
the Contractor shall revise the schedule and resubmit it to the Engineer. Failure to obtain the
Engineer’s approval of the schedule within twenty five (25) Working Days after the date of the
Preconstruction Meeting shall be grounds to consider the Contractor in default of the Contract
per 6-7. The time required by the Engineer to review the initial Baseline Construction Schedule
submittal will not be included in the 25 Working Days. The Engineer shall complete subsequent
reviews of the revised schedule and progress updates within 5 working days of receipt.
The Contractor shall not be permitted to commence any excavation or demolition activities until
the Engineer accepts the Baseline Construction Schedule. For each day of delay beyond the 25
Working Days after the Preconstruction Meeting that the Baseline Construction Schedule is not
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 145 of 284
accepted by the Engineer, the Contractor shall be charged $100 through a deductive Change
Order.
The Engineer’s response to each review will consist of one of the following:
“Accepted.” The Contractor may proceed with the Work.
“Accepted with Comments.” The Contractor may proceed with the Work, but must revise and
resubmit the schedule prior to submittal of the first progress payment application. The
Engineer’s acceptance of the schedule is a condition precedent to payment of any progress
payment.
“Not Accepted.” The Contractor may not proceed with the Work and must revise and
resubmit the schedule.
ADD the following subsection: 6-1.3.2 Schedule Updates and Revisions.
The Contractor shall meet with the Agency’s Construction Manager during the last week of each
month to agree upon the completion level of each activity as a basis for progress payments.
Schedule updates shall conform with the requirements for the initial submittal in 6-1.1.1 and
shall:
1. Show the actual dates of each activity start and/or finish during the month. The schedule
update shall include specific notation for any changes in actual dates after they are first
reported.
2. Report the percent complete for each activity in progress at the end of the month as
determined by the Engineer.
3. Include a list and explanation of all changes made to the activities, dates or
interconnecting logic.
4. Include activity and network revisions reflecting the Change Orders approved in the
previous month.
The Engineer’s responses to the construction schedule updates shall be as described in 6-1.1.1.
If the Contractor fails to submit schedule updates as required herein, the Contractor may elect to
proceed with the Work at its own risk and shall forfeit the progress payment for Work completed
until compliance is met. If the Contractor elects to delay or cease Work after failure to submit the
schedule updates, any resulting delay, impact, or disruption to the Work will be the Contractor’s
responsibility.
Should the actual or projected progress of the Work exceed 5 percent of the Contract time, the
Contractor shall prepare and submit a revised Baseline Construction Schedule independently of
and prior to the next progress schedule update. The Contractor shall provide an explanation for
each change made to the schedule.
If the Contractor desires to make a major change in the method of operations after commencing
construction, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a revised Baseline Construction
Schedule in advance of beginning revised operations.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 146 of 284
ADD the following subsection: 6-1.3.3 Late Completion or Milestone Dates.
If a schedule update indicates a completion date later than the Contract time or contractually
required milestone completion date, the Agency may withhold Liquidated Damages for the
number of days late. Should a subsequent schedule update which removes all or a portion of the
delay be “Accepted” by the Engineer, all or the allocated portion of the previously held Liquidated
Damages shall be released in the monthly progress payment to the Contractor immediately
following such acceptance.
ADD the following subsection: 6-1.3.4 Final Schedule Update.
The Contractor shall prepare and submit a final schedule update when one hundred percent of
the Work is completed. The update must accurately represent the actual dates for all activities.
The final schedule update shall be prepared and reviewed in accordance with 6-1.1.2. Acceptance
of the final schedule update is required for release of funds retained per 9-3.2.
ADD the following subsection: 6-1.3.5 Measurement and Payment.
If a Bid item for Construction Schedule is not listed in the Bid Schedule, payment shall be
considered included in the various Bid items and no separate payment will be made.
6-2 PROSECUTION OF WORK
ADD the following:
1. When a Subcontractor fails to prosecute a portion of the Work in a manner satisfactory to
the Agency, Contractor shall remove such Subcontractor immediately upon written request
of the Agency, and shall request approval of a replacement Subcontractor to perform the
Work in accordance with the Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act (Pub. Contract
Code, § 4100 et seq.) at no added cost to the Agency.
ADD the following: 6-2.1 Order of Work.
1. The Contractor shall incorporate the requirements of the city, utility companies or agencies
having jurisdiction over the Work in accordance with 2-4 Cooperation and Collateral Work.The
work to be done shall consist of furnishing, all labor, equipment, and materials, and
performing all operations necessary to complete the Project Work as shown on the Plans or
Special Provisions.
2. Specific sequencing constraints include, but are not limited to, the following phases unless
otherwise authorized by the agency.
ADD the following: 6-2.2 Moratoriums.
1. When moratorium periods are specified in the Special Provisions, Contractor shall stop Work
and completely demobilize all construction related activity, equipment, and materials within
the stated limits prior to the beginning of the moratorium periods at no additional cost to the
Agency. The Contractor shall complete any Work that has been started prior to the start of
the moratorium.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 147 of 284
2. Contractor shall restore and clean the Site prior to each moratorium. The Contractor shall not
leave equipment, materials, or traffic control on the Site during the moratorium periods.
Trenches shall be backfilled during moratorium periods. Temporary resurfacing or steel plate
covers over trenches shall not be used.
3. The payment for complying with moratorium requirements shall be included in the Contract
Bid. Contractor shall not be entitled to any additional costs for repeated mobilization and
demobilization to continue the Work after the moratorium periods.
6-3 TIME OF COMPLETION
6-3.1 General.
ADD the following:
1. Unless otherwise specified in the Contract, the time of completion of the Contract shall be
expressed in Working Days.
2. The number of Working Days specified for the walk-through, preparation, and the completion
of Punchlist items until acceptance shall be included in the stipulated Contract Time.
3. For pipeline Projects, the following shall be included in the stipulated Contract Time:
a. Complete each street segment within 15 Working Days from the day the final road
surfacing is placed. Each completed segment shall include other incidental Work items
(weed abatement, damaged asphalt pavement replacement, asphalt patching,
resurfacing, striping, markings, raised pavement markers, and inlet markers).
b. Where shutdowns of 16-inch and larger pipes are required, there is a shutdown
moratorium from May until October. The Contractor shall plan and schedule Work
accordingly. No additional payment or Working Days will be granted for delays due to
the moratorium.
4. When specified in the Contract Documents, the Plant Establishment Period (PEP) is included
in the stipulated Contract Time and shall begin with the acceptance of the installation of the
vegetation plan in accordance with Part 8 – LANDSCAPING AND IRRIGATION.
5. The Contractor shall obtain the written approval of the Engineer to perform any Work outside
of normal Work hours. This approval must be obtained at least 48 hours prior to
commencement of such Work. The Contractor shall pay any additional costs for inspection or
testing of such Work.
6. Work that is required by the Engineer to occur outside of normal Work hours will be identified
in the Special Provisions.
7. The Contractor shall not perform Work during moratoriums per 6-2.2 or during any periods
of restriction identified in agency permits or Project environmental documents and shall
include all such schedule constraints in the Construction Schedule.
8. No additional payment or adjustment of Bid item prices or adjustment of Contract Time will
be made for the Contractor’s inability to work outside of normal Work hours if Contractor’s
request is denied by the Engineer or during prohibited periods.
9. Contractor’s schedule shall plan for a minimum of 2 weeks after final walk-through to receive
a final punch list from the Agency.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 148 of 284
6-4 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME
6-4.1 General.
ADD the following:
1. The Agency shall only grant an extension of time if the Extra Work or unforeseen condition
impacts the Project’s critical path. All requests for an extension in Contract Time for any Extra
Work or unforeseen event shall be demonstrated by using the CPM. No other scheduling
method shall be used to calculate the Project’s schedule.
6-4.2 Extensions of Time.
DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following:
1. The Contract Time shall be modified only by Change Order.
2. Contractor shall immediately submit to the Agency a written request for a Change Order to
modify the Contract Time, but in no event later than 1 Working Day after the occurrence and
discovery of the events giving rise to the request. Contractor shall include in Contractor’s
request a general description of the basis for and the estimated length of any extension and
submit supporting data, including a time impact analysis setting forth the claimed Critical
Path impacts to the Construction Schedule consistent with Section 1.14 (Change Orders,
Delays, and Extensions of Time).
3. The Engineer shall not grant an extension of Contract Time unless Contractor demonstrates,
through an analysis of the critical path, the following:
a. The event causing the delay impacted the activities along the Project’s critical path.
b. The increases in the time to perform all or part of the Project beyond the Contract
Time arose from unforeseeable causes beyond Contractor’s control and without
Contractor’s fault or negligence.
c. All Project float has been used.
4. The Engineer shall issue a weekly document that stipulates the Contract Time. If Contractor
does not agree with this document, Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for review a
written protest supporting Contractor’s objections to the document within 15 Working Days
after receipt of the weekly document. Contractor’s failure to file a timely protest shall
constitute Contractor’s acceptance of the Engineer’s weekly document.
a. Contractor’s protest will be considered a claim for time extension and shall be subject
to 2-10.1, “Claims.”
6-4.4 Written Notice and Report.
DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following:
1. Contractor’s failure to file with the Engineer a written request and report of cause within 24
hours will be considered grounds for refusal by the Agency to consider such request.
2. The Contractor shall provide written notice to the Engineer within 2 hours after the beginning
of the delay, or when the Contractor has placed any workers or equipment on standby for any
reason that the Contractor has determined to be caused by the Agency or by any organization
that the Agency may otherwise be obligated by. The Contractor shall provide continuing daily
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 149 of 284
written notice to the Engineer, each Working Day, throughout the duration of such period of
delay. The initial and continuing written notices shall include the classification of each worker
and supervisor and the make and model of all equipment placed on standby, the cumulative
duration of the standby, the Contractor’s opinion of the cause of the delay and a cogent
explanation of why the Contractor could not avoid the delay by reasonable means. Should the
Contractor fail to provide the notice(s) required by this section the Contractor agrees that no
delay has occurred and that it will not submit any claim(s) therefore.
3. The request for payment or extension must be made at least 15 Calendar Days prior to the
specified completion date. Failure by the Contractor to provide notices and reports as
specified in the Contract will be considered grounds for refusal by the Agency to consider such
request.
6-6 SUSPENSION OF THE WORK
6-6.1 General.
ADD the following:
1. The Agency reserves the right to issue a stop work notice for any trenching operation if
Contractor is not proceeding within a reasonable period of time to restore the pavement and
Site cleanup. A reasonable period of time is considered to be 5 to 10 Working Days after
backfilling any 1 block, approximately 600 feet, of pipeline. The Engineer shall determine the
period of time allowed which shall not be subject to dispute.
2. During periods when the Work is suspended, Contractor shall be prepared for any emergency
Work that shall be supervised by Contractor’s representative.
3. Trenching operations are subject to suspension if the Contractor does not comply with the
requirements for the maximum length of open trench specified in 306-3.5.
6-7 TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT FOR DEFAULT
6-7.1 General.
Add the following:
Contractor fails to notify the Engineer upon discovery of items of Native American,
Archaeological, or Paleontological interests.
6-8 TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONVENIENCE.
DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following:
1. At any time, the Agency may at its sole discretion terminate this Contract in whole or in part.
If the Agency decides to terminate this Contract for convenience, the Agency shall issue a
written notice of termination for convenience in accordance with 5-2, “SPECIAL NOTICES.”
Upon receipt of this notice, Contractor shall immediately proceed as follows:
a. Stop Work immediately or in accordance with the Notice of Termination.
b. Notify Subcontractors and Suppliers to immediately cease their Work and place no
further subcontracts for materials, services, or facilities except as necessary to
complete any authorized continued portion of the Contract.
c. Terminate all subcontracts to the extent that they relate to the Work terminated.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 150 of 284
d. With approval by the Engineer, settle all outstanding obligations arising from the
termination of subcontracts. This approval shall be final for the purposes of this
section.
e. As directed by the Engineer, transfer and deliver completed or partially completed
drawings, plans, calculations, specifications, and any other documents and records
that, if the Contract had been completed, would be required to be furnished to the
Agency.
f. Complete the performance of the Work not terminated.
g. Take all necessary steps and actions to minimize all costs to the Agency as a result of
the termination.
h. Take any action that may be necessary or that the Engineer may direct for the
protection and preservation of the property related to the Contract that is in
Contractor’s possession and in which the Agency has or may acquire an interest.
6-8.1 Termination Cost.
1. The Agency shall determine and pay Contractor the fair and reasonable amounts for
Contractor’s termination cost as follows:
a. The Contract Price for completed services accepted by the Engineer not previously
paid or adjusted for any saving of freight and other charges.
b. The fair and reasonable cost of settling and paying termination settlements for
terminated subcontracts that are chargeable to the terminated portion of the
Contract.
c. The Agency shall pay Contractor a prorated amount of profit for Work that Contractor
performed. The Agency shall not pay for lost profit on Work that was not performed
by Contractor.
6-8.2 Termination Settlement.
1. After termination, Contractor shall submit a final termination settlement proposal to the
Engineer no later than 3 months from the effective date of termination, unless extended in
writing by the Engineer.
2. If Contractor fails to submit the proposal within the time allowed, the Agency may determine
and pay the fair and reasonable amount that may be due Contractor as a result of the
termination. If Contractor does not agree that the amount determined by the Engineer is fair
and reasonable, Contractor must notify the Engineer within 30 Calendar Days of receipt of
payment.
6-8.3 Determination of Amount Due the Contractor.
1. In determining the amount due Contractor, the Agency shall deduct the following:
a. The fair value of property destroyed, lost, stolen, or damaged that has become
undeliverable to the Agency.
b. Any claim which the Agency has against Contractor under the Contract.
6-8.4 Records and Documents Relating to Termination.
1. The Engineer will file an Agreement of Mutual Rescission of Contract with the Board. Once
the Agreement is executed and a Notice of Completion is recorded, retention can be released.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 151 of 284
2. Unless otherwise specified or required by statute, Contractor shall maintain all records and
documents relating to the terminated portion of the Contract for 3 years after final
settlement. This includes all books and other evidence bearing on Contractor’s costs,
expenses, and settlement under the Contract. Contractor shall make these records and
documents available to the Agency, at Contractor’s office, at all reasonable times, without
any direct charge. If approved by the Engineer, Contractor may maintain photographs,
microphotographs, and other authentic reproductions instead of original records and
documents.
6-8.5 The Agency’s Right to Terminate or Suspend for Loss of Project Funds.
1. The Agency may terminate or suspend the Contract at its sole discretion if the State of
California or its agents render the funds being used to fund this Project unavailable. If the
Agency chooses to suspend the Contract, that suspension shall last until funds are identified
and approved by the Board, whichever is appropriate, to be used to complete this Project. If
the Agency elects under this provision to terminate the Contract, neither Party is entitled to
compensation from the other Party for any costs arising from such termination. The Agency
may also elect to terminate after invoking a suspension under this provision.
6-9 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following:
1. Contractor’s failure to complete the Work within the time allowed shall result in damages
being sustained by the Agency. Such damages are, and shall continue to be, impracticable
and extremely difficult to determine. For each consecutive Working Day in excess of the time
specified for the completion of the Work, as adjusted in accordance with 6-4, “DELAYS AND
EXTENSIONS OF TIME,” Contractor shall pay to the Agency, or have withheld from monies
due it, the sum described in the table below, along with any other damages that may be
sustained by the Agency during the Project, unless otherwise specified in the Special
Provisions.
2. The execution of the Contract shall constitute agreement between Contractor and the Agency
that the liquidated damage amount described in the table below is the value of the damage
caused by Contractor’s failure to complete the Work within the allotted time. Such sum shall
not be construed as a penalty and may be deducted from Contractor’s payments if such delay
occurs.
Contract Value Liquidated Damage Daily Amount
Less than $100,000 $1,000
$100,000 and more $2,500
3. Any progress payments made to Contractor after the specified completion date shall not
constitute a waiver of payment for damages sustained by the Agency under this section.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 152 of 284
ADD 6-10 ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATION
1. When specified in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall post all communications
addressed to the Engineer concerning construction including RFIs, submittals, daily logs, and
transmittals to the Project management website established for the Project. The Contractor
shall maintain a list of scheduled activities including planned and actual execution dates for
all major construction activities and milestones defined in the approved Schedule. The
Contractor shall review and act on all communications addressed to the Contractor in the
Project management website. A user’s guide to the Project management system may be
available on the City’s website and shall be provided to Contractor at the Pre-construction
Meeting.
2. The payment for electronic communications shall be included in the Contract Price.
ADD the following:
6-11 PROCORE PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COLLABORATION SYSTEM
a. This project will utilize the Owner’s Procore (www.procore.com) online project management
and document control platform. The intent of utilizing Procore is to reduce cost and schedule
risk, improve quality and safety, and maintain a healthy team dynamic by improving
information flow, reducing non-productive activities, reducing rework and decreasing
turnaround times. The Contractor is required to create a free web-based Procore user
account(s) and utilize web-based training / tutorials (as needed) to become familiar with the
system. Unless the Engineer approves otherwise, the Contractor shall process all project
documents through Procore because this platform will be used to submit, track, distribute
and collaborate on project. If unfamiliar or not otherwise trained with Procore, Contractor
and applicable team members shall complete a free training certification course located at
http://learn.procore.com/procore-certification-subcontractor. The Contractor is responsible
for attaining their own Procore support, as needed, either through the online training or
reaching out to the Procore support team. It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to
regularly check Procore and review updated documents as they are added. There will be no
cost to the Contractor for use of Procore.
b. It is recommended that the Contractor provide mobile access for Windows, iOS located at
https://apps.apple.com/us/app/procore-construction-management/id374930542 or
Android devices located at
https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.procore.activities with the Procore App
installed to at least one on-site individual to provide real-time access to current posted
drawings, specifications, RFIs, submittals, schedules, change orders, project documents, as
well as any deficient observations or punch list items. Providing mobile access will improve
communication, efficiency, and productivity for all parties. The use of Procore for project
management does not relieve the contractor of any other requirements as may be specified
in the contract documents.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 153 of 284
SECTION 7 – MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
7-1 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES FOR UNIT PRICE WORK
7-1.2 Methods of Measurement.
ADD the following:
The system of measure for this contract shall be the U.S. Standard Measures.
7-2 LUMP SUM WORK
ADD the following: 7-2.1 Schedule of Values (SOV).
1. Submit a SOV for the lump sum Bid items of the Work to the Engineer for review and approval
at the pre-construction meeting.
2. The SOV shall:
a. Subdivide the Work into its respective parts.
b. Include values for all items comprising the Work.
c. Serve as the basis for monthly progress payments.
3. The Engineer is the sole judge of acceptable numbers, details, and description of values
established. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, a greater number of SOV items than proposed
by Contractor is necessary, add the additional items identified by the Engineer. When
requested by the Engineer, provide substantiating data in support of the SOV.
4. The Contractor shall incorporate the SOV into the cost loading function of the Schedule in
accordance with 6-1, “CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF THE WORK.”
Monthly progress payment amounts for Lump Sum items shall be determined from the
monthly updates of the Schedule activities.
5. The Contractor shall develop the SOV independently but simultaneously with the
development of the Schedule activities and logic. Incorporate phase funding impacts, if
applicable, into the Schedule.
6. The Contractor shall break down the Work not specifically included in the Bid as necessary
for establishment of cost and Schedule activity.
7. Following acceptance of the SOV, the Contractor shall incorporate the changes (if any) into
the cost loading portion of the Schedule. Where coordination of the Schedule and the SOV
requires changes made to 1 or both documents, the Contractor shall propose changes to the
SOV and to the Schedule activities to satisfy the Schedule cost loading requirements.
8. The Contractor shall update and submit these listings in conjunction with the Schedule
monthly submittals.
9. The Contractor shall incorporate issued Change Orders or Field Orders in the Schedule into
the SOV as single units identified by the Change Order or Field Order number.
10. Changes to the Schedule which add activities not included in the original Schedule but
included in the original Work (schedule omissions) shall have values assigned as accepted by
the Engineer. Other activity values shall be reduced to provide equal value adjustment
increases for added activities as accepted by the Engineer.
11. In the event that the Contractor and the Engineer agree to make adjustments to the original
SOV because of inequities discovered in the original accepted SOV, increases and equal
decreases to values for activities may be made.
12. The payment for the preparation of the SOV shall be included in the Contract Price.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 154 of 284
7-3 PAYMENT
7-3.1 General.
DELETE the last paragraph in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following:
If, within the time fixed by law, a properly executed notice to stop payment is filed with the
Agency, due to the Contractor’s failure to pay for labor or materials used in the Work, all money
plus 25 percent due for such labor or materials will be withheld from payment in accordance with
applicable laws. At the expiration of 30 Calendar Days from the date of recording the NOC, the
amount deducted from the final estimate and retained by the Agency shall be paid to Contractor
except such amounts as are required by law to be withheld by properly executed and filed notices
to stop payment.
ADD the following:
1. Unless specified otherwise, the Contract Price includes use, consumer, and other taxes
mandated by applicable legal requirements. The Contract Price is not subject to adjustment
for tax increases.
2. As provided in California Public Contract Code Section 7105, if the Contract is not financed by
revenue bonds, Contractor is not responsible for the cost of repairing or restoring damage to
the Project when damage was proximately caused by an Act of God, in excess of 5% of the
Contract Price, if the following occur:
a. The damaged portion of the Project was built in accordance with the Contract
requirements.
b. There are no insurance requirements in the Contract for the damages.
3. Guarantee periods shall not be affected by any payment but shall commence on the date of
recordation of the Notice of Completion.
7-3.2 Partial and Final Payment.
DELETE the last paragraph in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following:
Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 22300, Contractor shall have the option, at Contractor’s
expense, to substitute for any money withheld by the Agency, securities equivalent to the
amount being withheld. Securities eligible for such substitution are bank or savings and loans
certificates of deposit or such securities which are eligible for investment pursuant to
Government Code Section 16430. As to any such security or securities so substituted for monies
withheld, Contractor shall be the beneficial owner of same and shall receive any accrued interest.
Such security shall, at Contractor’s request and expense, be deposited with the Agency or with a
State or Federally Chartered bank as the escrow agent who shall pay such monies to Contractor
upon notification by the Engineer that payment can be made. Such notification shall be given at
the expiration of 30 Calendar Days from the date of NOC, or as prescribed by law, provided
however, that there shall be a continued retention of the necessary securities to cover such
amounts as are required by law to be withheld by properly executed and filed notices to stop
payment, or as may be authorized by the Contract to be further retained.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 155 of 284
ADD the following:
1. After final inspection, the Engineer will make a Final Payment Estimate and process a
corresponding payment. This estimate will be in writing and shall be for the total amount
owed the Contractor as determined by the Engineer and shall be itemized by the Contract Bid
item and Change Order item with quantities and payment amounts and shall show all
deductions made or to be made for prior payments and amounts to be deducted under
provisions of the Contract. All prior estimates and progress payments shall be subject to
correction in the Final Payment Estimate.
The Contractor shall have 30 Calendar Days from receipt of the Final Payment Estimate to
make a written statement disputing any Bid item or Change Order item quantity or payment
amount. The Contractor shall provide all documentation at the time of submitting the
statement supporting its position. Should the Contractor fail to submit the statement and
supporting documentation within the time specified, the Contractor acknowledges that full
and final payment has been made for all Contract Bid items and Change Order items.
If the Contractor submits a written statement with supporting documents within 30 Calendar
Days from receipt of the Final Payment Estimate, the Engineer will review the disputed item
within 30 Calendar Days and make any appropriate adjustments on the Final Payment.
Remaining disputed quantities or amounts not approved by the Engineer will be subject to
resolution as specified in Section 2-10.1.1, Initiation of Claim.
The written statement filed by the Contractor shall be in sufficient detail to enable the
Engineer to ascertain the basis and amount of the disputed items. The Engineer will consider
the merits of the Contractor’s claims. It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish
within a reasonable time such further information and details as may be required by the
Engineer to determine the facts or contentions involved in its claims. Failure to submit such
information and details will be sufficient cause for denying payment for the disputed items.
2. Final Payment and release of Retention shall be paid after Contractor submits the following:
a. An affidavit that payrolls and bills for materials, equipment, and other indebtedness
connected with the Work for which the Agency or the Agency’s property might be
responsible for or encumbered by. Fewer amounts withheld by the Agency shall have
been paid for or otherwise satisfied.
b. A certificate evidencing that insurances required by the Contract Documents shall
remain in force after Final Payment is currently in effect and shall not be canceled or
allowed to expire until at least a 30 Calendar Days prior written notice has been given
to the Engineer.
c. Consent of Surety to Final Payment.
d. If required by the Engineer, other data establishing payment or satisfaction of
obligations such as receipts, releases and waivers of liens, claims, and security
interests or encumbrances arising out of the Contract Documents. If a Subcontractor
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 156 of 284
refuses to furnish a release or waiver required by the Agency, Contractor may furnish
a bond satisfactory to the Engineer to indemnify the Agency against such lien.
e. If required in the Contract Documents, the successful completion and submittal of the
required reports such as construction demolition, waste recycling, and hydrostatic
discharge reports.
f. Required documentation, record drawings, operations manuals, test reports,
warranty documentation, and UL labels shall be submitted before requesting the
release of retention.
ADD the following: 7-3.2.1 Application for Progress Payment.
1. By the 5th day of each month, sign, fill out, and submit to the Engineer a partial payment
estimate that identifies acceptable Work performed during the previous month, or since the
last partial payment estimate was submitted. If requested by the Engineer, provide such
additional data as may be required to support the payment estimate. Such data may include
submission of signed field orders and satisfactory evidence of payment for equipment,
materials, and labor, including payments to Subcontractors and Suppliers.
2. For application for progress payments, Contractor shall use the format required by the
Agency. An electronic copy of the invoice form is available from the Engineer upon request.
Progress payments shall be signed, and the date of the invoice shall be the date that the
invoice is submitted.
3. The Agency shall not pay progress or partial payments until Contractor submits to the
Engineer an updated Schedule. It is solely the Contractor’s responsibility to prepare and
submit the Schedule updates.
4. Disputed or incorrect applications shall be returned to the Contractor within 7 Calendar Days
with documentation describing the reason for the rejection of the payment request.
ADD the following: 7-3.2.2 Amount of Progress Payments.
1. If an undisputed and properly submitted application for payment is received by the Engineer,
the Agency shall pay Contractor within 30 Calendar Days after the Engineer receives the
application for Payment consistent with Public Contract Code Section 20104.50. The Agency
shall pay Contractor for the Work performed, including the payment for offsite stored
materials per section 7-3.3.1.2, through the period covered by the application for payment if
the payment amount before Retention does not exceed the percentage of completion of the
Work as set forth in the SOV.
ADD the following: 7-3.2.2.1 Progress Payment for Pipelines.
1. Progress payments for pipelines shall be determined by multiplying the total number of linear
feet of each of the following operations completed during the payment period, by the
corresponding percentage given below, and the Contract Unit Price for the particular main(s)
or drain(s).
2. The progress payment may include payment for items in the Bid proposal, other than mains,
which have been installed complete during the payment period.
3. Payment breakdown shall be as follows:
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 157 of 284
OPERATION PERCENTAGE
WATER:
Trench Excavation, Pipe in Place, Backfill and Cleanup. 80%
Hydrostatic and Bacterial Testing, Pavement Restoration and Final
Cleanup
20%
SEWER:
Trench Excavation, Pipe in Place, Backfill and Cleanup. 80%
Testing (Wayneball and/or Mandrel), Pavement Restoration and
Final Cleanup.
20%
STORM DRAIN:
Trench Excavation, Pipe in Place, Backfill and Cleanup. 80%
Pavement Restoration and Final Cleanup. 20%
SEWER MAIN REHABILITATION:
Cleaning, Televising, liner installation, point repairs, and lateral
reinstatements.
80%
Approval of pipeline rehabilitation verified by Final Video. 20%
4. In asphalt-surfaced streets, the Agency shall pay 15% for hydrostatic and bacterial testing,
Wayneball and Mandrelling (where necessary), for water and sewer utility constructions
respectively, and operational testing for storm drains, including the trench cap and cleanup.
The Agency shall pay the remaining 5% after completing the asphalt wearing surface and final
cleanup.
5. Trench excavation, pipe in place, backfill, and cleanup of construction debris are 1 operation
that shall be complete before the Agency pays the first 80%.
ADD the following: 7-3.2.3 Waiver of Claims at Final Payment.
1. Contractor’s acceptance of Final Payment constitutes a waiver of affirmative claims by
Contractor, except those previously made in writing and identified as unsettled at the time
of Final Payment, which are expressly reserved by Contractor from operation of its Release
of Claims pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 7100 or other Applicable Law.
ADD the following: 7-3.2.4 Withholding of Payment and Back Charge.
1. The Engineer may withhold payment for any of the following reasons:
a. Defective or incomplete Work.
b. Stop notices, wage orders, or other withholdings required by Applicable Law.
c. Contractor’s failure to comply with 5-3.3, “Payroll Records” and the Contractor
Registration and Electronic Reporting System requirements of the Contract
Documents.
d. Failure to submit monthly Construction Schedule updates.
2. The Engineer may back charge the Contractor for any of the following reasons:
a. Defective or incorrect Work not remedied.
b. Damage to Agency property or a third party’s property that was caused by Contractor.
c. Liquidated Damages.
d. Non-attendance at meetings without prior cancellation notice.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 158 of 284
e. Failed inspections or re-inspections paid by the Agency.
7-3.3 Delivered Materials
DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following:
1. The cost of materials and equipment delivered but not incorporated into the Work will not
be included in the progress estimate.
ADD the following: 7-3.3.1 Payment for Stored Materials on Site.
ADD the following: 7-3.3.1.1 General.
1. When authorized, Contractor may request payment for materials and equipment which has
not been incorporated into the Work but will be at a later date and will be delivered and
stored at the Project Site.
2. The material shall meet the Contract requirements and the material’s required test results
and certifications shall be filed with the Engineer.
3. Only non-perishable materials for major items of Work or Materials Subject to Price
Adjustment shall be considered for payment for on-site storage. However, each individual
item has a value of more than 1% of the Contract Price and shall become a permanent part
of the Work.
4. Materials cost shall be evidenced by the manufacturer’s paid invoice bearing the statement
that Contractor has paid all invoices in full.
5. The payments for the stored materials shall not exceed the invoice price or 60% of the Bid
prices for the pay items into which the materials are to be incorporated, whichever is less,
unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.
6. Apply for the payment for materials stored on a form provided by the Engineer and attach
documentation to show the following:
a. The amount paid on the invoice (or other record of production cost) for the stored
items.
b. The dollar amount of the material incorporated into each of the various Work items
for the month.
c. The amount that should be retained for stored materials.
d. That Contractor has received the materials and equipment free and are clear of all
liens, charges, secured interests, and encumbrances.
e. That the materials and equipment are covered by the appropriate property insurance
in accordance with the insurance provisions and other arrangements that protect the
Agency’s interest.
7. Contractor shall provide the Engineer, upon request and prior to any partial payment,
documentation which transfers full legal title to such materials to the Agency conditional only
upon receipt of the Final Payment. Such transfer of title or any partial payment shall not
constitute acceptance by the Agency of the materials nor shall it void the right to reject
materials subsequently found to be unsatisfactory in accordance with SECTION 4 – CONTROL
OF MATERIALS. This shall also not relieve Contractor of any obligation arising under the
Contract Documents.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 159 of 284
8. The payments for materials on-site are subject to retention as set forth in 7-3.2, “Partial and
Final Payment.”
9. Contractor shall assume all risks associated with the loss or damage to the stored products
for which payment has or has not been received.
10. Equipment and materials shall be stored in accordance with manufacturer’s
recommendations. The stored products shall be in a form ready for installation. The Agency
shall not pay for raw materials or parts and pieces of equipment.
11. Any and all surplus materials that are not incorporated in the Work shall become Contractor’s
property at no additional cost to the Agency.
12. Unless specifically provided in the Contract, payment for the materials on hand shall not be
included when determining the percentage of Work completed.
13. The cost of materials reported shall be at invoice or lowest current price at which such
materials are locally available and delivered to the job site in the quantities involved, plus
sales tax, freight, and delivery.
The Agency reserves the right to approve materials and sources of supply, or to supply materials
to the Contractor if necessary, for the progress of the Work. No markup shall be applied to any
material provided by the Agency.
ADD the following: 7-3.3.1.2 Payment for Stored Materials Offsite.
1. The payment of materials and equipment delivered and stored offsite shall be contingent
upon Contractor’s compliance with the storage and protective maintenance requirements set
forth in the Contract Documents and all other requirements necessary to preserve equipment
warranties for the benefit of the Agency.
2. The Agency reserves the right to refuse approval for the payment of any equipment or
materials suitably stored offsite in its sole discretion, regardless of whether all conditions in
the Contract Documents have been met.
3. Partial payment may be made for products eligible for offsite delivery and storage only upon
Contractor’s presentation of a bill of sale, a paid invoice, or an affidavit certifying that the
material is received by the Contractor free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, and secured
interest of any kind including offsite delivery.
4. Partial payment for products delivered and stored offsite shall be contingent upon
Contractor’s compliance with the storage and protective maintenance requirements set forth
in the Contract Documents and all other requirements necessary to preserve equipment
warranties for the benefit of the Agency.
5. The cost of materials and equipment delivered but not incorporated into the Work will not
be included in the progress estimate.
6. Costs associated with the delivery to and storage at an offsite facility shall be at Contractor’s
expense regardless of the Engineer’s approval to deliver and store the materials.
7. Contractor shall provide written evidence to the Engineer of having made arrangements for
unrestricted access by the Agency and the Agency’s authorized representatives to the
materials wherever stored, including provisions for the Agency to take control and possession
of such materials at any time and without restriction. Contractor shall furnish the Engineer a
permit of entry, from the owner of the property, for at least 6 months after the NOC has been
filed. The permit of entry shall contain information similar to the following:
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 160 of 284
PERMIT OF ENTRY: Permission is granted to the Agency and its designated employees or
agents to enter upon the property described in this permit for a period of not less than 6
months after the NOC has been filed for (El Camino Real Widening From Poinsettia Lane to
Camino Vida Roble) for the purpose of removing materials for which advance materials on
hand payment has been made to (Contractor’s Name). The property is owned by (Owner’s
Name) and is described as follows: (Address and Description of Property). (Include
signature(s) and date(s) for owner and lessee or purchaser, and, if appropriate, attach a copy
of a warehouse receipt or contract for storage.
8. The material shall be clearly marked and identified as being specifically fabricated, produced,
and reserved for use on the Project. The Contractor shall provide payment documentation
for the materials.
7-3.4 Mobilization.
ADD the following:
When a Bid item is included for Mobilization, and subject to the conditions and limitations set
forth herein, the costs of work in advance of construction operations and not directly attributable
to any specific Bid item will be included in the progress estimate. When no such Bid item is
provided, payment for such costs will be considered as included in the other Bid items of Work.
Mobilization includes furnishing all insurance, bonds, and licenses and all Work necessary for the
movement of personnel, equipment, supplies, and incidentals to and from the Site; for
establishment of all offices, buildings, storage yards, and temporary utilities or facilities necessary
for the Work; and for all other Work and operations which shall be performed prior to beginning
the Work or after completion of the Work, excepting those specifically paid for under separate
Bid items. Such operations shall include, but are not limited to, coordination with Agency forces;
securing permits; surveying and staking; utility mark-out; securing construction water supply and
temporary power necessary for construction; temporary construction fencing; installing,
maintaining and removing project signs; providing on-site sanitary facilities; posting OSHA and
labor compliance notices and establishing safety programs; preparing, maintaining and
submitting the project record drawings; and any other Work or services not included in any other
Bid item.
The complete dismantling and removal of the Contractor’s temporary facilities, equipment,
materials, construction wastes, and personnel from the Site at the completion of the Work,
referred to as demobilization, is included in the payment for Mobilization.
When price for this Bid item is limited to a percentage of the total Contract price, it shall be so
indicated in the Bid Form.
The Contract price paid for Mobilization shall include all items and operations as described in this
subsection and no additional payment shall be made.
Progress payments for Mobilization will be made as follows:
a) First progress payment (after the issuance of the Notice to Proceed): payment will be
made at forty percent (40%) of the amount bid for Mobilization.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 161 of 284
b) Second progress payment: payment will be made at fifty percent (50%) of the amount bid
for Mobilization.
c) The remaining 10% of the Bid price for Mobilization will be made when all punch list items
are completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer and the Contractor has demobilized from the
Project Site.
7-3.5 Contract Unit Prices
7-3.5.1 General.
DELETE the second to fourth paragraph and REPLACE with the following:
1. If a change is ordered in an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price, and such change
does not involve substantial change in character of the Work from that shown on the Plans
or specified in the Specifications, then an adjustment in payment will be made. This
adjustment will be based upon the increase or decrease in quantity and the Contract Unit
Price.
2. If the actual quantity of an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price and constructed in
conformance with the Plans and Specifications varies from the Bid quantity by 50 percent or
less, payment will be made at the Contract Unit Price. If the actual quantity of the item of
work varies from the Bid quantity by more than 50 percent, payment will be made per Section
2-7.3 or 2-7.4 as appropriate.
3. If a change is ordered in an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price, and such change
does involve a substantial change in the character of the Work from that shown on the Plans
or specified in the Specifications, an adjustment in payment will be made per Section 2-7.6.
ADD the following:
1. Unit Bid prices shall not be subject to adjustment regardless of quantity used or if none is
used for the following Bid items:
a. additional bedding
b. imported backfill
c. shoring
d. water services and connections
e. water pollution control items
f. point repairs for existing sewer mains
g. additional point repairs for existing sewer mains
h. sewer lateral connections
i. sewer lateral linings
j. traffic control
k. additional equipment
2. .
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 162 of 284
7-3.5.2 Increases of More Than 50 Percent.
DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following:
Should the actual quantity of an item of Work covered by a Contract Unit Price and constructed
in conformance with the Plans and Specifications, exceed the Bid quantity by more than 50
percent, payment for the quantity in excess of 150 percent of the Bid quantity will be made on
the basis of an adjustment in the Contract Unit Price mutually agreed to by the Contractor and
the Agency, or at the option of the Engineer, on the basis of Extra Work per Section 2-8. The Extra
Work per Section 2-8, basis of payment, shall not include fixed costs. Fixed costs shall be deemed
to have been recovered by the Contractor through payment for 150 percent of the Bid quantity
at the Contract Unit Price.
7-3.5.3 Decreases of More Than 50 Percent.
DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following:
Should the actual quantity of an item of Work covered by a Contract Unit Price, and constructed
in conformance with the Plans and Specifications, be less than 50 percent of the Bid quantity, an
adjustment in payment will not be made unless so requested in writing by the Contractor. If the
Contractor so requests, payment will be made on the basis of an adjustment in the Contract Unit
Price mutually agreed to by the Contractor and the Agency, or at the option of the Engineer, on
the basis of Extra Work per Section 2-8; however, in no case will payment be less than would be
made for the actual quantity at the Contract Unit Price nor more than would be made for 50
percent of the Bid quantity at the Contract Unit Price.
7-3.6 Stipulated Unit Prices.
DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following:
Stipulated Unit Prices are unit prices established by the Agency in the Contract Documents as
distinguished from Contract Unit Prices submitted by the Contractor. Stipulated Unit Prices may
be used for the adjustment of Contract changes when so specified in the Supplemental General
Provisions.
7-3.7 Agreed Prices.
DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following:
Agreed Prices are prices for new or unforeseen Work, or adjustments in Contract Unit Prices per
Section 7-3.5, established by mutual agreement between the Contractor and the Agency. If
mutual agreement cannot be reached, the Engineer may direct the Contractor to proceed on the
basis of Extra Work in accordance with Section 2-8, except as otherwise specified in Sections 7-
3.5.2 and 7-3.5.3.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 163 of 284
7-3.8 Eliminated Items.
DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following:
Should any Bid item be eliminated in its entirety, payment will be made to the Contractor for its
actual costs incurred in connection with the eliminated item prior to notification in writing from
the Engineer so stating its elimination. If material conforming to the Plans and Specifications is
ordered by the Contractor for use in the eliminated item prior to the date of notification of
elimination by the Engineer, and if the order for that material cannot be canceled, payment will
be made to the Contractor for the actual cost of the material. In this case, the material shall
become the property of the Agency. Payment will be made to the Contractor for its actual costs
for any further handling. If the material is returnable, the material shall be returned, and payment
will be made to the Contractor for the actual cost of charges made by the supplier for returning
the material and for handling by the Contractor. Actual costs, as used in this Agency Supplement,
shall be computed on the basis of Extra Work per Section 2-8.
ADD the following: 7-3.9 Field Orders.
1. The Agency shall pay Field Order items of the Work in accordance with the limits below if the
cumulative total of Field Orders does not exceed the Field Orders” Bid Item:
Contract Price Maximum Field Order Amount
Less than $100,001 $2,500
$100,001 to $1,000,000 $5,000
$1,000,001 to $5,000,000 $10,000
Greater than $5,000,000 $20,000
ADD the following: 7-3.10 Compensation Adjustments for Price Index Fluctuations.
1. Unless otherwise specified, the provisions of this section apply only to the paving asphalt
used in the following:
a. Asphalt Concrete Pavement
b. Asphalt Pavement Repair
c. Scheduled and Unscheduled Base Repair
d. Slurry Seal or any other asphalt emulsion
2. The compensation for paving asphalt shall be increased or decreased for paving asphalt price
fluctuations in accordance with 9-1.07 “Payment Adjustments for Price Index Fluctuations”
in the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
3. The adjustment in compensation shall also be subject to the following:
a. Show the provided compensation adjustments separately on payment estimates.
Contractor is liable to the Agency for decreased compensation adjustments and the
Engineer may deduct the amount from moneys payable or that may become payable
to Contractor.
b. In the event of an overrun of Contract Time, adjustment in compensation for asphalt
binder included in estimates during the overrun period shall be determined using the
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 164 of 284
California Statewide Crude Oil Price Index in effect on the first business day of the
month within the pay period in which the overrun began.
c. In the event that the companies discontinue posting their prices for a field, the
Engineer shall determine an index from the remaining posted prices. The Agency
reserves the right to include in the index determination the posted prices of additional
fields.
4. Contractor may opt out of the payment adjustments for price index fluctuations when
specified in the Contract Documents by submitting a letter with the Bid.
7-4 PAYMENT FOR EXTRA WORK
7-4.1 General.
ADD the following:
1. With every request for payment, Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a breakdown
showing monthly and cumulative amounts of the Work performed under the Change Order
by Contractor and Contractor’s Subcontractors. The reporting format shall be approved by
the Engineer.
2.
7-4.2 Basis for Establishing Costs.
7-4.2.1 Labor.
ADD the following:
1. The Agency reserves the right to request the following:
a. Financial records of salaries for an employee.
b. Wage rates/Certified Payroll.
c. Bonuses and deductions.
2. Contractor shall list the labor rates of its personnel and Subcontractors who work on the
Project. The payment for payroll records is included in the Contract Price.
3. If Contractor’s proposal for Extra Work is based upon services and Work to be performed
outside Normal Working Hours, the labor charges associated with the Extra Work shall consist
of straight time wages and burdens plus the appropriate overtime or shift premium with no
additional burdens, such as fringe benefits, on the premium portion.
7-4.2.3 Tool and Equipment Rental.
DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following:
1. No payment shall be made for the use of tools which have a replacement value of $200 or
less.
2. Regardless of ownership, the rates and delay factors to be used in determining equipment
rental costs shall not exceed those listed in the latest edition of the Caltrans publication
entitled “Labor Surcharge and Equipment Rental Rates” preceding the date the Work is
accomplished. The latest edition of the Caltrans publication is available at www.dot.ca.gov.
The delay factors therein shall be used as multipliers of the rental rates for determining the
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 165 of 284
value of costs for delay to the Contractor and Subcontractors, if any. The labor surcharge
rates published therein are not a part of this Contract.
3. Contractor shall be entitled to a rental rate adjustment when Contractor can substantiate
that the rental rates prevailing locally exceed the published rates by more than 15%. For
equipment not listed in the Caltrans publication, rental rates shall not exceed listed rates
prevailing locally at equipment rental agencies or distributors at the time the Work is
performed.
4. Whenever possible, Extra Work shall be accomplished using equipment available on Site or
owned by Contractor. If a specific piece of equipment shall be rented to be used exclusively
for the Extra Work, the rental rate shall be the invoiced rate. The rental rates paid shall
include the cost of fuel, oil, lubrication, supplies, small tools, necessary attachments, repairs
and maintenance of any kind, depreciation, storage, insurance, and all incidentals. Necessary
loading and transportation costs for equipment used on the Extra Work shall be included.
5. If rental equipment is not being used or used intermittently and could be returned to its rental
source rather than holding it at the Work Site, the Contractor shall return the equipment at
no expense to the Agency unless Contractor elects to keep it at the Work Site at Contractor’s
expense.
6. The reported rental time for equipment already at the Work Site shall be the duration of its
use on the Extra Work. This time shall begin when equipment is first used on Extra Work, plus
the time required to move it from its previous site and back or from its previous site to a
closer site.
7. All equipment shall be acceptable to the Engineer, in good working condition, and suitable
for the purpose for which it is to be used.
7-4.3 Markup.
7-4.3.1 Work by the Contractor.
DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following:
The following percentages shall be added to the Contractor’s costs and shall constitute the
markup for all overhead and profits:
Labor 20
Materials 15
Equipment Rental 15
Other Items and Expenditures 15
To the sum of the costs and markups provided for in this section, 1% shall be added as
compensation for bonding.
7-4.3.2 Work by a Subcontractor.
DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following:
When all or any part of the Extra Work is performed by a Subcontractor, the markup established
in 7-4.3.1 shall be applied to the Subcontractor’s actual cost of such Work. A markup of 10 percent
on the first $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the Extra Work and a markup of 5 percent on
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 166 of 284
Work added in excess of $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the Extra Work may be added by
the Contractor.
7-4.4 Daily Reports.
ADD the following:
Payment for Extra Work will not be made until such time that the Contractor submits completed
daily reports and all supporting documents to the Engineer.
ADD 7-6 BID ITEM DESCRIPTIONS
Payment for each Bid Item shall be made at the quantity and type as listed in the Contractor’s
Proposal. All work shown or mentioned on the plans, in the Contract Documents, General
Provisions, or Technical Specifications shall be considered as included in the Bid Items.
Bid Item 1. Mobilization: Payment for “Mobilization” will be made at the stipulated lump-sum price
bid therefore in the bid schedule, and includes full compensation for furnishing all
insurance, bonds, licenses, labor, materials, utilities, tools, equipment and incidentals,
and for doing all the work involved in mobilization and preparatory work and operations,
including, but not limited to, those necessary for the movement of personnel, equipment,
supplies, and incidental to preparing to conduct work on and off the project site and other
offsite facilities necessary for work on the project; for all other facilities, sureties, work
and operations which must be performed or costs incurred prior to beginning work on
various contract items on or off the project site, excepting those specifically paid for under
separate sections of these specifications. The Contractor hereby agrees that the
stipulated lump sum amount is sufficient for Mobilization and Preparatory Work, as
described in this section, and that the Contractor shall have no right to additional
compensation for Mobilization and Preparatory Work.
Bid Item 2. Construction Schedule: Payment for “Construction Schedule” will be paid for at the
stipulated lump sum price. The stipulated lump sum price paid for Construction Schedule
shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials including, but not limited
to, the computer hardware and software, tools, equipment, and incidentals; and for doing
all the Work involved in attending meetings, preparing, furnishing, updating, revising the
tabular, bar and flow chart Construction Schedules and narrative reports required by
these supplemental provisions and as directed by the Engineer. The Engineer’s
determination that each and any Construction Schedule proposed by the Contractor
complies with the requirements of these supplemental provisions shall be precedent to
each and any payment for the Construction Schedule. Payments for Construction
Schedule will be made as per Sections 6-1.8.1 through 6-1.8.3.
Bid Item 3. Erosion Control and Water Pollution Control: Payment for “Erosion Control and Water
Pollution Control” shall be made at the contract lump sum price and shall constitute full
compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals for
doing the work involved in installing and maintaining any and all storm water BMPs for
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 167 of 284
the duration of the project, as specified herein, and as directed by the Engineer and no
additional compensation shall be allowed therefor. This work shall include preparing,
obtaining approvals, revising and amending the project SWPPP, installing, constructing,
maintaining, removing and disposing of all Best Management Practices (BMPs) specified
in the SWPPP and as required by applicable codes and in strict accordance with the State
Water Board, maintenance of storm water and non-storm water best management
practices (BMPs) throughout the duration of all Work, implementing a rain action plan,
storm water sampling and analysis day, preparing a storm water annual report, and job
site management. These requirements shall also apply to any offsite storage yards or
construction laydown areas utilized for this project. The lump sum bid price shall include
payment of application and annual fees required by the SDRWCB until the date of the
projects’ substantial completion and no additional compensation shall be allowed
therefor.
Bid Item 4. Temporary Traffic Control: Payment for “Temporary Traffic Control” shall be made at the
contract lump sump price. This shall include all temporary traffic pavement markers,
temporary channelizers, temporary signing, temporary railing (type K), temporary crash
cushions, temporary barricades, temporary plastic drums, portable flashing beacons, and
temporary appurtenances thereto shown on the plans or required in the specifications
and payment therefore shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials,
tools, equipment, and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in applying,
installing, maintaining, and removing temporary traffic pavement markers, channelizers,
signing, railing (type K), crash cushions and appurtenances, complete in place, as shown
on the plans, as specified in the Standard Specification and these special provisions, and
as directed by the Engineer. Payment for temporary crash cushions, concrete barriers and
the signs and reflectors marking them shall include the installation, grading for
installation, grading for the approach path, maintenance, painting and re-painting,
replacement of damaged units and removal and shall also be included in the lump-sum
price bid for traffic control. Payment for installation and/or relocation of K-rails and crash
cushions when not shown on the plans and requested by the Engineer shall be made per
section 2-8, Extra Work, SSPWC.
Bid Item 5. Clearing and Grubbing: Payment for “Clearing and Grubbing” shall be made at the
contract lump sum price for clearing and grubbing within the project limits and at
stockpile locations and no other payments will be made. Unless otherwise noted on plans,
the Contractor shall remove all existing abandoned pipelines and conduits of any type, or
use, and pipelines and conduits of any type, or use, that are abandoned during the course
of the work and shall replace said pipelines and conduits with properly compacted soils.
Payment for removal and disposal of abandoned utilities shall be included in the lump-
sum bid for Clearing and Grubbing, and no additional payment will be made.
Bid Item 6. Asphalt Concrete: Payment for “Asphalt Concrete” shall be at the unit price bid per ton.
No additional payment shall be made for any tack coat or sand blotter. Unit price bid shall
include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and all
related and appurtenant work to complete the work in place.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 168 of 284
Bid Item 7. Colored Stamped Concrete: Payment for “Colored Stamped Concrete” paving shall be
paid under the contract unit price bid per square foot for median concrete paving. Said
payment shall include compensation for all excavation, grading, backfill, permeable
material, forming, mesh, reinforcing steel, concrete, integral color, texture sealers, and
other material necessary to construct the specific paving.
Bid Item 8. Aggregate Base: Payment for “Aggregate Base” shall be measured and paid for on a
compacted cubic yard basis at the thickness shown in the Bid Schedule. Unit price bid
shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment,
hauling, excavation, removal and disposal of surplus materials, compaction and all related
and appurtenant work to complete the work in place.
Bid Item 9. Slurry Seal: Payment for the contract unit price of square yard paid for this bid item shall
constitute full compensation for polymer modified, Type II slurry seal conforming to the
requirements of Sections 203 and 302 of the Standard Specifications. Asphalt Concrete
(AC) shall be Type II-C2-PG 64-10 slurry seal will be placed in vehicular travel lanes as
illustrated on the project Plans and as described in these Special Provisions. No more than
15% RAP shall be used in the AC mix used for patching. No additional compensation shall
be allowed. This Bid shall include all labor, tools, equipment, materials, preparation and
incidentals for doing all Work in installing slurry, including any crack fill or removal of
existing striping and thermoplastic.
Bid Item 10. Unclassified Excavation: Payment for “Unclassified Excavation” will be made at the unit
price per cubic yard. Only the quantity of unclassified excavation measured shall be paid
for. No excavated material which is re-excavated will be paid for. For progress payments,
the quantity of unclassified excavation shall be estimated by the Engineer . The Engineer's
calculations shall be considered the definitive determinant for quantities for final
payment. All topographic surveying and calculations necessary to quantify payment
quantities for Unclassified Excavation shall be performed by the Engineer.
Bid Item 11. Concrete Sidewalk: Payment for “Concrete Sidewalk” shall be measured and paid for on
a cubic yard basis and shall include full compensation for all labor, materials, tools,
equipment, including but not limited to; saw cutting, removal & disposal of existing
materials, forming, compaction, joints, and all related incidentals required to complete
the work in place. Payment shall also include the repair or replacement of landscaping,
irrigation, or other private improvements adjacent to areas of work.
Bid Item 12. Concrete Driveway: Payment for “Concrete Driveway” shall be measured and paid for on
a cubic yard basis and shall include full compensation for all labor, materials, tools,
equipment, including but not limited to; saw cutting, removal & disposal of materials,
dowels, forming, compaction, adjacent asphalt paving and all related incidentals required
to complete the work in place.
Bid Item 13. Concrete Curb and Gutter: Payment for “Concrete Curb and Gutter” shall be measured
and paid for on a linear foot basis and shall include full compensation for all labor,
materials, tools, equipment, including but not limited to; saw cutting, removal & disposal
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 169 of 284
of existing materials, forming, compaction, adjacent asphalt paving and all related
incidentals required to complete the work in place.
Bid Item 14. Modified Concrete Curb and Gutter: Payment for “Modified Concrete Curb and Gutter”
shall be measured and paid for on a linear foot basis and shall include full compensation
for all labor, materials, tools, equipment, including but not limited to; saw cutting,
removal & disposal of existing materials, forming, compaction, adjacent asphalt paving
and all related incidentals required to complete the work in place.
Bid Item 15. Cold Mill Asphalt Concrete: Payment for “Cold Mill Asphalt Concrete” shall be measured
and paid for on a square yard basis and shall include full compensation for cold milling,
removal of asphalt concrete and slurry seal material from adjacent concrete gutters,
construction and removal of pavement transitions, disposal of millings, and all other
necessary work.
Bid Item 16. Gravity Retaining Wall: Payment for “Gravity Retaining Wall” shall be measured and paid
for on a cubic yard basis per the type shown on the plans and shall include full
compensation for all labor, materials, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to
install the gravity retaining walls as shown on the Plans and Bid Schedule. This item shall
include all costs for the excavation, forming, compaction, installation, removal and
disposal of materials, and all related incidentals required to complete the work in place.
Bid Item 17. Temporary High Visibility Fence: Payment for “Temporary High-Visibility Fence” shall be
measured and paid for a linear foot basis and shall include full compensation for all labor,
materials, tools, equipment, and all related incidentals required to install the THVF in
place.
Bid Item 18. 18” RCP (1350-D): Payment for “18” RCP (1350-D)” will be made at the Contract Unit Price
per linear foot. The Contract Unit Price shall include payment for:
• All wyes, tees, bends, monolithic catch basin connections, and specials as shown on
the Plans
• Removal of interfering portions of existing pipelines, sewers, storm drains, and
improvements
• Closing or removing of abandoned conduit and structures
• Trench excavation
• Disposal of excess excavation
• Control of surface waters
• Preparation of subgrade
• Placing and joining pipe or box culvert
• Erection and removal of forms
• Reinforcing steel
• Pressure testing
• Disinfection sample collection and delivery
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 170 of 284
• Backfilling the trench
• Permanent resurfacing
• Trench shoring and plans, excluding engineered shoring and engineered shoring plans
• All other Work (excluding temporary resurfacing) necessary to install the pipe,
conduit, or box culvert, complete in-place.
No separate or additional payment shall be made for additional bedding or a higher
strength of pipe necessitated by the Contractor exceeding the maximum trench width,
unless a bid item has been provided.
Bid Item 19. 24” RCP (1350-D): Payment for “24” RCP (1350-D)” will be made at the Contract Unit Price
per linear foot. The Contract Unit Price shall include payment for:
• All wyes, tees, bends, monolithic catch basin connections, and specials as shown on
the Plans
• Removal of interfering portions of existing pipelines, sewers, storm drains, and
improvements
• Closing or removing of abandoned conduit and structures
• Trench excavation
• Disposal of excess excavation
• Control of surface waters
• Preparation of subgrade
• Placing and joining pipe or box culvert
• Erection and removal of forms
• Reinforcing steel
• Pressure testing
• Disinfection sample collection and delivery
• Backfilling the trench
• Permanent resurfacing
• Trench shoring and plans, excluding engineered shoring and engineered shoring plans
• All other Work (excluding temporary resurfacing) necessary to install the pipe,
conduit, or box culvert, complete in-place.
No separate or additional payment shall be made for additional bedding or a higher
strength of pipe necessitated by the Contractor exceeding the maximum trench width,
unless a bid item has been provided.
Bid Item 20. Pipe Collar: Payment for “Pipe Collar” shall be measure and paid for an each basis and
shall include full compensation for all labor, materials, equipment, tools, and incidentals
necessary to install concrete pipe collar as shown on the Plans including but not limited
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 171 of 284
to; sawcutting, finishing, mortar, removal and disposal of materials, connections to storm
drain conduit, excavation, compaction, and all related incidentals required to complete
the work in place.
Bid Item 21. Straight Headwall: Payment for “Straight Headwall” shall be measured and paid for on an
each basis and shall include full compensation for all labor, materials, equipment
necessary to construct the headwall as shown on the plans and in the Bid Schedule.
Payment shall also include excavation, fill, grading, compaction, disposal of excess
material, forming, connections to the storm drain, and all related incidentals required to
complete the work in place
Bid Item 22. Biofiltration BMP: Payment for “Biofiltration BMP” shall be measured and paid for on a
square foot basis and shall include full compensation for all labor, materials, equipment,
tools, and incidentals necessary to install the biofiltration BMPs as shown in the Plans and
the Bid Schedule. This item shall include all costs associated with excavation, compaction,
gravel, engineered soil media (supplying, testing, amending, mixing and installing various
planting soil categories for use in stormwater management and horticultural plantings),
choker layer, shredded hardwood mulch, 30 mil impermeable liner, splash pads, concrete
check dams, curb cuts, and all other related items necessary to complete the work in place
that do not have a unique bid item.
Bid Item 23. 8” PVC (Perforated): Payment for “8” PVC (Perforated)” will be made at the Contract Unit
Price per linear foot. The Contract Unit Price shall include payment for:
• All wyes, tees, bends, monolithic catch basin connections, and specials as shown on
the Plans
• Removal of interfering portions of existing pipelines, sewers, storm drains, and
improvements
• Closing or removing of abandoned conduit and structures
• Trench excavation
• Disposal of excess excavation
• Control of surface waters
• Preparation of subgrade
• Placing and joining pipe or box culvert
• Erection and removal of forms
• Reinforcing steel
• Pressure testing
• Disinfection sample collection and delivery
• Backfilling the trench
• Permanent resurfacing
• Trench shoring and plans, excluding engineered shoring and engineered shoring plans
• All other Work (excluding temporary resurfacing) necessary to install the pipe,
conduit, or box culvert, complete in-place.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 172 of 284
No separate or additional payment shall be made for additional bedding or a higher
strength of pipe necessitated by the Contractor exceeding the maximum trench width,
unless a bid item has been provided.
Bid Item 24. 8” PVC (Non-Perforated): Payment for “8” PVC (Non-Perforated)” will be made at the
Contract Unit Price per linear foot. The Contract Unit Price shall include payment for:
• All wyes, tees, bends, monolithic catch basin connections, and specials as shown on
the Plans
• Removal of interfering portions of existing pipelines, sewers, storm drains, and
improvements
• Closing or removing of abandoned conduit and structures
• Trench excavation
• Disposal of excess excavation
• Control of surface waters
• Preparation of subgrade
• Placing and joining pipe or box culvert
• Erection and removal of forms
• Reinforcing steel
• Pressure testing
• Disinfection sample collection and delivery
• Backfilling the trench
• Permanent resurfacing
• Trench shoring and plans, excluding engineered shoring and engineered shoring plans
• All other Work (excluding temporary resurfacing) necessary to install the pipe,
conduit, or box culvert, complete in-place.
Bid Item 25. Curb Inlet – Type C-2 L(L=15’): Payment for “Curb Inlet – Type C-2 (L=15’)” shall be
measured and paid for on an each basis and shall include full compensation for all labor,
materials, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to install standard and modified
concrete curb inlets at the size and type indicated in the Plans and the Bid Schedule. This
item shall include all costs for the installation, forming, removal and disposal of materials
as necessary, connections to the storm drain conduits, curb inlet stenciling, and all related
incidentals required to complete the work in place.
Bid Item 26. 24” x 24” Cleanout: Payment for “24” x 24” Cleanout” shall be measured and paid for on
an each basis and shall include full compensation for all labor, materials, equipment,
tools, and incidentals necessary to install cleanouts at the size and type indicated in the
Plans and the Bid Schedule. This item shall include all costs for the installation, forming,
removal and disposal of materials as necessary, connections to the storm drain conduits,
covers, and all related incidentals required to complete the work in place.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 173 of 284
Bid Item 27. 8” Subdrain Cleanout: Payment for “8” Subdrain Cleanout” shall be measured and paid
for on an each basis and shall include full compensation for all labor, materials,
equipment, tools and incidentals necessary but not limited to; backfill, compaction,
installation of cleanout including wyes and jointing, pipe risers, elbows, gaskets, frames
and covers or screw caps, and concrete encasements, and all related and appurtenant
work to complete in place
Bid Item 28. Observation Well: Payment for “Observation Well” shall be measured and paid for on an
each basis and shall include full compensation for all labor, materials, equipment, tools
and incidentals necessary but not limited to; backfill, compaction, installation of
observation well including wyes and jointing, pipe risers, elbows, gaskets, frames and
covers or screw caps, and concrete encasements, and all related and appurtenant work
to complete in place
Bid Item 29. Striping and Markings: Payment for “Striping and Markings” shall be made at the contract
lump sum price for thermoplastic traffic striping and pavement markings as shown on the
Plans and required by the Specifications and no additional compensation will be allowed,
therefore. The lump sum Bid shall include all labor, tools, equipment, materials, and
incidentals for doing all Work in installing the final traffic striping.
Bid Item 30. Striping Removal: Payment for removal of traffic striping, curb markings, and pavement
markers as shown on the plans and required by the specifications shall be included in the
lump-sum price bid for “Striping Removal”, and no additional compensation will be
allowed therefore. The lump sum prices bid shall include all labor, tools, equipment,
materials, and incidentals for doing all work for the removal of traffic striping, pavement
markings, and pavement markers.
Bid Item 31. Signing: Permanent signing and appurtenances shall be made at the contract lump sum
price for "Signing” and payment therefore shall include full compensation for furnishing
all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals and for doing all the work involved
in supplying and installing permanent signing and appurtenances, to relocate roadside
signs, and to remove roadside signs, complete in place, as shown on the plans, as specified
in the Standard Specification and these special provisions, and as directed by the
Engineer.
Bid Item 32. Adjust Sewer Manhole to Grade and Replace Manhole Frame and Cover with New
locking composite Frame and Cover: Payment for “Adjust Sewer Manhole to Grade and
Replace Manhole Frame and Cover with New locking composite Frame and Cover” shall
be measured and paid for on an each basis. This item consists of providing all labor,
materials, tools, and equipment and performing all work involved in furnishing and
installing complete, in place and operational, all pipe, fittings, adjust existing sewer
manhole to match final grade as detailed and specified in Vallecitos Water District
Standard Drawing S-1.
This item includes, but is not limited to, potholing the locations/pothole information, traffic
control, Clearing and grubbing, safety measures, trench excavation, removal of material,
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 174 of 284
bedding, backfill, compaction, testing, clean up, concrete curb/gutter and sidewalk removal
and replacement, and surface restoration.
These sewer facilities are connected to occupied residences and businesses. The
contractor shall be responsible for maintaining sewer service during construction unless
a main line or temporary shutdown is approved. “Highlining” shall be considered included
in this item of Work.
Bid Item 33. Replace Manhole Frame and Cover with New Locking Composite Frame and Cover and
Install Concrete Sewer Reinforcement: Payment for “Replace Manhole Frame and Cover
with New Locking Composite Frame and Cover and Install Concrete Sewer
Reinforcement” shall be measured and paid for on an each basis. This item consists of
providing all labor, materials, tools and equipment and performing all work involved in
furnishing and installing complete, in place and operational, all pipe, fittings, adjust
existing sewer manhole to match final grade as detailed and specified in Vallecitos Water
District Standard Drawing S-1 & S-14.
This item includes, but is not limited to, potholing the locations/pothole information, traffic
control, clearing and grubbing, safety measures, trench excavation, removal of material,
bedding, backfill, compaction, testing, clean up, concrete curb/gutter and sidewalk removal
and replacement, and surface restoration.
These sewer facilities are connected to occupied residences and businesses. The
contractor shall be responsible for maintaining sewer service during construction unless
a main line or temporary shutdown is approved. “Highlining” shall be considered included
in this item of Work.
Bid Item 34. Relocate Fire Hydrant: Payment for “Relocate Fire Hydrant” shall be measured and paid
for on an each basis and shall include full compensation for all labor, materials,
equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to remove and relocate the fire hydrant as
shown on the Plans. Payment shall include all excavation, and any work relating to the
hydrant, hydrant lateral, fire service connection, hydrant shutoff valve and actuator,
thrust restraint, gaskets and fasteners, valve cans, risers, extensions, and lid, backfill
restoration of the street surface, and all other work necessary to complete the work as
shown on the Plans.
Bid Item 35. Relocate Water Meter: Payment for “Relocate Water Meter” shall be measured and paid
for an each basis and shall include full compensation for all labor, materials, equipment,
tools and incidentals to relocate water meter in place as shown on the Plans. Payment
shall include the service tap, corporation stop, lateral, riser, angle meter valve, service
saddle, meter installation, meter box or vault, meter box lid, appurtenant couplings, and
all other service materials required to complete the work as shown on the Plans.
Bid Item 36. Lighting System: Payment for “Lighting System” shall be made at the contract lump sum
price for all components of the lighting system as shown on the Plans and required by the
Specifications and no additional compensation will be allowed, therefore. The lump sum
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 175 of 284
Bid shall include all labor, tools, equipment, materials, and incidentals for doing all Work
in installing the lighting system.
Bid Item 37. Fiber Optic Cable System: Payment for “Fiber Optic Cable System” shall be made at the
contract lump sum price for all components of the fiber optic system as shown on the
Plans and required by the Specifications and no additional compensation will be allowed,
therefore. The lump sum Bid shall include all labor, tools, equipment, materials, and
incidentals for doing all Work in installing the fiber optic cable system.
Bid Item 38. Traffic Signal: Payment for “Traffic Signal” shall be made at the contract lump sum price
for all components of the traffic signal system as shown on the Plans and required by the
Specifications and no additional compensation will be allowed, therefore. The lump sum
Bid shall include all labor, tools, equipment, materials, and incidentals for doing all Work
in installing the lighting system.
Bid Item 39. Irrigation: Payment for “Irrigation” shall be made at the contract lump sum price for all
components of the irrigation system as shown on the Plans and required by the
Specifications and no additional compensation will be allowed, therefore. The lump sum
Bid shall include all labor, tools, equipment, materials, and incidentals for doing all Work
in installing the irrigation system.
Bid Item 40. Planting: Payment for “Planting” shall be made at the contract lump sum price for all
components of the planting as shown on the Plans and required by the Specifications and
no additional compensation will be allowed, therefore. The lump sum Bid shall include all
labor, tools, equipment, materials, and incidentals for doing all Work in installing the
planting.
Bid Item 41. Initial 120 Day Maintenance: Payment for “Initial 120 Day Maintenance” shall be made
at the contract lump sum price for all components of the 120-day maintenance as shown
on the Plans and required by the Specifications and no additional compensation will be
allowed, therefore. The lump sum Bid shall include all labor, tools, equipment, materials,
and incidentals for doing all Work for the 120-day maintenance.
Bid Item 42. Staging: The contract price paid for this bid item is lump sum. Primary staging areas are
to minimize impact to the right-of-way and should be within various less utilized areas
near the construction area, outside of a bike lane with minimal removal of parking.
Staging areas are available on public streets (Jasper Way and Camino Vida Roble cul-de-
sac) nearby construction areas only and shall have temporary 6’ high chain link security
fencing to keep traveling public safely away from the equipment. Chain link fence with
fabric shall be constructed and secured with a black or dark green fabric attached
securely to the chain link fence and shall have holes to sufficiently resist damage during
windstorms. Staging area shall be indicated on submittals for traffic control plans per
Section 3-12.4.3 and SWPPP per Section 803-6. The contractor is responsible for the
area will be restored to its original condition.
00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 176 of 284
The city does not compensate the contractor if construction storage is not available on
or off site. The contractor must find off-site storage that complies with city zoning
ordinance and policies and submit land use permit for off-site storage and incorporate
area into their SWPPP plan. Prior to storage of any materials on any private property
within the City’s boundaries, the Contractor shall provide to the Engineer a copy of lease
agreements for each property where such materials are stored. The lease agreement
shall clearly state the term of the lease, the description of materials allowed to be
stored, and shall provide for the removal of the materials and restoration of the storage
site within the Contract time allowed for the Work.
Employees working on the project should park within the construction area or at
another location that does not include the immediately adjacent streets, unless
approved by the city. Loading or unloading equipment/materials shall be done in the
staging area and/or within the Traffic Control plan.
SECTION 8 – FACILITIES FOR AGENCY PERSONNEL
8-1 GENERAL
END OF SECTION
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 177 of284
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS TO GREENBOOK
INTRODUCTION
The Specifications contained in this 00 7400 Agency Supplemental Technical Provisions take
precedence over the specification language contained in the Standard Specifications for Public
Works Construction, "The Greenbook" latest edition and all errata. This specification addresses
the unique conditions in Carlsbad that are not addressed in The Greenbook. Therefore, if there
is a conflict, these Specifications shall control.
The Greenbook may be purchased at Bidder/Contractors local technical bookstore or directly
from the publisher. These Agency Supplemental General Provisions are available only for
download from the online bidding portal with Contract Documents. The Agency does not provide
hard copies.
When used in the Contract Documents, statements or command phrases (active voice and
imperative mood) refer to and are directed at the “Bidder” or “Contractor” as applicable. The
Specifications are written to the “Bidder” before award and the “Contractor” after award. Before
award, interpret sentences written in the imperative mood as starting with “The Bidder shall.”
Interpret the term “you” as “the Bidder” and interpret the term “your” as “the Bidder’s.” After
award, interpret sentences written in the imperative mood starting with “The Contractor shall.”
Interpret the term “you” as “the Contractor” and interpret the term “your” as “the Contractor’s.
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 178 of284
PART 2 CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS
SECTION 200 – ROCK MATERIALS
200-2 UNTREATED BASE MATERIALS
200-2.1 General.
ADD the following:
1. Aggregate base shall be Class 2 Aggregate Base per Caltrans Standard Specification, 2018,
Section 26: Aggregate Bases, Subsection 26-1.02A Class 2 Aggregate Base and as specified
herein.
200-2.2 Crushed Aggregate Base.
200-2.2.1 General.
ADD the following:
Crushed Aggregate Base shall be free from organic matter and other deleterious substances, and
shall be of such nature that it can be compacted readily under watering and rolling to form a firm,
stable base.
1. The aggregate shall not be treated with lime, cement or other chemical material before tests
are performed.
2. Samples for testing shall represent every 500 cubic yards or one day's production, whichever
is smaller. If the results of the aggregate grading tests do not meet the requirements for
Percentage Passing Sieve as specified in Table 200-2.2.2, but meet the Quality Requirements
as specified in Table 200-2.2.3, placement of the aggregate base may be continued for the
remainder of that day. However, another day's Work may not be started until test results
indicate to the satisfaction of the Engineer that the next material to be used in the Work will
comply with the requirements specified for Percentage Passing Sieve.
3. If the results of both the aggregate grading and Sand Equivalent tests do not meet the
requirements of Section 200-2.2, the aggregate base which is represented by these tests shall
be removed. However, if requested by the Contractor, and approved at the sole discretion of
the Engineer, the aggregate base may remain in place and the Contractor shall pay to the
Agency $50 per cubic yard for such aggregate base left in place. The Agency may deduct this
amount from any moneys due, or that may be come due, to the Contractor under the
Contract.
ADD 200-2.9 Class 2 Aggregate Base.
Aggregate for Class 2 aggregate base shall be free from organic matter and other deleterious
substances, and shall be of such nature that it can be compacted readily under watering and
rolling to form a firm, stable base. Aggregate may include material processed from reclaimed
asphalt concrete, portland cement concrete, lean concrete base, cement treated base or a
combination of any of these materials.
Aggregate shall conform to the grading and quality requirements shown in the following tables.
At the option of the Contractor, the grading for either the 11/2-inch maximum or 3/4 inch
maximum shall be used, except that once a grading is selected it shall not be changed without
the Engineer's written approval.
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 179 of284
AGGREGATE GRADING REQUIREMENTS Percentage Passing 11/2" Maximum 3/4" Maximum _____________________ ________________________ Operating Operating Sieve Sizes Range Range 2" .................................... 100 — 11/2" ............................... 90-100 —
1" .................................... — 100 3/4" ................................. 50-85 90-100 No. 4 ............................... 25-45 35-60 No. 30 .............................. 10-25 10-30 No. 200 ........................... 2-9 2-9
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
Operating Tests Range Resistance (R-value) 78 Min. Sand Equivalent 25 Min. Durability Index 35 Min.
The aggregate shall not be treated with lime, cement or other chemical material before the
Durability Index test is performed.
If the results of either or both the aggregate grading and Sand Equivalent tests do not meet the
requirements specified for “Operating Range” but meet the “Contract Compliance”
requirements, placement of the aggregate base may be continued for the remainder of that day.
However, another day's work may not be started until tests, or other information, indicate to the
satisfaction of the Engineer that the next material to be used in the work will comply with the
requirements specified for “Operating Range.”
If the results of either or both the aggregate grading and Sand Equivalent tests do not meet the
requirements specified for “Contract Compliance,” the aggregate base which is represented by
these tests shall be removed. However, if requested by the Contractor and approved by the
Engineer, the aggregate base may remain in place and the Contractor shall pay to the City $2.25
per cubic yard for such aggregate base left in place. The City may deduct this amount from any
moneys due, or that may become due, the Contractor under the contract. If both the aggregate
grading and Sand Equivalent do not conform to the “Contract Compliance” requirements, only
one adjustment shall apply.
No single aggregate grading or Sand Equivalent test shall represent more than 500 cubic yards or
one day's production, whichever is smaller.
SECTION 201 – CONCRETE, MORTAR AND RELATED MATERIALS
201-1 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE
TABLE 201-1.1.2 Modify as follows:
TABLE 201-1.1.2
PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 180 of284
Type of Construction Concrete Maximum
Class Slump (Inches)
All Concrete Used Within the Right-of-Way 560-C-3250 (1) (2)
Trench Backfill Slurry 190-E-400 8”
Street Light Foundations and Survey Monuments 560-C-3250 4”
Traffic Signal Foundations 650-CW-4000 4”
Concreted-Rock Erosion Protection 520-C-2500P per Table 300-11.3.2
(1) Except that concrete required to be of higher strength by Table 201-1.1.2 SSPWC shall
be as per Table 201-1.1.2 SSPWC.
(2) As per Table 201-1.1.2 SSPWC.
201-1.2.1 Cement. Substitute the following:
a) Portland Cement. Portland Cement shall be Type II or V Portland cement conforming to
ASTM C150 and the optional requirements of ASTM C150, Table 2 for maximum
equivalent alkalis (Na2O + 0.658K2O) of 0.60 percent.
ADD 201-1.2.4(f) Integral Colored Concrete.
Integral color shall consist of colored admixtures developed for use in ready mixed concrete. The
product shall be made of the highest quality pigments, as well as other ingredients designed to
enhance the color and improve the pigment dispersion, workability and finishing performance of
the concrete. Integral color pigments shall meet or exceed ASTM-C-979. The coloring method
shall be designed for concrete flatwork applications (salt finished, broom finishes, rotary
finishes), as well as vertical surfaces, and other types of architectural concrete. Pigment shall be
a permanent coloration, uniform throughout the concrete surface and interior, and shall be
highly UV and fade resistant.
Integral colored concrete shall be cured with QC Color Cure color matched to the concrete (see
product information bulletin). Provide sample panel submittals of all colors to be used in the
installation on identical surfaces for approval by Resident Engineer. Contractor shall provide a
maintenance schedule for integral colored concrete.
Admixture for all integral colored concrete paving in medians and other integral colored concrete
shall be the following:
Color: To match existing color along El Camino Real and as outlined in the Landscape
Manual
Curing: Scofield Colorcure Concrete Sealer (or approved equal). See Section 201 of these
Supplemental Provisions for Concrete Curing Materials.
Manufacturer: Scofield Chromix Admixtures for color-conditioned concrete, or approved equal
L.M. Scofield Company
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 181 of284
6533 Bandini Boulevard
Los Angeles, CA 90040
1-800-800-9900
Admixture products and procedures for installation shall be in strict accordance with the
manufacturer’s specifications and recommendations, and those published by the American
Concrete Institute (ACI) and the Portland Cement Association (PCA).
ADD 201-1.6 Finish.
To match existing median paving along El Camino Real.
ADD 201-1.7 Miscellaneous Concrete Finishing Products.
ADD 201-1.7.1 Water Base Penetrating Sealer for Integral Colored Concrete. (Scofield Colorcure
Concrete Sealer or approved equal)
Water base penetrating sealer shall be a sealer designed for the protection of imprinted and
natural concrete.
Water base penetrating sealer shall be a sealer designed for the protection of imprinted, colored
and natural concrete, and other masonry surfaces to preserve the natural appearance of the
masonry without darkening or adding gloss to the surface. It shall preserve the natural slip
resistance of the concrete, etc. Sealer shall repel spills and soils, minimizing staining and
maintenance.
Seal shall leave no visible material on the surface and shall be absorbed and locked into the pores
of the masonry, repelling liquids and soils but leaving the top surface natural in appearance.
Install per manufacturer’s directions. Seal shall be compatible with the surfaces and materials
which it is applied. Concrete sealer shall conform to the following specifications:
Color: Clear, non-yellowing
Odor: Mild
Flash Point: None (C.O.C. method)
Specific Grav.: 1.03
Density: 8.6 pounds per gallon
Drying Time: 30 minutes to 60 minutes
Cure Time: 24 to 48 hours
VOC Content: None (0 g/l) excluding water
Polymer Type: Proprietary Reactive Resin System
Coverages (approximate):
Smooth Concrete: 300 to 400 square feet per gallon
Rough Concrete: 200 to 300 square feet per gallon
Note: Coverages vary depending on porosity and condition of surface and method of
application.
Method of: Airless sprayer.
Application
Manufacturer: Scofield Chromix Admixtures for color-conditioned concrete, or approved equal
L.M. Scofield Company
6533 Bandini Boulevard
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 182 of284
Los Angeles, CA 90040
1-800-800-9900
All materials shall be furnished, prepared, applied, cured, and stored according to the product
manufacturer’s direction.
SECTION 203 – BITUMINOUS MATERIALS
203-6 ASPHALT CONCRETE.
203-6.1 General.
Add the following:
Asphalt Concrete (AC) shall be Type III-C3-PG 64-10. No more than 15% RAP shall be used in the
AC mix used for patching.
203-6.3 Job Mix Formula (JMF) and Mix Designs.
Add the following:
Asphalt Concrete (AC) shall be Type III-C3-PG 64-10 for both base course and surface course;
both of which with Warm Mix Asphalt (WMA) additive technology optional.
No more than 15% RAP is allowed in any AC mixes used for base course or full width overlay.
If the use of WMA additive is desired, the WMA additive used must be on the Caltrans
Authorized Material List for WMA authorized technologies in effect as of the date of
advertisement of the contract,
https://mets.dot.ca.gov/aml/WarmMixAsphaltTechnologiesList2.php?print=yes. Only additive
technologies are acceptable. No foaming or water injection technology shall be used.
A technical representative for the WMA additive technology must attend the Preconstruction
Meeting should WMA be used by the Contractor.
203-6.4.4 Composition and Grading.
ADD the following:
Table 203-6.4.4, design criteria, shall be modified per the following table, the gradation shall stay
the same:
Table 203-6.4.4 – Modified (Design Criteria)
Sieve Size
Percentage Passing Sieves
A B C1 C2 D1 D2 E F
Dense
Coarse
Dense
Medium
Coarse
Coarse
Medium
Dense
Medium
Coarse
Fine
Dense
Fine
Extra
Fine
Channel
Liner
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 183 of284
1-1/2” (37.5 mm) 100
1” (25 mm) 90-100 100
¾” (19.0 mm) 78-90 87-100 100 100
½” (12.5 mm) 64-78 70-87 90-100 95-100 100 100
3/8” (9.5 mm) 54-68 55-76 72-88 72-88 90-100 95-100 100 100
No. 4 (4.75 mm) 34-48 35-52 40-54 46-60 40-54 58-72 65-85 95-100
No. 8 (2.36 mm) 25-35 22-40 18-34 28-42 20-32 34-48 45-65 70-84
No. 30 (600 µm) 12-22 8-24 8-20 15-27 6-18 18-32 22-38 36-50
No.50 (300 µm) 8-16 5-18 4-14 10-20 2-12 13-23 16-28 23-35
No. 200 (75 µm) 3-6 0-7 1-6 2-7 0-5 2-9 6-12 6-12
Asphalt Binder % 4.5-6.0 4.7-6.5 5.0-6.5 5.0-6.5 5.3-7.0 5.3-7.0 6.0-8.0 8.0-10.0
Hveem Stability
“S Value” (min.)
37 37 35 35 32 32
Air Voids1 4% 4% 4% 4% 4% 4%
203-6.5.1 Class and Grade.
DELETE the list and REPLACE with the following:
a) No suffix if the mixture contains RAP in an amount up to 20 percent.
b) "R0" if the mixture does not contain RAP, e.g., "III-C2-PG 64-10-R0."
c) "R" and the percentage of RAP if the mixture contains greater than 20 percent, e.g.
"III-C2-PG 64-I0-R25."
d) "WMA" if the mixture uses a warm mix asphalt technology, e.g., "III-C2-PG 64-10-
WMA."
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 184 of284
203-6.5.1 Class and Grade.
DELETE the list and REPLACE with the following:
a) No suffix if the mixture contains RAP in an amount up to 20 percent.
b) "R0" if the mixture does not contain RAP, e.g., "Type II-C2-PG 64-10-R0."
c) "R" and the percentage of RAP if the mixture contains greater than 20 percent, e.g.
"Type II-C2-PG 64-I0-R25."
d) "WMA" if the mixture uses a warm mix asphalt technology, e.g., "Type II-C2-PG 64-
10-WMA."
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 185 of284
203-6.5.4 Table.
DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following:
CLASS B2 B3
Sieve Size Individual
Test Result
Moving
Average
Individual
Test Result
Moving
Average
1" (25.0 mm) 100 100 100 100
3/4" (19.0 mm) 87-100 90-100 90-100 95-100
3/8" (9.5 mm) 50-80 60-75 60-84 65-80
No. 4 (4.75 mm) 30-60 40-55 40-60 45-60
No. 8 (2.36 mm) 22-44 27-40 24-50 30-45
No. 30 (600 µm) 8-26 12-22 11-29 15-25
No. 200 (75 µm) 1-8 3-6 1-9 3-7
Asphalt Binder %
Air Voids %
4.8-6.5
4%
4.8-6.5
4%
CLASS C2 C3
Sieve Size Individual
Test Result
Moving
Average
Individual
Test Result
Moving
Average
3/4" (19.0 mm) 100 100 100 100
1/2" (12.5 mm) 89 -100 95 -100 89 -100 95 - 100
3/8" (9.5 mm) 70-94 75-90 74 -100 80-95
No. 4 (4.75 mm) 44-72 50-67 50- 78 55-72
No. 8 (2.36 mm) 30-54 35-50 32-60 38-55
No. 30 (600 µm) 10-34 15 - 30 14 - 38 18 - 33
No. 200 (75 µm) 2-10 4-7 2-10 4-8
Asphalt Binder %
Air Voids %
5.0 - 6.8
4%
5.0 - 7.0
4%
CLASS D F
Sieve Sizes Combined Average Combined Average
1/2" (12.5 mm)
3/8" (9.5 mm)
100
95-100
-
100
No. 4 (4.75 mm) 65-85 95-100
No. 8 (2.36 mm) 50-70 70-80
No. 30 (600 µm) 28-40 35-50
No. 200 (75 µm) 5-14 7-16
Asphalt Binder %
Air Voids
6.0-8.0
4%
8.0-10.0
203-6.8 Storage.
DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following:
1. Storage of asphalt concrete shall not be allowed. Asphalt concrete shall be transferred from
the mixer by a method that does not cause segregation.
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 186 of284
203-6.10 Sampling.
DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following:
1. Aggregate samples for batch plants shall be taken from the hot bins. Aggregate samples for
dryer-drum plants shall be taken in advance of the dryer-drum using devices conforming to
203-6.7.4.2.
2. Evaluation and acceptance of asphalt concrete shall be determined from samples of final
asphalt concrete material. In addition to evaluation of the final asphalt material, samples of
aggregate, RAP, and asphalt binder shall be taken for testing. In case of dispute between the
Contractor and the Agency, the Engineer has the authority to request core samples for
analysis from the placed asphalt concrete for any of the acceptance criteria, at the locations
determined by the Engineer. All samples shall be taken in accordance with California Test
125, and the following table:
TABLE 203-6.10
Sampling Location
Asphalt Concrete • Trucks, or
• Mat behind the paver
Aggregate • Cold feed belts, or
• Hot bins prior to addition of asphalt binder
RAP • RAP system, or
• RAP feed belts
Asphalt Binder • Asphalt binder supplier, or
• Storage tanks at the plant during
production
3. When behind the paver or core samples of asphalt concrete are to be used for evaluation,
sufficient size samples shall be taken to ensure representative and adequate quantity of
material for the required testing.
4. When using core samples, the samples must be properly prepared to safeguard against influx
of outside contaminates and so that the cut surfaces do not influence the test results.
5. Material samples of the asphalt concrete shall be on a lot basis. A standard lot shall be equal
to 1 day’s production or 750 tons, whichever is smaller. The samples and testing results shall
be representative of their entire sample lot.
203-6.11 Acceptance.
DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following:
1. Acceptance of asphalt concrete mixtures will be based upon conformance to the gradation,
asphalt binder content, air voids, and minimum stability values shown in Table 203-6.4.4. Air
void values shall be between 2% and 6%. The asphalt binder content shall be within +/- 0.4
percent of the OBC shown on the respective job mix formula.
2. Acceptance of Type III asphalt concrete mixtures will be based upon conformance to the
gradation, asphalt binder content, air voids, and minimum stability values shown in Tables
203-6.5.4 (A) and 203-6.5.4 (B). Air void values shall be between 2% and 6%. The asphalt
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 187 of284
binder content shall be within +/- 0.4 percent of the OBC shown on the respective job mix
formula.
3. Should plant gradation test results be unavailable and allowed by the Engineer, gradation
may be determined in accordance with ASTM D2172 or by AASHTO T 308 with adherence to
the aggregate correction factor therein. In the case of a continued dispute, final acceptance
of plant produced mixtures may be based upon binder content, stability and air void values.
4. When dissimilar surface course mix characteristics are the result of production and delivery
from multiple plants, the Engineer may require production and delivery from only 1 plant
during any 1 day of production, unless approved by the Engineer.
203-11 ASPHALT RUBBER HOT MIX (ARHM).
203-11.3 Composition and Grading.
Delete row 10 of TABLE 203-11.3 and REPLACE with the following:
1. Asphalt Rubber Binder, % by Weight of Dry Aggregate1|7.5-8.5 | 7.5-8.8 | 7.8-9
ADD 203-11.10 Acceptance.
1. Acceptance of asphalt rubber hot mixes will be based upon conformance to the gradation,
asphalt binder content, air voids, and minimum stability values shown in Table 203-11.3. Air
void values shall be within +/- 2 percent of the targeted value at the optimum binder content
(OBC) shown on the respective job mix formula. The asphalt binder content shall be within
+/- 0.4 percent of the OBC shown on the respective job mix formula.
203-14 TIRE RUBBER MODIFIED ASPHALT CONCRETE (TRMAC).
203-14.9 Acceptance.
DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following:
1. Acceptance of dense-graded mixtures will be based upon conformance to the gradation,
asphalt binder content, air voids, and minimum stability values shown in Table 203-6.4.4. Air
void values shall be between 2% and 6%. The asphalt binder content shall be within +/- 0.4
percent of the OBC shown on the respective job mix formula.
2. Acceptance of gap-graded mixes will be based upon conformance to the gradation, air voids,
and minimum stability requirements shown in Table 203-11.3. Air void values shall be within
+/- 2 percent of the targeted value at the OBC shown on the respective job mix formula.
Acceptance of gap-graded mixes will also be based upon conformance to the asphalt binder
content shown in Table 203-14.4.4. The asphalt binder content shall be within +/- 0.4 percent
of the OBC shown on the respective job mix formula.
3. Should plant gradation test results be unavailable and allowed by the Engineer, gradation
may be determined in accordance with ASTM D2172 or by AASHTO T 308 with adherence to
the aggregate correction factor therein. In the case of a continued dispute, final acceptance
of plant produced mixtures may be based upon binder content, stability, and air void values.
4. When dissimilar surface course mix characteristics are the result of production and delivery
from multiple plants, the Engineer may require production and delivery from only 1 plant
during any 1 day of production, unless approved by the Engineer.
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 188 of284
203-16 Polymer Modified Asphalt Concrete (PMAC).
203-16.1 General.
DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following:
1. PMAC shall be the product of mixing mineral aggregate and up to 15% RAP with polymer
modified paving asphalt at a central mixing plant.
203-16.3 Job Mix Formulas and Mix Designs.
ADD the following:
1. Contractor shall submit for approval an asphalt concrete mix design per Greenbook Section
203-6.3. The asphalt concrete mix design method shall be Hveem with the optimal binder
content determined by California Test 367. The mix design shall conform to Greenbook Table
203-6.4.4 for gradation, and the above MODIFIED (DESIGN CRITERIA) table.
203-16.4.3 Composition and Grading.
DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following:
1. Composition and grading shall conform to 203-6.4.4.
203-16.9 Acceptance.
DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following:
1. Acceptance of asphalt concrete mixtures will be based upon conformance to the gradation,
asphalt binder content, air voids, and minimum stability requirements shown in Table 203-
6.4.4. Air void values shall be between 2% and 6%. The asphalt binder content shall be within
+/- 0.4 percent of the OBC shown on the respective job mix formula.
2. Material samples of the asphalt concrete shall be on a lot basis. A standard lot shall be equal
to 1 day’s production or 750 tons, whichever is smaller. The samples and testing results shall
be representative of their entire sample lot.
3. Should plant gradation test results be unavailable and allowed by the Engineer, gradation
may be determined in accordance with ASTM D2172 or by AASHTO T 308 with adherence to
the aggregate correction factor therein. In the case of a continued dispute, final acceptance
of plant produced mixtures may be based upon binder content, stability, and air void values.
4. When dissimilar surface course mix characteristics are the result of production and delivery
from multiple plants, the Engineer may require production and delivery from only 1 plant
during any 1 day of production, unless approved by the Engineer.
SECTION 206 – MISCELLANEOUS METAL ITEMS
ADD the following: 206-7 TRAFFIC SIGNS.
206-7.1 Roadside Signs.
1. This Work shall consist of furnishing and installing roadside signs in accordance with details
shown on the Plans, the California Sign Specifications and these special provisions.
Permanent and temporary signs shall be free from blemishes that may affect the
serviceability and detract from the general sign color and appearance when viewing during
daytime and nighttime from a distance of 25 feet. The face of each finished sign shall be
uniform, flat, smooth, and free of defects, scratches, wrinkles, gel, hard spots, streaks,
extrusion marks, and air bubbles. The front, back and edges of the sign panels shall be free of
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 189 of284
router chatter marks, burns, sharp edges, loose rivets, delaminated skins, excessive adhesive
overspray, and aluminum marks.
206-7.1.2 Sign Identification.
1. The following notation shall be placed on the lower right side of the back of each sign where
the notation shall not be blocked by the sign post or frame:
A. PROPERTY OF THE CITY OF CARLSBAD,
B. Name of the sign manufacturer,
C. Month and year of fabrication,
D. Type of retroreflective sheeting, and
E. Manufacturer’s identification and lot number of retroreflective sheeting.
2. The above notation shall be applied directly to the aluminum sign panels in 1/4-inch upper
case letters and numerals by die-stamp and applied by similar method to the fiberglass
reinforced plastic signs. Painting, screening, or engraving of the notation will not be allowed.
The notation shall be applied without damaging the finish of the sign.
206-7.1.3 Drawings.
1. Standard signs shall be as per the most recently approved California Sign Specifications. The
date of approval shall be the date most closely preceding the date of manufacture of the
sign(s) or the date of the “Notice to Proceed” of this Contract, whichever is most recent.
206-7.1.4 Reflective Sheeting.
1. All advisory signs, warning signs and all regulatory signs shall be fabricated with Type IV
prismatic sheeting (High Intensity Prismatic or equivalent) or Type IX prismatic cube lens
sheeting (Diamond Grade VIP or equivalent) in accordance to ASTM Designation D4956 and
conforming to the requirements of these special provisions.
206-7.1.5 Sign Panel.
1. Sign panels shall be fabricated from sheet aluminum in accordance with ASTM Designation
B209. Sheet aluminum shall be pretreated in accordance to ASTM Designation B449. The
surface of sheet aluminum shall be cleaned, deoxidized, and coated with a light and tightly
adherent chromate conversion coating free of powdery residue. The conversion coating shall
be Class 2 with a mass between 10 milligrams per square foot. Following the cleaning and
coating process, the sheet aluminum shall be protected from exposure to grease, oils, dust,
and contaminants. Sheet aluminum shall be free of buckles, warps, dents, cockles, burrs, and
defects resulting from fabrication.
206-7.1.6 Mounting Traffic Signs.
1. Traffic signs shall be installed on 10-gage or 12-gage cold-rolled steel perforated tubing posts
as shown on San Diego Regional Standard Drawing M-45 or, when the sign area exceeds the
maximum area allowed for on that drawing, on multiple 10-gage or 12-gage cold-rolled steel
perforated tubing posts. The number of posts shall be determined by the parameters in SDRS
Drawing M-45 or as approved by the Engineer. Traffic signs will be provided with back braces
and mounting blocks as approved by the Engineer consisting of 10-gage or 12-gage cold-rolled
steel perforated tubing when multiple posts are used.
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 190 of284
206-7.1.6 Traffic Sign Posts.
1. Posts shall be constructed of 10-gage or 12-gage cold-rolled steel perforated tubing posts as
shown on San Diego Regional Standard Drawing M-45.
206-7.2 Temporary Traffic Signs.
1. Temporary traffic signs shall consist of all signs used for the direction, warning, and regulation
of vehicle (including bicycle) and pedestrian traffic during the Contractor’s performance of
the Work. Temporary traffic signs include both stationary and portable signs.
206-7.2.1 General.
1. This Work shall consist of furnishing and installing temporary signs in accordance with details
shown on the Plans, the California Sign Specifications and these special provisions.
Permanent and temporary signs shall be free from blemishes that may affect the
serviceability and detract from the general sign color and appearance when viewing during
daytime and nighttime from a distance of 25 feet. The face of each finished sign shall be
uniform, flat, smooth, and free of defects, scratches, wrinkles, gel, hard spots, streaks,
extrusion marks, and air bubbles. The front, back and edges of the sign panels shall be free of
router chatter marks, burns, sharp edges, loose rivets, delaminated skins, excessive adhesive
overspray, and aluminum marks.
206-7.2.2 Drawings.
1. Standard signs shall be as per the most recently approved California Sign Specifications. The
date of approval shall be the date most closely preceding the date of manufacture of the
sign(s) or the date of the “Notice to Proceed” of this contract, whichever is most recent.
206-7.2.3 Reflective Sheeting.
1. All advisory signs, warning signs and all regulatory signs shall be fabricated with Type IV
prismatic sheeting (High Intensity Prismatic or equivalent) or Type IX prismatic cube lens
sheeting (Diamond Grade VIP or equivalent) in accordance to ASTM Designation D4956 and
conforming to the requirements of these special provisions.
206-7.2.4 Sign Panel.
1. Sign panels shall be fabricated from sheet aluminum in accordance with ASTM Designation
B209. Sheet aluminum shall be pretreated in accordance to ASTM Designation B449. The
surface of sheet aluminum shall be cleaned, deoxidized, and coated with a light and tightly
adherent chromate conversion coating free of powdery residue. The conversion coating shall
be Class 2 with a mass between 10 milligrams per square foot. Following the cleaning and
coating process, the sheet aluminum shall be protected from exposure to grease, oils, dust,
and contaminants. Sheet aluminum shall be free of buckles, warps, dents, cockles, burrs, and
defects resulting from fabrication.
206-7.2.5 Stationary Mounted Temporary Traffic Signs.
1. Stationary mounted temporary traffic signs shall be installed on 10-gage and 12-gage cold-
rolled steel perforated tubing posts in the same manner shown on the State of California,
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 191 of284
Department of Transportation Standard Plans RS1, RS2, RS3 and RS4 for installation of
roadside signs, except as follows:
a) Wood posts shall not be used.
b) Back braces and blocks for sign panels will not be required.
c) The height to the bottom of the sign panel above the edge of traveled way shall be at
least 2.1 m (7’).
d) Unless otherwise shown on the Plans, traffic signposts shall conform in materials and
installation to SDRS Drawing M-45 and shall have 1 post provided for each 0.48 m2
(5 ft2) of sign area, or the signs may be installed on existing lighting standards when
approved by the Engineer.
e) Sign panels mounted on temporary traffic signposts shall conform to the requirements
of these special provisions.
206-7.2.6 Temporary Traffic Sign Posts.
1. Posts shall be 10-gage or 12-gage cold-rolled steel perforated tubing used for the support and
stabilization of stationary mounted temporary signs. Post size and number of posts shall be
as shown on the Plans, except that when stationary mounted signs are installed and the type
of sign installation is not shown on the Plans, post size and the number of posts will be
determined by the Engineer. Sign panels for stationary mounted signs shall consist of
reflective sheeting applied to a sign substrate.
206-7.2.7 Portable Temporary Traffic Signs.
1. Each portable temporary traffic sign shall consist of a base, standard or framework and a sign
panel. The units shall be capable of being delivered to the site of use and placed in immediate
operation. Sign panels for portable signs shall conform to the requirements of these special
provisions, or shall be cotton drill fabric, flexible industrial nylon fabric, or other approved
fabric. Fabric signs shall not be used during the hours of darkness. Size, color, and legend
requirements for portable signs shall be as described for stationary mounted sign panels in
section 206-7.2 of these special provisions. The height to the bottom of the sign panel above
the edge of traveled way shall be at least 0.3-m (12”). All parts of the sign standard or
framework shall be finished with 2 applications of orange enamel which will match the color
of the sign panel background. Testing of paint will not be required.
ADD the following: 206-8 LIGHT GAGE STEEL TUBING AND CONNECTORS.
206-8.1 General.
1. This Section pertains to 10-gage and 12-gage cold-rolled steel perforated tubing used for the
support and stabilization of signs. All shapes shall have a galvanized finish and shall be cold-
roll-formed steel conforming to ASTM Designation A-446, Grade A. Galvanizing shall conform
to ASTM A-525, Designation G-90. Galvanizing shall be performed after all forming and
punching operations have been completed. Cold-rolled steel perforated tubing shall be
perforated on all 4 faces with 11mm (7/16”) holes on 25 mm (1”) centers.
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 192 of284
206-8.2 Tolerances.
1. Wall thickness tolerance shall not exceed +0.28 mm, -0.13 mm (+0.011”, -0.005”). Convexity
and concavity measured in the center of the flat side shall not exceed a tolerance of +0.25
mm (+0.010”) applied to the specific size determined at the corner. Straightness tolerance
variation shall not exceed 1.6 mm in 1 m (1/16 “ in 3’). Tolerance for corner radius is 4.0mm
(5/32”), plus or minus 0.40 mm (1/64“). Weld flash on corner-welded square tubing shall
permit 3.60 mm (9/64”) radius gage to be placed in the corner. Using 10-gage or 12-gage
square tube, consecutive size tubes shall telescope freely for 3.1m (10’). Tolerance on hole
size is plus or minus 0.40 mm (1/64“) on a size. Tolerance on hole spacing is plus or minus 3.2
mm in 6.1 m (1/8” in 20’). In addition, for the following specific sizes of light gage steel tubing,
dimensional tolerances shall not exceed those listed in tables 206-8.2 (A) and 206-8.2(B).
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 193 of284
TABLE 206-8.2(A)
LIGHT GAGE STEEL TUBING SIZE TOLERANCE
Nominal Outside
mm
Dimensions
(inches)
Outside Tolerance for
mm
All Sides at Corners
(inches)
25 x 25 (1 x 1) 0.13 0.005
32 x 32 (11/4 x 11/4) 0.15 0.006
38 x 38 (11/2 x 11/2) 0.15 0.006
44 x 44 (13/4 x 13/4) 0.20 0.008
51 x 51 (2 x 2) 0.20 0.008
56 x 56 (23/16 x 23/16) 0.25 0.010
57 x 57 (21/4 x 21/4) 0.25 0.010
64 x 64 (21/2 x 21/2) 0.25 0.010
51 x 76 (2 x 3) 0.25 0.010
TABLE 206-8.2(B)
LIGHT GAGE STEEL TUBING SQUARENESS OF SIDES AND TWIST
Nominal Outside
mm
Dimension
(Inches)
Squareness(1)
mm
(Inches)
Twist
Permissible
mm(2)
in 900 mm
(3”)
(Inches)(2)
25 x 25 (1 x 1) 0.15 0.006 1.3 0.050
32 x 32 (1-1/4 x 1-1/4) 0.18 0.007 1.3 0.050
38 x 38 (1-1/2 x 1-1/2) 0.20 0.009 1.3 0.050
44 x 44 (1-3/4 x 1-3/4) 0.25 0.010 1.6 0.062
51 x 51 (2 x 2) 0.30 0.012 1.6 0.062
56 x 56 (2-3/16 x 2-3/16) 0.36 0.014 1.6 0.062
57 x 57 (2-1/4 x 2-1/4) 0.36 1.014 1.6 0.062
64 x 64 (2-1/2 x 2-1/2) 0.38 0.015 1.9 0.075
51 x 76 (2 x 3) 0.46 0.018 1.9 0.075
(1) Tubing may have its sides failing to be 90 degrees to each other by the tolerance listed.
(2) Twist is measured by holding down the edge of one end of a square tube on a surface plate
with the bottom side of the tube parallel to the surface plate, and noting the height that
either corner on the opposite end of the bottom side is above the surface plate.
206-8.3 Fasteners.
1. Fasteners used to assemble cold-rolled steel perforated tubing shall be steel “pull-through”
electrogalvanized rivets with 9.5 mm (3/8”) diameter shank, 22 mm (7/8”) diameter head,
and a grip range of from 5 mm (0.200”) to 0.90 mm (0.356”). The fasteners shall conform to
ASTM B-633, Type III.
ADD 206-9 PORTABLE CHANGEABLE MESSAGE SIGN.
206-9.1 General.
1. Each portable changeable message sign (PCMS) unit shall consist of a controller unit, a power
supply, and a structural support system all mounted on a trailer. The PCMS unit shall be
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 194 of284
assembled to form a complete self-contained portable changeable message sign, which can
be delivered to the site of the Work and placed in immediate operation. The complete PCMS
unit shall be capable of operating in an ambient air temperature range of -20ºC (-4ºF) to
+70ºC (158ºF) and shall not be affected by unauthorized mobile radio transmissions.
2. The trailer shall be equipped so that it can be leveled and plumbed. Full operation height shall
be with the bottom of the sign at least 2.1 m (7') above the ground and the top no more than
4.4 m (14.5') above the ground. After initial placement, PCMS shall be moved from location
to location as directed by the Engineer
206-9.2 Message Board.
1. The message displayed on the PCMS shall be visible from a distance of 460 m (1500') and shall
be legible from a distance of 230 m (750'), at noon on a cloudless day, by persons with vision
corrected to 20/20. The sign panel shall be 3-line matrix and shall display not less than 7
characters per line. Sign messages to be displayed shall be as approved by the Engineer. The
sign face shall be flat black and shall be protected from glare of the sun by a method which
does not interfere with the clarity of the sign message. The sign shall be raised and lowered
by means of a power driven lifting mechanism. The matrix sign shall be capable of complete
alphanumeric selection.
2. Lamp matrix type signs shall be equipped with an automatic dimming operational mode that
automatically compensates for the influence of a temporary light source or other abnormal
lighting conditions. The sign shall have manual dimming operation modes of 3 or more
different lamp intensities.
3. Matrix signs not utilizing lamps shall be either internally or externally illuminated at night.
4. The controller shall be an all solid-state unit containing all the necessary circuitry for the
storage of at least 5 pre-programmed messages. The controller shall be installed in a location
allowing the operator to perform all functions from 1 position. A keyboard entry system shall
be provided to allow an operator to generate an infinite number of additional messages over
the pre-programmed stored messages. The keyboard shall be equipped with a security
lockout feature to prevent unauthorized use of the controller. The controller shall contain a
nonvolatile memory to hold the keyboard created messages in memory during periods when
the power is not activated. The controller shall provide for a variable message display rate
which allows the operator to match the information display to the speed of the approaching
traffic. The flashing off time shall be operator adjustable within the control cabinet.
206-9.3 Operation and Maintenance.
1. PCMS shall be furnished, placed, operated, and maintained at locations shown on the Plans,
specified in this section, or designated by the Engineer. The PCMS will be diligently
maintained and repaired by the Contractor throughout the Project in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations. When ownership is transferred to the Agency (at the end
of the job), it must be demonstrated to be in good working condition, and meet the provisions
of these Specifications, including current registration.
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 195 of284
206-9.4 Measurement and Payment.
1. The Contract unit price PCMS shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor,
materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all the Work involved in furnishing,
placing, operating, maintaining, repairing, replacing, transporting from location to location,
and delivery of the signs to the Agency at the completion of the construction, in good working
order, and as directed by the Engineer, and no other compensation will be made. Payment
for “PCMS” shall be included in the lump-sum item for “Temporary Traffic Control”
SECTION 207 – GRAVITY PIPE
207-2 REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE (RCP).
207-2.5 Joints.
ADD the following:
1. All RCP joints shall receive a rubber-gasket meeting the requirements of Section 208-3
Gaskets for Concrete Pipe.
207-2.9 Basis for Acceptance.
207-2.9.1 General.
DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following:
1. The basis for acceptance shall be the D-load bearing strength test, compliance with these
Specifications, inspection of the pipe manufacture and inspection of the completed pipe.
207-17 PVC GRAVITY PIPE.
207-17.2.2 Cell Classification
DELETE the first sentence and replace with the following:
1. Pipe shall be made of PVC plastic having a cell classification of 12454 or 12364, as defined in
ASTM D1784.
207-17.4.2 Acceptance
DELETE the last sentence and replace with the following:
1. Installation time shall conform to 207-15.6.
ADD 207-17.6 Perforated PVC Pipe.
ADD 207-17.6.1 Materials of Underdrain Pipe.
Perforated plastic pipe shall be smooth-wall PVC plastic pipe or corrugated PVC plastic pipe with
a smooth interior surface. All pipes shall comply with 207-17, “PVC GRAVITY PIPE”.
ADD 207-17.6.2 Perforation Requirements
Hole Size 3/8 inch (9 mm) min.
Center to Center
Spacing 5 inches (125 mm) max.
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 196 of284
Row of Holes
4 holes per each row and all on the lower half of
the pipe. There shall be 2 holes on each side of
the centerline of the pipe. 1 hole shall be at 45°
from the centerline of the pipe and 1 hole shall
be at 80° from the centerline of the pipe as
indicated on the Drawings.
ADD 207-17.7 Underdrain Cleanout
1. All underdrain cleanout shall conform to 207-17 “PVC GRAVITY PIPE”.
2. Underdrain cleanouts shall have watertight, vandal-proof caps.
ADD 207-17.8 Observation Well
1. All observation wells shall conform to 207-17 “PVC GRAVITY PIPE”.
2. Observation wells shall have watertight, vandal-proof caps.
SECTION 209 – PRESSURE PIPE
209-1 IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS.
209-1.1 Ductile Iron Pipe (DIP).
209.-1.1.1 General
ADD the following:
1. Ductile iron pipe and fittings and installation shall be as shown on the Plans or specified in
the Special Provisions and shall conform with the City of Carlsbad Engineering Standards,
Volumes 2 and 3.
209-1.1.2 Materials.
DELETE entirely and replace with the following:
1. Unless otherwise specified, ductile iron pipe shall conform to the following:
TABLE 209-1.1.2
Item Material Reference Specification/Requirements
Pipe Manufacturing
Standards
Conform to AWWA C151/ANSI 21.5 for 3”-64” (75
mm – 1600 mm) pipe.
Design Standards Conform to AWWA C150/ANSI A21.50 and AWWA
M41.
NSF Certification NSF 61 certification required for potable water
pipe.
Material Ductile iron.
Size As shown on the Plans.
Minimum Wall
Thickness
3”-12” (75 mm – 300 mm)
pipe
Pressure Class 350.
14” – 36” (350 mm – 900
mm) pipe
Pressure Class 250.
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 197 of284
Item Material Reference Specification/Requirements
42” – 64” (1050 mm –
1600 mm) pipe
Pressure Class 200.
Pipe with threaded flanges Per AWWA C115/ANSI
21.15.
Pipe with grooved
couplings
Thickness Class 53.
Markings Conform to AWWA C151 Section 4.6.
Lengths 18’ or 20’ (5.5 m or 6.1 m) lengths per AWWA
C151/ANSI A21.51.
Shorter lengths may be used to facilitate curves or
fit horizontal or vertical alignment.
Interior Lining
and Exterior
Coating
Buried Exterior
Coatings
Shop coat with 1 prime coat of asphaltic coating
approximately 1 mil (25 µm) thick per AWWA C151.
Exterior Coatings on
Pipe Above Ground
and in Vaults
Conform to 212-12.
Cement-Mortar
Interior Lining
(AWWA C104
“Double Thickness”
Pipe Size Lining Thickness
3” – 12” (75 mm – 300
mm) pipe
1/8” (3 mm)
14” – 24” (350 mm – 0600
mm) pipe
3/16” (5 mm)
30” – 64” (900 mm – 1600
mm) pipe
1/4” (6 mm)
Conform to AWWA C104 using Type II cement
Fusion-Bonded
Epoxy Interior Lining
where shown on the
Plans
Conform to 212-12.
Ceramic Epoxy
Interior Lining,
where shown on the
Plans
Amine cured novalac epoxy lining.
Permeability rating of 0.00.
Abrasion resistance < 4 mils (100 µm) loss after
1,000,000 cycles on ± 22.5° sliding aggregate slurry
abrasion test using a sharp natural siliceous gravel
with particle size between 2 mm and 10 mm.
Joints Standard Push-on
Style
AWWA C111/ANSI 21.11
Mechanical Joint AWWA C111/ANSI 21.11
Flange (threaded) AWWA C115/ANSI 21.15
Restrained Style Special push-on type joint providing longitudinal
restraint to full test pressure without relying on
thrust block.
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 198 of284
Item Material Reference Specification/Requirements
Boltless, restrained push-on joint design with
positive axial locking restrained system capable of
deflection after assembly.
Use 1 type of restrained joint exclusively for all
Work.
Bell Joint
Gaskets
Material Conform to AWWA C111-ANSI A21.11.
Vulcanized styrene butadiene rubber (SBR).
Material for
Hydrocarbon
Applications and
Contaminated Soils
NBR (Nitrile) (acrylonitrile butadiene), FLUOREL, or
FKM (Viton) (fluorocarbon).
Gasket Age < 180 Calendar Days old or > 2 years old but
retested < 60 Calendar Days prior to installation
Flange Gaskets Material 212-2.7.
Fittings Material Ductile iron.
Standards Conform to AWWA C110/ANSI 21.10 or AWWA
C153/ANSI A21.53.
Style Push-on (standard) with restrained joint (as shown),
or flanged. Mechanical joint with special approval.
Marking Cast letters “DI” or “DUCTILE” into fittings, unless
otherwise specified.
Cast “AWWA C110” or “AWWA C153” depending
on thickness.
Exterior Coatings Use same coating as adjacent pipe, as specified
above.
Interior Linings Use same lining as adjacent pipe, as specified
above.
Ductile Iron
Pipe Joint
Restraints
Material Ductile iron.
Style Gripping wedge
Design Pressure
Rating
3” – 16” (75 mm – 400
mm)
350 psi (2.4 MPa)
18” – 64” (450 mm – 1600
mm)
250 psi (1.7 MPa)
Pipe Shop Coat Prime Coat 12 mils (300 µm) MDFT.
Polyethylene
PE Encasement
Polyethylene Film
and Tape
Conform to 212-12.1.1.
Color per 212-12.2
Alternate to
Polyethylene
Encasement
Pipe Finish Coat 15 mils (375 µm) MDFT field-applied bitumastic
coating.
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 199 of284
209-2 STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS.
209-2.1 General.
ADD the following:
1. Steel pipe and fittings and installation shall conform with the City of Carlsbad Engineering
Standards, Volumes 2 and 3.
209-2.3 Mill-Type Steel Pipe.
209-2.3.1 Materials.
DELETE entirely and replace with the following:
1. Unless otherwise specified, mill-type steel pipe shall conform to the following:
TABLE 209-2.3.1
Item Material Reference Specification/Requirements
Pipe Manufacturing
Standards
Furnace-welded, electrically welded or seamless pipe
conforming to AWWA C200 for pipe 6” (150 mm) and
larger or ANSI B36.10 for pipe smaller than 6” (150 mm)
or for pipe with wall thickness specified by strength or
schedule on the Plans.
Design
Standards
Conform to AWWA M11.
NSF
Certification
NSF 61 certification required for potable water pipe.
Material ASTM A53 Grade A or B, ASTM A134 (steel plate per
ASTM A283 Grades C or D or A36), ASTM A135, or ASTM
A139.
Size As shown on Plans.
Conform to dimensional tolerances of AWWA C200 for
pipe ≥ 6” (150 mm) identified on the Plans by class,
gauge or decimal wall thickness.
Conform to ANSI B36.10 for pipe > 6” (150 mm) or for
pipe specified on the Plans by strength or wall-thickness
schedule.
Minimum Wall
Thickness
Where the Plans do not show thickness, submit design
and supporting calculations prepared by the
manufacturer in accordance with AWWA M11 using a
maximum design working stress of 1/2 the yield stress
for the grade of steel used in pipe fabrication. Compute
wall thickness using pressure equal to 250 psi (1.72
MPa) or the design pressure shown on the Plans plus 50
psi, whichever is greater.
No pipe 4” (100 mm) and larger outside buildings or
vaults shall have a wall thickness less than 14-gauge
(1.9 mm)
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 200 of284
Item Material Reference Specification/Requirements
No pipe 4” (100 mm) and larger inside buildings or
vaults shall have a wall thickness less than 3/8” (9.5
mm).
Markings Mark each special and each length of straight pipe at
bell end to identify:
• Manufacturer’s name or mark
• Type of steel
• Design pressure
• Diameter and weight of pipe or special
• Proper location of pipe or special by reference
to layout schedule
Lengths Furnish in single random lengths, double random
lengths, or in specified cut lengths.
For single random lengths, average length shall not be
less than 17.5’ (5.3 m) and no piece shall be shorter
than 9’ (2.7 m).
For double random lengths average length shall not be
less than 35’ (10.7 m), not less than 10^ of pieces shall
be shorter than 26.25’ (8.0 m) and no piece shall be
shorter than 14’ (2.7 m).
For specified cut lengths, the actual pipe length shall
not vary from the specified length by more than 1/8” (3
mm).
Interior
Lining and
Exterior
Coating
(Required
on exposed
steel
surfaces and
ring joints)
Cement-
Mortar Interior
Lining and
Exterior
Coating
Conform to AWWA C205 and AWWA C602 using Type
II/V cement.
Trim mortar lining as necessary to allow full operation
of butterfly or check valves at connections to steel pipe.
Line exposed portions of pipe interior with hand-
applied epoxy conforming to 212-12.
3/4” (19 mm) min coating thickness unless otherwise
shown or soil is identified as corrosive.
Trim coating 6” to 12” (150 mm to 300 mm) above
grade on spools penetrating to daylight or vault
interiors.
Cold-Applied
Tape Exterior
Coatings
Conform to AWWA C209 for the exterior of specials,
connections, and fittings.
Conform to AWWA C214 for steel pipeline coatings.
Liquid Epoxy
Interior Lining
and Exterior
Coating of
Conform to AWWA C210 and 212-12.
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 201 of284
Item Material Reference Specification/Requirements
Above-Ground
Pipe
Fusion-Bonded
Epoxy Interior
Lining and
Exterior
Coating of
Above-Ground
Pipe
Conform to AWWA C213 and 212-12.
Extruded
Polyolefin
Exterior
Coatings
Conform to AWWA C215 for extruded coatings.
Conform to AWWA C216 for heat-shrinkable cross-
linked coatings.
Joints Ends Prepared
for
Mechanical-
Coupled Field
Joints
Conform to AWWA C200 Section 4.13.
Square cut or beveled with no burrs. Outside surfaces
where coupling seats shall be free of indentations,
projections, or roll marks to ensure watertight seal.
Pipe ends shall have the tolerances within limits
required by the mechanical coupling manufacturer.
Field-Butt-
Welded Joints
Pipe with wall thickness 15/64” (6.0 mm) or greater,
intended for field butt welding. Bevel pipe on outside,
inside or both sides as shown or specified. Bevel angle
shall be 30 to 35 degrees measured from plane
perpendicular to pipe axis. Width of root face at pipe
end shall be 1/32” to 3/32” (0.8 mm to 2.3 mm)
Flanged Joint Forged steel conforming to ASTM A181 Faced and
dimensioned in accordance with ASME/ANSI B16.5 for
the pressure class shown on the Plants or specified in
the Special Provisions.
Threads for screwed flanges and companion pipe ends
shall conform to ASME/ANSI B1.20.1.
Pipe ends for welding neck flanges shall be beveled.
Flange
Gaskets
Material 212-2.7
Fittings Material Same steel as pipe.
Standards Manufacture from mill-type steel pipe in accordance
with ASME/ANSI B16.9.
Exterior
Coatings
Use same coating as adjacent pipe, as specified above.
Interior Linings Use same lining as adjacent pipe, as specified above.
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 202 of284
209-4 PVC PRESSURE PIPE.
209-4.1 General.
ADD the following:
1. PVC pipe and fittings and installation shall conform with the City of Carlsbad Engineering
Standards, Volumes 2 and 3.
209-4.2 Materials.
DELETE entirely and replace with the following:
1. Unless otherwise specified, PVC pressure pipe shall conform to the following:
TABLE 209-4.2
Item Material Reference Specification/Requirements
Pipe Manufacturing
Standards
Conform to AWWA C900 for pipe 4” – 60” (100 mm – 1,500
mm).
Design
Standards
Conform to AWWA M23 using hydraulic design basis
below.
NSF
Certification
NSF 61 certification required for potable water pipe.
Material Virgin rigid poly-vinyl-chloride.
Conform to ASTM D1784 Cell Class 12454B or better.
Conform to NSF 13.
Conform to AWWA C900 Section 4.2.
Markings (each
pipe)
Conform to AWWA C900 Section 6.1.
Mark applicable AWWA standard.
Show nominal pipe diameter.
Show AWWA pressure class or DR.
Show NSF 61 stamp (for potable water service).
Show manufacturer and manufacturing date code.
Size As shown on the Plans.
Conform to outside diameter of ductile iron pipe unless
otherwise shown.
Minimum Wall
Thickness
(Dimension
Ratio)
Design Pressure and Diameter
Shown on the Plans
Minimum Dimension
Ratio
0-100 psi (.7 MPa)
4” – 16” (100 mm – 400 mm)
DR 18 (Class 235)
100-200 psi (1.0 MPa)
4” – 16” (100 mm – 400 mm)
DR 14 (Class 305)
Greater than 200 psi (1.4 MPa) or
greater than 16”
Use DIP or Steel Pipe
Pipe with Grooved Couplings Use DIP or Steel Pipe
Lengths Laying lengths shall be 20’ with option to supply up to 15%
random (minimum length 10’) sections
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 203 of284
Item Material Reference Specification/Requirements
Joints Standard Push-
on Style
Conform to ASTM D3139.
Bell Joint
Gaskets
Material Elastomeric membrane per AWWA C900 Section 4.2.4
(Gaskets and Lubricants) and ASTM F477.
Butadiene styrene (SBR or BR) for potable water.
Ethylene propylene (EPM or EPDM) for recycled water.
Material for
Hydrocarbon
Applications
and
Contaminated
Soils
Elastomeric membrane per AWWA C900 Section 4.2.4
(Gaskets and Lubricants) and ASTM F477.
NBR (Nitrile) (acrylonitrile butadiene), FLUOREL or FKM
(Viton) (fluorocarbon).
Gasket Age < 180 Calendar Days old or
< 2 years old but retested < 60 Calendar Days prior to
installation
Fittings Material Ductile iron.
Standards Conform to AWWA C110/ANSI 21.10 or AWWA C153/ANSI
A21.53.
Style Push-on (standard) or restrained joint (as shown).
Marking Cast letters “DI” or “DUCTILE” into fittings, unless
otherwise specified.
Exterior
Coatings
1 mil (25 µm) petroleum asphaltic coating.
Interior Linings Cement mortar (double thickness).
Plastic Film
Wrap for
Corrosion
Protection
Conform to 212-12.1.1.
Color per 212-12.2.
209-5 HIGH-DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE) SOLID WALL PRESSURE PIPE.
209-5.1 General.
ADD the following:
1. HDPE pipe and fittings and installation shall conform with the City of Carlsbad
Engineering Standards, Volumes 2 and 3.
209-5.2 Materials.
DELETE in its entirety and replace with the following:
1. Unless otherwise specified, HDPE pressure pipe shall conform to the following.
TABLE 209-5.2
Item Material Reference Specification/Requirements
Pipe Manufacturing
Standards
Conform to AWWA C901 for pipe 1/2” – 3” (12.5 mm – 75
mm).
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 204 of284
Item Material Reference Specification/Requirements
(Potable
Water Pipe)
Conform to AWWA C906 for pipe 4” – 63” (100 mm – 1575
mm).
Manufacturing
Standards
(Non-Potable
Water Pipe)
Conform to ASTM F714
Design
Standards
Conform to AWWA M55.
NSF
Certification
NSF 61 certification required for potable water pipe.
Material ASTM D3350 PE 4710 Cell classification 4454 or higher.
Conform to AWWA C901 Section 4.2 or AWWA C906
Section 4.2 as appropriate.
Markings
(each pipe)
Conform to AWWA C901 or C906 Section 6.1.
Mark applicable AWWA standard.
Show nominal pipe diameter.
Show standard material code designation.
Show AWWA pressure class or DR.
Show NSF 61 stamp (for potable water service).
Show manufacturer and manufacturing date code.
Size 1-1/4” – 63” (32 mm – 1575 mm) diameter as shown on
the Plans.
Ductile iron pipe size (DIPS) outside diameter for pipe 4”
– 48” (100 mm – 1200 mm) unless otherwise shown.
Iron pipe size (IPS) outside diameter for pipe ≤ 4” (100
mm) or > 48” (1200 mm).
Minimum Wall
Thickness
(Dimension
Ratio)
Design Pressure Shown on the
Plans
Minimum Dimension
Ratio
0-80 psi (0.6 MPa) DR 21
80-100 psi (0.7 MPa) DR 17
100-150 psi (1.0 MPa) DR 11
150-200 psi (1.4 MPa) DR 9
Greater than 200 psi Use ductile iron or
steel
Joints Style Thermal butt fusion for joining pipe in accordance with
the manufacturer’s recommendations.
Flanged for connections to appurtenances and other pipe
materials in accordance with manufacturer’s
recommendations.
Flange Back-
up Ring
Provide flange back-up ring of Type 316 SS or fusion
bonded epoxy coated ductile iron.
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 205 of284
Item Material Reference Specification/Requirements
Design
Pressure
Match design pressure rating of pipe shown on the Plans.
Fusion
Fittings
Standards ASTM D2683 socket-type, ASTM D3261 butt-type, or
ASTM F1055 electrofusion (fittings shall be marked as
complying).
Material HDPE conforming to pipe specifications.
Pressure
Rating
De-rated pressure of fitting shall meet or exceed design
pressure rating of pipe shown on the Plans.
Adaptor
Fittings (For
Connections
to Flanged
Fittings)
Internal
Stiffener Ring
Required for mechanical joint connections.
Backup Ring Stainless steel.
Thrust
Restraint.
HDPE in-line wall anchors and thrust blocks and per
manufacturer’s requirements.
209-7 PIPELINE IDENTIFICATION.
209-7.2 Requirements.
DELETE in its entirety and replace with the following:
1. Pipeline identification shall conform to the following:
TABLE 209-7.2
Function Type Materials/Method
Pipe Contents
Identification
Pipe Color
(Plastic Pipe
or Polywrap)
Blue for Potable Water.
Purple for Recycled Water.
Green for Sewage.
AND
Stenciling Stenciling marked on pipe in contrasting color to background
color of pipe stating:
“POTABLE WATER,”
“CAUTION RECYCLED WATER – DO NOT DRINK” or ”CAUTION
SEWER” as appropriate.
5/8” (16 mm) high letters.
Repeated at 1 foot (300 mm) intervals.
OR
Identification
Tape
Polyethylene tape 6” (150 mm) wide and 4 mils (100 µm)
minimum thickness with 2” (50 mm) high letters stating:
“POTABLE WATER,” “CAUTION RECYCLED WATER – DO NOT
DRINK” or “CAUTION SEWER” as appropriate.
For pipe > 12” (300 mm) diameter, use 12” (300 mm) wide
tape.
Color – Blue with black or white letters for potable water,
Purple with black or white letters for recycled water,
Green with black or white letters for sewage.
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 206 of284
Function Type Materials/Method
Attached to top of pipe with adhesive tape.
Pipe Warning
and Locating
Warning and
Locating
Tape
Polyethylene tape 6” (150 mm) wide and 4 mils (100 µm)
minimum thickness with 2” (50 mm) high letters stating:
“CAUTION: WATERLINE BURIED BELOW,” “CAUTION:
RECLAIMED WATERLINE BURIED BELOW – DO NOT DRINK,” or
“CAUTION: SEWER BURIED BELOW” as appropriate.
For pipe > 12” (300 mm) diameter, use 12” (300 mm) wide
tape.
Color – blue with black or white letters for potable water,
Purple with black or white letters for recycled water,
Green with black or white letters for sewage.
Place in pipe trench 18” (450 mm) above pipe.
Tape shall contain metallic strip that can be registered by
magnetic field locating device.
OR
Locating
Wire
In lieu of installing metallic warning tape; non-metallic
warning tape 18” (450 mm) above pipe and 10-guage copper
wire attached to top of pipe and accessibly terminated may be
used.
SECTION 211 – MATERIAL TESTS
211-6 RAP CORRECTION FACTOR.
211-6.1 General.
DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following:
1. A RAP correction factor must be determined for asphalt concrete mixtures containing greater
than 20 percent RAP. The RAP correction factor shall be determined in accordance with
Caltrans Lab Procedure LP-9 dated May 22, 2006. This factor shall be used in determining the
combined gradation of the virgin aggregates and RAP.
SECTION 212 – WATER AND SEWER SYSTEM VALVES AND APPURTENANCES
212-1 GENERAL.
212-1.2 Products Conveying Potable Water
DELETE b) and REPLACE with the following:
b) have an interior lining listed as complying with NSF 61 and certified to be holiday-free
212-2 FLANGED AND THREADED CONNECTIONS.
212-2.8.2 Insulation of Threaded Connections.
DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following:
1. Threaded insulating bushings, couplings or unions shall be furnished and installed where
dissimilar threaded piping materials are joined.
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 207 of284
212-3 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS, CASINGS SPACERS, AND WALL PENETRATIONS.
212-3.4 Rubber Annular Hydrostatic Sealing Devices.
212-3.4.1 General.
DELETE the last sentence and REPLACE with the following:
1. The sealing device shall be capable of sealing a minimum hydrostatic pressure of 20 psi.
212-5 VALVES.
212-5.5.1.2 Materials.
DELETE TABLE 212-5.5.1.2 in its entirety and REPLACE with the following:
TABLE 212-5.5.1.2
Item Option Reference
Specification/Requirements
Body and Cover Ductile Iron or ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12.
Body and Cover for
Pressures over 250 psi
(1.7 MPa)
Ductile Iron ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12.
Disc and Disc Arm Ductile Iron ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12.
Seat SAE Type 316 Stainless Steel ASTMA276.
Pivot Shaft SAE Type 316 Stainless Steel ASTMA276.
212-10 SERVICE LATERALS, METERS, AND METER BOXES.
212-10.3 Corporation Stops, Angle Meter Valves, Service Saddles and Other Service Materials.
DELETE the last sentence of the first paragraph and REPLACE with the following:
1. Unless otherwise shown on the Plans or specified in the Special Provisions, service saddles
and corporation stop inlets shall be threaded per NPT tapered per ANSI B1.20.1.
ADD the following: 212-13 TRACER WIRE FOR NON-METALLIC PIPE.
212-13.1 General.
1. Tracer wire shall conform to the following:
a) Conductor: Minimum 10 AWG, copper clad steel or solid copper (direct burial) or 8 AWG,
copper clad steel (directional drilling), rated for 30 volts.
b) Break load: minimum 600-lb (direct burial); 2,500-lb (directional drilling)
c) Insulation: High Molecular Weight Polyethylene (HMWPE), minimum 30-mil (direct
burial); 45-mil (directional drilling). Color per the APWA uniform color code.
d) Splices and connectors: For direct burial only, moisture displacement and corrosion
proof, direct bury splice kits, UL rated for 600 volts.
SECTION 213 – ENGINEERING GEOSYNTHETICS
Add the following section:
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 208 of284
213-5.1 General.
Geotextile types shall be used for the applications listed in Table 213-5.1
Table 213-5.1
GEOTEXTILE APPLICATIONS
Application of Geotextile
Type Designation
Separation of Soil and Street Structural Section 90WS
Separation of Soil and Subsurface Aggregate Drain 180N
Reinforcement of Street Structural Section 200WS
Remediation and Separation of Soil 270WS
Reinforcement of Soil 270WS
Drainage at the Interface of Soil Structures N/A
Drainage at the Interface of Soil and Structures N/A
Rock Slope Protection Fabric for Rock Sizes Below ¼ Ton 180N
Rock Slope Protection Fabric for Rock Sizes Including and Above ¼ Ton 250N
Plant Protection Covering 90N
Erosion Control Fence with 14 AWG - 6”x6” Wire and 10’ Post Spacing 90WS
Erosion Control Fence with 6’ Post Spacing and No Wire Fencing 200WS
Add the following section:
213-5.2 Gravel bags.
Gravel bags for the use of temporary erosion control shall be burlap type, filled with no less
than 23kg (50 lbs) of 19 mm (3/4“) crushed rock and securely tied closed. Plastic bags are not
acceptable. SECTION 216 – PRECAST REINFORCED CONCRETE BOX
216-4 TESTING REQUIREMENTS.
216-4.2.2 Acceptance.
DELETE the first paragraph and REPLACE with the following:
1. When the average compressive strength of all cylinders tested is equal to or greater than the
specified compressive strength of the PCC, and not more than 10 percent of the cylinders
tested have an average compressive strength less than 90 percent of the specified
compressive strength, and no cylinder tested has a compressive strength less than 85 percent
of the specified compressive strength, the lot will be accepted.
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 209 of284
SECTION 217 – BEDDING AND BACKFILL MATERIALS
217-1 BEDDING MATERIAL.
217-1.1 General.
ADD the following:
1. Bedding for pipelines of any material shall conform with the City of Carlsbad Engineering
Standards, Volumes 2 and 3.
217-2 TRENCH BACKFILL.
217-2.1 General.
DELETE TABLE 217-2.1 and replace with the following:
TABLE 217-2.1
Zone Zone Limits Maximum Rock
Size
(greatest
dimension)
Sand Equivalent
(Excluding Rock)
Backfill Zone From subgrade to
12” (300 mm) above
top of pipe or
conduit
4” (150 mm) Not less than 20 unless
otherwise shown on
the Plans or specified in
the Special Provisions.
ADD SECTION 218 - FENCING
ADD 218-1 TEMPORARY HIGH VISIBILTY FENCING
ADD 218-1.1 Materials.
Temporary high-visibility fence (THVF) shall be minimum 4’ high, orange colored plastic
construction fencing installed prior to performing any work. THVF shall be constructed of non-
toxic, non-conductive polyethylene capable of withstanding temperatures from –58F degrees to
194F degrees. Color shall be non-fading. Posts shall be 6’-6” long, shall be spaced no more than
10’-0” apart and buried portion shall be no less than 2’-6” deep. Used materials may be installed
providing the used materials are good, sound, and are suitable for the purpose intended, as
determined by the Engineer. Materials may be commercial quality providing the dimensions and
sizes of the materials are equal to, or greater than, the dimensions and sizes specified herein.
Posts shall be either metal or wood at the Contractor's option. Galvanizing and painting of steel
items will not be required. Treating wood with wood preservatives will not be required. Concrete
footings for metal posts will not be required.
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 210 of284
PART 3 CONSTRUCTION METHODS
SECTION 300 – EARTHWORK
300-1 CLEANING AND GRUBBING.
300-1.1 General.
Add the following:
Also included in clearing and grubbing shall be removal and disposal of existing street poles and
lights, metal guard rail, fences, retaining walls, asphalt concrete and aggregate base, asphalt dike,
concrete curb and gutter, concrete sidewalk, existing gate, existing headwalls, rip-rap, traffic
signs, sawcutting, and other existing features which interfere with the work. Whether or not such
items are shown on the plans they shall be removed as a part of clearing and grubbing. Existing
underground pipes and conduits that are shown on the plans and designated to be removed shall
be removed by the Contractor as a part of clearing and grubbing.
DELETE 300-1.2 Root Pruning and Tree Trimming.
300-1.3 Measurement.
DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following:
1. Clearing and grubbing, if measured for payment, will be measured by the acre or lump sum.
300-1.4 Payment.
DELETE the second sentence.
300-2 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION.
300-2.1 General.
Add the following:
Unclassified excavation shall include removal and stockpile of suitable material, recompaction,
mixing, grading for mitigation work, trenching and backfilling of storm drains, sewers, other
utilities, disposal of unsuitable materials not included in the bid item for clearing and grubbing,
all cut and fill including removal and recompaction of unsuitable soil, salvaging clean excavated
material and filling areas to the required grades and cross section. Unclassified excavation shall
be utilized onsite to make all fills shown on the plans. Unclassified excavation shall also include
scarification and moisture adjustment and compaction of the top 600 mm (2’) of the subgrade in
the roadway prism in cut areas to 95 percent relative compaction, wetland mitigation grading
and attendant work, export of remaining excess material to a disposal site or spoil area acquired
by the Contractor and pumping and disposal of storm and ground water.
300-3 STRUCTURE EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL.
300-3.1 General.
Add the following:
The Contractor shall excavate to the lines and levels required and/or shown on the Drawings. The
Contractor shall provide all temporary shoring, bracing, cribbing, pumping, and planking
required. The Contractor shall excavate and maintain the bottom of all trenches in a condition
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 211 of284
that is level, firm, clean and free from all debris or foreign matter. Excavations shall be kept free
from water at all times. The Contractor shall remove any unsuitable material encountered below
grade as shown on the plans and as directed by the Engineer. Replace the material with Class 2
AB and compact it as specified for structure backfill in section 19-3.03E, Structure Backfill,” of the
State of California Department of Transportation Standard Specifications. The relative
compaction must be at least 95 percent.
300-4 UNCLASSIFIED FILL.
300-4.10 Payment.
Replace with the following:
Unclassified fill, grading, shaping, compacting or consolidating, slope rounding, construction of
transitions, and all work included in Section 300-4 shall be included as an incidental to the
payment for unclassified excavation and no additional compensation will be made therefore.
300-9 GEOTEXTILES FOR EROSION CONTROL.
ADD 309-9.2 General.
The Contractor shall provide erosion control and water pollution control conforming to the
requirements shown on the plans, as specified herein, and as elsewhere required by the Contract
Documents. Erosion control and water pollution control shall include the work specified herein,
and such additional measures, as may be directed by the Engineer, to meet Best Management
Practices, as defined herein, and to properly control erosion and storm water damage of the
limits of work and construction impacts upon areas receiving drainage flows from within the
limits of work.
ADD 309-9.2.1 Grading Controls.
The Contractor shall protect all areas that have been graded and/or cleared and grubbed as well
as areas that have not been graded and/or cleared and grubbed within the limits of work from
erosion. The Contractor shall provide temporary earth berms, gravel bags, silt fences, stabilized
construction entrances, fiber rolls, inlet protection, hydraulic mulch, street sweeping, concrete
washouts, and similar measures, coordinated with its construction procedures, as necessary and
as shown on the plans to control on site and off site erosion during the construction period. The
Contractor will be required to protect areas which have been cleared and grubbed prior to
excavation or embankment operations, and which are subject to runoff during the duration of
the contract. The criteria used to determine the appropriate erosion control measures shall be
the “Best Management Practices”, hereinafter BMP, defined and described in the, "Stormwater
Best Management Practices Handbook, Construction", Latest edition as published by the
California Stormwater Quality Association. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of the
"Stormwater Best Management Practices Handbook, Construction", Latest edition on the project
site and shall conduct its operations in conformity to said Handbook.
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 212 of284
Temporary erosion control measures provided by the Contractor shall include, but not be limited
to, the following:
a) Embankment areas, while being brought up to grade and during periods of completion prior
to final roadbed construction, shall be graded so as to direct runoff into impoundment areas
within the limits of work where such runoff shall have pollutants removed by BMP methods .
b) The Contractor shall provide protection by BMP measures to eliminate erosion and the
siltation of downstream facilities and adjacent areas. These measures shall include, but shall
not be limited to: temporary down drains, either in the form of pipes or paved ditches with
protected outfall berms; graded berms around areas to eliminate erosion of embankment
slopes by surface runoff; confined ponding areas to desilt runoff; and to desilt runoff.
Excavation areas, while being brought to grade, shall be protected from erosion and the resulting
siltation of downstream facilities and adjacent areas by the use of BMP measures. These
measures shall include, but shall not be limited to, methods shown on the plans and described
herein.
SECTION 301 - SUBGRADE PREPARATION, TREATED MATERIALS AND PLACEMENT OF BASE
MATERIALS
301-1 SUBGRADE PREPARATION.
301-1.2 Preparation of Subgrade.
Modify the second and third paragraphs as follows: Change each instance reading “6 inches
(150mm)” to “12 inches (300 mm)”.
301-1.3 Relative Compaction.
Delete the first paragraph and substitute the following: The Contractor shall compact the upper
12” (300 mm) of subgrade beneath areas to be paved, have base or subbase material placed on
them (including pipelines), or curb, gutter, curb and gutter, alley pavement, driveway, sidewalk
constructed over them, to no less than 95 percent maximum dry density as determined by ASTM
test D-1557-12.
301-1.7 Payment.
Modify the first paragraph as follows: Payment for subgrade preparation shall be incidental to
the contract bid price for which the subgrade is prepared and shall include all labor, materials;
including water, operations and equipment to scarify, adjust moisture, compact or recompact
the subgrade, both in cut areas and in fill areas, and no further compensation will be allowed.
SECTION 302 - ROADWAY SURFACING
ADD the following: 302-1 GENERAL.
302-1.1 Vegetation Treatment.
1. The Contractor shall treat all vegetation within the limits of the paved area to be surfaced
with an herbicide that complies with the City’s Integrated Pest Management program.
Herbicide shall be applied at least 2 Working Days prior to surfacing the street. Allowance for
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 213 of284
the 2-day period shall be shown in the schedule required per section 6-1. Payment for
pavement surfacing shall include tree trimming and herbicide treatment of the areas to be
surfaced and no extra payment will be made for tree trimming and herbicide treatment.
302-1.2 Coordination.
1. The Contractor shall schedule the Work so as to prevent damage by all traffic. The Contractor
shall not schedule Work so as to conflict with trash pickup. The trash hauling schedule can be
obtained by calling Republic Services at (760) 332-6464. At least 2 weeks prior to Work,
Contractor shall send, by first class mail, notification letters to all property addresses within
500-feet of the Work. Obtaining the appropriate addresses shall be the Contractor’s
responsibility. A sample letter may be provided by the Agency to be used as an example. The
letter should provide the name of the Contractor and a 24-hour phone number for residents
to call if they have any issues or questions.
2. During operations, the Contractor’s schedule for resurfacing shall be designed to provide
residents and business owners sufficient paved parking within an 800-foot distance from their
homes or businesses.
3. Seventy-two hours prior to the start of any construction in the public right-of-way that affects
vehicular traffic and/or parking or pedestrian routes, the Contractor shall give written
notification of the impending disruption. For a full street closure, all residences and/or
businesses on the affected street or alley shall be notified. For partial street closures, or curb,
sidewalk and driveway repairs, the residences and/or businesses directly affected by the
Work shall be notified.
4. The Contractor shall deliver the notification which shall state the date and time the Work will
begin and its anticipated duration. The notification shall list 2 telephone numbers that may
be called to obtain additional information. One number shall be the Contractor’s permanent
office or field office and the other number shall be a 24-hour number answered by a
representative of the Contractor who is knowledgeable about the Project. At least 1 of the
phone numbers shall be in the (760) area code. An answering machine shall not be connected
to either number. The notification shall also give a brief description of the Work and simple
instructions to the home or business owner on what they need to do to facilitate the
construction. The Contractor shall submit the contents of the notification to the Engineer for
approval. Notices shall not be distributed until approved by the Engineer.
5. For door hangers, the notification shall be pre-cut in a manner that enables it to be affixed to
a doorknob without adhesives. It shall be a minimum size of 3-1/2 inches by 8-1/2 inches and
shall be brightly colored with contrasting printing. The material shall be equivalent in strength
and durability to 65 lb. card stock. The printing on the notice shall be no smaller than 12 point.
The precut notices shall be as shown on the example provided in Appendix “A,” with the day
of the week circled and appropriate information specific to the Work inserted at the locations
indicated in the italicized font.
6. The preparation, materials, printing, delivery and distribution of the letters, door hangers and
notifications shall be included in the contract price Bid for Traffic Control and the Contractor
will not be entitled to any additional compensation for printing and distributing these notices.
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 214 of284
302-2 CHIP SEAL.
302-2.6.2 Polymer Modified Emulsified Asphalt.
DELETE the first paragraph and replace with the following:
1. Polymer modified emulsified asphalt shall be applied when the ambient temperature is
between 60°F and 105°F (16°C and 41°C), and the roadway pavement surface temperature is
a minimum of 55°F (13°C); or as specified by the Engineer.
302-2.6.3 Modified Paving Asphalt.
DELETE the first paragraph and replace with the following:
1. Modified paving asphalt shall be applied when the atmospheric temperature is 65°F (18°F) or
above and the existing pavement surface temperature is 80°F (27°C) or above; or as specified
by the Engineer.
302-4 SLURRY SEAL.
302-4.2 Mix Design.
DELETE the last paragraph and REPLACE with the following:
When a mix design is more than 30 Calendar Days old, it shall be supplemented with a Certificate
of Compliance that states the combined aggregate gradation is within ± 3 percent of the
referenced mix design based on a 30-day moving average or the average of a minimum of 10 of
the most current laboratory results, whichever is greater. A mix design shall be reformulated if it
is more than 6 months old or whenever the combined aggregate gradation changes from that in
the previously submitted mix design by ± 3 percentage points on any sieve size shown in Table
203-5.3.2. If the source of any aggregate or emulsified asphalt is changed, or the mix design or
supporting laboratory reports are over 6 months old, a new mix design shall be submitted.
302-5 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT.
ADD the following: 302-5.8 Manholes and Other Structures.
1. When placing the overlay, the Contractor shall pave over appurtenances in the roadway
which includes sanitary and storm access covers, water valve boxes, air vents, sewer dead
end boxes and survey monument boxes. Each appurtenance shall be treated or covered to
prevent adhesion of the overlay. Each appurtenance shall be located immediately after the
overlay is placed and shall be thoroughly cleaned of any and all construction debris which
may have entered due to the Contractor’s operation. The Contractor shall adjust all CMWD
water valve boxes per CMWD Standard Drawing No. W23. All City of Carlsbad sanitary sewer
access covers shall be adjusted per CMWD Drawing No. S1, S-4, or S-6. All storm sewer access
covers shall be adjusted per SDRSD D-10. Riser rings or extensions shall not be used for the
adjustment of these appurtenances.
2. Raising and adjusting to grade all City-owned or CMWD-owned appurtenances in the
roadway shall be paid for at the Contract Unit Price per each as shown in the Bid. Such price
shall constitute full compensation for all labor, materials, and equipment necessary for
completing the Work as described in these Specifications and Plans. Other agencies will be
responsible for their own appurtenances.
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 215 of284
302-8 SEALCOAT FOR MISCELLANEOUS AREAS.
302-8.2.1 General.
DELETE the second paragraph and REPLACE with the following:
1. Sealcoat material shall be diluted using clean, potable water in an amount not to exceed 20
percent of the total volume.
302-8.2.2. Spreading.
DELETE the first paragraph and REPLACE with the following:
1. Sealcoat shall be applied when the atmospheric temperature is greater than 55°F (13°C) and
if rain is not forecast for the period of 24 hours after application; or as specified by the
Engineer.
SECTION 303 – CONCRETE AND MASONRY CONSTRUCTION
303-1 CONCRETE STRUCTURES.
303-1.2 Subgrade for Concrete Structures.
Add the following: If groundwater is encountered, Contractor shall work a minimum 2’ deep of
¾” gravel into soil to provide an adequate base for construction of concrete structure.
303-5 CONCRETE CURBS, WALKS, GUTTERS, CROSS GUTTERS, ALLEY INTERSECTIONS, ACCESS
RAMPS, AND DRIVEWAYS.
303-5.1.1 General.
Add the following:
Portland Cement Concrete construction shall include, but not limited to, curbs, walkways, cross
gutters, access ramps, driveways, concrete curb outlet, terrace ditches, and all other
miscellaneous PCC construction items as indicated on the plans and per these Specifications.
6” Curb and Gutter shall conform to the standard referenced on the plan (I.E: SDRSD G-2 (Type
G) or CALTRANS A82A), the details on the plans, and these specifications. Adjacent AC/AB
removal associated with concrete curb construction shall be full depth AC replacement and a
minimum width of one foot from the face of concrete edge. Removal of AC shall be incidental to
Section 401-1 Removals. Replacement of AC shall be considered incidental to this Section and
conform to the requirements of Sections 203-6 and 302-5.
The Contractor shall verify with a “smart level”, string line and/or water testing that positive
drainage is maintained upon completion of finishing, and any irregularities causing water ponding
shall be corrected and refinished. The CITY shall be present to verify the concrete forms, prior to
pouring any PCC construction improvements.
303-5.5.2 Curb.
add the following: The Contractor shall stamp the curb face with 75 mm (3”) high block letters
directly above the point that it is crossed by underground facilities with the marking specified in
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 216 of284
Table 303-5.5.2(A)
TABLE 303-5.5.2(A)
Curb Face Markings
Type of underground facilities Marking
Water Service Lateral W
Sewer Service Lateral S
Irrigation Water Lateral or Sleeve RW
303-5.9 Measurement and Payment.
add the following: Curb and gutter, and curb, shall be considered as continuing across
driveways, access ramps and drainage inlets when constructed adjacent thereto. Neither curb
and gutter nor curb will be paid for across the length of local depressions, except that which
occurs in gutter transitions at each side of an inlet.
303-6 STAMPED CONCRETE.
303-6.1 General.
Delete the second paragraph and replace with the following:
Prior to installation, the Contractor shall construct a 10 foot x 10 foot square sample at the job
site. This sample shall be subject to inspection and approval by the City prior to installation of the
median concrete.
Add the following:
Concrete shall be 560-C-3250 with 6”x6” – 10 gauge wire mesh throughout.
ADD 303-6.5 El Camino Real Medians.
Use color application method “B” (integral color). Color shall be per Section 201-1.2.4(a). The
pattern shall match the existing median condition adjacent to the proposed construction along
El Camino Real.
303-7 COLORED CONCRETE
303-7.1 General.
Add the following: Integral color shall be used to develop colored admixtures developed for
use in ready mixed concrete. The product shall be made of the highest quality pigments, as
well as other ingredients designed to enhance the color and improve the pigment dispersion,
workability and finishing performance of the concrete. Integral color pigments shall meet or
exceed ASTM-C-979. The coloring method shall be designed for concrete flatwork applications
(salt finished, broom finishes, rotary finishes), as well as vertical surfaces, and other types of
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 217 of284
architectural concrete. Pigment shall be a permanent coloration, uniform throughout the
concrete surface and interior, and shall be highly UV and fade resistant.
Integral colored concrete shall be cured with QC Color Cure color matched to the concrete (see
product information bulletin). Provide sample panel submittals of all colors to be used in the
installation on identical surfaces for approval by the Engineer. Contractor shall provide a
maintenance schedule for integral colored concrete.
Admixture for all integral colored concrete paving in medians and other integral colored
concrete shall be the following:
Color: As specified on the plans or 2016 City of Carlsbad Landscape Manual. Match
existing color if none specified.
Curing: Scofield Colorcure Concrete Sealer (or approved equal). See Section 201 for
Concrete Curing Materials.
Manufacturer: Scofield Chromix Admixtures for color-conditioned concrete, or approved equal
L.M. Scofield Company
6533 Bandini Boulevard
Los Angeles, CA 90040
1-800-800-9900
Admixture products and procedures for installation shall be in strict accordance with the
manufacturer’s specifications and recommendations, and those published by the American
Concrete Institute (ACI) and the Portland Cement Association (PCA).
SECTION 306 – OPEN TRENCH CONDUIT CONSTRUCTION
306-5 DEWATERING.
ADD the following:
Dewatering shall be paid for as an incidental to unclassified excavation and no additional
compensation will be made therefore. Except for unsuitable materials removed as part of the
clearing and grubbing item unsuitable material encountered below grade will be paid for at the
unit price bid for unclassified excavation.
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 218 of284
306-7 PREFABRICATED GRAVITY PIPE.
309-7.3 Reinforced Concrete Pipe (RCP).
306-7.3.2 Joints.
add the following:
The Contractor shall provide Gasket-type joints for reinforced concrete pipe (watertight joints)
where indicated on plans.
306-8 PREFABRICATED PRESSURE PIPE.
306-8.8 Valves, Hydrants, and Appurtenances.
ADD 306-8.8.6 Water Meter Boxes:
Water meter boxes shall be installed at locations as shown on the plans.
SECTION 307 – JACKING AND TUNNELING
307-1 JACKING OPERATIONS.
307-1.3 Jacking Steel Casing.
DELETE the first paragraph and REPLACE with the following:
1. Unless otherwise shown on the Plans, the size and wall thickness of the casing to be jacked
shall be at the Contractor's option, except that the casing thickness shall be not less than 3/8
inch (9.5 mm) and the casing and jacking operation shall meet all other requirements of the
agency with permit jurisdiction of the installation. The Contractor shall be responsible for the
sufficiency of the casing.
SECTION 308 – MICROTUNNELING
308-6 SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS.
308-6.2 Microtunneling Requested by the Contractor.
DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following:
1. When microtunneling is proposed by the Contractor as an alternative to the specified
methods of conduit installation, the Contractor shall obtain copies of the information and
reports listed in 3-9 and 308-6.3 and shall conduct independent investigations as necessary
to substantiate the basis for the Contractor’s proposal and submit in accordance with 3-8.
Microtunneling operations must be approved by the Engineer prior to the start of
microtunneling work.
ADD SECTION 312 - SIGNING
ADD 312-1 PERMANENT SIGNING
ADD 312-1.1 General.
The Contractor shall provide and install all permanent traffic control signs at locations shown
on the plans and as specified herein.
ADD 313-2 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC SIGNING.
ADD 313-2.1 General.
The Contractor shall provide and install all temporary traffic control signs, markers, markings,
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 219 of284
and delineators at locations shown on plans and specified herein.
ADD 313-2.2 Maintenance of Temporary Traffic Signs.
If temporary traffic signs are displaced or overturned, from any cause, during the progress of the
work, the Contractor shall immediately replace the signs in their original approved locations. The
Contractor shall maintain all temporary traffic signs used in the Work in a clean, reflective and
readable condition. The Contractor shall replace or restore graffiti marked temporary traffic
signs and posts used in the Work within 18 hours of such marking being discovered during non-
working hours or, when the marking is discovered during working hours, within 2 hours of such
discovery of marking.
ADD 313-3 TEMPORARY RAILING (TYPE K) AND CRASH CUSHIONS.
ADD 313-3.1 Temporary Railing and Crash Cushions.
Temporary railing (Type K) shall consist of interconnected new or undamaged used precast
concrete barrier units as shown on the plans. Temporary sand-filled crash cushions shall consist
of new or undamaged used temporary sand-filled crash cushions units as shown on the plans.
ADD 313-3.1.1 Appearance.
Exposed surfaces of new and used units of Temporary railing (Type K) shall be freshly coated with
a white color paint prior to their first use on the project. The paint shall conform to the provisions
in sections 210-1.5 “Paint Systems” and 310 “Painting”. Contractor shall be responsible for the
removal and cleanup or painting over the graffiti from the K-Rails within 48 hours. The Contractor
Shall replace or repaint units of Temporary railing (Type K) or shall remove graffiti, tire or vehicle
marks, dirt or any and all materials such that said marks or discoloration mar the appearance of
said units when ordered by the Engineer after the units are in place.
ADD 313-3.1.2 Manufacture of Temporary Railing.
In addition to the requirements herein the temporary railing (Type K) shall be manufactured per
CALTRANS Standard Drawing T3. Concrete used to manufacture Temporary railing (Type K) shall
conform to the provisions in sections 201-1, “Portland Cement Concrete” and 303-1 “Concrete
Structures”.” Load tickets and a Certificate of Compliance will not be required. Reinforcing steel
shall conform to the provisions sections 201-1, “Portland Cement Concrete” and 303-1 “Concrete
Structures”. Steel bars to receive bolts at ends of concrete panels shall conform to ASTM
Designation: A 36/A 36M. The bolts shall conform to ASTM Designation: A 307. A round bar of
the same diameter may be substituted for the end-connecting bolt shown on the plans. The bar
shall conform to ASTM Designation: A 36/A 36M, shall have a minimum length of 660 mm and
shall have a 75 mm (3”) diameter by 9 mm (3/8”) thick plate welded on the upper end with a
5-mm (3/16”) fillet weld. The final surface finish of temporary railings (Type K) shall conform to
the provisions in section 303-1.9.2 “Ordinary Surface Finish.” Exposed surfaces of concrete
elements shall be cured by the water method, the forms-in-place method, or the pigmented
curing compound method. The pigmented curing compound shall be type 2 curing compound.
Temporary railing (Type K) may have the Contractor’s name or logo on each panel. The name or
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 220 of284
logo shall not be more than 100 mm in height and shall be located not more than 300 mm above
the bottom of the rail panel.
ADD 313-3.1.3 Installation of Temporary Railing.
In addition to the requirements herein the temporary railing (Type K) shall be installed per
CALTRANS Standard Drawing T3. Temporary railing (Type K) shall be set on firm, stable
foundation. The foundation shall be graded to provide a uniform bearing throughout the entire
length of the railing. Abutting ends of precast concrete units shall be placed and maintained in
alignment without substantial offset to each other. The precast concrete units shall be
positioned straight on tangent alignment and on a true arc on curved alignment Each rail unit
placed within 3 m (10’) of a traffic lane shall have a reflector installed on top of the rail as directed
by the Engineer. Reflectors and adhesive will be furnished by the Contractor. A Type P marker
panel conforming to the requirements of the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) Manual
on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) 2003 Edition as amended by the MUTCD 2003
California Supplement shall also be installed at each end of railing installed adjacent to a two-
lane, two-way highway and at the end facing traffic of railing installed adjacent to a one-way
roadbed. If the railing is placed on a skew, the marker shall be installed at the end of the skew
nearest the traveled way. Type P marker panels shall conform to the provisions of section 206-
7.2, “Temporary Traffic Signs”. Where shown on the plans, threaded rods or dowels shall be
bonded in holes drilled in existing concrete. When temporary railings (Type K) are removed, any
area where temporary excavation or embankment was used to accommodate the temporary
railing shall be restored to its previous condition, or constructed to its planned condition.
ADD 313-3.2 Temporary Sand-Filled Crash Cushions.
Temporary sand-filled crash cushion units shall be “Energite III” manufactured by Energy
Absorption Systems, “Fitch Inertial Barrier System Modules” manufactured by Roadway Safety
Service, or equal. Features required to determine equivalence of any other temporary sand-filled
crash cushion units shall be approval of the system by CALTRANS and that the temporary sand-
filled crash cushion units meet NCHRP 350 standards. Other features will be suitability to
application, operational characteristics, durability and other such characteristics that the
Engineer shall determine. Temporary sand-filled crash cushions (TSFCC) shall be of the type and
array configurations shown on plans, and installed at every end of, or gap in, the temporary
railing (Type K) whenever the closest point of approach of traffic, regardless of direction, is 4.6 m
(15’) or less to the end of the temporary railing (Type K) being considered. The TSFCC shall be
installed per CALTRANS Standard Drawings T1 and T2 for approach speeds no less than the
posted speed of the street prior to construction or 55 kilometers per hour (35 mph), whichever
is the greater. The TSFCC array shall be appropriate to the application as shown on said standard
drawings. A Type J and/or P marker panel conforming to the requirements of the Federal
Highway Administration (FHWA) Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) 2003
Edition as amended by the MUTCD 2003 California Supplement shall also be installed at each
TSFCC array as shown in CALTRANS Standard Drawings T1 and T2. Particular care shall be taken
to assure that crash cushions are installed with the soil supporting them and the adjacent soil
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 221 of284
leveled to match the elevation of the bottom of the temporary railing immediately adjacent to
the crash cushion. All routes of approach to the TSCFF array shall be graded such that any vehicle
diverging from the travelled way to strike the TSCFF will travel on a vertical alignment parallel to
the segment of the travel lane that it departed from.
SECTION 314 – TRAFFIC STRIPING, CURB AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS, AND PAVEMENT
MARKERS
314-2 REMOVAL OF TRAFFIC STRIPING AND CURB AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS.
314-2.1 General.
DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following:
1. The Contractor shall remove by wet grinding all existing or temporary traffic markings and
lines that may confuse the public. When temporary detour striping or markings are no longer
required, they shall be removed prior to painting the new traffic stripes or markings.
2. The Contractor shall remove all existing markings and striping, either permanent or
temporary, which are to be abandoned, obliterated or that conflict with the Plans by wet
grinding methods. Removal of striping by high velocity water jet may be permitted when
there is neither potential of the water and detritus from the high velocity water jetting to
damage vehicles or private property nor to flow from the street into any storm drain or water
course and when approved by the Engineer.
3. The Contractor shall vacuum all water and detritus resulting from high velocity water jet
striping removal from the pavement immediately after the water jetting and shall not allow
such materials to flow in the gutter, enter the storm drain system or to leave the pavement
surface. Surface variation limitations for high velocity water jet striping removal shall be the
same as for grinding.
4. The Contractor shall not use dry or wet sandblasting in any areas. Alternate methods of paint
removal require prior approval of the Engineer. Obliteration of traffic striping with black
paint, light emulsion oil or any other masking method other than a minimum 30mm (0.10’)
thick asphalt concrete overlay is not permitted.
314-2.2 and 314-2.3
Replace as follows: 314-2.2 Measurement and Payment
1. Removal of traffic striping and curb and pavement markings as shown on the Plans and
required by the Specifications shall be included in the lump-sum price Bid for “Temporary
Traffic Control” and “Striping Removal” for temporary and final traffic striping, and no
additional compensation will be allowed, therefore. Reapplication of temporary stripes and
markings shall be repainted at the Contractor's expense, and no additional compensation will
be allowed for the repainting. The lump sum Bid shall include all labor, tools, equipment,
materials, and incidentals for doing all Work in installing the final and temporary traffic
striping.
314-3 REMOVAL OF PAVEMENT MARKERS.
314-3.2 and 314-3.3
Replace as follows: 314-3.2 Measurement and Payment
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 222 of284
1. Removal of pavement markers as shown on the Plans and required by the Specifications shall
be included in the lump-sum price Bid Bid for “Temporary Traffic Control” and “Striping
Removal” for temporary and final traffic striping, and no additional compensation will be
allowed, therefore. Reapplication of temporary stripes and markings shall be repainted at the
Contractor's expense, and no additional compensation will be allowed for the repainting. The
lump sum Bid shall include all labor, tools, equipment, materials, and incidentals for doing all
Work in installing the final and temporary traffic striping.
314-4 APPLICATION OF TRAFFIC STRIPING AND CURB AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS.
314-4.3.6 and 314-4.3.7
Replace as follows: 314-4.3.6 Measurement and Payment
1. Final and temporary traffic striping, curb markings and pavement markings as shown on the
Plans and required by the Specifications shall be included in the lump-sum price Bid for
“Temporary Traffic Control” and “Striping and Markings” for temporary and final traffic
striping, and no additional compensation will be allowed, therefore. Reapplication of
temporary stripes and markings shall be repainted at the Contractor's expense, and no
additional compensation will be allowed for the repainting. The lump sum Bid shall include
all labor, tools, equipment, materials, and incidentals for doing all Work in installing the final
and temporary traffic striping.
314-4.4.5 and 314-4.4.6
Replace as follows: 314-4.4.5 Measurement and Payment
1. Thermoplastic traffic striping and pavement markings as shown on the Plans and required by
the Specifications shall be included in the lump-sum price Bid for “Temporary Traffic Control”
and “Striping and Markings” for temporary and final traffic striping, and no additional
compensation will be allowed, therefore. Reapplication of temporary stripes and markings
shall be repainted at the Contractor's expense, and no additional compensation will be
allowed for the repainting. The lump sum Bid shall include all labor, tools, equipment,
materials, and incidentals for doing all Work in installing the final and temporary traffic
striping.
314-5 PAVEMENT MARKERS.
314-5.6 and 314-5.7
Replace as follows: 314-5.6 Measurement and Payment
1. Pavement markers as shown on the Plans and required by the Specifications shall be included
in the lump-sum price Bid for “Temporary Traffic Control” and “Striping and Markings” for
temporary and final traffic striping, and no additional compensation will be allowed,
therefore. Reapplication of temporary stripes and markings shall be repainted at the
Contractor's expense, and no additional compensation will be allowed for the repainting. The
lump sum Bid shall include all labor, tools, equipment, materials, and incidentals for doing all
Work in installing the final and temporary traffic striping.
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 223 of284
PART 4 EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS
SECTION 400 – PROTECTION AND RESTORATION
400-2 PERMANENT SURVEY MARKERS.
ADD the following:
1. The Contractor shall not cover or disturb permanent survey monuments or benchmarks
without the consent of the Engineer. Where the Engineer concurs, in writing, with the
Contractor that protecting an existing monument in place is impractical, the Contractor shall
employ a licensed land surveyor or a registered civil engineer authorized to practice land
surveying within the State of California (“Surveyor”) to establish the location of the
monument before it is disturbed. The Contractor shall have the monument replaced by the
Surveyor no later than 30 Calendar Days after construction at the site of the replacement is
completed. The Surveyor shall file corner record(s) as required by Business and Professions
Code Sections 8772 and 8773 et seq..
2. When a change is made in the finished elevation of the pavement of any roadway in which a
permanent survey monument is located, the Contractor shall adjust the monument frame
and cover to the new grade within 7 Calendar Days of paving unless the Engineer shall
approve otherwise. Monument frames and covers shall be protected during street sealing or
painting projects or be cleaned to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
SECTION 401 – REMOVAL
401-2 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT.
DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following:
1. Asphalt concrete pavement shall be removed to clean, straight lines. Removal performed by
cold milling shall conform to 404. Adjacent AC/AB sawcut and removal associated with
concrete construction shall be full depth and a minimum width of 12 inches from face of
concrete edge and continue along the concrete scheduled for removal. Removal and disposal
of adjoining AC/AB section shall be incidental to the removal of concrete structure Bid item
per this Section. Replacement of adjoining AC/AB section shall be incidental to replacement
of the concrete
401-3 CONCRETE AND MASONRY IMPROVEMENTS.
401-3.2 Concrete Curb, Walk, Gutters, Cross Gutters, Curb Ramps, Driveway and Alley
Intersections.
DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following:
1. Concrete shall be removed to neatly sawed edges with saw cuts made through the entire
thickness. Concrete sidewalk or driveway to be removed shall be neatly sawed in straight
lines either parallel to the curb or at right angles to the alignment of the sidewalk. No section
to be replaced shall be smaller than 30 inches (750 mm) in either length or width.
All existing concrete shall be removed to the nearest joint. Concrete shall be removed to
neatly sawed edges with saw cuts made to a depth deep enough to produce a clean straight
break without loosening, cracking or damaging adjoining improvements. Curb and gutter
shall be sawed on a neat line at right angles to the curb face. PCC and all other material
unsuitable for use as fill, as determined by the Engineer, shall be removed from the right-of-
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 224 of284
way and disposed of by the Contractor at a site of his own choice and shall pay all costs
incidental to the disposal.
ADD the following: 401-3.2.1 Adjacent Asphalt Concrete (AC/AB) Sawcut and Removal.
1. Adjacent AC/AB sawcut and removal associated with concrete construction shall be full depth
and a minimum width of 12 inches from face of concrete edge and continue along the
concrete scheduled for removal. Removal and disposal of adjoining AC/AB section shall be
incidental to the removal of concrete structure Bid item per this Section. Replacement of
adjoining AC/AB section shall be incidental to replacement of the concrete as specified in
Section 303-5.
SECTION 402 – UTILITIES
402-1 LOCATION.
402-1.1 General.
DELETE the first paragraph and REPLACE with the following:
1. Known utilities and their respective owners are shown on the Plans or specified in the Special
Provisions and their locations are based on available records. The accuracy and/or
completeness of the utilities shown on the Plans is not guaranteed and actual locations must
be confirmed by potholing. Where underground utilities are shown on the Plans, the
Contractor shall assume every property parcel will be served by a service connection for each
type of utility.
INSERT, after the first sentence of the third paragraph, the following:
Subsurface installations shall be located at least 5 Working Days and at least 500 feet in
advance of any construction heading and the results reported in written form to the Engineer.
AMEND letter d) to read as follows:
d) horizontal location with reference to Project stationing.
402-2 PROTECTION.
DELETE the first 3 paragraphs and REPLACE with the following:
1. The Contractor shall not interrupt the service function or disturb the support of any utility
without authority from the utility owner or direction from the Engineer. Valves, switches,
vaults, and meters shall be maintained readily accessible for emergency shutoff. Excavation
of soils providing support to pressure pipeline thrust blocks may require isolation and de-
pressurization of the pipeline prior to the installation of support devices and the Contractor
shall coordinate such Work with the utility owner.
2. Where a vertical separation distance of 12 inches cannot be attained between a proposed
utility and an existing utility greater than 4 inches in diameter, place a 1-inch thick neoprene
or silicone pad with Shore A durometer hardness of 50 to 70 (ASTM D2240) in contact with
the top of the lower utility and backfill with Portland cement concrete sand conforming to
203-1.5.5 to 3 inches above the bottom of the upper utility. The width of the pad shall be
equal to the width of the trench and the length shall extend 1 foot beyond the outer limits of
the existing utility.
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 225 of284
3. Where protection is required to ensure support of utilities located as shown on the Plans or
in accordance with 402-1, the Contractor shall, unless otherwise specified, furnish and place
the necessary protection at its expense.
4. Upon learning of the existence and location of any utility omitted from the Plans, the
Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer in writing. When authorized by the
Engineer, support or protection of the utility will be paid for as provided in 7-3 or 7-4.
402-4 RELOCATION.
DELETE paragraphs 3 and 4 and REPLACE with the following:
1. When the Plans or Special Provisions provide for the Contractor to alter, relocate, or
reconstruct a utility, all costs for such Work, including temporary utility service, shall be
included in the Bid for the items of Work necessitating such Work. Temporary or permanent
relocation or alteration of utilities requested by the Contractor for its convenience shall be
its responsibility and it shall make all arrangements and bear all costs.
2. The Contractor will relocate service connections as necessary within the limits of the Work or
within temporary construction or slope easements in accordance with the procedures and
upon the approval of the utility owner. When directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall
arrange for the relocation of service connections as necessary between the meter and
property line, or between a meter and the limits of temporary construction or slope
easements. Payment for the relocation of such service connections shall be in accordance
with 7-3 unless otherwise specified in the Bid. Payment will include disconnection of existing
service connections from the utility main, capping or plugging existing outlets on the utility
main, abandoning the service connection, and the restoration of all existing improvements
which may be affected by the service connection relocation. The Contractor may agree with
the owner of any utility to disconnect and reconnect private interfering service connections.
Unless otherwise specified in the Bid, disconnection and reconnection of private services will
be outside of the scope of the Work and the Agency will not be involved in any such
agreement.
Add the following:
The following arrangements shall be made with the utility companies to allow the utility
owner to complete its relocation work.
Utility Facility Notification Days Working Days
Cox
Communications
Underground conduits along east
side of El Camino Real between
Camino Vida Roble and Cinnabar
Way, pullbox relocation
90 20
Verizon Vault grade adjustment and
traffic rated lid installation.
14 5
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 226 of284
402-5 DELAYS DUE TO UTILITY CONFLICTS.
DELETE paragraphs 1 through 4 and REPLACE with the following:
1. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of its Construction Schedule insofar as it affects the
protection, removal, or relocation of utilities. The notification shall be included as a part of
the Construction Schedule in accordance with 6-1 which shall be revised upon the completion
of utility potholing and evaluation for potential utility conflicts. The Contractor shall notify
the Engineer in writing of any subsequent changes in the Construction Schedule which will
affect the time available for protection, removal, or relocation of utilities.
2. The Contractor will not be entitled to damages or additional payment for delays attributable
to utility relocations or alterations if correctly located, noted, and completed in accordance
with 402-1.
3. The Contractor may be given an extension of time for unforeseen delays attributable to
unreasonably protracted interference by utilities in performing Work correctly shown on the
Plans.
4. The Agency will determine the scope of Work for the removal, relocation, or protection of
existing main or trunk line utility facilities within the area affected by the Work if such utilities
are not identified in the Contract Documents. The Contractor will not be assessed liquidated
damages for any delay caused by the removal, relocation, or protection of such existing
facilities.
402-6 COOPERATION.
DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following:
1. When necessary, the Contractor shall so conduct its operations as to permit access to the
Work Site by the Agency or the utility owner and provide time for utility Work to be
accomplished during the progress of the Work. The contractor shall coordinate their work
with all respective utility agencies. The Contractor shall immediately notify utility agencies
when an existing utility is damaged by the Contractors operation or found to be damaged
during the course of the work. The following utilities and their respective owners are listed
below:
Facility Type: Utility Owner:
Communications AT&T
Communications Cox Communications
Communications Spectrum
Communications Verizon
Sewer Vallecitos Water District
Electric San Diego Gas and Electric
Gas San Diego Gas and Electric
Fuel Kinder Morgan Energy Partners
Water City of Carlsbad
Sewer City of Carlsbad
Storm Drain City of Carlsbad
Traffic Signals City of Carlsbad
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 227 of284
Utility Agency Business Contacts, Non-Emergency:
AT&T (619) 237-2787
Cox Communications (619) 262-1122
Spectrum Cable (800) 227-2600
Verizon (619) 510-9215
Vallecitos Waster District (760) 744-0460
San Diego Gas and Electric (800) 411-7343
Kinder Morgan Energy Partners (713) 420-6707
City of Carlsbad (Streets and Storm Drain) (760) 434-2980
City of Carlsbad (Sewer, Water, & Reclaimed Water) (760) 438-2722
Refer to Attachment A for additional specifications provided by Vallecitos Water District.
SECTION 403 - MANHOLE ADJUSTMENT AND RECONSTRUCTION
403-1 GENERAL.
DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following:
1. Wet utility (water, recycled water, sewer and storm drain) manhole and vault frames and
covers and valve box frames and covers within an area to be paved or graded shall be set to
finish grade by the Contractor.
2. The Contractor shall remove all debris from the interior of manholes and vaults and shall
clean all foreign material from the top of the frames and covers.
403-3 MANHOLES IN ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT.
DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following:
1. Wet utility structures extending 2 inches (50 mm) or more above the new subgrade shall be
lowered by the Contractor to the new subgrade before construction of the pavement section.
Other structures shall be lowered by their owners unless otherwise specified or shown on the
Plans. Structures projecting less than 2 inches (50 mm) above the subgrade may be surveyed
and covered for construction of the pavement section and later adjusted to grade. The top of
reset manholes and other structures shall conform to the smoothness requirement specified
in 302-5.6.2.
2. All structures from which manhole frames and covers have been removed to facilitate
pavement section construction shall be temporarily covered with a steel plate by the
Contractor. When this procedure is impractical, such as for large vaults, or special structures,
remodeling or reconstruction shall be completed to finish permanent surface prior to paving
operations.
3. The Contractor shall notify utility owners at least 21 Calendar Days in advance of the need to
commence Work required prior to paving operations and again for Work required after
paving operations. If the Engineer determines the utility owner will not complete adjustment
of its facilities within 10 Working Days of the completion of the surface course of pavement,
the facilities will be adjusted by their owner under a separate procedure established by the
Agency.
4. After the pavement has been completed, the necessary portions of the subgrade, base, and
pavement shall be neatly removed, the structure built up, and the manhole or vault frame or
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 228 of284
valve box set to within 1-1/2 inches (37.5 mm) of finish pavement surface with concrete
pavement conforming to 201-1 and 302-6. The Contractor shall fill the remaining 1-1/2 inches
(37.5 mm) with the asphalt concrete surface course mixture. This material shall be placed and
compacted to conform to the appearance, grade, density and smoothness of the surrounding
pavement.
403-4 MEASUREMENT.
DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following:
1. Manhole, vault or valve box adjustment and reconstruction of the type specified will be
measured by each.
403-5 PAYMENT.
DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following:
1. Raising and adjusting to grade all City-owned or CMWD-owned appurtenances in the
roadway shall be paid for at the Contract Unit Price per each as shown in the Bid. Such price
shall constitute full compensation for all labor, materials, and equipment necessary for
completing the Work as described in these Specifications and Plans. Other agencies will be
responsible for their own appurtenances.
2. Payment for adjusting valve boxes to grade will be made at the Contract Unit Price for
adjusting each valve box regardless of the height of the adjustment.
SECTION 404 – COLD MILLING
404-12 PAYMENT.
ADD the following:
No extra payment will be made for milling or disposing of existing geotextile, geogrid, or
pavement fabric shown on the plans.
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 229 of284
PART 5 PIPELINE SYSTEM REHABILITATION
SECTION 500 – PIPELINE REHABILITATION
500-1 GENERAL.
DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following:
1. Pipeline rehabilitation shall include all labor, materials, equipment and services and shall
consist of cleaning, preliminary inspection, sewage bypass and pumping, service lateral
identification, point repairs, lining, end seals, and service connection re-establishment.
2. Pipe rehabilitation shall be conducted in the host pipe per the manufacturer’s
recommendations and the Contractor’s approved Performance Work Statement, applicable
ASTM standards and as specified in this part.
3. The Contractor shall be responsible for confirming the locations of all active branch service
connections prior to pipe rehabilitation and shall conduct dye tests to verify abandoned
services as necessary. In the event the status of a service connection cannot be determined,
the Agency will make the final decision prior to installation of the liner. Only service
connections determined to be active shall be reinstated by the Contractor.
4. All materials furnished as part of the Work shall be marked with detailed product information
and shall be accompanied by test reports certifying that the material conforms to the
requirements stated in this part. Materials shall be certified by the manufacturer for the
specified purpose.
5. Materials shall be stored in a manner specified or approved by the manufacturer to avoid
damage. Damage includes, but is not limited to, gouging, abrasion, flattening, cutting,
puncturing or UV degradation. On site storage locations shall be approved by the Agency.
6. The Agency reserves the right to inspect all or portions of the completed Work at any time
during the warranty period. Any defect that is discovered during the warranty period which
may materially affect the integrity, strength, function and/or operation of the pipe shall be
repaired and/or replaced by the Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents at
no additional cost to the Agency. The Contractor shall provide a warranty for the repair for a
period of 1 year following the date of repair.
500-2 SUBMITTALS.
AMEND letter j) to read as follows:
j) The proposed grouting method, locations and procedures.
ADD the following: 500-2.1 CIPP Product Submittal.
1. Provide manufacturer’s data, descriptions and physical properties of all product components
including:
a. Certification from the manufacturer that the product has been successfully installed
in at least 300,000 lineal feet of pipe in municipal wastewater collection systems and
verifying that the chemical resistance of the CIPP meets the Contract requirements.
b. Fabric tube consisting of felts and reinforcing materials and the nominal void volume
in the felt fabric that will be filled with resin.
c. Raw resin data and flexible membrane (coating) material and the methods and
procedures to be implemented for curing and repairs.
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 230 of284
d. Shipping, storage and handling recommendations for all components of the CIPP
system.
e. Safety Data Sheets (SDS) for all materials.
ADD the following: 500-2.1.1 Design Calculations.
1. Submit engineering design calculations conforming with Appendix X1 of ASTM F1216.
Calculations for liner thickness shall be performed by a qualified Professional Engineer and
based on the most severe line condition for each pipe size which shall apply to all other
sections to be lined unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Submit calculations for the
quantity of resin required to completely saturate the tube.
2. Design of the CIPP shall be based on the prism load using the outside diameter of the CIPP in
the calculations. The CIPP design shall assume no bonding to the original pipe. An analysis of
design criteria and calculations for the liner thickness shall be submitted to the Engineer for
approval. The CIPP design shall be based on the following:
a. Corrosion resistance to the typical chemicals found in municipal sewage systems as
defined in the referenced and applicable ASTM standards.
b. Service life: 50 years
c. Design safety factor: 2.0
d. Long-term modulus of elasticity: maximum of 50 percent of initial flexural modulus
unless substantiated by third-party test data
e. Ovality: 2 percent or as measured by field inspection
f. Constrained Soil Modulus: per AASHTO LRFD Section 12 and AWWA Manual M45
g. Dead load: 120 lb./cu. ft. (minimum) or per geotechnical report
h. Live load: AASHTO HS-20 (minimum) or railroad, if applicable. Include impact factors
when depth of cover is less than 5 feet for vehicle loads or less than 10 feet for
railroad.
i. Other loads: based on local conditions such as hydrostatic pressure or surcharge loads
ADD the following: 500-2.2 Performance Work Statement.
1. The Contractor shall submit a PWS which clearly defines the liner product installation in
conformance with these requirements. Unless otherwise specified, the PWS shall at a
minimum contain the following:
a) A description of the proposed pipe rehabilitation technology including a detailed plan for
identifying all active service connections and maintaining service to each connection
during mainline pipe rehabilitation, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.
b) Verification from the manufacturer of the rehabilitation process or system that the
installer is authorized or certified to install the proposed product. The Contractor shall
provide verification of training for all personnel directly involved with installation.
c) A statement of the Contractors experience in pipe rehabilitation involving pipe of similar
size, length and configuration as proposed for the Work and conducted within the past 5
years and substantiated with verifiable project references.
d) A listing of the superintendent, foreman and lead crew personnel experienced with the
pipe rehabilitation technology proposed for the Work with demonstrated competency
and experience in CCTV inspection, all phases of liner installation and service
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 231 of284
reconnections. Personnel replaced during the performance of the Work shall have similar,
verifiable experience as the personnel originally submitted for the Project.
e) A detailed installation plan describing all preparation work, traffic control, cleaning
operations, pre-installation CCTV inspections, bypass pumping, tube wet-out procedure,
liner installation procedures, method of curing, temperature monitoring methods and
procedures, service reconnection, grouting, final CCTV inspection, warranties and all
incidental work or services necessary for a complete installation. Identify and describe
the tools and equipment which will be redundant on the Job Site in the event of
equipment malfunction. Describe the mitigation procedures to be implemented in the
event of key equipment failure or significant groundwater infiltration during the
installation process or for removal of blockages that may be encountered during the pipe
cleaning process.
f) A detailed installation schedule conforming to the requirements of the Contract.
ADD the following: 500-2.3 Quality Control Plan.
1. The QCP shall include:
a) A detailed discussion of the proposed quality controls to be performed by the
Contractor.
b) Defined responsibilities of the Contractor’s personnel.
c) Proposed methods for product performance controls, including the methods and
frequency of product sampling, testing in both raw material form and cured product
form, and repair of test locations in the pipe liner.
d) Specific repair or replacement procedures approved by the system manufacturer for
potential defects that may occur in the installed liner. The plan shall define defects
that will not affect the operation and long-term life of the product, repairable defects
and the repair procedures, and unrepairable defects and procedures for removal and
replacement of the liner.
e) Inspection forms and guidelines for quality control inspections in accordance with the
standards specified and submitted with the QCP. Furnish a check list of key elements
of the installation criteria to ensure that quality control and testing are performed in
accordance with the Contract Documents.
f) Proposed frequency of meetings to discuss performance and product test results with
the Agency.
2. For Projects involving more than 2,000 linear feet of CIPP, the Contractor shall schedule and
provide, at no cost to the Agency, 2 Working Days of training by the CIPP system manufacture
for the Agency’s inspector prior to liner installation. Training shall include field instruction
and all key aspects of visual inspection and sampling procedures.
ADD the following: 500-2.4 As-Built Records.
1. Submit 1 set of Plans annotated with the as-built information and identification of Work
performed and other records acceptable to the Engineer prior to final acceptance of the Work
by the Agency.
2. As-built drawings and records shall include all necessary information as outlined in the PWS
or as agreed to by the Agency. Records shall include pre and post inspection video; locations
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 232 of284
of obstructions, groundwater or other conditions encountered; locations of test coupons and
service connections; liner type and thickness; and temperature and/or light train sensor data
from data loggers. The records shall be updated by the Contractor as the Work progresses,
shall be clearly legible and shall indicate the locations of the Work performed each day.
500-3 CLEANING AND PRELIMINARY INSPECTION.
500-3.1 General.
ADD the following:
1. The Contractor shall either plug or install a flow bypass pumping system to properly clean the
host pipe and shall utilize cleaning equipment and procedures that will not damage the pipe.
The Contractor shall repair any damage to the pipe resulting from the cleaning operations as
approved by the Engineer and at no additional cost to the Agency.
2. Upon the completion of pipe cleaning, the Contractor shall verify the inside pipe diameter,
length and site conditions of each pipe segment and include the data collected in the pipe
rehabilitation design.
500-3.4 Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection.
DELETE the first paragraph and REPLACE with the following:
1. Prior to rehabilitation, a post-cleaning CCTV inspection shall be performed by PACP certified
personnel trained in locating breaks, obstacles and service connections using CCTV. The
Contractor shall submit the post-cleaning video for review prior to installation of the CIPP and
for later reference by the Agency. Video inspections shall be recorded on a digital storage
device. All original digital recordings, log sheets, and reports shall be submitted to the
Engineer and will become the property of the Agency.
500-4 PIPELINE POINT REPAIR AND/OR REPLACEMENT.
500-4.6 Measurement.
DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following:
1. Pipeline point repair/replacement will be measured along the longitudinal axis between the
ends of the pipeline point repair and/or replacement completed and shall not include the
inside dimensions of structures
500-4.7 Payment.
DELETE the first sentence and REPLACE with the following:
1. The Contract Unit Price per linear foot (m) or lump sum for pipeline point repair and/or
replacement shall include furnishing and installing all fittings, connections, seals, and special
Work shown on the Plans or required in the Specifications.
500-5 LINING.
500-5.2 Service Connection Locations.
DELETE the third sentence and REPLACE with the following:
1. The Contractor shall provide interim sewer service unless otherwise shown on the Plans or
specified in the Special Provisions.
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 233 of284
500-5.3 Sewage Bypass and Pumping.
DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following:
1. The lining systems specified in 500-5.8, 500-5.11, and 500-5.12 may be installed while flow
exists in the host pipeline, without diverting the flow or bypass pumping. The Contractor shall
consider the effects of varying flow levels on the buoyancy calculations to be submitted.
2. The Contractor shall bypass the sewer flow around the Work and dewater the Work area in
accordance with 3-12.5, 3-12.6.4, and 306-5. The Contractor shall submit a sewage bypass
and pumping plan in accordance with 3-8.
3. Service connections may be plugged only when approved by the Engineer, when the
procedures are described in the Contractor’s Performance Work Statement, and after the
affected residence or business is notified. The Contractor shall notify the Agency at least 14
Calendar Days in advance of sewer bypass operations or flow interruptions and provide
written notice to each residence or business 48 hours prior to interruption of the customer’s
sewer service. The notice shall include the date and duration of the interruption and a 24-
hour contact telephone number to report any problems which could arise. Service
connections must be re-established within the same Working Day unless otherwise approved
by the Engineer. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer and the residence or business of
any sewer service which cannot be reconnected within the time stated in the written notice.
4. Installation of the liner shall not begin until the Contractor has installed the required plugs
and/or a sewage bypass system and all pumping facilities have been installed and tested.
Flow bypassing shall be maintained until the rehabilitated pipe is returned to service in
accordance with the approved procedures.
500-5.5.1 General.
ADD the following:
1. The Contractor is responsible for field verification of the Site conditions, host pipe inside
diameter, and complete installation of the CIPP using the system selected by the Contractor
and meeting the requirements specified in this part.
2. The finished CIPP shall be continuous and jointless from manhole to manhole or access point
to access point and shall be free of all defects that will affect the long-term life and operation
of the pipe. The layers of completed CIPP shall be uniformly bonded with no separation
between any 2 layers under the action of a probe or knife blade.
3. The CIPP shall fit tightly within the existing pipe with no leaks at the manholes or service
connections or through the wall of the installed pipe. If leakage occurs at any location, the
Contractor shall seal the areas to stop all leakage using a material compatible with the CIPP
as directed by the Engineer. If leakage occurs through the wall of the pipe, the CIPP liner shall
be repaired or removed as recommended by the manufacturer. Final approval will be based
on a leak-tight pipe that meets or exceeds all specified physical properties and tolerances
specified.
4. Testing and warranty inspections shall be coordinated with the Agency and executed by the
Contractor. Any defects discovered during the warranty period shall be repaired or replaced
by the Contractor.
500-5.5.2 Material Composition and Testing.
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 234 of284
ADD the following:
1. All materials testing shall be performed at the Contractor’s expense by an independent third-
party laboratory recommended by the CIPP manufacturer and approved by the Agency.
2. The installed CIPP thickness shall be measured in accordance with Section 8.1.6 of ASTM
F1743 for each section of liner. The average thickness shall meet or exceed the thickness
calculated in the approved design. The minimum thickness at any point shall not be less than
87.5 percent of the design thickness. CIPP that does not meet the physical or chemical
resistance properties required shall be repaired or removed unless additional testing
performed by the Contractor demonstrates compliance.
3. All curing, cutting and identification of samples will be witnessed by the Agency and
transmitted by the Contractor to the testing laboratory. The Contractor shall maintain the
chain of custody, deliver the samples to an approved laboratory and pay for all material and
product testing.
4. On pipes larger than 18 inches in diameter, the Agency may, at its discretion, require plate
samples cured with the CIPP or designate a location in the newly installed CIPP where the
Contractor shall take a sample. Plate samples will be supplemented by 2-inch diameter core
samples removed from the soffit of the CIPP by the Contractor. The openings produced from
the core samples shall be repaired in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommended
procedures. Laboratory test results shall identify the test sample location as referenced to
the nearest manhole and station. If test results do not demonstrate compliance with the
minimum physical and thickness requirements, the CIPP shall be repaired or replaced by the
Contractor.
500-5.5.3 Resin and Tube Acceptance.
ADD the following:
1. A roller and vacuum system shall be used to uniformly distribute the resin and completely
saturate the tube prior to deployment for installation. The wet-out fabric tube shall have a
uniform thickness and excess resin distribution that, when compressed at installation
pressures, will meet or exceed the design thickness after cure with allowances for
polymerization shrinkage and anticipated loss of resin through cracks and irregularities in the
host pipe wall.
2. The wall color of the interior pipe surface of CIPP after installation shall be a light reflective
color. The hue of the color shall be dark enough to distinguish a contrast between the fully
resin saturated felt fabric and dry or resin-lean upon CCTV inspection. The wet-out fabric tube
shall be rejected if dry or unsaturated areas are visible upon inspection or evident by color
contrast between the tube fabric and the activated resin.
500-5.5.5 Installation.
ADD the following:
1. Prior to installation of the liner and as recommended by the manufacturer, remote
temperature gauges or sensors shall be placed inside the host pipe to monitor the
temperatures during the cure cycle. Liner and/or host pipe interface temperature shall be
monitored and logged during curing of the liner.
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 235 of284
2. The wet-out tube shall be positioned in the pipeline using the method specified or approved
by the manufacturer. Care should be exercised not to damage the tube during installation.
The liner should be pulled-in or inverted through an existing manhole or approved access
point and fully extend to the next manhole or termination point.
500-5.5.6 Curing.
ADD the following:
1. Curing shall be accomplished by utilizing the appropriate medium in accordance with the
manufacturer’s recommended cure procedure as described in the Contractor’s approved
Performance Work Statement. The curing source or in and output temperatures shall be
monitored and logged during the cure cycles, as applicable. The manufacturer’s
recommended cure method and schedule shall be followed for each line segment, accounting
for liner wall thickness, ground temperature, moisture level, soil thermal conductivity per
ASTM guidelines, as applicable.
2. Continuous temperature monitoring of heat cured liners shall be performed with a system
computer that generates an output report that records stationing along the pipe, maximum
temperature achieved, the sustained temperature, and the minimum cool down
temperature. The temperatures during curing and cool down procedures shall comply with
the manufacturer’s recommendations.
3. For ultraviolet light cured liners, all light train sensor readings shall be monitored and
recorded by a tamper proof computer with output report documenting the cure along the
entire length of the installed liner. The cure procedure shall be in accordance with the
manufacturer’s recommendations.
500-6 END SEALS.
DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following:
1. The beginning and end of the new pipe liner shall be sealed to the host pipe with an epoxy or
other approved material. The epoxy or other material shall conform to 211-2. The approved
epoxy or other material shall be compatible with the lining material and host pipe and shall
provide a watertight seal.
2. The finished liner shall protrude a minimum of 1 inch (25 mm) and a maximum of 2 inches
(50 mm) into a manhole unless otherwise shown on the Plans or specified in the Special
Provisions. Liner material shall be cut smooth and parallel with a manhole wall. The interface
between the host pipe and the pipe liner shall be sealed 360 degrees.
3. When the pipe liner extends through a manhoIe, it shall be sealed as shown on the Plans and
as specified in the Special Provisions. Any exposed liner edges along the manhole shelf shall
be sealed.
500-8 SERVICE CONNECTION RE-ESTABLISHMENT.
DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following:
1. Service connections shall be re-established on the same day after completion of each liner
pipe installation in the main line using a remote-controlled device. If any service connection
cannot be re-established with a final cut, as specified in this part, on the same day, it shall be
opened on the same day with a temporary, smooth cut with a diameter of 1 inch smaller than
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 236 of284
the diameter of the lateral. Service connections shall be re-established with a final cut within
3 Calendar Days of interruption of service. The bottom of the reinstated service opening shall
match the invert of the service connection, the diameter shall be no less than 95 percent of
the original diameter, and the new edge shall be smooth with no loose or abraded material
and free of cracks or leaks.
2. The Contractor shall have a fully operational, backup, remote-controlled device on site. If for
any reason the Contractor is unable to remotely re-establish the service connections, the
Contractor shall re-establish each by open cut within 24 hours and maintain sewer service
during this period at no additional cost to the Agency.
3. Services requiring bypasses to be provided by the Contractor will be identified in the Special
Provisions.
500-11 MEASUREMENT.
DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following:
1. Lining will be measured by the linear foot (m) of liner installed, from center to center of
manholes for each pipe segment.
500-12 PAYMENT.
DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following:
1. Payment for lining will be made at the Contract Unit Price per linear foot (m) for each
diameter size of pipeline to be lined, complete in place, in accordance with the Contract
Documents. Correction of failed liner or liner that does not meet the tests or performance
criteria specified shall be performed by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Agency.
2. The Contract Unit Price shall include;
a) sewage bypass and pumping,
b) service connection location and re-establishment,
c) verification of abandoned service connections,
d) construction and restoration of access pits, if proposed,
e) annular space grouting, if required,
f) sampling and testing, and
g) all other Work not covered by other Bid items including all Work or services not
specifically mentioned but which are required to install the final product, complete, in
accordance with the Contract Documents.
SECTION 502 – MANHOLE AND STRUCTURE REHABILITATION
502-2 SUBMITTALS.
DELETE items c) & d) and REPLACE with the following:
c) Certificate of Compliance for each type of liner and its component materials with the
referenced standards.
d) For structural lining systems, submit calculations for structural loading and wall thickness
design signed and sealed by a Professional Engineer.
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 237 of284
502-4 REPAIR, RESURFACING, AND ACTIVE INFILTRATION ELIMINATION.
502-4.2 Repair.
DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following:
1. Prior to installation, patching or localized repairs shall be performed using rapid setting
polymer repair mortars or other approved materials compatible with the lining system and
intended for use in corrosive environments in municipal wastewater systems. Repair mortars
shall be used to fill surface irregularities and voids and for repair of deteriorated or cracked
surfaces in the host structure to a uniform surface. The edges of concrete surfaces shall be
keyed or chamfered to avoid thin, tapered edges in the repair mortar. Manufacturer's
specifications shall be followed when performing repairs, material handling, mixing,
installation and curing.
2. Materials shall consist of rapid setting mixtures of polymer resins or cementitious materials,
monocrystalline quartz aggregates, and activators or accelerating agents. Material shall not
contain chlorides or metallic particles. Repair mortars shall have a minimum bond strength
of 1,600 psi when tested to substrate failure per ASTM C882.
3. Non-resinous, cementitious repair mortar used in manhole base rehabilitation shall be top-
coated with a polyurethane and epoxy lining per 502-5.3 or epoxy lining per 502-5.4.
502-5 LINING SYSTEMS.
502-5.1.2.2 Integral Locking PVC Liner.
DELETE the second sentence and REPLACE with the following:
1. A Certificate of Compliance conforming to 4-5 shall be submitted to the Engineer.
502-5.3.3 Installation and Curing.
DELETE the first sentence and REPLACE with the following:
1. Lining material shall be applied to all prepared surfaces from 1 inch (25 mm) below the low-
flow water level to the base of the frame and cover unless otherwise specified.
502-5.3.5 Testing.
DELETE the first sentence and REPLACE with the following:
1. The set or cured lining materials shall be tested in accordance with 502-6 unless otherwise
specified
502-5.4.3 Installation and Curing.
DELETE the first sentence and REPLACE with the following:
1. Lining material shall be applied to all prepared surfaces from I inch (25 mm) below the low-
flow water level to the base of the frame and cover unless otherwise specified.
502-5.5.2.4 Locking Extensions.
DELETE the second sentence and REPLACE with the following:
1. The locking extensions shall have a shape, height, web thickness, and spacing that will allow
the liner to be held permanently in place and meet the requirements of 502-5.5.5.
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 238 of284
ADD 502-5.6 Polymer Concrete Structural Lining System.
502-5.6.1 General.
1. This subsection specifies precast polymer concrete structural inserts installed inside of an
existing manhole and filling the annular space with CLSM or Portland cement concrete
resulting in a structural liner within the host structure, and installation of an external manhole
chimney seal.
ADD the following: 502-5.6.2 Materials.
ADD the following: 502-5.6.2.1 Polymer Concrete Structural Insert.
1. The design shall meet or exceed the load and strength requirements of ASTM C478 and ASTM
C857. Inserts shall be reinforced in accordance with ACI 440.1R-15.
2. Polymer concrete manhole inserts shall be furnished with alignment guides for centering.
Inserts and cone sections shall be provided in various lengths to provide the required height
with the fewest number of joints.
3. The polymer concrete structural insert will have a minimum wall thickness of 2 inches (50
mm) for insert diameters up to 60 inches (1524 mm). Wall thicknesses for larger outside
diameters shall be verified by calculations in the product submittal. Outside diameter
clearance to the wall of the host structure shall be a minimum of 1-1/2 inches (38 mm).
4. Manufacturer shall be ISO 9001:2008 certified and facility quality control shall adhere to ISO
9001:2015. Fabrication of polymer concrete components will take place in an all-polymer
concrete production facility.
ADD the following: 502-5.6.2.2 Portland Cement Concrete.
1. Portland cement concrete shall be Class 560-CSP-3250 (330-CSP-23) conforming to 201-1.1.2
unless otherwise specified.
ADD the following: 502-5.6.2.3 Cement Mortar.
1. Cement mortar shall conform with Class C mortar per 201-5.
ADD the following: 502-5.6.2.4 Controlled Low Strength Material.
1. CLSM shall conform with 201-6 and contain not less than 90 pounds of cement per cubic yard.
ADD the following: 502-5.6.2.5 Joint Sealant.
1. Sealant for polymer concrete insert joints used in conjunction with CLSM annular backfill shall
consist of a butyl-rubber-based preformed flexible sealant conforming to ASTM C990,
paragraph 6.2. The sealant shall have 50% minimum butyl rubber and 2% or less volatile
matter. The dimensions of the sealant shall be sized such that the joint is filled to at least 50%
of its annular volume when fully assembled.
ADD the following: 502-5.6.2.6 External Chimney Seal.
1. The external chimney seal shall be specifically designed to seal the frame and grade ring joints
in municipal wastewater manholes. The seal shall consist of a continuous seamless band of
EPDM rubber 65 mils or thicker with a preformed, reinforced, L-shaped corner molded into
the top edge to conform with the shape of the manhole structure. The top and lower edges
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 239 of284
shall have a 2 to 3-inch (51 mm to 76 mm) wide strip of non-hardening, butyl rubber sealant
with a minimum thickness of 1/8-inch (3 mm) to seal the joints at the cone and the frame.
Other types of chimney seals shall be approved by the Engineer.
ADD the following: 502-5.6.3 Installation.
1. Remove existing manhole frame and cover and cone. Remove steps flush with the surface of
the manhole. Clean all remaining surfaces and repair the manhole base to its original form in
accordance with 502-3 and 502-4.
2. If necessary, neatly saw cut the polymer concrete insert to accommodate existing sewer pipe
penetrations into the manhole. Circular cuts shall be used for pipe penetrations to minimize
the amount of polymer concrete removed. Remove any surface irregularities along the
perimeter edge of the shelf that will support the insert and apply cement mortar to receive
the insert. Lower the first insert onto the mortar and shim the insert plumb and centered
within the existing manhole. Trowel the mortar flush with the insert wall to fill any voids along
the bottom edge of the insert.
3. After the bottom joint has hardened, apply epoxy mortar on the shelf in the annular space
above the channel. Build up the surface of the shelf to at least 4 inches (100 mm) above the
bottom of the lowest insert. Slope the manhole shelf uniformly toward the channel with 1
inch rise per foot of run. When completed, the shelf shall be free of cracks, sharp edges and
unbonded epoxy mortar.
4. Install the remaining inserts and cone using wall alignment guides and joint sealant. Lift the
inserts into place using spreader bars approved or furnished by the manufacturer.
5. Extend existing pipe penetrations with new pipe to the interior surface of the insert and patch
all pipe entry areas with epoxy mortar. Install grade rings and frame and cover to finish
surface. In unpaved areas where the grade rings will extend above the ground surface, bond
the grade rings and frame with an epoxy adhesive approved by the manufacturer. Install the
external chimney seal to seal the joint between the cone and lowest grade ring, and between
the grade rings and the frame casting.
6. Backfill the annular space between the host structure and the insert with CLSM. Place and
compact backfill to pavement subgrade, or to final ground surface in unpaved areas, per 306-
12 and restore the pavement section in accordance with 306-13.
ADD the following: 502-5.6.4 Acceptance and Warranty.
a. Interior surfaces of manhole insert shall be free of voids, cracks, joint offset, or other
irregularities. Acceptance shall be based on certification from the manufacturer that polymer
concrete structural insert system components meet the requirements of the referenced
standards and on the quality of the finished product upon inspection by the Agency.
Manufacturer shall provide a 50-year corrosion warranty on the structural inserts.
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 240 of284
PART 6 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL
SECTION 600 – ACCESS
600-3 PEDESTRIAN ACCESS.
ADD 600-3.1 ADA Requirements.
1. Temporary facilities shall be detectable by a person with a visual disability traveling with
the aid of a long cane and include accessibility features consistent with the features
present in the existing pedestrian facility. A detectable barrier shall be placed across the
full width of the closed sidewalk.
2. Channelized pedestrian routes shall be clear of obstacles and shall have a continuous
detectable edging. The accessible route shall have the following:
a. Clear headroom of at least 80 inches (2032 mm).
b. A surface that is firm, stable, and slip resistant.
c. No level changes in excess of 1/2 inch (12.5 mm) vertically (in the absence of a
curb ramp, ramp, elevator, or platform lift).
d. A curb ramp slope of less than 8.3% (1:12).
e. A path of travel slope of less than 5% (1:20) and a cross slope of less than 2%
(1:50).
f. Routes that are under scaffolding conforming to ADA requirements.
g. Audible information devices (when shown on Plans or Traffic Control Permit).
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 241 of284
PART 7 STREET LIGHTING AND TRAFFIC SIGNALS
Modify as follows: Division X Electrical Work, Section 86 General and Section 87 Electrical
Systems of the Caltrans Standard Specifications replaces Section 700, “Street Lighting and
Traffic Signals,” of the SSPWC, in all matters pertaining to the specifications for measurement,
payment, warranty, materials and methods of construction of street lighting and traffic signals.
Section 86 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications is unmodified excepted as specified herein..
GENERAL
Summary
All traffic signal improvements constructed within the City of Carlsbad shall conform to the
requirements as contained herein. Traffic signal equipment and improvements not otherwise
identified within this document shall be in accordance with the latest version of the Caltrans
Standard Plans, Caltrans Revised Standard Plans (RSP), Standard Specifications, and Revised
Standard Specifications.
All references to the Caltrans Standard Plans in this specification refer to the 2018 Caltrans
Standard Plans and Revised Standard Plans (RSP) as posted through October 18, 2019.
All numerical references in the left column of this document refer to the applicable section of the
2018 Caltrans Standard Specifications. All numerical references with two letters in the suffix are
fictitious sections which are not included in the Caltrans Standard Specifications. All section titles
follow the information pertinent to the City of Carlsbad.
Submittals
The Contractor shall submit all proposed equipment and materials to the City of Carlsbad for
review and approval prior to ordering. Submitted materials shall conform to the requirements of
the Caltrans specifications, these specifications, the plans, and special provisions. Proposed use
and submittal of equipment different than equipment where the vendor and/or model has been
specifically identified shall conform to all features and functions of the specified equipment.
Where applicable the proposed equipment shall demonstrate support of full functionality within
existing City of Carlsbad operational software.
Requirements
The Contractor shall obtain the appropriate permits and shall conduct a field walk through of the
project site with City of Carlsbad prior to the start of work.
The Contractor shall contact the City of Carlsbad to schedule the field walk a minimum of 14 days
in advance.
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 242 of284
The Contractor shall be responsible to coordinate with the City of Carlsbad for project approval
and acceptance.
Warranty Requirements
The Contractor shall warranty all work, labor, equipment, cabling, and appurtenances from
defects, malfunctions, and failures for a minimum of one year from the date of acceptance by
the City of Carlsbad Traffic Engineer and/or TSOS. This warranty shall include all labor, materials,
equipment, shipping, handling, and miscellaneous work necessary to remedy defects,
malfunctions, and failures to the satisfaction of the City.
Testing Requirements
The Contractor shall be responsible for testing of all installed traffic signal system equipment and
components; including, but not limited to, fiber optic cables, traffic signal controller,
input/output cards, and cabling, to ensure a fully functional system. The Contractor shall prepare
a test plan for review and approval by the City prior to conducting the test.
TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEM IMPROVEMENTS
The Contractor shall be responsible to furnish and install all traffic signal equipment and materials
except for those items specifically identified on the project plans and special provisions to be
furnished by the City of Carlsbad. The Contractor shall provide all traffic control, configuration,
and testing necessary to install or modify the traffic signalized intersection as identified in the
project plans and special provisions.
STREET LIGHTING AND TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEMS
86-1.02B Conduits.
General.
1. Underground conduit shall be Schedule 80 PVC conduit complying with UL
651.
2. Galvanized rigid steel conduit shall be utilized in all exposed above ground
installations; within structures; and, between a structure or exposed location
and the nearest pull box.
3. Conduit sweeps shall be factory manufactured bends with a maximum angle
of 30-degrees; radius of bends shall be a minimum of ten times the outside
diameter of the nominal conduit cross-section.
4. All conduit shall have a #12 tracer wire and a pull rope installed. The #12 tracer
wire and pull rope shall be separate materials (not combined into a single
detectable pull rope).
5. All service conduits between San Diego Gas and Electric (SDG&E) service points
and meter pedestals shall comply with SDG&E conduit size and material
requirements.
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 243 of284
6. All conduits shall be a minimum three-inch conduit unless otherwise identified
on the plans.
7. Construction of all new traffic signals or modification requiring installation of
new conduit to an existing traffic signal shall have a minimum of one 3”
conduit crossing each leg of the intersection. Additionally, all new or modified
traffic signals shall have a spare 3” conduit crossing the major street directly
adjacent to the traffic signal cabinet. Each conduit crossing shall terminate into
a traffic signal pull box.
86-1.02C Pull Boxes and Vaults.
1. All new pull boxes for traffic signal systems shall be No. 6, unless otherwise
identified on the project plans or special provisions. The traffic signal pull box
adjacent to the traffic signal controller cabinet shall be No. 6E. Pull box covers
shall be marked “CARLSBAD TRAFFIC SIGNAL.”
2. All new lighting pull boxes shall be a No. 3.5 pull box, unless otherwise
identified on the project plans or special provisions. The lighting pull boxes
shall be marked “CARLSBAD LIGHTING.”
3. All pull boxes shall be concrete.
4. Covers for No. 3.5 and No. 5 pull boxes installed in non-traffic areas shall be
concrete. Covers for No. 6 pull boxes installed in non-traffic areas shall be
concrete or polymer.
5. All new fiber optic pull boxes, at locations along or at the intersection of a
major/collector arterial, shall be a 36”x36”x36” splice vault unless otherwise
identified on the project plans or special provisions. The splice vault lid shall
be lockable and have a lift assist. The splice vault shall be furnished with racks
and hooks installed in the walls of the vault. For fiber optic pull box locations
along or at the intersection of a local street or in areas where space is confined,
a No. 6E pull box shall be used at the discretion of the City of Carlsbad. Splice
vault and pull box covers shall be marked “CARLSBAD FIBER OPTIC.”
87-19.02D Fiber Optic Splice Enclosure.
General.
1. Each splice shall be individually mounted and mechanically protected in the
splice tray and shall be protected with heat-shrink splice protector sleeves.
86-1.02F Conductors, Cabling, and Wiring.
86-1.02F(1) Copper Conductors and Traffic Signal Cabling.
1. Conductors and cabling for traffic signal systems, lighting, and miscellaneous
electrical connections shall be in accordance with the Caltrans Standard
Specifications.
86-1.02F(3)(d)(vi) Communication Cabling.
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 244 of284
1. The Contractor shall furnish Category 6 communications cabling has identified
on the project plans. The furnished CAT 6 cabling shall be shielded,
conforming to the requirements of Telecommunications Industry Association
(TIA) Standard 568 C.2.
2. CAT 6 cables must not exceed 300 feet in finished length. Check each cable for
pin-to-pin termination of each conductor.
3. The finished outside diameter of the cable must not exceed 1/2-inch.
87-19.02C Fiber Optic Cabling.
1. Each fiber optic (FO) outside plant cable must be all dielectric, non-gel water
blocking materials, duct type, with loose buffer tubes and must conform to the
special provisions. Cables must contain single mode (SM) (1310 nm and
1550 nm) fibers in the quantities as shown on the plans; if not shown on the
plans the following fiber counts will apply:
2. The optical fibers must be contained within loose buffer tubes. The loose
buffer tubes must be stranded around an all dielectric central member. Aramid
yarn or fiberglass must be used as a primary strength member, and a
polyethylene outside jacket must provide for overall protection.
3. All FO cable must be from a manufacturer who is regularly engaged in the
production of this material.
4. Each optical fiber must be glass and consist of a doped silica core surrounded
by concentric silica cladding. All fibers in the buffer tube must be usable fibers
and must be sufficiently free of surface imperfections and inclusions to meet
the optical, mechanical, and environmental requirements of these
specifications. The required fiber grade SM must reflect the maximum
individual fiber attenuation, to guarantee the required performance of each
fiber in the cable.
5. The coating must be a dual layered, UV cured acrylate. The coating must be
mechanically or chemically strippable without damaging the fiber.
6. The cable must comply with the optical and mechanical requirements over an
operating temperature range from -40 to +70 °C. The change in attenuation at
extreme operational temperatures (from -40 to +70 °C) for single mode fiber
must not be greater than 0.20 dB/km, with 80 percent of the measured values
no greater than 0.10 dB/km. The single mode fiber measurement is made at
1550 nm.
7. For all fibers the attenuation specification must be a maximum attenuation for
each fiber over the entire operating temperature range of the cable.
8. Single mode fibers within the finished cable must meet the requirements in
the following table:
Quantity Cable Purpose
12 SMFO Branch Cable
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 245 of284
Parameter Singlemode
Type Step Index
Core diameter 8.3 µm (nominal)
Cladding diameter 125 µm ±1.0 µm
Core to Cladding Offset ≤1.0µm
Coating Diameter 250 µm ±15 µm
Cladding Non-circularity
defined as:
[1-(Min cladding Dia ÷Max
cladding Dia.)]x100
≤2.0 percent
Proof/Tensile Test
Attenuation: (-40 to +70 °C)
@1310 nm ≤0.4 dB/km
@1550 nm ≤0.3 dB/km
Attenuation at the Water Peak ≤2.1 dB/km @ 1383 ±3 nm
Chromatic Dispersion:
Zero Dispersion Wavelength 1301.5 to 1321.5 nm
Zero Dispersion Slope ≤0.092 ps/(nm2*km)
Maximum Dispersion: ≤3.3 ps/(nm*km) for 1285 – 1330 nm
<18 ps/(nm*km) for 1550 nm
Cut-Off Wavelength <1260 nm
Mode Field Diameter
(Petermann II)
9.3 ±0.5 µm at 1300 nm
10.5 ±1.0 µm at 1550 nm
9. Optical fibers must be distinguishable from others in the same buffer tube by
means of color coding according to the following: 1. Blue (BL)
2. Orange (OR)
3. Green (GR)
4. Brown (BR)
5. Slate (SL)
6. White (WT)
7. Red (RD)
8. Black (BK)
9. Yellow (YL)
10. Violet (VL)
11. Rose (RS)
12. Aqua (AQ)
10. The colors must be targeted in accordance with the Munsell color shades and
must meet EIA/TIA-598 "Color Coding of Fiber Optic Cables."
11. Buffer tubes containing fibers must also be color coded with distinct and
recognizable colors according to the same table listed above for fibers.
12. The color formulation must be compatible with the fiber coating and the
buffer tube filling compound, and be heat stable. It must not fade or smear or
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 246 of284
be susceptible to migration and it must not affect the transmission
characteristics of the optical fibers and must not cause fibers to stick together.
13. The fiber optic cable must consist of, but not be limited to, the following
components:
1. Buffer tubes
2. Central member
3. Filler rods
4. Stranding
5. Core and cable flooding
6. Tensile strength member
7. Ripcord
8. Outer jacket
14. Buffer Tubes. - Loose buffer tubes must provide clearance between the fibers
and the inside of the tube to allow for expansion without constraining the
fiber. The fibers must be loose or suspended within the tubes and must not
adhere to the inside of the tube. Each buffer tube must contain 6 or 12 fibers.
15. The loose buffer tubes must be extruded from a material having a coefficient
of friction sufficiently low to allow free movement of the fibers. The material
must be tough and abrasion resistant to provide mechanical and
environmental protection of the fibers, yet designed to permit safe intentional
"scoring" and breakout, without damaging or degrading the internal fibers.
16. Buffer tube must have a non-gel water-blocking material used to prevent
water intrusion and migration. The filling compound must be non-toxic and
dermatologically safe to exposed skin. It must be chemically and mechanically
compatible with all cable components, non-nutritive to fungus, non-
hygroscopic and electrically non-conductive. The filling compound must be
free from dirt and foreign matter and must be readily removable with
conventional nontoxic solvents.
17. Buffer tubes must be stranded around a central member by a method that will
prevent stress on the fibers when the cable jacket is placed under strain, such
as the reverse oscillation stranding process.
18. Central Member. - The central member which functions as an anti-buckling
element must be a glass reinforced plastic rod with similar expansion and
contraction characteristics as the optical fibers and buffer tubes. A linear
overcoat of low-density polyethylene must be applied to the central member
to achieve the optimum diameter to provide the proper spacing between
buffer tubes during stranding.
19. Filler Rods. - Filler rods may be included in the cable to lend symmetry to the
cable cross-section where needed. Filler rods must be solid medium or high-
density polyethylene. The diameter of filler rods must be the same as the outer
diameter of the buffer tubes.
20. Stranding. - Completed buffer tubes must be stranded around the overcoated
central member using stranding methods, lay lengths and positioning such
that the cable must meet mechanical, environmental and performance
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 247 of284
specifications. A polyester binding must be applied over the stranded buffer
tubes to hold them in place. Binders must be applied using tension sufficient
to secure the buffer tubes to the central member without crushing the buffer
tubes. The binders must be non-hygroscopic, non-wicking (or rendered so by
the flooding compound), and dielectric with low shrinkage.
21. Core and Cable Flooding. - The cable core interstices must be filled with a
polyolefin-based compound to prevent water ingress and migration. The
flooding compound must be homogeneous, non-hygroscopic, electrically non-
conductive, and non-nutritive to fungus. The compound must also be
nontoxic, dermatologically safe and compatible with all other cable
components.
22. Tensile Strength Member. - Tensile strength must be provided by high tensile
strength aramid yarns or fiberglass which must be helically stranded evenly
around the cable core and must not adhere to other cable components.
23. Ripcord. - The cable must contain at least one ripcord under the jacket for easy
sheath removal.
24. Outer Jacket. - The jacket must be free of holes, splits, and blisters and must
be medium or high-density polyethylene (PE), or medium density cross-linked
polyethylene with minimum nominal jacket thickness of 40.0 ±
3 mil1000 ±76 µm. Jacketing material must be applied directly over the tensile
strength members and flooding compound and must not adhere to the aramid
strength material. The polyethylene must contain carbon black to provide
ultraviolet light protection and must not promote the growth of fungus.
25. The jacket or sheath must have clear, distinctive and permanent markings
showing the manufacturer's name, the words "Optical Cable", the number of
fibers, "SM", year of manufacture, and sequential measurement markings
every 3 feet. The actual length of the cable must be within -/+1 percent of the
length marking. The marking must be in a contrasting color to the cable jacket.
The height of the marking must be approximately 0.1-inch.
26. The FO cable must meet the current requirements of the Energy Information
Administration (EIA) and TIA fiber optic test procedures; EIA-TIA 455-x.
27. The completed cable must be packaged for shipment on reels. The cable must
be wrapped in a weather and temperature resistant covering and sealed to
prevent the ingress of moisture. Each end of the cable must be securely
fastened to the reel to prevent the cable from coming loose during transit. Ten
feet of cable length on each end of the cable must be accessible for testing.
28. Each cable reel must have a durable weatherproof label or tag showing the
manufacturer's name, the cable type, the actual length of cable on the reel,
your name, the contract number, and the reel number. A shipping record must
also be included in a weatherproof envelope showing the above information
and also include the date of manufacture, cable characteristics (size,
attenuation, bandwidth, etc.), factory test results, and cable identification
number.
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 248 of284
29. The FO cable must be in one continuous length per reel with no factory splices
in the fiber. Each reel must be marked to indicate the direction the reel should
be rolled to prevent loosening of the cable.
86-1.02F Vehicle Detection.
1. Vehicle detection shall be fully functional for detecting vehicles and bicycles,
where applicable, and shall terminate into a two-channel or four-channel
detector card in the controller cabinet. Vehicle detection shall be comprised
of two categories: presence and advance.
2. Presence detection shall be capable of vehicle presence, passage, count, and
occupancy.
3. Inductive loops for use as presence or advance detection as identified on the
project plans, shall conform to Section 86-1.02F(c)(iii) of the Caltrans Standard
Specifications.
4. Over-roadway detection technologies are detection solutions that provide the
capability to perform presence and/or advance detection without requiring
the need of installing the detection onto, inside, or beneath the roadway.
Over-roadway detection equipment furnished for the purpose of presence or
advance detection shall include all mounting hardware, cabling, and input
cards as required by the equipment manufacturer.
86-1.02F(3)(d)(iii) Loop Lead-ins.
1. Conductors for loop detector lead-ins shall be Type B.
86-1.02K Roadway Street Lighting
1. Mission Bell Luminaires. The contractor shall be responsible for furnishing and
installing all components of the Mission Bell fixture and light standard in
accordance with manufacturer's specifications and these special provisions.
The Contractor's responsibility shall include, but is not limited to, mounting
adaptor to mast arm, mounting bracket for use with photoelectric control and
suspension method for conductors. Mission Bell Luminaire shall be King
Luminaire Mission Bell Type III or equal as show on the project plans. The
Contractor shall submit shop drawings for the mounting design for approval
by the Engineer prior to fabrication in accordance with Section 2-5.3 Shop
Drawings.
2. Concrete Street Light Pole. Streetlight pole shall be Ameron Contemporary
Series 2B2 Round Pole or approved equivalent with the following parameters:
a. Streetlight poles shall be round, pre-stressed concrete utilizing an anchor base.
The surface treatment shall be exposed concrete aggregate with a graffiti-
resistant coating.
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 249 of284
b. Streetlight foundations shall be in accordance with San Diego Regional
Standard Drawing (SDRSD) E-1 and E-2 for standard concrete poles with no
additional mounted appurtenances.
c. Streetlight poles in arterial or commercial areas shall have a height of 26 feet.
d. Mast arms shall be aluminum or galvanized steel with a length of 8 feet.
e. Luminaire mounting height shall be between 1.5’ and 2.5’ from the top of pole.
3. Photoelectric Control. Each safety lighting luminaire shall be furnished and
installed with a photocell compatible to the NEMA 7 pin socket as identified in
the City of Carlsbad Lighting Specifications.
86-1.02AB Communication Equipment.
General.
1. All Communication Equipment shall be compatible with the existing City of
Carlsbad communications network, traffic signal controller, locally installed
equipment, and central traffic signal software system. The equipment type
shall comply with the type shown on the plans unless directed otherwise by
the City of Carlsbad Traffic Engineer and/or TSOS.
2. All communication equipment shall be Ethernet, field hardened devices,
manufactured by a company regularly engaged in the production of Ethernet
communications devices.
3. For the purposes of equipment sizing, intersections shall be defined as small,
medium, or large.
a. Small: Any intersection with five (5) or fewer networked
sensors/controllers/IoT devices, and which does not have any
downstream intersections to support.
b. Medium: Any intersection with five (5) to ten (10) networked
sensors/controllers/IoT devices, and which has one (1) to three (3)
downstream intersections to support.
c. Large: Any intersection with ten (10) or more networked
sensors/controllers/IoT devices, and which has one (1) or more
downstream intersections to support.
Ethernet Switch (Copper).
1. Ethernet switches supporting communications over copper media shall be
Cisco Industrial Ethernet (IE) 4000 as approved by the City of Carlsbad or
approved equal in all features and functions. Ethernet Switch (Copper) shall
be a hardened, managed, Layer 3 switch complying to NEMA TS2
requirements. All ethernet switches shall be at a minimum 10/100/1000BASE-
X and have a minimum of eight total Gigabit Ethernet (GE) ports. At least four
shall be combination ports (capable of fiber or copper mediums) and the
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 250 of284
remaining number and configuration shall be per the direction of the City of
Carlsbad.
Ethernet Switch (Fiber).
1. Ethernet switches supporting communications over fiber optic cabling shall be
be Cisco Industrial Ethernet (IE) 4000 as approved by the City of Carlsbad or
approved equal in all features and functions.
2. Ethernet Switch (Fiber) shall be a hardened, managed, Layer 3 switch
complying to NEMA TS2 requirements. All ethernet switches shall be at a
minimum 10/100/1000BASE-X and have a minimum of twelve total Gigabit
Ethernet (GE) ports. Eight ports shall be 10/100/1000BASE-TX PoE ports, two
10/100/1000BASE-FX ports (single mode) with SC connections, and two
10/100/1000BASE-SX (SFP) (single mode) with SC connections for
communications per the direction of the City of Carlsbad.
86-1.02AC Fiber Optic Termination Unit.
1. The Contractor shall furnish and install a 19-inch rack mountable fiber optic
termination unit capable of terminating a minimum of 24 fiber strands or the
number of fiber strands as identified in the project plans. The rack mountable
termination unit shall house, organize, manage, and protect fiber optic cable,
splices, and connectors; and shall include integral cable management.
2. The Fiber Optic Termination Unit fiber trays shall be constructed of steel
material. Steel cover shall be removable for cabling and connector access
during installation. Enclosure shall have multiple knockouts for a variety of
cable entry points. Termination connector type shall be SC/UPC connectors.
CONSTRUCTION
87-1.03B(3)(a) Conduits.
General.
1. Conduit installation shall be by trenching or directional drilling method as
identified in the plans or specified herein. Conduit installation under existing
pavement, sidewalk, driveways, and pedestrian ramps shall be by directional
drilling unless previously approved by the City of Carlsbad Traffic Engineer.
2. The Contractor shall not be allowed to dig under existing curb and gutter for
conduit installation. All curb and gutter removed shall be restored within 48
hours of demolition.
3. Conduit with less than 30 inches of covers shall be concrete encased with a
minimum of 18 inches of cover. Fiber optic conduit installed by trenching shall
be marked with a yellow underground warning tape installed 6 inches below
grade. The installed yellow underground marking tape must be marked to
identify “CAUTION FIBER OPTIC.”
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 251 of284
Payment.
1. Conduit shall be measured and paid per lineal foot for each size and type of
conduit furnished and installed.
87-1.03C Pull Boxes and Vaults.
General.
1. The Contractor shall stake the proposed location of the pull boxes after
verification of underground utilities and obtain approval of the location by the
Engineer prior to construction.
2. All pull boxes shall be placed behind the sidewalk, or if the preceding is
impractical, in the sidewalk adjacent to the right-of-way.
3. Any pull boxes installed along a roadway without curb and sidewalk shall be
installed adjacent to, but not within, the shoulder. All pull boxes adjacent to
the shoulder, or other drivable areas, shall be traffic rated.
4. Fiber optic communication pull boxes shall have a maximum spacing of 1,000
feet with no more than 180 degrees of total bends, or as approved by the City.
Payment.
1. Pull Boxes will be measured and paid for each type of Pull Box or Splice Vault
installed in accordance with the project plans.
87-19.02D Fiber Optic Splice Enclosure.
Splices.
1. Fiber Optic Splice Enclosure shall be installed within a splice vault or No. 6E
pull box and mounted horizontally in a manner that allows the cables to enter
at the end of the splice enclosure. Not less than 50 feet of each cable entering
the splice enclosure shall be coiled in vault or pull box to allow the fiber splice
closure to be removed for future splicing.
Payment.
1. Fiber Optic Splice Enclosure shall be measured and paid per each unit
furnished and installed in accordance with the project plans.
87-1.03F Traffic Signal Safety Lighting.
1. Installation of traffic signal safety lighting luminaires shall be in accordance
with the Caltrans Standard Plans.
Payment.
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 252 of284
1. Traffic Signal Safety Lighting will be measured and paid for each luminaire
furnished and installed in accordance with the project plans.
87-2.03 Conductors, Cabling, and Wiring.
87-18.01 General.
1. All cabling in pull boxes and cabinets shall be labeled.
2. The phasing for all traffic and pedestrian signal cabling shall be labeled per the
associated plans.
87-19.01 Fiber Optic Cabling.
1. FO Cabling in conduit shall have twelve (12) strands at intersections where
fiber optics is utilized. FO Cabling between intersections shall be connected in
a linear series. Eight (8) strands shall be utilized by the City of Carlsbad Traffic
Division and four (4) strands shall be utilized by the City of Carlsbad
Information Technology Department.
2. Installation of FO cabling shall conform to the cable manufacturers procedures
for tensioning and bend radius. Fiber optic cabling shall be installed unspliced
except for the splice locations specifically identified on the project plans.
3. Splicing of the fiber optic cable shall be fusion splices and shall be limited to
only those fibers specifically identified to be spliced. Full cable splice for ease
of installation shall not be permitted. A minimum of 10 feet of slack shall be
provided in each pull box the fiber optic cable passes through. At splice vaults,
with or without splices identified, a minimum of 50 feet of slack shall be
provided.
4. Fiber optic cable splices must be housed with splice trays in a fiber termination
panel or splice enclosure and must be protected with a metal reinforced
thermal shrink sleeve.
Payment.
1. Conductors, Cabling, and Wiring for traffic signal installations and
modifications will be measured and paid as a lump sum per traffic signal
installation or modification.
2. Conductors, Cabling, and Wiring for communications, fiber optic, and street
lighting systems will be measured and paid per lineal foot for each type of
conductor or cable installed in accordance with the project plans.
87-1.03F(2)(c)(ii) Vehicle Detection.
General.
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 253 of284
1. Installation of inductive loop detectors for presence or advance detection, as
identified on the project plans, shall conform to Section 87-1.03F(3)(c)(ii) of
the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
2. Over-roadway detection technology cabling shall run unspliced from the traffic
signal controller cabinet to the equipment installed on poles and/or other
supports over the roadway. Equipment and cabling installation shall be in
accordance with manufacturer recommendations. Over-roadway detection
shall input detection calls to the traffic signal controller via the traffic signal
cabinet input assembly.
Payment.
1. Inductive loop detectors shall be measured and paid for each type of loop
detector installed in accordance with the project plans.
2. Over-roadway detection equipment shall be measured and paid for each unit
furnished and installed in accordance with the project plans. No separate
measurement or payment will be made for cables, input cards, or other
appurtenances required to provide the intended operation.
87-1.03AA Communication Equipment.
General.
1. The Contractor shall deliver all Ethernet Switches to be provided by the
project to the City of Carlsbad Information Technology Department for
configuration and bench testing prior to field installation.
2. The Contractor shall provide a minimum of 30 working days for the City staff
to complete the configuration and testing of each Ethernet switch prior to
field installation. Following configuration by City staff the Contractor shall
pick-up, transport, and install the Ethernet switches in the traffic signal
cabinet as identified on the project plans.
3. Following field installation, the City of Carlsbad shall perform
communications network testing. The Contractor shall be onsite during
communications network testing to assist with troubleshooting as directed
by the City of Carlsbad.
Payment.
1. Communication Equipment will be measured and paid for each type of
Ethernet Switch furnished and installed in accordance with the project plans.
1. Measurement for payment of Rectangular Rapid Flashing Beacon will be on a
lump sum basis, complete, in place and operating as intended for each
crossing.
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 254 of284
2. The Contract lump sum prices paid for Rectangular Rapid Flashing Beacon
shall be full compensation for picking up and furnishing all materials as shown
on the plans, and for installing all materials including, but not limited to,
installing poles, flashing beacons, pole-mounted signs, solar panels, batteries,
pole-mounted cabinet and controller, and making all required tests and for
all labor, tools, equipment and incidentals required to make the beacons
operational as shown on the plans, as specified, and as required by the City
of Carlsbad.
87-1.03AD Fiber Optic Termination Unit.
1. Fiber Optic Termination Unit shall be installed within the traffic signal
controller cabinet.
Payment.
1. Fiber Optic Termination Unit shall be measured and paid per each unit
furnished and installed in accordance with the project plans.
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 255 of284
PART 8 LANDSCAPING AND IRRIGATION
SECTION 800 - MATERIALS
800-1 LANDSCAPING MATERIALS.
800-1.2.3 Commercial Fertilizer.
ADD the following:
Preplant fertilizer shall be granular commercial fertilizer 7-7-7 or approved equal. Postplant
fertilizer shall be 12-4-6 or approved equal with Ca, Fe, Zn, and Mn and with the majority of
nitrogen in nonammoniac form to prevent acidification of soil. Planting tablets shall be
compressed fertilizer tablets with a 20-10-5 analysis. Hydroseed fertilizer shall be long-lasting,
controlled-release, plastic-coated, uniform in composition, free-flowing, suitable for application
with approved equipment, and shall contain the minimum available percentages of nitrogen,
phosphoric acid, potash and sulfur required by tables 212-1.2.5.1(A) through 212-1-2-5-3(A).
800-1.2.4 Organic Soil Amendment.
ADD the following:
For all types of Organic Soil Amendment mulch materials produced from pine trees grown in
Alameda, Monterey, Santa Clara, Santa Cruz or San Mateo Counties shall not be used in the Work.
Type 1A Organic Soil Amendment shall conform to the requirements for type 1 Organic Soil
Amendment except as modified hereinafter. Type 1A Organic Soil Amendment shall be a wood
or rice residual product derived from the bark of pine, white fir, or red fir or cedar or redwood
shavings or rice hulls. Type 1A Organic Soil Amendment shall be manufactured from clean wood,
free from clods coarse objects and rocks and shall conform to the properties shown in Table
212-1.2.4(B):
Table 800-1.2.4(B)
SOIL AMENDMENT PROPERTIES
Property Minimum Maximum
Dry Weight Nitrogen (1) (1)
Dry Weight Passing 25 mm (1”) Sieve 100% 100%
Dry Weight Passing #4 Sieve 95% 100%
Dry Weight Passing #16 Sieve 45% 65%
Dry Weight Passing #30 Sieve 30% 40%
Dry Weight Passing #50 Sieve 0% 10%
Dry Weight Passing #100 Sieve 0% 2%
Salinity (1) (1)
Iron ( Dilute acid soluble on dry weight basis) 0.08% ---
Ash (dry weight basis) 0% 6.0%
pH 6.0 7.0
Wettability (1) (1)
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 256 of284
(1) (As Required by Table 212-1.2.4(A) SSPWC)
For all types of Organic Soil Amendment the Contractor shall supply the Engineer a sample of the
proposed amendment accompanied by an analytical analysis from a qualified agricultural
laboratory certifying compliance to the requirements herein. Qualified agricultural laboratories
shall have an on-going quality assurance program that fulfills the requirements of the most recent
version of the “Western States Laboratory Proficiency Testing Program Soil and Plant Analytical
Methods”. Certificates of compliance shall contain a statement attesting that the organic soil
amendment meets the requirements of these specifications and that the testing agricultural
laboratory does fulfill the requirements of “Western States Laboratory Proficiency Testing
Program Soil and Plant Analytical Methods”. Said submittal shall be in accordance with Section
2-5.3.3.
800-1.2.5 Mulch for Hydraulic Method Seed Lawn Planting.
Add the following:
The terms Hydroseeding and Hydroseed shall be synonymous with Hydraulic for the purposes of
Section 800. Disturbed Areas, planting areas shall be mulched, fertilized and seeded using
method B. Mulch shall be manufactured from virgin wood cellulose fiber mulch and shall not
contain growth or germination inhibitors. When mixed with water, the mulch shall remain in
uniform suspension and when blended with the seed, fertilizer, and other approved additives,
shall form a homogeneous slurry. When applied, the fibers shall form a moisture absorbing
membrane with adequate percolation properties sufficient to allow one hundred percent of
water applied at the rate of 3.1 liters per minute per square meter (0.075 gallons per minute per
square foot) onto a surface inclined at a 2:1 (horizontal: vertical) slope to pass through the
membrane. A non-phyto-toxic wetting agent shall be added to the slurry mixture. A water
soluble, non-toxic green dye shall be added in sufficient quantity to clearly delineate the planted
areas. When required, binder shall be added to the slurry mixture and shall be “CPA 4000”,
“AZTAC”, “Ecology Control”, “M-Binder”, or approved equal.
ADD 800-1.2.5.1 Disturbed Area Mulch Fertilizer and Additives.
In addition to the seed mix shown in the table for Disturbed Areas the slurry mixture shall be
applied at the rates shown in Table 800-1.2.5.1(A)
Table 800-1.2.5.1(A)
DISTURBED AREA MULCH FERTILIZER AND ADDITIVES
Component Application Rate
grams per sq. meter (pounds per acre)
Virgin Wood Cellulose Fiber Mulch 225 (2000)
Binder (1) 7 (60)
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 257 of284
Fertilizer (16-20-0) Ammonium
Phosphate Sulfate, Plus 15% Soil Sulfur
35 (300)
Wetting Agent Per Mfg. Recommendation
Green Colorant Per Mfg. Recommendation
(1) Required to be incorporated only when applied between the months of Nov. through Feb.
ADD 800-1.2.6 Herbicides and Pesticides.
Shall be used in their appropriate applications with strict adherence to manufacturer’s
specifications and instructions. Postemergent herbicide for all areas shall be Glyphosate, N-
(phosphonomethyl) glycine, in the form of its isopropylamine salt such as Roundup Pro, Diquat,
Montar, or approved equal. Preemergent herbicide for shrubs and groundcover areas planted
from flats shall be Treflan, Surflan, Eptan, or approved equal.
ADD 800-1.2.7 General Soil Conditioners.
Agricultural-grade gypsum shall be a calcium sulfate (CaSO4 H20) product - 94.3 percent. 90
percent shall pass a 50-mesh screen. Control of dust during application is mandatory.
Iron Sulfate shall be ferrous sulfate in pelletized or granular form containing not less than 20.0
percent iron expressed as metallic iron. Iron Sulfate pellets shall be of size and gradation such
that 98 percent is retained on a 10-mesh screen.
ADD 800-1.2.8 Stabilizing Emulsion.
Stabilizing emulsion shall be a concentrated liquid chemical that forms a plastic film upon drying
and allows water and air to penetrate. The film shall be nonflammable and shall have an effective
life of at least one year. Stabilizing emulsion shall be nontoxic to plant and animal life and
nonthinking to concrete or painted surfaces. In the cured state the stabilizing emulsion shall not
be re-emulsifiable. The material shall be registered with, and licensed by the California,
Department of Food and Agriculture, as an “auxiliary soil chemical”. Stabilizing emulsion shall be
miscible with water at time of mixing and application.
800-1.3 Seed.
Add following:
The quantity of pure live seed supplied shall meet or exceed the quantity shown in the specified
mixes. Seed shall not contain more than 0.5 percent weed seed by volume Seed types shall be
as specified on the plans and planting legends, and shall be applied at the rates indicated.
All brand-name, patented seed must be received by Contractor in original manufacturer’s bag.
Seed shall be received by Contractor in separate containers specifying kind, quantity, purity, and
germination. Contractor shall provide the Engineer with each seed bag label used in the Work.
ADD 800-1.3.1 Seed for Disturbed Areas.
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 258 of284
Hydroseeding mix for Disturbed Areas shall consist of no less than the seed varieties shown in
Table 800-1.3.1 (A).
Table 800-1.3.1(A)
SEED FOR DISTURBED AREAS
Seed Variety Application Rate
grams per sq. meter (pounds per acre)
Rose Clover 2.5 20 (1)
Festuca Megalura, Zorro Fescue 2.5 20
Eschscholzia Californica 0.35 3
Achillea Millefolia 0.45 4
Alyssum (Carpet Of Snow) 0.35 3
Dimorpholeca 0.25 2
(1) Rose Clover shall be inoculated with a nitrogen fixing bacteria and be applied dry either by
drilling or broadcasting immediately before hydraulic application of the remaining seed mix
and mulch.
800-1.4.1 General.
Add the following:
Plants shall be the variety and size shown on the plans or in the special provisions and shall
conform to the requirements of these specifications. Contractor shall notify the Engineer 48
hours before each plant delivery so that the Engineer can inspect the plants. The scientific and
common names of plants herein specified shall conform to the approved names given in “A
Checklist of Woody Ornamental Plants in California, Oregon and Washington” published by the
University of California, Division of Agriculture Sciences, Publication 4091 (1979). Each group of
plant materials delivered on site shall be labeled clearly as to species and variety. All patented
plants (cultivars) required by the plant list shall be delivered with a proper plant patent attached.
The Contractor shall obtain clearance from the County Agricultural Commissioner, as required by
law, before planting plants delivered from outside the County in which they are to be planted.
Evidence that clearance has been obtained shall be filed with the Engineer. All plants furnished
by the Contractor shall be true to type or name as shown on the plans and shall be tagged
identifying the plants by species or variety; however, determination of plant species or variety
will be made by the Engineer and the Engineer’s decision shall be final. Plants shall be individually
tagged or tagged in groups by species or variety. Carpobrotus cuttings need not be tagged. All
plants shall comply with Federal and State laws requiring inspection for plant diseases and
infestations. Inspection certificates required by law shall accompany each shipment of plants,
and certificates shall be delivered to the Engineer.
Plants furnished by the Contractor shall be healthy, shapely, and well-rooted, and roots shall
show no evidence of having been restricted or deformed at any time. Plants shall be well-grown,
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 259 of284
free from insect pests and disease, and shall be grown in nurseries which have been inspected
by the State Department of Food and Agriculture and have complied with the regulations thereof.
The Engineer is the sole judge as to acceptability of each plant. Vigorous, healthy,
well-proportioned plants are the intent of this specification. Plants which are even moderately
“overgrown”, or are showing signs of decline or lack of vigor, are subject to rejection. The size of
the plants will be as shown on the plans. Plants larger in size than specified may be used with the
approval of the Engineer, but the use of larger plants will make no change in contract price. If the
use of larger plants is approved, soil amendments shall be increased proportionately. All plants
not conforming to the requirements herein specified shall be considered defective and such
plants, whether in place or not, shall be marked as rejected, and immediately removed from the
site and replaced with new plants by the Contractor at the Contractor’s expense. The Engineer
reserves the right to change the species, variety, and/or sizes of plant material to be furnished,
provided that the cost of such plant changes do not exceed the cost of plants in the original bid,
and with the provision that the Contractor shall be notified in writing, at least 60 days before the
planting operation has commenced.
No plant shall be transported to the planting area that is not thoroughly wet throughout the ball
of earth surrounding the roots. Any plant that, in the opinion of the Engineer, has a damaged
root ball or is dry or in a wilted condition when delivered to the planting area will not be accepted,
and shall be replaced by the Contractor at the Contractor’s expense. Each plant shall be handled
and packed in the approved manner for that species or variety, and all necessary precautions
shall be taken to ensure that the plants will arrive at the site of the work in proper condition for
successful growth. Trucks used for transporting plants shall be equipped with covers to protect
plants from windburn.
Root condition of plants furnished by the Contractor in containers will be determined by removal
of earth from the roots of not less than 2 plants nor more than 2 percent of the total number of
plants of each species or variety, except when container-grown plants are from several sources,
the roots of not less than 2 plants of each species or variety from each source will be inspected
by the Engineer. In case the sample plants inspected are found to be defective, the Agency
reserves the right to reject the entire lot or lots of plants represented by the defective samples.
Any plants rendered unsuitable for planting because of this inspection will be considered as
samples and will not be paid for.
The Contractor shall notify the Engineer when plants are to be shipped to the project site.
The notification shall be given not less than 10 days prior to the actual shipment date.
Carpobrotus cuttings shall be 250 mm (10”) or more in length and shall not be rooted.
Delosperma cuttings shall be 150 mm (6”) or more in length and shall not be rooted. Cuttings
shall be tip cuttings from healthy, vigorous and strong-growing plants and shall be insect and
disease free. Mature or brown-colored stem growths or cuttings which have been trimmed will
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 260 of284
not be accepted. Cuttings shall be planted not more than 2 days after cutting and shall not be
allowed to dry or wither.
Carpobrotus cuttings shall not be taken from any plants that indicate the presence of ice plant
scale (Pulvinaria species).
The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of the location where cuttings are to be taken at least
10 days prior to taking the cuttings and shall be responsible for all permit and inspection fees
involved in obtaining cuttings.
800-1.5.3 Tree Stakes.
Modify as follows:
Tree stakes shall be 50mm (2”) diameter turned lodgepole pine, pointed on their driven end.
ADD 800-1.6 Erosion Control Matting.
Erosion control matting shall be made of 100-percent-biodegradable, weed-free wheat straw of
thickness and density yielding 270 grams per square meter (0.50 lb./sy) with photodegradable
polypropylene netting with a density of 0.89 grams per square meter (1.64 lb/1000 sy) having an
approximate mesh interval of 50 mm x 50 mm (2“ x 2“) on each face of the straw mat. The straw
mat shall be sewn together with unidirectional lines of cotton or polypropylene thread spaced
approximately 50 mm (2”) apart. Erosion control matting shall be “North American Green,
DS150”, “BonTerra S2”, or approved equal.
ADD 800-1.7 Erosion Control Mat Staples.
Erosion control mat staples shall be 25 mm x 150 mm (1” x 6”), U-shaped 11-gauge mild steel
staples.
ADD 800-1.8 Root Barriers.
Root barriers shall be no less than 1m (39“) in width. Root barriers shall be “Biobarrier”, as
manufactured by Reemay, Inc., 70 Old Hickory Boulevard, Old Hickory, TN 97138, Phone 615-
847-7000, no substitutes will be accepted.
800-2 IRRIGATION SYSTEM MATERIALS.
800-2.1.3 Plastic Pipe for Use with Solvent Weld Socket or Threaded Fittings.
add the following: Except as provided in this section, all buried piping in the irrigation system
shall be installed with underground utility marking tape conforming to the requirements of
section 207-21 and identifying it as reclaimed water. Intermittent pressure lines (lines on the
downstream side of a controller valve that will not be subject to constant pressure) will not
require underground utility marking tape. All PVC pipe used for irrigation systems shall be colored
purple by the addition of a dye integral to the PVC. Painted pipe will not be accepted. Pressure
mainline piping for sizes 50 mm (2”) and larger shall be PVC having a pressure rating of 2170 kPa
(315 PSI), S.D.R. 13.5. Stenciled pipe is required for all irrigation system piping including portions
not required to be marked with underground utility marking tape. All pipe shall have stenciling
appearing on both sides of the pipe with the marking “Reclaimed Water” in 16 mm (5/8”) high
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 261 of284
letters repeated every 300 mm (12“). PVC non-pressure buried lateral line piping shall be PVC
Schedule 40.
ADD 800-2.1.7 Brass Pipe and Fittings.
Brass pipe shall be IPS standard weight 125 LB 85 percent copper and 15 percent zinc, trade
designation seamless red brass pipe conforming to the requirements of ASTM B43-91. Brass pipe
fittings and connections shall be Standard 125 LB class 85 percent red brass fittings and
connections.
800-2.2.7 Valve Boxes.
Add the following:
All valve boxes shall be marked “RCV”, “BV” or “QC”, “PB” respectively. Remote control valves
shall be marked with station numbers embossed on the valve cover with a brass tag. (RCV boxes
shall have locking covers.) Other boxes such as pull boxes, etc., shall be marked with appropriate
identification.
ADD 800-2.2.8 Ball Valves.
Ball valves shall have bottom-loaded pressure-retaining stems, glass-reinforced seats, and
reinforced TFE stem packing seals. Valves sizes 13 mm (½“) to 50 mm (2“) shall be pressure rated
at 4140 kPa (600 PSI) WOG and 1030 kPa (150-PSI) saturated steam. Each valve shall be tested,
air under water, in the opened and closed position by the manufacturer. Ball valve must conform
to Federal Specification WW-V-35B, Type II, Class A, Style 3, End Connection A or C.
ADD 800-2.2.9 Pressure Regulator Valve.
Pressure regulator valve shall be bronze body with screw fitting.
ADD 800-2.2.9 Wye Strainers.
Wye strainers shall have a cast iron or all-bronze body with a removable stainless steel or monel
strainer. Wye strainers shall be capable of withstanding a cold water working pressure of
1034 kPa (150 psi). Wye strainers at backflow preventer assemblies shall be equipped with a
gate valve at the outlet. All other wye strainers shall be equipped with a garden valve at the
outlet.
The strainer screen for the wye strainer in a backflow preventer assembly shall have an open area
equal to at least 3 times the cross-sectional area of the pipe based on an iron pipe size and shall
be woven wire fabric with 850-µm mesh or perforated sheet with 1.14 mm (0.045”) diameter
holes.
All other wye strainers shall be equipped with 425-µm strainer screens.
800-2.3 Backflow Preventer Assembly.
Add the following:
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 262 of284
Backflow preventers shall be one of the approved reduced pressure principle devices listed by
the California Department of Health Services, Division of Drinking Water and Environmental
Management, 601 North 7th Street, Mailing Station (MS) 92, P.O. Box 942732, Sacramento, CA
94234-7320.
Backflow preventers shall be factory assembled and shall include 2 check valves, one pressure
differential relief valve, 2 shut-off valves and 4 test cocks. Backflow preventer and valves shall
be the same size as the pipeline in which they are installed, unless otherwise shown on the plans.
Backflow preventer shut-off valves shall be manufactured from iron or bronze and shall be either
resilient wedged gate valves, resilient seated and fully ported ball valves, or resilient seated
butterfly valves. Threaded type shut-off valves shall be provided with a union on one side of each
valve. Unions shall be brass or malleable iron.
800-2.4 Sprinkler Equipment.
Add the following:
All sprinkler heads are to have factory built-in check valves or a check valve under each head.
Drip assemblies shall meet the following requirements: The drip emitter shall be Pepco Quadra
or Rainbird XERI-Bird-8 or approved equal as called on drawings, with four ports. Drip tubing for
emitter outlets shall be Rainbird (RBT-160V), Salco, or approved equal. Drip tubing stakes shall
be Rainbird No. RS-13, Salco, or approved equal. Bug cap for drip tubing shall be manufactured
by Rainbird, Pepco, or approved equal. The drip pressure regulator shall be Rainbird, Netafim
PVR, or approved equal. Drip emitter filter shall be Amiad, Rainbird, or approved equal. Drip
emitter access boxes shall be Rainbird No. SEB-6X, Salco Subterranean Emitter Box, or approved
equal. Check valves shall be of heavy-duty virgin PVC construction with FIP thread inlet and
outlet. Internal parts shall be stainless steel and neoprene. Antidrain valves shall be field
adjustable against drain out from 1.5 m to 12 m (5’ to 40’) of head. All sprinkler heads that are
without valves in the heads are to have an antidrain valve feature and shall have an excess flow
feature, which will automatically stop the flow of water when it exceeds the GPM preset by the
manufacturer. Check valves shall be King Bros., Rainbird, or approved equal.
ADD 800-2.4.1 Additional Equipment.
Contractor shall provide the following items to the Engineer:
1. Two control valve keys.
2. Two wrenches for removing each different type of sprinkler head.
3. Two quick coupler keys. The keys and hose ells shall be of the same manufacturer as
4. the coupling valve.
5. Five keys for opening and locking each automatic controller and enclosure.
ADD 800-2.5 Flexible Hose.
Flexible hose shall be nonrigid polyvinyl chloride (nonrigid PVC) hose conforming to the
specifications of ASTM Designation: D 2287, Cell-type 6464500.
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 263 of284
Wall thicknesses of nonrigid PVC hose shall conform to Table 800-2.5(A) when determined in
accordance with ASTM Designation: D 2122.
TABLE 800-2.5(A)
FLEXIBLE HOSE
Hose Size-Nominal Minimum Wall Thickness* Range
(Millimeters) (Inches) (Millimeters) (Inches) (Percent)
15 5/8 3.73 0.147 12
20 3/4 3.91 0.154 12
25 1 4.55 0.179 12
*as measured at any point on the cross section.
The hose shall provide leak-free, non-separating connections suitable for the purpose intended
when connected to the fittings specified herein. Fittings for flexible hose shall be injection
molded PVC, Schedule 40, conforming to the specifications of ASTM Designation: D 2466.
Fittings shall be solvent cemented type. Solvent cement for flexible hose and fittings shall be of
commercial quality specifically manufactured for use with nonrigid PVC hose. Primer for flexible
hose fittings shall be the same as specified for plastic pipe supply line fittings.
800-3 ELECTRICAL MATERIALS.
800-3.1 General.
Add the following:
All electrical materials shall conform to the requirements of the 1996 National Electrical Code.
800-3.2.2 Conductors.
Add the following:
Low voltage electric wiring running from controller to the automatic control valves shall be no
smaller than No. 14 solid single conductor, copper wire, 0.015 mm (60 mil) insulation, 0.015 mm
(60 mil) neoprene jacket, style UF (Direct Burial), or equal, color code wires to each valve. Neutral
wires shall be white, no smaller than No. 12 solid single conductor wire, 0.015 mm (60 mil)
insulation, 0.015 mm (60 mil) neoprene jacket, style UF (Direct Burial).
800-3.3 Controller Unit.
Add the following:
All controllers shall be grounded by one 19 mm (5/8”) diameter by 3 m (10’) long stainless steel
grounding rod and a 50-ohm resistance lightning arrestor.
ADD 800-3.4 Irrigation Electrical Service Equipment and Enclosures.
Electrical service equipment shall incorporate the following elements:
1. One 100-amp, 120/240-volt, single-phase load center, as approved by the Engineer;
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 264 of284
2. One 100-amp rated commercial meter socket suitable for the San Diego Gas and Electric
Company meter, with provision for test block bypass having a UL listing and EUSERC approval;
3. One 15-amp circuit breaker for each irrigation controller energized by the service;
4. One 20-amp circuit breaker for the duplex receptacle.
5. The design, assembly, grounding, wiring, and components of the irrigation electrical service
equipment and enclosure shall meet the requirements of the 1996 edition of the National
Electrical Code.
6. Electrical service equipment shall be enclosed in a cabinet constructed entirely of 14-gage, or
heavier, 304 stainless steel. The cabinet shall be of welded construction with a brushed finish;
anchoring points shall be inside the enclosure.
7. The cabinet shall be HYDROSAFE Model No. HS9, Strong Box, or approved equal.
8. The cabinet shall have a 304 stainless steel interior bulkhead separating the 120/240-volt
electrical service section from the irrigation controller section.
9. No wood components shall be used in the enclosure.
10.Each section of the cabinet shall have full front opening doors with piano hinges, integral
keylock and hasp and staple, or other provision, for padlock.
11.The cabinet shall be provided with cross-flow ventilation. Ventilation openings shall be located
and designed to preclude rain, irrigation splash, vermin, and insects from entering the cabinet.
12.The controller side door shall have provision for mounting control schematics without the use
of adhesives or fasteners. The service side door shall have a clear acrylic plastic window to
allow the electrical meter to be read.
13.The cabinet shall have a duplex 15-amp, 120-volt receptacle with ground fault interrupter
protection mounted on the interior service side.
14.Concrete footings and pads supporting the Electrical service equipment shall be 560-C-3250
and shall be no less than 150 mm (6“) thick.
15.Anchor bolts to secure the service equipment to the concrete pad shall be 10 mm (3⁄8“)
diameter by 150 mm (6“) long hot dip galvanized or stainless steel headed bolts with washers,
without sleeves, conforming to section 304-1.7. Anchor bolts to secure the service equipment
to the concrete pad shall be embedded in the concrete slab between 65 mm and 100 mm (2½”
and 4“).
SECTION 801 INSTALLATION
801-2 EARTHWORK AND TOPSOIL PLACEMENT
801-2.2.2 Fertilization and Conditioning Procedures.
add the following:
The Contractor shall cultivate the surface of all areas to be planted or hydroseeded by discing,
ripping or scarifying the finish grade. After cultivation the Contractor shall clear the planting areas
of stones to the depth of cultivation and shall be rake the planting areas to a smooth friable and
plantable surface. The Contractor shall cultivate all planting areas, except slopes steeper than 3-
1/2:1 (horizontal to vertical), to a depth of 300 mm (12”). The planting areas that are slopes
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 265 of284
steeper than 3-1/2:1, shall be cultivated to a depth of 150 mm (6”). After cultivation, the soil
amendments shown in table 801-2.2.2(A) shall be thoroughly blended 150 mm (6”) deep in all
planting areas. Except for planting pits the cultivation depths are designated as the root area.
Backfill for planting pits shall conform to the requirements of section 801-4.5. After surface
preparation and application of the soil amendments shown in Table 801-2.2.2(A) the Contractor
shall obtain a minimum of one test for each soil property listed in Tables 801-2.2.2(B) and 801-
2.2.2(C) from each median planter, at least one test per 150 m (500’) from each parkway and for
each hectare (2.5 acres) of hydroseeded area and shall submit the results of said tests to the
Engineer. The Contractor shall then adjust the soil properties to the acceptable ranges of soil
properties shown in Tables 801-2.2.2(B) and 801-2.2.2(C) using such materials and methods as
may be necessary. Organic soil amendment materials shall not be included in the samples used
to determine compliance to the soil particle gradation requirements of Table 801-2.2.2(C). If
adjustments are necessary the soil shall be tested by the Contractor after such adjustments for
each soil property listed in Table 801-2.2.2(B) and 801-2.2.2(C) to determine that the adjustments
to the soil made by the Contractor result in soil properties within the acceptable range. The
Contractor shall adjust the soil properties and show acceptable ranges prior to any planting or
application of hydroseed slurry. Prior to the start of any planting or application of hydroseed
slurry the surface and root area shall be evenly and thoroughly moistened to no less than
75 percent of field capacity. The Contractor shall certify, in writing, that the ground surface has
been prepared in accordance with this section and shall request inspection by the Engineer prior
to any planting or seeding. The Contractor shall obtain the Engineer’s approval before any
planting or hydroseeding.
TABLE 801-2.2.2(A)
SOIL AMENDMENTS
Soil Amendment Metric Application Rate Approx. U.S. Application Rate
Agricultural Gypsum 500 g per square meter 100 lbs. per 1,000 square feet
Iron Sulfate 50 g per square meter 10 lbs. per 1,000 square feet
Calcium Carbonate Lime 500 g per square meter 100 lbs. per 1,000 square feet
Organic Soil Amendment 0.04115 cubic meters per square
meter (average depth 41 mm)
5 cubic yards per 1,000 square feet
(average depth 1 5/8”)
TABLE 801-2.2.2(B)
SOIL PROPERTIES
Soil Property Acceptable Range Test Method Repeatability Range of Test
pH 6.5 to 7.3 Saturation Paste pH ± 0.1 pH
Dissolved Salts
(Ece)
< 4.0 dS m-1 Saturation Paste
Soluble Salts
± 7%
Liquid Limit N/A to 30 ASTM D 423 ± 2
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 266 of284
Plasticity Index NP to 10 ASTM D 424 ± 2
TABLE 801-2.2.2(C)
SOIL PARTICLE GRADATION
Sieve Size Percent Passing
19 mm (3/4”) 100
9.5 mm (3/8”) 95 - 100
4.75 mm (No. 4) 60 - 85
1.89 mm (No. 10) 40 - 75
475 µm (No. 40) 35 - 70
75 µm (No. 200) 30 - 70
For areas to receive planting of all types, excluding only hydroseeding, the Contractor shall
amend the prepared soil by blending 200 g of 7-7-7 fertilizer per square meter (40 lbs. per
1,000 square feet) into the top 150 mm (6”) of soil after the completion of adjustment of soil
properties and acceptance of the planting area by the Engineer. The Contractor shall apply post-
plant 12-4-6 fertilizer at the rate of 20 pounds per 1,000 square feet, 30 days after planting and
every 30 days through the end of the maintenance period.
801-2.3 Finish Grading.
ADD the following:
The Contractor shall prepare the finish grade in hydroseed slope areas with a moderately rough
texture to provide a suitable surface for adherence of the hydroseed mix.
801-4 PLANTING.
801-4.1 General.
ADD the following:
The Contractor shall perform actual planting during those periods when weather and soil
conditions are suitable and in accordance with locally accepted horticultural practice and as
approved by the Engineer. No planting shall be done in any area until it has been satisfactorily
prepared in accordance with these specifications. Soil moisture level prior to planting shall be no
less than 75 percent of field capacity. The Contractor shall obtain the Engineer’s approval of
planting pits before planting operations begin. For pit planted vegetation when the soil moisture
level is found to be insufficient for planting, the Contractor shall fill the planting pits with water
and allow them to drain before starting planting operations. No more plants shall be distributed
in the planting area on any day than can be planted and watered on that day. The Contractor
shall plant and water all plants as herein specified immediately after removal from their
containers. Containers shall not be cut prior to placing the plants in the planting area. It shall be
the responsibility of the Contractor to provide continuous horticultural services and temporary
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 267 of284
and/or permanent irrigation to all planted and hydroseeded areas so that the planted and
hydroseeded vegetation is 100 percent healthy and thriving prior to, and throughout the,
landscape maintenance period.
801-4.2 Protection and Storage.
ADD the following:
The Contractor shall submit a sheltered and secure location for on-site plant storage area for the
Engineer’s approval prior to the delivery of any plant materials. Any plant determined by the
Engineer to be wilted, broken, or otherwise damaged shall be rejected at any time during the
project, whether in the ground or not. All plants shall be handled by their containers. Any plant
that has been handled by its trunk or stem shall be rejected. All rejected plants shall be removed
from the site immediately.
801-4.3 Layout and Plant Location.
MODIFY as follows:
Planting areas shall be staked by the Contractor and the Contractor shall obtain the Engineer’s
approval of the planting layout before planting operations begin.
801-4.5 Tree and Shrub Planting.
add the following:
The Contractor shall amend the backfill for planting holes to a thoroughly blended mixture of
clean loamy soil meeting the requirements of Tables 801-2.2.2(B) and 801-2.2.2(C) and then
blend the amendments listed in Table 801-4.5(A) into the backfill for planting holes.
TABLE 801-4.5(A)
BACKFILL AND AMENDMENTS FOR TREE AND SHRUB PLANTING
Soil Amendment Metric Application Rate Approx. U.S. Application Rate
Agricultural Gypsum 18 kg per cubic meter 30 lbs. per cubic yard
Iron Sulfate 600 g per cubic meter 1 lb. per cubic yard
Calcium Carbonate Lime 6 kg per cubic meter 10 lbs. per cubic yard
Organic Soil Amendment 0.67 cubic meters per cubic meter 2/3 cubic yards per cubic yard
Planting Tablets 1 1 per 100 mm dia. pot container 1 per 4” dia. pot container
Planting Tablets 1 2 per 19 liter container 2 per 5 gal. container
Planting Tablets 1 1 per each 50 mm width of each box-
size container
1 per each 2” width of each box-
size container
1 Planting tablet requirements are not cumulative and apply to the size container indicated
Pruning shall be limited to the minimum necessary to remove injured twigs and branches, and to
compensate for loss of roots during transplanting, but never to exceed one-tenth the branching
structure. Pruning may be done only with the approval of, and in the presence of, the Engineer.
Cuts over 19 mm (¾“) shall be painted with an approved tree wound paint.
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 268 of284
801-4.6 Plant Staking and Guying.
ADD the following:
The Contractor shall install all boxed trees per drawings L-1 and L-2 of the San Diego Regional
Standard Drawings unless details shown on the project plans differ therefrom.
801-4.8.2(b) Method B.
ADD the following:
The Contractor shall prepare hydroseeding slurry on the job site. Slurry additives shall arrive at
the site in bags sealed and properly identified by the manufacturer. All specified additives and
water shall be added on the job site at the rates specified and shall be thoroughly mixed at the
job site. The Contractor shall add seed to the slurry after the fiber mulch has been thoroughly
incorporated. The Contractor shall spray all areas with a uniform, visible coat using the green
color of the mulch as a guide. The Contractor shall apply the slurry in a sweeping motion, in an
arched stream so as to fall like rain allowing the mulch fibers to built on each other until a good
coat is achieved and the material is spread, evenly, at the required rate per area. The Contractor
shall use care not to drag spray hoses over container planted material and shall attempt to spray
from the edges of the planting areas wherever possible. Any slurry mixture which has not been
applied to the planting areas within four (4) hours after mixing is be rejected and removed from
the project at the Contractor's expense. Any slurry spilled into areas outside the limits of work
shall be cleaned up at the Contractor's expense to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The
Contractor shall assure that the site is properly prepared. The Contractor shall repair all tire ruts
created by the equipment. Areas needing grading repair prior to hydroseeding shall be blended
and floated to match surrounding grades. Areas having less than 80% plant coverage within thirty
(30) days after the initial application shall be reseeded every twenty (20) days until 80% of the
ground surface is evenly covered by hydroseeded or subsequently reseeded growth.
ADD 801-4.8.3.1 Weed Eradication.
The Contractor shall water all irrigated areas to be hydroseeded for three (3) weeks prior to
hydroseeding to allow for germination of the weed seeds. The Contractor shall spray all weeds
with a post emergent herbicide immediately after the completion of the three week irrigation
period. After two (2) weeks, the Contractor shall again eradicate the weeds and complete the
preparation of the soil prior to the application of the hydroseed mixes.
ADD 801-4.10 Erosion Control Matting Installation
ADD 801-4.10.1 General.
Before installation of erosion control matting the Contractor shall complete all soil preparation,
fine grading, and hydroseeding of the areas to receive erosion control matting.
ADD 801-4.10.2 Coordination with Hydroseeding.
Erosion control matting shall be installed by the Contractor immediately after the first application
of hydroseed materials. In all cases the Contractor shall place the erosion control matting within
three days after the first hydroseed material application. Should any seed in the hydroseed
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 269 of284
materials begin to germinate within the three-day period after application or before the
installation of the erosion control matting, the installation of the erosion control matting shall be
considered as late and the Contractor shall disc the hydroseed materials into the top 100m (4”)
of the underlying soil, condition the soil for hydroseeding, apply hydroseeding materials at the
rates and of the type specified and then install the erosion control matting. No additional
payment will be made for second or subsequent hydroseed applications resulting from late
installation of erosion control matting.
ADD 801-4.10.3 Installation.
The Contractor shall install erosion control matting using the following techniques:
1. Begin at the top of the slope by placing the erosion control matting into a 150 mm (6“) wide
by 150 mm (6“) deep trench with the end of the matting laid flat in the bottom of the trench
2. Anchor the end of the erosion control matting with erosion control mat staples spaced no
more than 300 mm (12”) on centers placed at the intersection of the bottom and the downhill
vertical face of the trench.
3. Roll the erosion control matting down the slope.
4. Staple the erosion control matting on an alternating grid consisting of three across and two
across lines of staples in horizontal lines spaced 900mm (3’) on centers.
5. Erosion control mat so stapled shall be spaced such that no less than 1 ¾ staples per square
meter (1½ staples per square yard) are provided to anchor the erosion control matting.
6. Start the adjacent erosion control mat as in Item 1. of this section, overlapping the previously
placed mat by no less than 50 mm (2”).
7. Staple placement may be such as to use the staples used to secure the adjacent mat to secure
both mats along their edges.
801-5 IRRIGATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION.
801-5.1 General.
ADD the following:
The Contractor shall apply irrigation water as often and in sufficient amounts, as conditions may
require, to germinate and establish the seed and keep the container plants healthy and growing.
The Contractor shall lay out lines, valves, and other underground utilities and receive the
approval of the Engineer before digging trenches. The Contractor shall be responsible for
damages caused by its operations. Connections shall be made at approximately the locations
shown on the drawings. The Contractor shall be responsible for unapproved changes. Permission
to shut off any existing in-use water lines must be obtained 48 hours in advance, as to the date,
time and exact length of time of each shut-off. The Contractor shall demonstrate that the entire
irrigation system is under full automatic operation for a period of seven days prior to any planting.
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 270 of284
801-5.3 Irrigation Pipeline Installation.
ADD the following:
The Contractor shall install all pressure main line piping from the irrigation system so as to
maintain 3.1 m (10’) minimum horizontal separation from all potable water piping. Where
reclaimed and potable water pressure mainline piping cross, the reclaimed water piping shall be
installed below the potable water piping, sleeved in a pressure rating of 200 PSI SDR 21
“Alertline” PVC sleeve which extends a minimum of 3.1 m (10’) on either side of the potable
water piping and be located to provide a minimum vertical clearance of 300 mm (12”) between
the reclaimed and potable water lines. Conventional (white) PVC pipe Schedule 40 may be used
for sleeving material if it is taped along its entire length with 75 mm (3“) wide purple warning
tape which reads “Caution Reclaimed Water”.
For trenching through areas where topsoil has been spread, the Contractor shall deposit topsoil
on one side of trench and subsoil on opposite side. Subsoil shall be free of all rocks 13 mm (½“)
in diameter or larger, debris, and litter, prior to use as backfill. The Contractor shall repair any
leaks and replace all defective pipe or fittings until lines meet test requirements. The Contractor
shall not cover any lines until they have been inspected and approved by the Engineer for
tightness, quality of workmanship, and materials. The Contractor shall not be backfill trenches
until all required tests and observations are performed. Observations include sprinkler heads, all
fittings, lateral and mainline pipe, valves, and direct burial wire.
801-5.3.3 Plastic Pipeline.
ADD the following:
The Contractor shall store all pipe and fittings under cover until used, and all pipe and fittings
shall transported in a vehicle with a bed long enough to allow the length of pipe to lay flat so as
not to be subjected to undue bending or concentrated external load at any point. Pipe ends and
fittings shall be wiped with MEK, or equal, before welding solvent is applied. Welded joints shall
be given a minimum of 15 minutes to set before moving or handling. All field cuts shall be beveled
to remove burrs and excess before fitting and gluing together. The Contractor shall center load
pipe with small amount of backfill to prevent arching and slipping under pressure. Joints shall be
exposed for inspection during testing. Plastic-to-plastic joints shall be solvent-welded, using only
solvent recommended by pipe manufacturer.
ADD 801-5.3.6 Installation of Brass Pipe.
The Contractor shall cut brass piping by power hacksaw, circular cutting machine using an
abrasive wheel, or hand hacksaw. No piping shall be cut with metallic wheel cutter of any
description. The Contractor shall ream and remove rough edges or burrs on all pipe so that
smooth and unobstructed flow is obtained, place Teflon tape, Teflon dope, or approved equal on
male threads only, and tighten to prevent any leakage. The Contractor shall tighten screwed
joints with tongs or wrenches. Caulking is not permitted.
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 271 of284
ADD 801-5.4.1 Valves.
ADD the following:
The Contractor shall install each control valve in a separate valve box with a minimum of 300
mm (12”) separation between valves and 150 mm (6”) from any fixed object or structure.
ADD 801-5.4.2 Valve Boxes.
The Contractor shall install no more than one valve per box. All boxes are to be marked as to the
type of valve. Remote control valve boxes shall also indicate control station number.
ADD 801-5.4.3 Backflow Preventer.
The Contractor shall install backflow preventer assembly in accordance with manufacturer's
specifications and as directed on drawings. Exact location and positioning shall be verified on the
site by the Engineer.
801-5.5.4 Sprinkler Head Adjustment.
ADD the following:
The Contractor shall flush and adjust all irrigation heads and valves for optimum performance
and to prevent overspray onto walks, roadways buildings, walls, and other structures.
ADD 801-5.5.5 Drip Assembly.
The Contractor shall install drip emitter filter on the supply side of all electric pressure regulating
control valve for all emitter systems. The Contractor shall install a flush valve on the discharge
side of all drip laterals.
801-5.6 Automatic Control System Installation.
ADD the following:
The Contractor shall install all portions of the electrical installation with materials and methods
conforming to the requirements of the 1996 National Electrical Code. The Contractor shall
provide no less than one control wire and one common ground wire to service each valve in
system.
801-5.7.3 Sprinkler Coverage Test.
ADD the following:
This test shall be accomplished before any ground cover is planted.
801-6 MAINTENANCE AND PLANT ESTABLISHMENT.
ADD the following:
For hydroseeded areas, median planting and mitigation area, The Contractor shall maintain said
areas for period of no less than 120 days or until final acceptance of the project, whichever is the
greater. Mowing is not required for hydroseeded areas. The Contractor shall provide complete
landscape maintenance of all planted areas. The work shall include, but not be limited to,
watering, litter control, weed control, stake repair, cultivating, supplementary fertilization, repair
of irrigation systems, and control of diseases and pests. The Contractor shall submit a written
plan to control weeds, disease, and pest infestations in the planting areas. The submittal shall
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 272 of284
conform to the requirements for shop drawings as specified in section 2-5.3 et seq. of the
specifications. The Engineer shall approve all methods and materials for such control. Upon
approval, the Contractor shall implement the control measures, exercising extreme caution in
using pesticides and taking all steps to ensure the safety of the public. Only licensed personnel
will be permitted to perform toxic spraying work. During the plant establishment period, the
Contractor shall furnish sufficient workers and equipment on a daily basis to perform the work
required by this section. Any day when the Contractor fails to adequately carry out specified
maintenance work, as determined necessary by the Engineer, will not be credited as one of the
plant establishment days. All planting areas which are damaged by construction shall be repaired
by the Contractor within twenty (20) days following completion of construction in such. The
Contractor shall repair such damaged areas. The repair shall consist of bringing the damaged
area back to final grade, preparing the soil, replanting the area with the same vegetation as
originally specified, and maintaining the area to achieve acceptable plant establishment.
The Contractor shall provide temporary irrigation for hydroseeded areas for a minimum of
120 days to ensure adequate plant establishment. Towards the end of the maintenance period,
the Contractor shall gradually reduce the amount of irrigation to allow plant adaptation to non-
irrigated conditions. Upon the approval of the engineer, the temporary irrigation system shall be
shut off at the end of the maintenance period. The hydroseeded areas must have their growth
of 80% established and the coverage must be evenly successful over the entire hydroseeded
area and adequate to prevent erosion no less than 30 days before the end of the maintenance
period. Should the coverage not be achieved the maintenance period shall be extended until the
required coverage is achieved plus an additional 30 day period. The Contractor shall call for a
final inspection 30 days before the end of the maintenance period and at the end of the
maintenance period. Failure to pass inspection will result in an extension of the maintenance
period. The Contractor shall continue to provide maintenance for such time necessary to obtain
conformance to the specifications.
801-7 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT.
ADD the following:
The lump-sum or unit prices set forth in the contract documents shall include, but not be limited
to, full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, and equipment and performing all
work necessary to complete, maintain, and guarantee the planting and irrigation work described
or specified in the contract documents, including soils testing and recommended soil
amendments, seed and hydroseed slurry, tree stakes, bark mulch, erosion control matting, plant
materials, temporary irrigation and permanent irrigation, including reduced-pressure back-flow
preventer, ball valves, drip valve assembly, electric control valves, quick couplers, control wires,
pull boxes, valve boxes, all piping and sleeves, electrical conduits, irrigation heads, drip emitters,
bubblers, drip irrigation equipment, connection from electrical service to irrigation electrical
meter, connection from meter to irrigation controller(s), installation of controller enclosure,
concrete pads, preparation, correction, reproduction and lamination of “as-built” drawings,
controller charts, assembly and submittal of the check list and operation and maintenance
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 273 of284
manuals and all appurtenances to the aforementioned items, as well as 120 days' maintenance
and project guarantees. After completion of the project, the Engineer will retain $8,000 of the
total contract amount ,and will subsequently disburse the $8,000 to the Contractor on a monthly
basis of $2,000 per month. The Engineer reserves the right to stop payment until all punch list
submitted to the Contractor every month are completed.
ADD 801-9 GUARANTEE.
The Contractor shall guarantee all 600 mm (24”) box trees installed under the contract to live and
grow for one year from the day of final acceptance of the contract work. The Contractor shall
guarantee all other plant material, including ground covers to live and grow for a period of 30
days from the last day of the maintenance period or final acceptance of the contract work,
whichever is the later. The Contractor shall replace, at its expense, all plant material found to be
dead, missing, or in poor condition during the maintenance period within 5 days of discovery of
such plant material. The Engineer shall be the sole judge as to the condition of the plant material.
Plant material found to be dead or in poor condition within the guarantee period shall be
replaced by the Contractor, at its expense, within 15 days of written notification. Replacements
shall be made to the same specifications required for the original plantings.
The Contractor shall submit written vegetation, planting and irrigation guarantee in approved
form that all work showing defects in materials or workmanship will be repaired or replaced at
no cost to the Engineer for a period of one year from the date of acceptance by the Engineer.
The Guarantee form shall be retyped on the Contractor's letterhead and contain the following
verbiage:
“Guarantee For Vegetation, Planting and Irrigation System For (Project Name)
We hereby guarantee that the vegetation, planting and irrigation system we have furnished and
installed for (project name) is free from defects in materials and workmanship, and the work has
been completed in accordance with the drawings and specifications. We agree to repair or replace
any defect in vegetation, material or workmanship, including that due to ordinary wear and tear,
which may develop during the periods specified in section 308-7 of the Standard Specifications
and the Special Provisions of said project from date of completion of the Work or termination of
any maintenance period, whichever is the later, and also to repair or replace any damage
resulting from the repairing or replacing of such defects at no additional cost to the Agency.
. This guarantee does not extend to unusual abuse or neglect that may occur subsequent to the
date of completion of the Work or termination of any maintenance period, whichever is the later.
We shall make such repairs or replacements within a reasonable time, as determined by the
Engineer, after receipt of written notice. In the event of failure to make such repairs or
replacements within a reasonable time after receipt of written notice from the Engineer, we
authorize the Engineer to proceed to have said repairs or replacements made at our expense, and
we will pay the costs and charges therefore upon demand.
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 274 of284
Project: (Project Name)
Location: (Legal Description of Project Property)
Name of Contractor:
Address: (Of Contractor)
Telephone: : (Of Contractor)
By: (Typed or printed names of signing Officer(s) of the Contractor authorized to bind the
Contractor in legal matters)
Title: (Of said officer(s))
Signature(s)
Date of Execution:“
ADD 801-9.1 Record Drawings.
In addition to the requirements of section 2-5.4, herein, the Contractor shall prepare record
drawings that show all changes in the work constituting departures from the original contract
drawings, including those involving both constant-pressure and intermittent-pressure lines and
appurtenances. The Contractor shall accurately record, on a daily basis, on one set of blue line
prints of the irrigation drawings, all changes in work constituting departures from the original
contract drawings, including changes in both pressure and nonpressure line. The Contractor shall
post information on record drawings no later than the next working day after the work is
installed. The Contractor shall record changes and dimensions in a legible and professional
manner. When the drawings are approved by the Engineer the Contractor shall transfer all
information to a set of reproducible photo mylar drawings. Items required to be shown shall be
dimensioned by the Contractor from two permanent points of reference (buildings, monuments,
sidewalks, curbs, pavement). The accuracy of location of all items to be shown on the drawings
shall be 150 mm (6”) in both the vertical and horizontal planes. All text and numerals placed on
drawings shall be 0.30 mm (1/8”) in size. Facilities and items to be located in their horizontal and
vertical positions and shown on the record drawings include all:
Point(s) of connection, for water and electrical services
a) Routing of irrigation pressure mainlines
b) Backflow preventors
c) Ball, gate and check valves
d) Irrigation control valves.
e) Quick coupler valves
f) Routing of service wires
g) Routing of control wires
h) Electrical service equipment
i) Electrical junction boxes
j) Irrigation controllers
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 275 of284
k) Sleeves for future connections
l) Other equipment of a similar nature (as directed by the Engineer).
The Contractor shall keep the blue print drawings available for the Engineer’s inspection at any
time. The Contractor shall make all changes to reproducible drawings in waterproof black ink (no
ball point pen). Changes in dimensions shall be recorded in a legible and professional manner.
Record construction drawings shall be maintained at the job site during construction.
The Contractor shall provide one set of mylar "record" drawings to the Engineer after submitting
blueline prints of the proposed "record" drawings for, and obtaining their approval by, the
Engineer.
ADD 801-9.2 Controller Chart.
The Contractor shall prepare record drawings which shall be submitted to the Engineer for
approval by the Engineer before charts are prepared. The Contractor shall provide one controller
chart of the maximum size the controller doorwill allow, for each controller supplied, showing
the area covered by that automatic controller. The chart shall be a reduction of the actual record
system drawing with a legend to explain all symbols. If the controller sequence is not legible when
the drawing is reduced, The Contractor shall enlarge it to a size that will be readable when
reduced. The Contractor shall photocopy the chart, with a pastel transparent color used to show
area of coverage for each station. When completed and approved, the Contractor shall
hermetically seal the chart between two pieces of plastic, each piece being a minimum 20 mils
thick. The Contractor shall complete the charts and obtain the Engineers approval prior to final
inspection of the irrigation system.
ADD 801-9.3 Operation and Maintenance Manuals.
The Contractor shall prepare and deliver to the Engineer, within 10 calendar days prior to
completion of construction, all required and necessary descriptive material in complete detail
and sufficient quantity, properly prepared in four individual bound copies. The descriptive
material shall describe the material installed in sufficient detail to permit qualified operating
personnel to understand, operate, and maintain all equipment. The Contractor shall include
spare parts list and related manufacturer information for each equipment item installed. Each
manual shall include the following:
a) Index sheet stating Contractor's address and telephone number.
b) Duration of Guarantee period.
c) List of equipment, with names and addresses of manufacturer's local representative.
d) Complete operating and maintenance instructions on all major equipment.
e) In addition to the maintenance manuals, the Contractor shall provide the agency maintenance
personnel with instructions for major equipment, and show written evidence to the Engineer
at the conclusion of the work that this service has been rendered.
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 276 of284
ADD 801-9.4 Check List.
The Contractor shall complete and forward signed and dated checklist to the Engineer before
final acceptance of project.
ADD the following checklist at the end of the project, using the format shown:
a) Plumbing permits (if none required, so note)
b) Materials approval
c) Pressure mainline test (by whom, and date)
d) Record drawings completed (received by, and date)
e) Controller chart completed (received by, and date)
f) Materials furnished (received by, and date)
g) Operation and maintenance manuals furnished (received by, and date)
h) System and equipment operation instructions (received by, and date)
i) Manufacturer warranties (received by, and date)
j) Written guarantee by Contractor (received by, and date)
ADD SECTION 803 – BIOFILTRATION BMP
ADD 803-1 GENERAL.
Biofiltration Soil Media (BSM) is intended to filter storm water and support plant growth while
minimizing the leaching of potential pollutants. This specification includes requirements that
apply to BSM used in stormwater treatment BMPs, including biofiltration and biofiltration.
Biofiltration Soil Media is also referred to as Engineered Soil Media and Bioretention Soil Media.
ADD 803-2 BLENDED BSM CRITERIA AND TESTING REQUIREMENTS
ADD 803-2.1 General.
Blended BSM shall consist of 60% to 80% by volume sand, up to 20% by volume topsoil, and up
to 20% by volume compost. Sand, Topsoil, and Compost used in BSM shall conform to
requirements listed in Sections 803-3, 803-4, and 803-5, respectively. For
biofiltration/biofiltration with outlet-controlled designs, it is likely that topsoil will need to be
omitted or reduced to achieve permeability targets. Alternative mix components and proportions
may be utilized, provided that the whole blended mix conforms to whole BSM criteria, detailed
in Section 803-2.3 through 803-2.5. Alternative mix designs may include alternative proportions
and/or alternative organic amendments. Alternative mixes are subject to approval by the County.
Alternative mixes that use an alternative organic component (rather than compost) may be
necessary when BMPs are installed in areas with nitrogen or phosphorus impaired receiving
waters in order to meet more stringent BSM quality requirements as detailed in Section 803-2.5.
ADD 803-2.2 Testing and Submittals.
At least 30 days prior to ordering materials, the Contractor shall submit the following to the
County reviewer (upon request): source/supplier of BSM, location of source/supplier, a physical
sample of the BSM, whole BSM test results from a third-party independent laboratory, test
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 277 of284
results for individual component materials as required, and description of proposed methods and
schedule for mixing, delivery, and placement of BSM. The test results shall be no older than 120
days and shall accurately represent the materials and feed stocks that are currently available
from the supplier.
Test results shall demonstrate conformance to agronomic suitability and hydraulic suitability
criteria listed in Sections 803-2.3 and 803-2.4, respectively. BSM for use in BMPs in areas with
water quality impairments in receiving waters shall also comply with applicable Chemical
Suitability criteria in Section 803-2.5. No delivery, placement, or planting of BSM shall begin until
test results confirm the suitability of the BSM. The Contractor shall submit a written request for
approval which shall be accompanied by written analysis results from a written report of a testing
agency. The testing agency must be registered by the State for agronomic soil evaluation
laboratory test fees shall be paid for by the Contractor.
ADD 803-2.3 Agronomic Suitability.
The BSM shall conform to the requirements herein to support plant growth. BSM which requires
amending to comply with the below specifications shall be uniformly blended and tested in its
blended state prior to testing and delivery.
a) pH range shall be between 6.0-8.5.
b) Salinity shall be between 0.5 and 3.0 millimho/cm (as measure by electrical
conductivity
c) Sodium absorption ratio (SAR) shall be less than 5.0
d) Chloride shall be less than 800 ppm.
e) Cation exchange capacity shall be greater than 10 meq/100 g.
f) Organic matter shall be between 2 and 5%.
g) Carbon:Nitrogen ratio shall be between 12 and 40 (15 to 40 preferred).
Textural class fraction shall adhere to limits in Table 803-2.1, as determined by ASTM Method
D422 or an approved alternative method:
TABLE 803-2.3
Textural Class (ASTM
D422) Size Range Mass Fraction
(percent)
Gravel Larger than 2 mm 0 to 25 of total sample
Clay Smaller than 0.005 mm 0 to 5 of non-gravel
fraction
Test results shall show the following information:
a) Date of testing
b) Project name, contractor name, and source of materials and supplier name
c) Copies of all testing reports including, at a minimum, analytical results sufficient
to confirm compliance with all requirements listed in this section.
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 278 of284
ADD 803-2.4 Hydraulic Suitability.
BSM shall meet the have appropriate hydraulic properties for filtering stormwater. The BSM shall
conform to the requirements herein to support plant growth. BSM which requires amending,
shall be uniformly blended and tested in its blended state prior to testing and delivery.
ADD 803-2.4.1 Testing.
The saturated hydraulic conductivity of the whole BSM shall be measured according to the
method detailed in the measurement of hydraulic conductivity (USDA Handbook 60, method
34b), commonly available as part of standard agronomic soil evaluation, or ASTM D24234
Permeability of Granular Soils (at approximately 85% relative compaction Standard Proctor,
ASTM D698). BSM shall conform to hydraulic criteria associated with the BMP design
configuration that best applies to the facility where the BSM will be installed (Section 803-2.4.2
or 803-2.4.3).
ADD 803-2.4.2 Systems with Unrestricted Underdrain System (i.e., media control).
For systems with underdrains that are not restricted, the BSM shall meet the minimum and
maximum measured hydraulic conductivity found in Table 803-2.4 to ensure adequate flow rate
through the BMP and longevity of the system but reduce excessive velocities through the media.
In all cases, an upturned elbow system on the underdrain, measuring 9 to 12 inches above the
invert of the underdrain, should be used to control velocities in the underdrain pipe and reduce
potential for solid migration through the system.
ADD 803-2.5 Chemical Suitability for Areas Draining to Impaired Receiving Waters
ADD 803-2.5.1 General.
The chemical suitability criteria listed in this section do not apply to systems without underdrains,
unless groundwater is impaired or susceptible to nutrient contamination. Limits for a given
parameter only apply if that parameter is associated with a water quality impairment, priority
water quality condition, and/or TMDL in the receiving water. Limits may be waived at the
discretion of the County if it is determined that it is unreasonable to meet the specification using
locally-available materials (available within 100 miles).
ADD 803-2.5.2 Testing.
Potential for pollutant leaching shall be assessed using either the Saturated Media Extract
Method (aka, Saturation Extract) that is commonly performed by agronomic laboratories or the
Synthetic Precipitation Leaching Procedure (SPLP) (EPA SW-846, Method 1312). If the saturation
extract method is used, samples may be rinsed with up to five pore volumes before collecting
extract for analysis.
ADD 803-3 SAND FOR BSM
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 279 of284
ADD 803-3.1 General.
Sand used in BSM should preferably be washed prior to delivery. If sand is not washed it must
still meet sieve analysis requirements in Table 1.
ADD 803-3.2 Gradation Limits.
A sieve analysis shall be performed in accordance with California Test 202, ASTM D 422, or
approved equivalent method to demonstrate compliance with the gradation limits shown in
Table 803-3.2. Fines passing the No. 200 sieve shall be non-plastic.
TABLE 803-3.2
Percentage Passing Sieve (by weight)
Sieve Size (ASTM D422) Minimum Maximum
3/8 inch 100 100
#4 90 100
#8 70 100
#16 40 95
#30 15 70
#40 5 55
#100 0 15
#200 0 5
ADD 803-4 TOPSOIL FOR BSM
ADD 803-4.1 General.
Topsoil shall be free of hazardous materials and shall be consistent with a common definition of
topsoil. Decomposed granite and derivatives of decomposed granite are not considered to be
topsoil for the purpose of this specification.
ADD 803-4.2 Textural Class.
Topsoil shall be classified as a sandy loam or a loamy sand according to the US Department of
Agriculture soil classification system. In addition, a textural class analysis shall be performed in
accordance with ASTM D422, or an approved alternative method to demonstrate compliance
with the gradation limits in Table 803-4.2.
Table 803-4.2
Textural Class (ASTM
D422)
Size Range Mass Fraction
(percent)
Gravel Larger than 2 mm 0 to 25 of total sample
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 280 of284
Clay Smaller than 0.005
mm
0 to 15 of non-gravel
fraction
ADD 803-5 COMPOST FOR BSM
ADD 803-5.1 General.
Compost shall be produced at a facility inspected and regulated by the local enforcement agency
for CalRecycle. Compost should also preferably be certified by the U.S. Composting Council’s Seal
of Testing Assurance Program (USCC STA) or an approved equivalent program. Compost shall not
be produced from biosolids feedstock.
ADD 803-5.1.1 Gradation Limits.
A sieve analysis shall be performed in accordance with ASTM D 422 or approved equivalent
method to demonstrate compliance with the gradation limits show in Table 803-5.1.1.
Table 803-5.1.1
Sieve Size (ASTM D422) Percent Passing Sieve (by weight)
1/2” 97 to 100
2 mm 40 to 90
ADD 803-5.1.2 Material Content.
Organic Material Content shall be 35% to 100% by dry weight and moisture shall be 25% to 60%
wet weight basis. Physical contaminants (manmade inert materials) shall not exceed 1% by dry
weight.
ADD 803-5.2 Compost Testing.
Compost shall meet the following requirements as demonstrated through standard agronomic
testing methods:
a) Carbon to nitrogen (C:N) ratio. C:N shall be between 15:1 and 40:1, preferably
above 20:1 to reduce the potential for nitrogen leaching/washout.
b) pH. pH shall be between 6.0 and 8.5.
c) Soluble Salt Concentration. Soluble Salt Concentration shall be less than 10 dS/m.
(Method TMECC 4.10-A, USDA and U.S. Composting Council).
d) Stability. Carbon Dioxide evolution rate shall be less than 3.0 mg CO2-C per g
compost organic matter (OM) per day or less than 6 mg CO2-C per g compost carbon
per day, whichever unit is reported. (Method TMECC 5.08-B, USDA and U.S.
Composting Council). Alternatively, a Solvita rating of 5.5 or higher is acceptable.
ADD 803-5.2.1 Pathogens and Pollutant Limits.
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 281 of284
Select pathogens shall pass US EPA Class A standard, 40 CFR Section 503.32(a). Trace Metals shall
pass US EPA Class A standard, 40 CFR Section 503.13, Table 1 for Ceiling Concentrations.
ADD 803-6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, HANDLING, AND PAYMENT
ADD 803-6.1 General.
BSM shall be thoroughly mixed prior to delivery using mechanical mixing methods such as a drum
mixer. The Contractor shall protect soils and mixes from absorbing excess water and from erosion
at all times.
ADD 803-6.1.1 Delivery.
The Contractor shall not deliver or place soils in wet or muddy conditions.
ADD 803-6.1.2 Storage.
The Contractor shall not store materials unprotected during large rainfall events (>0.25 inches).
If water is introduced into the material while it is stockpiled, the Contractor shall allow the
material to drain to the acceptance of the County before placement.
The Contractor shall order, purchase, transport, coordinate delivery, accept delivery, confirm
the quantity and quality received, prepare storage area(s), store, handle, protect, move,
relocate, remove and dispose excess of all materials used to accomplish the Work. Materials
shall be delivered to the site of the work only during working hours and shall be accompanied
by bills of lading that shall clearly state for each delivery: the name of the Contractor as
consignee, the Barrio Street Lighting and number, address of delivery and name of consignor
and a description of the material(s) shipped. Prior to storage of any materials which have been
shipped to or by the Contractor to any location within the Agency’s boundaries the Contractor
shall provide the Engineer a copy of lease agreements for each property where such materials
are stored. The lease agreement shall clearly state the term of the lease, the description of
materials allowed to be stored and shall provide for the removal of the materials and
restoration of the storage site within the time allowed for the Work. All such storage shall
conform to all laws and ordinances that may pertain to the materials stored and to
preparation of the storage site and the location of the site on which the materials are stored.
Loss, damage or deterioration of all stored materials shall be the Contractor’s responsibility.
Conformance to the requirements of this section, both within and outside the limits of work
are a part of the Work. The Engineer shall have the right to verify the suitability of materials
and their proper storage at any time during the Work.
Storage and staging areas are the Contractor’s responsibility. If the Plans designate a staging
location within the Project or in close proximity, the Contractor may utilize such area for their
use. The storage and staging areas shall be as close as possible to the Site. Contractor is
responsible for obtaining any permits, leases, or any other items necessary to obtain staging
areas.
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 282 of284
Storage of hazardous wastes, construction equipment material, and parking and fueling of
equipment shall not be allowed in the MHPA or other biologically sensitive areas. Ensure the
fueling of vehicles occurs only within designated staging areas using appropriate catch basins
and devices.
Return the storage and staging area and the adjacent area to an equal or better condition as
deemed necessary by the Engineer, at no additional cost to the Agency.
The Contractor shall provide the Engineer a copy of the lease agreement for any property to be
used for the storage of materials or equipment prior to delivery or storage of any materials or
equipment. Each lease agreement shall clearly state the term of the lease and a description of
the materials or equipment allowed to be stored and shall provide for the removal of the
materials or equipment and restoration of the storage site within the time allowed for the
Work.
Construction equipment shall not be stored at the Work Site before its actual use on the Work
nor for more than 5 Calendar Days after it is no longer needed. Time necessary for repair or
assembly of equipment may be authorized by the Engineer.
ADD 803-6.1.3 Handling and Placement.
BSM shall be lightly compacted and placed in loose lifts approximately 12 inches (300 mm) to
ensure reasonable settlement without excessive compaction. Compaction within the BSM area
should not exceed 75 to 85% standard proctor within the BSM. Machinery shall not be used in
the biofiltration facility to place the BSM. A conveyor or spray system shall be used for media
placement in large facilities. Low ground pressure equipment may be authorized for large
facilities at the discretion of the County. Placement methods and BSM quantities shall account
for approximately 10% loss of volume due to settling. Planting methods and timing shall account
for settling of media without exposing plant root systems.
ADD 803-6.1.4 Hydraulic Suitability.
The County may request up to three double ring infiltrometer tests (ASTM D3385) or approved
alternative tests to confirm that the placed material meets applicable hydraulic suitability
criteria. In the event that the infiltration rate of placed material does not meet applicable criteria,
the County may require replacement and/or de-compaction of materials.
ADD 803-6.2 Quality Control and Acceptance
ADD 803-6.2.1 General.
Close adherence to the material quality controls herein are necessary in order to support healthy
vegetation, minimize pollutant leaching, and assure sufficient permeability to infiltrate/filter
runoff during the life of the facility. Amendments may be included to adjust agronomic
properties. Acceptance of the material will be based on test results certified to be representative.
Test results shall be conducted no more than 120 days prior to delivery of the blended BSM to
the project site. For projects installing more than 100 cubic yards of BSM, batch specific tests of
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 283 of284
the blended mix shall be provided to the County for every 100 cubic yards of BSM along with a
site plan showing the placement locations of each BSM batch within the facility.
ADD 803-7 AGGREGATE MATERIALS FOR BIOFILTRATION DRAINAGE LAYERS
ADD 803-7.1 General.
This section provides material specifications for drainage layers below BSM in biofiltration BMPs.
This consists of a two-layer filter course placed below the BSM and above an open-graded
aggregate stone reservoir.
ADD 803-7.2 Rock and Sand Materials for Drainage Layers
ADD 803-7.2.1 General.
All sand and stone products used in biofiltration drainage layers shall be clean and thoroughly
washed.
ADD A803-7.2.2 Choker Layer.
Graded aggregate choker material is installed as a filter course to separate BSM from the gravel
layer. The purpose of this layer is to limit migration of sand or other fines from the BSM. The
choker layer consists of two layers of choking material increasing in particle size. The top layer
(closest to the BSM) of the filter course shall be constructed of thoroughly washed ASTMC33
Choker Sand as detailed in Table 200-1.5.5. The bottom layer of the filter course shall be
constructed of thoroughly washed ASTM No. 8 aggregate material conforming to gradation limits
contained in Table 200-1.2.1.
ADD 803-7.2.3 Gravel Layer.
Open-graded aggregate material is installed below filter course layers to provide additional storm
water storage capacity and contain the underdrain pipe(s). This layer shall be constructed of
thoroughly washed AASHTO No. 57 open graded aggregate material conforming to gradation
limits contained in Table 200-1.2.1.
ADD 803-7.3 Layer Thicknesses and Construction
ADD 803-7.3.1 General.
Aggregate shall be deposited on underlying layers at a uniform quantity per linear foot (meter),
which quantity will provide the required compacted thickness within the tolerances specified
herein without resorting to spotting, picking up, or otherwise shifting the aggregate material.
ADD 803-7.3.2 Choker Layer.
Each of the two filter course layers (top layer of ASTM C33 Choker Sand and bottom layer of
ASTM No. 8) shall be installed evenly to a total thickness of 3 inches (75 mm). Both layers shall
be spread in single layers. Marker stakes should be used to ensure uniform lift thickness.
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 284 of284
ADD 803-7.3.3 Gravel Layer.
The thickness of the aggregate drainage and storage layer (AASHTO No. 57) will depend on site
specific design and shall be detailed in contract documents.
ADD 803-7.3.4 Spreading.
Drainage layers shall be as delivered as uniform mixtures and each layer shall be spread in one
operation. Segregation within each aggregate layer shall be avoided and the layers shall be free
from pockets of coarse or fine material.
ADD 803-7.3.5 Compacting.
Filter course material and aggregate storage material shall be lightly compacted to approximately
80% standard proctor without the use of vibratory compaction.
ADD 803-8 SUMMARY
Summary of BSM specification requirements are included in Table 803-8.
Table 803-8
Component Requirement
BSM Material Composition Sand: 60-80% by volume
Topsoil: 0-20% by volume
Compost: 20% by volume
Alternative Blends Acceptable? Yes, but they must meet performance-based
specifications.
Sand Type Washed sand conforming to particle size
distribution
Topsoil Type Sandy loam or loamy sand with clay < 15% and
gravel < 25%
Compost Type
From a CalRecycle permitted facility. Biosolids
derived materials are not acceptable
BSM Permeability 8-24 inches/hour for BMPs without outlet
control; 15-80 inches/hour for BMPs with outlet
control; testing is required to demonstrate.
Agronomic Suitability
Requirements
Limits for salts and potential toxins. C:N ratio
between 12 and 40.
00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 285 of284
Water Quality Related Limits? Requirements related to specific pollutants
when water quality of receiving waters is
impaired for those pollutants.
END OF SECTION
01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Date Printed: September 2, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023
Page 286 of 287
SECTION 2
01 11 00 SUMMARY OF WORK
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
a. The Contractor shall perform Work and furnish materials, labor, tools, equipment or
services that may be reasonably inferred as being required to produce the intended
result, whether specifically called for in the Contract Documents, at no additional cost to
the Agency.
b. Visible, existing improvements for which no specific disposition is made on the Plans, but
which interfere with the Work, shall be removed, and disposed of by the Contractor with
the prior approval of the Engineer.
c. The completed Work will provide the Agency with complete street improvements
matching adjacent, multi-modal roadway segments along El Camino Real, as more fully
described in the Drawings and the technical specifications. Provide all labor, material and
equipment for the following: List the main elements in the Project, e.g.
1. demolition existing roadway;
2. Roadway widening including new structural section, curb and gutter, sidewalk,
landscaping, grading, and median improvements;
3. New striping;
4. New Lighting;
5. new influent sewer and manholes;
6. Other improvements indicated on the Plans;
d. Location of the Project is El Camino Real from Cassia Road to Camino Vida Roble in the
City of Carlsbad.
e. Work also includes: maintaining the safe passage of pedestrians past the Work area
throughout the construction period; traffic control; and obtaining permits needed to
perform the indicated Work.
EL CAMINO REAL WIDENING
POINSETTIA LANE TO CAMINO VIDA ROBLE 6072 2
PA
L
O
M
A
R
AIRPOR
T
RD.
E
L
CA
M
I
N
O
RE
A
L
POINS
E
T
T
I
A
LN.
EL
FU
E
R
T
E
ST
.CA
M
I
N
O
VIDA
ROBLE
CASSIA
RD.
A
L
I
C
A
N
T
E
RD
.
SITE
PALOMAR
AIRPORT
SITE
CINNABAR WY.
Exhibit 9
Sept. 9, 2025 Item #5 Page 15 of 15
Docusign Envelope ID: 9F52BD35-0DDA-4261-922C-D7545BF15FA1